1// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT. 2 3package medialive 4 5import ( 6 "fmt" 7 "io" 8 "time" 9 10 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws" 11 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil" 12 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request" 13 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol" 14 "github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson" 15) 16 17const opAcceptInputDeviceTransfer = "AcceptInputDeviceTransfer" 18 19// AcceptInputDeviceTransferRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 20// client's request for the AcceptInputDeviceTransfer operation. The "output" return 21// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 22// successfully. 23// 24// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 25// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 26// 27// See AcceptInputDeviceTransfer for more information on using the AcceptInputDeviceTransfer 28// API call, and error handling. 29// 30// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 31// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 32// 33// 34// // Example sending a request using the AcceptInputDeviceTransferRequest method. 35// req, resp := client.AcceptInputDeviceTransferRequest(params) 36// 37// err := req.Send() 38// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 39// fmt.Println(resp) 40// } 41// 42// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AcceptInputDeviceTransfer 43func (c *MediaLive) AcceptInputDeviceTransferRequest(input *AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput) (req *request.Request, output *AcceptInputDeviceTransferOutput) { 44 op := &request.Operation{ 45 Name: opAcceptInputDeviceTransfer, 46 HTTPMethod: "POST", 47 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputDevices/{inputDeviceId}/accept", 48 } 49 50 if input == nil { 51 input = &AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput{} 52 } 53 54 output = &AcceptInputDeviceTransferOutput{} 55 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 56 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 57 return 58} 59 60// AcceptInputDeviceTransfer API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 61// 62// Accept an incoming input device transfer. The ownership of the device will 63// transfer to your AWS account. 64// 65// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 66// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 67// the error. 68// 69// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 70// API operation AcceptInputDeviceTransfer for usage and error information. 71// 72// Returned Error Types: 73// * BadRequestException 74// 75// * UnprocessableEntityException 76// 77// * InternalServerErrorException 78// 79// * ForbiddenException 80// 81// * BadGatewayException 82// 83// * NotFoundException 84// 85// * GatewayTimeoutException 86// 87// * TooManyRequestsException 88// 89// * ConflictException 90// 91// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/AcceptInputDeviceTransfer 92func (c *MediaLive) AcceptInputDeviceTransfer(input *AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput) (*AcceptInputDeviceTransferOutput, error) { 93 req, out := c.AcceptInputDeviceTransferRequest(input) 94 return out, req.Send() 95} 96 97// AcceptInputDeviceTransferWithContext is the same as AcceptInputDeviceTransfer with the addition of 98// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 99// 100// See AcceptInputDeviceTransfer for details on how to use this API operation. 101// 102// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 103// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 104// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 105// for more information on using Contexts. 106func (c *MediaLive) AcceptInputDeviceTransferWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput, opts ...request.Option) (*AcceptInputDeviceTransferOutput, error) { 107 req, out := c.AcceptInputDeviceTransferRequest(input) 108 req.SetContext(ctx) 109 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 110 return out, req.Send() 111} 112 113const opBatchDelete = "BatchDelete" 114 115// BatchDeleteRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 116// client's request for the BatchDelete operation. The "output" return 117// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 118// successfully. 119// 120// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 121// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 122// 123// See BatchDelete for more information on using the BatchDelete 124// API call, and error handling. 125// 126// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 127// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 128// 129// 130// // Example sending a request using the BatchDeleteRequest method. 131// req, resp := client.BatchDeleteRequest(params) 132// 133// err := req.Send() 134// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 135// fmt.Println(resp) 136// } 137// 138// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchDelete 139func (c *MediaLive) BatchDeleteRequest(input *BatchDeleteInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchDeleteOutput) { 140 op := &request.Operation{ 141 Name: opBatchDelete, 142 HTTPMethod: "POST", 143 HTTPPath: "/prod/batch/delete", 144 } 145 146 if input == nil { 147 input = &BatchDeleteInput{} 148 } 149 150 output = &BatchDeleteOutput{} 151 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 152 return 153} 154 155// BatchDelete API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 156// 157// Starts delete of resources. 158// 159// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 160// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 161// the error. 162// 163// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 164// API operation BatchDelete for usage and error information. 165// 166// Returned Error Types: 167// * BadRequestException 168// 169// * InternalServerErrorException 170// 171// * ForbiddenException 172// 173// * BadGatewayException 174// 175// * NotFoundException 176// 177// * GatewayTimeoutException 178// 179// * TooManyRequestsException 180// 181// * ConflictException 182// 183// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchDelete 184func (c *MediaLive) BatchDelete(input *BatchDeleteInput) (*BatchDeleteOutput, error) { 185 req, out := c.BatchDeleteRequest(input) 186 return out, req.Send() 187} 188 189// BatchDeleteWithContext is the same as BatchDelete with the addition of 190// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 191// 192// See BatchDelete for details on how to use this API operation. 193// 194// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 195// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 196// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 197// for more information on using Contexts. 198func (c *MediaLive) BatchDeleteWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchDeleteInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchDeleteOutput, error) { 199 req, out := c.BatchDeleteRequest(input) 200 req.SetContext(ctx) 201 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 202 return out, req.Send() 203} 204 205const opBatchStart = "BatchStart" 206 207// BatchStartRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 208// client's request for the BatchStart operation. The "output" return 209// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 210// successfully. 211// 212// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 213// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 214// 215// See BatchStart for more information on using the BatchStart 216// API call, and error handling. 217// 218// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 219// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 220// 221// 222// // Example sending a request using the BatchStartRequest method. 223// req, resp := client.BatchStartRequest(params) 224// 225// err := req.Send() 226// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 227// fmt.Println(resp) 228// } 229// 230// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchStart 231func (c *MediaLive) BatchStartRequest(input *BatchStartInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchStartOutput) { 232 op := &request.Operation{ 233 Name: opBatchStart, 234 HTTPMethod: "POST", 235 HTTPPath: "/prod/batch/start", 236 } 237 238 if input == nil { 239 input = &BatchStartInput{} 240 } 241 242 output = &BatchStartOutput{} 243 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 244 return 245} 246 247// BatchStart API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 248// 249// Starts existing resources 250// 251// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 252// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 253// the error. 254// 255// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 256// API operation BatchStart for usage and error information. 257// 258// Returned Error Types: 259// * BadRequestException 260// 261// * InternalServerErrorException 262// 263// * ForbiddenException 264// 265// * BadGatewayException 266// 267// * NotFoundException 268// 269// * GatewayTimeoutException 270// 271// * TooManyRequestsException 272// 273// * ConflictException 274// 275// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchStart 276func (c *MediaLive) BatchStart(input *BatchStartInput) (*BatchStartOutput, error) { 277 req, out := c.BatchStartRequest(input) 278 return out, req.Send() 279} 280 281// BatchStartWithContext is the same as BatchStart with the addition of 282// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 283// 284// See BatchStart for details on how to use this API operation. 285// 286// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 287// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 288// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 289// for more information on using Contexts. 290func (c *MediaLive) BatchStartWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchStartInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchStartOutput, error) { 291 req, out := c.BatchStartRequest(input) 292 req.SetContext(ctx) 293 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 294 return out, req.Send() 295} 296 297const opBatchStop = "BatchStop" 298 299// BatchStopRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 300// client's request for the BatchStop operation. The "output" return 301// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 302// successfully. 303// 304// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 305// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 306// 307// See BatchStop for more information on using the BatchStop 308// API call, and error handling. 309// 310// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 311// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 312// 313// 314// // Example sending a request using the BatchStopRequest method. 315// req, resp := client.BatchStopRequest(params) 316// 317// err := req.Send() 318// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 319// fmt.Println(resp) 320// } 321// 322// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchStop 323func (c *MediaLive) BatchStopRequest(input *BatchStopInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchStopOutput) { 324 op := &request.Operation{ 325 Name: opBatchStop, 326 HTTPMethod: "POST", 327 HTTPPath: "/prod/batch/stop", 328 } 329 330 if input == nil { 331 input = &BatchStopInput{} 332 } 333 334 output = &BatchStopOutput{} 335 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 336 return 337} 338 339// BatchStop API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 340// 341// Stops running resources 342// 343// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 344// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 345// the error. 346// 347// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 348// API operation BatchStop for usage and error information. 349// 350// Returned Error Types: 351// * BadRequestException 352// 353// * InternalServerErrorException 354// 355// * ForbiddenException 356// 357// * BadGatewayException 358// 359// * NotFoundException 360// 361// * GatewayTimeoutException 362// 363// * TooManyRequestsException 364// 365// * ConflictException 366// 367// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchStop 368func (c *MediaLive) BatchStop(input *BatchStopInput) (*BatchStopOutput, error) { 369 req, out := c.BatchStopRequest(input) 370 return out, req.Send() 371} 372 373// BatchStopWithContext is the same as BatchStop with the addition of 374// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 375// 376// See BatchStop for details on how to use this API operation. 377// 378// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 379// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 380// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 381// for more information on using Contexts. 382func (c *MediaLive) BatchStopWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchStopInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchStopOutput, error) { 383 req, out := c.BatchStopRequest(input) 384 req.SetContext(ctx) 385 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 386 return out, req.Send() 387} 388 389const opBatchUpdateSchedule = "BatchUpdateSchedule" 390 391// BatchUpdateScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 392// client's request for the BatchUpdateSchedule operation. The "output" return 393// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 394// successfully. 395// 396// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 397// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 398// 399// See BatchUpdateSchedule for more information on using the BatchUpdateSchedule 400// API call, and error handling. 401// 402// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 403// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 404// 405// 406// // Example sending a request using the BatchUpdateScheduleRequest method. 407// req, resp := client.BatchUpdateScheduleRequest(params) 408// 409// err := req.Send() 410// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 411// fmt.Println(resp) 412// } 413// 414// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchUpdateSchedule 415func (c *MediaLive) BatchUpdateScheduleRequest(input *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) { 416 op := &request.Operation{ 417 Name: opBatchUpdateSchedule, 418 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 419 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/schedule", 420 } 421 422 if input == nil { 423 input = &BatchUpdateScheduleInput{} 424 } 425 426 output = &BatchUpdateScheduleOutput{} 427 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 428 return 429} 430 431// BatchUpdateSchedule API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 432// 433// Update a channel schedule 434// 435// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 436// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 437// the error. 438// 439// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 440// API operation BatchUpdateSchedule for usage and error information. 441// 442// Returned Error Types: 443// * BadRequestException 444// 445// * UnprocessableEntityException 446// 447// * InternalServerErrorException 448// 449// * ForbiddenException 450// 451// * BadGatewayException 452// 453// * NotFoundException 454// 455// * GatewayTimeoutException 456// 457// * TooManyRequestsException 458// 459// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/BatchUpdateSchedule 460func (c *MediaLive) BatchUpdateSchedule(input *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) (*BatchUpdateScheduleOutput, error) { 461 req, out := c.BatchUpdateScheduleRequest(input) 462 return out, req.Send() 463} 464 465// BatchUpdateScheduleWithContext is the same as BatchUpdateSchedule with the addition of 466// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 467// 468// See BatchUpdateSchedule for details on how to use this API operation. 469// 470// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 471// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 472// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 473// for more information on using Contexts. 474func (c *MediaLive) BatchUpdateScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *BatchUpdateScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*BatchUpdateScheduleOutput, error) { 475 req, out := c.BatchUpdateScheduleRequest(input) 476 req.SetContext(ctx) 477 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 478 return out, req.Send() 479} 480 481const opCancelInputDeviceTransfer = "CancelInputDeviceTransfer" 482 483// CancelInputDeviceTransferRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 484// client's request for the CancelInputDeviceTransfer operation. The "output" return 485// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 486// successfully. 487// 488// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 489// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 490// 491// See CancelInputDeviceTransfer for more information on using the CancelInputDeviceTransfer 492// API call, and error handling. 493// 494// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 495// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 496// 497// 498// // Example sending a request using the CancelInputDeviceTransferRequest method. 499// req, resp := client.CancelInputDeviceTransferRequest(params) 500// 501// err := req.Send() 502// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 503// fmt.Println(resp) 504// } 505// 506// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CancelInputDeviceTransfer 507func (c *MediaLive) CancelInputDeviceTransferRequest(input *CancelInputDeviceTransferInput) (req *request.Request, output *CancelInputDeviceTransferOutput) { 508 op := &request.Operation{ 509 Name: opCancelInputDeviceTransfer, 510 HTTPMethod: "POST", 511 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputDevices/{inputDeviceId}/cancel", 512 } 513 514 if input == nil { 515 input = &CancelInputDeviceTransferInput{} 516 } 517 518 output = &CancelInputDeviceTransferOutput{} 519 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 520 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 521 return 522} 523 524// CancelInputDeviceTransfer API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 525// 526// Cancel an input device transfer that you have requested. 527// 528// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 529// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 530// the error. 531// 532// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 533// API operation CancelInputDeviceTransfer for usage and error information. 534// 535// Returned Error Types: 536// * BadRequestException 537// 538// * UnprocessableEntityException 539// 540// * InternalServerErrorException 541// 542// * ForbiddenException 543// 544// * BadGatewayException 545// 546// * NotFoundException 547// 548// * GatewayTimeoutException 549// 550// * TooManyRequestsException 551// 552// * ConflictException 553// 554// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CancelInputDeviceTransfer 555func (c *MediaLive) CancelInputDeviceTransfer(input *CancelInputDeviceTransferInput) (*CancelInputDeviceTransferOutput, error) { 556 req, out := c.CancelInputDeviceTransferRequest(input) 557 return out, req.Send() 558} 559 560// CancelInputDeviceTransferWithContext is the same as CancelInputDeviceTransfer with the addition of 561// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 562// 563// See CancelInputDeviceTransfer for details on how to use this API operation. 564// 565// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 566// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 567// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 568// for more information on using Contexts. 569func (c *MediaLive) CancelInputDeviceTransferWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CancelInputDeviceTransferInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CancelInputDeviceTransferOutput, error) { 570 req, out := c.CancelInputDeviceTransferRequest(input) 571 req.SetContext(ctx) 572 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 573 return out, req.Send() 574} 575 576const opCreateChannel = "CreateChannel" 577 578// CreateChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 579// client's request for the CreateChannel operation. The "output" return 580// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 581// successfully. 582// 583// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 584// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 585// 586// See CreateChannel for more information on using the CreateChannel 587// API call, and error handling. 588// 589// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 590// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 591// 592// 593// // Example sending a request using the CreateChannelRequest method. 594// req, resp := client.CreateChannelRequest(params) 595// 596// err := req.Send() 597// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 598// fmt.Println(resp) 599// } 600// 601// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateChannel 602func (c *MediaLive) CreateChannelRequest(input *CreateChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateChannelOutput) { 603 op := &request.Operation{ 604 Name: opCreateChannel, 605 HTTPMethod: "POST", 606 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels", 607 } 608 609 if input == nil { 610 input = &CreateChannelInput{} 611 } 612 613 output = &CreateChannelOutput{} 614 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 615 return 616} 617 618// CreateChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 619// 620// Creates a new channel 621// 622// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 623// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 624// the error. 625// 626// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 627// API operation CreateChannel for usage and error information. 628// 629// Returned Error Types: 630// * BadRequestException 631// 632// * UnprocessableEntityException 633// 634// * InternalServerErrorException 635// 636// * ForbiddenException 637// 638// * BadGatewayException 639// 640// * GatewayTimeoutException 641// 642// * TooManyRequestsException 643// 644// * ConflictException 645// 646// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateChannel 647func (c *MediaLive) CreateChannel(input *CreateChannelInput) (*CreateChannelOutput, error) { 648 req, out := c.CreateChannelRequest(input) 649 return out, req.Send() 650} 651 652// CreateChannelWithContext is the same as CreateChannel with the addition of 653// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 654// 655// See CreateChannel for details on how to use this API operation. 656// 657// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 658// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 659// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 660// for more information on using Contexts. 661func (c *MediaLive) CreateChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateChannelOutput, error) { 662 req, out := c.CreateChannelRequest(input) 663 req.SetContext(ctx) 664 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 665 return out, req.Send() 666} 667 668const opCreateInput = "CreateInput" 669 670// CreateInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 671// client's request for the CreateInput operation. The "output" return 672// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 673// successfully. 674// 675// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 676// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 677// 678// See CreateInput for more information on using the CreateInput 679// API call, and error handling. 680// 681// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 682// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 683// 684// 685// // Example sending a request using the CreateInputRequest method. 686// req, resp := client.CreateInputRequest(params) 687// 688// err := req.Send() 689// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 690// fmt.Println(resp) 691// } 692// 693// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInput 694func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputRequest(input *CreateInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateInputOutput) { 695 op := &request.Operation{ 696 Name: opCreateInput, 697 HTTPMethod: "POST", 698 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs", 699 } 700 701 if input == nil { 702 input = &CreateInputInput{} 703 } 704 705 output = &CreateInputOutput{} 706 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 707 return 708} 709 710// CreateInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 711// 712// Create an input 713// 714// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 715// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 716// the error. 717// 718// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 719// API operation CreateInput for usage and error information. 720// 721// Returned Error Types: 722// * BadRequestException 723// 724// * InternalServerErrorException 725// 726// * ForbiddenException 727// 728// * BadGatewayException 729// 730// * GatewayTimeoutException 731// 732// * TooManyRequestsException 733// 734// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInput 735func (c *MediaLive) CreateInput(input *CreateInputInput) (*CreateInputOutput, error) { 736 req, out := c.CreateInputRequest(input) 737 return out, req.Send() 738} 739 740// CreateInputWithContext is the same as CreateInput with the addition of 741// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 742// 743// See CreateInput for details on how to use this API operation. 744// 745// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 746// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 747// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 748// for more information on using Contexts. 749func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateInputOutput, error) { 750 req, out := c.CreateInputRequest(input) 751 req.SetContext(ctx) 752 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 753 return out, req.Send() 754} 755 756const opCreateInputSecurityGroup = "CreateInputSecurityGroup" 757 758// CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 759// client's request for the CreateInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return 760// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 761// successfully. 762// 763// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 764// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 765// 766// See CreateInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the CreateInputSecurityGroup 767// API call, and error handling. 768// 769// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 770// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 771// 772// 773// // Example sending a request using the CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest method. 774// req, resp := client.CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest(params) 775// 776// err := req.Send() 777// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 778// fmt.Println(resp) 779// } 780// 781// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInputSecurityGroup 782func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) { 783 op := &request.Operation{ 784 Name: opCreateInputSecurityGroup, 785 HTTPMethod: "POST", 786 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups", 787 } 788 789 if input == nil { 790 input = &CreateInputSecurityGroupInput{} 791 } 792 793 output = &CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput{} 794 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 795 return 796} 797 798// CreateInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 799// 800// Creates a Input Security Group 801// 802// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 803// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 804// the error. 805// 806// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 807// API operation CreateInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information. 808// 809// Returned Error Types: 810// * BadRequestException 811// 812// * InternalServerErrorException 813// 814// * ForbiddenException 815// 816// * BadGatewayException 817// 818// * GatewayTimeoutException 819// 820// * TooManyRequestsException 821// 822// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateInputSecurityGroup 823func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroup(input *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) (*CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 824 req, out := c.CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 825 return out, req.Send() 826} 827 828// CreateInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as CreateInputSecurityGroup with the addition of 829// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 830// 831// See CreateInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 832// 833// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 834// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 835// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 836// for more information on using Contexts. 837func (c *MediaLive) CreateInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 838 req, out := c.CreateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 839 req.SetContext(ctx) 840 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 841 return out, req.Send() 842} 843 844const opCreateMultiplex = "CreateMultiplex" 845 846// CreateMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 847// client's request for the CreateMultiplex operation. The "output" return 848// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 849// successfully. 850// 851// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 852// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 853// 854// See CreateMultiplex for more information on using the CreateMultiplex 855// API call, and error handling. 856// 857// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 858// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 859// 860// 861// // Example sending a request using the CreateMultiplexRequest method. 862// req, resp := client.CreateMultiplexRequest(params) 863// 864// err := req.Send() 865// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 866// fmt.Println(resp) 867// } 868// 869// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplex 870func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexRequest(input *CreateMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultiplexOutput) { 871 op := &request.Operation{ 872 Name: opCreateMultiplex, 873 HTTPMethod: "POST", 874 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes", 875 } 876 877 if input == nil { 878 input = &CreateMultiplexInput{} 879 } 880 881 output = &CreateMultiplexOutput{} 882 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 883 return 884} 885 886// CreateMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 887// 888// Create a new multiplex. 889// 890// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 891// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 892// the error. 893// 894// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 895// API operation CreateMultiplex for usage and error information. 896// 897// Returned Error Types: 898// * BadRequestException 899// 900// * UnprocessableEntityException 901// 902// * InternalServerErrorException 903// 904// * ForbiddenException 905// 906// * BadGatewayException 907// 908// * GatewayTimeoutException 909// 910// * TooManyRequestsException 911// 912// * ConflictException 913// 914// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplex 915func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplex(input *CreateMultiplexInput) (*CreateMultiplexOutput, error) { 916 req, out := c.CreateMultiplexRequest(input) 917 return out, req.Send() 918} 919 920// CreateMultiplexWithContext is the same as CreateMultiplex with the addition of 921// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 922// 923// See CreateMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation. 924// 925// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 926// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 927// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 928// for more information on using Contexts. 929func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultiplexOutput, error) { 930 req, out := c.CreateMultiplexRequest(input) 931 req.SetContext(ctx) 932 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 933 return out, req.Send() 934} 935 936const opCreateMultiplexProgram = "CreateMultiplexProgram" 937 938// CreateMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 939// client's request for the CreateMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return 940// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 941// successfully. 942// 943// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 944// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 945// 946// See CreateMultiplexProgram for more information on using the CreateMultiplexProgram 947// API call, and error handling. 948// 949// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 950// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 951// 952// 953// // Example sending a request using the CreateMultiplexProgramRequest method. 954// req, resp := client.CreateMultiplexProgramRequest(params) 955// 956// err := req.Send() 957// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 958// fmt.Println(resp) 959// } 960// 961// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplexProgram 962func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexProgramRequest(input *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) { 963 op := &request.Operation{ 964 Name: opCreateMultiplexProgram, 965 HTTPMethod: "POST", 966 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs", 967 } 968 969 if input == nil { 970 input = &CreateMultiplexProgramInput{} 971 } 972 973 output = &CreateMultiplexProgramOutput{} 974 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 975 return 976} 977 978// CreateMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 979// 980// Create a new program in the multiplex. 981// 982// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 983// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 984// the error. 985// 986// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 987// API operation CreateMultiplexProgram for usage and error information. 988// 989// Returned Error Types: 990// * BadRequestException 991// 992// * UnprocessableEntityException 993// 994// * InternalServerErrorException 995// 996// * ForbiddenException 997// 998// * BadGatewayException 999// 1000// * GatewayTimeoutException 1001// 1002// * TooManyRequestsException 1003// 1004// * ConflictException 1005// 1006// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateMultiplexProgram 1007func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexProgram(input *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) (*CreateMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 1008 req, out := c.CreateMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 1009 return out, req.Send() 1010} 1011 1012// CreateMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as CreateMultiplexProgram with the addition of 1013// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1014// 1015// See CreateMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation. 1016// 1017// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1018// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1019// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1020// for more information on using Contexts. 1021func (c *MediaLive) CreateMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 1022 req, out := c.CreateMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 1023 req.SetContext(ctx) 1024 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1025 return out, req.Send() 1026} 1027 1028const opCreateTags = "CreateTags" 1029 1030// CreateTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1031// client's request for the CreateTags operation. The "output" return 1032// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1033// successfully. 1034// 1035// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1036// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1037// 1038// See CreateTags for more information on using the CreateTags 1039// API call, and error handling. 1040// 1041// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1042// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1043// 1044// 1045// // Example sending a request using the CreateTagsRequest method. 1046// req, resp := client.CreateTagsRequest(params) 1047// 1048// err := req.Send() 1049// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1050// fmt.Println(resp) 1051// } 1052// 1053// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateTags 1054func (c *MediaLive) CreateTagsRequest(input *CreateTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateTagsOutput) { 1055 op := &request.Operation{ 1056 Name: opCreateTags, 1057 HTTPMethod: "POST", 1058 HTTPPath: "/prod/tags/{resource-arn}", 1059 } 1060 1061 if input == nil { 1062 input = &CreateTagsInput{} 1063 } 1064 1065 output = &CreateTagsOutput{} 1066 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1067 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1068 return 1069} 1070 1071// CreateTags API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1072// 1073// Create tags for a resource 1074// 1075// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1076// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1077// the error. 1078// 1079// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1080// API operation CreateTags for usage and error information. 1081// 1082// Returned Error Types: 1083// * NotFoundException 1084// 1085// * BadRequestException 1086// 1087// * InternalServerErrorException 1088// 1089// * ForbiddenException 1090// 1091// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/CreateTags 1092func (c *MediaLive) CreateTags(input *CreateTagsInput) (*CreateTagsOutput, error) { 1093 req, out := c.CreateTagsRequest(input) 1094 return out, req.Send() 1095} 1096 1097// CreateTagsWithContext is the same as CreateTags with the addition of 1098// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1099// 1100// See CreateTags for details on how to use this API operation. 1101// 1102// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1103// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1104// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1105// for more information on using Contexts. 1106func (c *MediaLive) CreateTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateTagsOutput, error) { 1107 req, out := c.CreateTagsRequest(input) 1108 req.SetContext(ctx) 1109 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1110 return out, req.Send() 1111} 1112 1113const opDeleteChannel = "DeleteChannel" 1114 1115// DeleteChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1116// client's request for the DeleteChannel operation. The "output" return 1117// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1118// successfully. 1119// 1120// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1121// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1122// 1123// See DeleteChannel for more information on using the DeleteChannel 1124// API call, and error handling. 1125// 1126// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1127// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1128// 1129// 1130// // Example sending a request using the DeleteChannelRequest method. 1131// req, resp := client.DeleteChannelRequest(params) 1132// 1133// err := req.Send() 1134// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1135// fmt.Println(resp) 1136// } 1137// 1138// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteChannel 1139func (c *MediaLive) DeleteChannelRequest(input *DeleteChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteChannelOutput) { 1140 op := &request.Operation{ 1141 Name: opDeleteChannel, 1142 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 1143 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}", 1144 } 1145 1146 if input == nil { 1147 input = &DeleteChannelInput{} 1148 } 1149 1150 output = &DeleteChannelOutput{} 1151 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1152 return 1153} 1154 1155// DeleteChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1156// 1157// Starts deletion of channel. The associated outputs are also deleted. 1158// 1159// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1160// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1161// the error. 1162// 1163// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1164// API operation DeleteChannel for usage and error information. 1165// 1166// Returned Error Types: 1167// * BadRequestException 1168// 1169// * InternalServerErrorException 1170// 1171// * ForbiddenException 1172// 1173// * BadGatewayException 1174// 1175// * NotFoundException 1176// 1177// * GatewayTimeoutException 1178// 1179// * TooManyRequestsException 1180// 1181// * ConflictException 1182// 1183// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteChannel 1184func (c *MediaLive) DeleteChannel(input *DeleteChannelInput) (*DeleteChannelOutput, error) { 1185 req, out := c.DeleteChannelRequest(input) 1186 return out, req.Send() 1187} 1188 1189// DeleteChannelWithContext is the same as DeleteChannel with the addition of 1190// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1191// 1192// See DeleteChannel for details on how to use this API operation. 1193// 1194// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1195// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1196// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1197// for more information on using Contexts. 1198func (c *MediaLive) DeleteChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteChannelOutput, error) { 1199 req, out := c.DeleteChannelRequest(input) 1200 req.SetContext(ctx) 1201 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1202 return out, req.Send() 1203} 1204 1205const opDeleteInput = "DeleteInput" 1206 1207// DeleteInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1208// client's request for the DeleteInput operation. The "output" return 1209// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1210// successfully. 1211// 1212// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1213// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1214// 1215// See DeleteInput for more information on using the DeleteInput 1216// API call, and error handling. 1217// 1218// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1219// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1220// 1221// 1222// // Example sending a request using the DeleteInputRequest method. 1223// req, resp := client.DeleteInputRequest(params) 1224// 1225// err := req.Send() 1226// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1227// fmt.Println(resp) 1228// } 1229// 1230// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInput 1231func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputRequest(input *DeleteInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteInputOutput) { 1232 op := &request.Operation{ 1233 Name: opDeleteInput, 1234 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 1235 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs/{inputId}", 1236 } 1237 1238 if input == nil { 1239 input = &DeleteInputInput{} 1240 } 1241 1242 output = &DeleteInputOutput{} 1243 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1244 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1245 return 1246} 1247 1248// DeleteInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1249// 1250// Deletes the input end point 1251// 1252// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1253// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1254// the error. 1255// 1256// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1257// API operation DeleteInput for usage and error information. 1258// 1259// Returned Error Types: 1260// * BadRequestException 1261// 1262// * InternalServerErrorException 1263// 1264// * ForbiddenException 1265// 1266// * BadGatewayException 1267// 1268// * NotFoundException 1269// 1270// * GatewayTimeoutException 1271// 1272// * TooManyRequestsException 1273// 1274// * ConflictException 1275// 1276// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInput 1277func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInput(input *DeleteInputInput) (*DeleteInputOutput, error) { 1278 req, out := c.DeleteInputRequest(input) 1279 return out, req.Send() 1280} 1281 1282// DeleteInputWithContext is the same as DeleteInput with the addition of 1283// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1284// 1285// See DeleteInput for details on how to use this API operation. 1286// 1287// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1288// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1289// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1290// for more information on using Contexts. 1291func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteInputOutput, error) { 1292 req, out := c.DeleteInputRequest(input) 1293 req.SetContext(ctx) 1294 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1295 return out, req.Send() 1296} 1297 1298const opDeleteInputSecurityGroup = "DeleteInputSecurityGroup" 1299 1300// DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1301// client's request for the DeleteInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return 1302// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1303// successfully. 1304// 1305// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1306// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1307// 1308// See DeleteInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the DeleteInputSecurityGroup 1309// API call, and error handling. 1310// 1311// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1312// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1313// 1314// 1315// // Example sending a request using the DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest method. 1316// req, resp := client.DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest(params) 1317// 1318// err := req.Send() 1319// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1320// fmt.Println(resp) 1321// } 1322// 1323// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInputSecurityGroup 1324func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) { 1325 op := &request.Operation{ 1326 Name: opDeleteInputSecurityGroup, 1327 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 1328 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups/{inputSecurityGroupId}", 1329 } 1330 1331 if input == nil { 1332 input = &DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput{} 1333 } 1334 1335 output = &DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput{} 1336 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1337 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1338 return 1339} 1340 1341// DeleteInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1342// 1343// Deletes an Input Security Group 1344// 1345// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1346// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1347// the error. 1348// 1349// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1350// API operation DeleteInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information. 1351// 1352// Returned Error Types: 1353// * BadRequestException 1354// 1355// * InternalServerErrorException 1356// 1357// * ForbiddenException 1358// 1359// * BadGatewayException 1360// 1361// * NotFoundException 1362// 1363// * GatewayTimeoutException 1364// 1365// * TooManyRequestsException 1366// 1367// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteInputSecurityGroup 1368func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroup(input *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) (*DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 1369 req, out := c.DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 1370 return out, req.Send() 1371} 1372 1373// DeleteInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DeleteInputSecurityGroup with the addition of 1374// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1375// 1376// See DeleteInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 1377// 1378// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1379// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1380// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1381// for more information on using Contexts. 1382func (c *MediaLive) DeleteInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 1383 req, out := c.DeleteInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 1384 req.SetContext(ctx) 1385 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1386 return out, req.Send() 1387} 1388 1389const opDeleteMultiplex = "DeleteMultiplex" 1390 1391// DeleteMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1392// client's request for the DeleteMultiplex operation. The "output" return 1393// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1394// successfully. 1395// 1396// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1397// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1398// 1399// See DeleteMultiplex for more information on using the DeleteMultiplex 1400// API call, and error handling. 1401// 1402// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1403// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1404// 1405// 1406// // Example sending a request using the DeleteMultiplexRequest method. 1407// req, resp := client.DeleteMultiplexRequest(params) 1408// 1409// err := req.Send() 1410// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1411// fmt.Println(resp) 1412// } 1413// 1414// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplex 1415func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexRequest(input *DeleteMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteMultiplexOutput) { 1416 op := &request.Operation{ 1417 Name: opDeleteMultiplex, 1418 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 1419 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}", 1420 } 1421 1422 if input == nil { 1423 input = &DeleteMultiplexInput{} 1424 } 1425 1426 output = &DeleteMultiplexOutput{} 1427 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1428 return 1429} 1430 1431// DeleteMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1432// 1433// Delete a multiplex. The multiplex must be idle. 1434// 1435// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1436// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1437// the error. 1438// 1439// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1440// API operation DeleteMultiplex for usage and error information. 1441// 1442// Returned Error Types: 1443// * BadRequestException 1444// 1445// * InternalServerErrorException 1446// 1447// * ForbiddenException 1448// 1449// * BadGatewayException 1450// 1451// * NotFoundException 1452// 1453// * GatewayTimeoutException 1454// 1455// * TooManyRequestsException 1456// 1457// * ConflictException 1458// 1459// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplex 1460func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplex(input *DeleteMultiplexInput) (*DeleteMultiplexOutput, error) { 1461 req, out := c.DeleteMultiplexRequest(input) 1462 return out, req.Send() 1463} 1464 1465// DeleteMultiplexWithContext is the same as DeleteMultiplex with the addition of 1466// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1467// 1468// See DeleteMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation. 1469// 1470// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1471// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1472// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1473// for more information on using Contexts. 1474func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteMultiplexOutput, error) { 1475 req, out := c.DeleteMultiplexRequest(input) 1476 req.SetContext(ctx) 1477 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1478 return out, req.Send() 1479} 1480 1481const opDeleteMultiplexProgram = "DeleteMultiplexProgram" 1482 1483// DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1484// client's request for the DeleteMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return 1485// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1486// successfully. 1487// 1488// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1489// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1490// 1491// See DeleteMultiplexProgram for more information on using the DeleteMultiplexProgram 1492// API call, and error handling. 1493// 1494// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1495// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1496// 1497// 1498// // Example sending a request using the DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest method. 1499// req, resp := client.DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest(params) 1500// 1501// err := req.Send() 1502// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1503// fmt.Println(resp) 1504// } 1505// 1506// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplexProgram 1507func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest(input *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) { 1508 op := &request.Operation{ 1509 Name: opDeleteMultiplexProgram, 1510 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 1511 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs/{programName}", 1512 } 1513 1514 if input == nil { 1515 input = &DeleteMultiplexProgramInput{} 1516 } 1517 1518 output = &DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput{} 1519 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1520 return 1521} 1522 1523// DeleteMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1524// 1525// Delete a program from a multiplex. 1526// 1527// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1528// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1529// the error. 1530// 1531// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1532// API operation DeleteMultiplexProgram for usage and error information. 1533// 1534// Returned Error Types: 1535// * BadRequestException 1536// 1537// * InternalServerErrorException 1538// 1539// * ForbiddenException 1540// 1541// * BadGatewayException 1542// 1543// * NotFoundException 1544// 1545// * GatewayTimeoutException 1546// 1547// * TooManyRequestsException 1548// 1549// * ConflictException 1550// 1551// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteMultiplexProgram 1552func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexProgram(input *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) (*DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 1553 req, out := c.DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 1554 return out, req.Send() 1555} 1556 1557// DeleteMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as DeleteMultiplexProgram with the addition of 1558// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1559// 1560// See DeleteMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation. 1561// 1562// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1563// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1564// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1565// for more information on using Contexts. 1566func (c *MediaLive) DeleteMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 1567 req, out := c.DeleteMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 1568 req.SetContext(ctx) 1569 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1570 return out, req.Send() 1571} 1572 1573const opDeleteReservation = "DeleteReservation" 1574 1575// DeleteReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1576// client's request for the DeleteReservation operation. The "output" return 1577// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1578// successfully. 1579// 1580// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1581// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1582// 1583// See DeleteReservation for more information on using the DeleteReservation 1584// API call, and error handling. 1585// 1586// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1587// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1588// 1589// 1590// // Example sending a request using the DeleteReservationRequest method. 1591// req, resp := client.DeleteReservationRequest(params) 1592// 1593// err := req.Send() 1594// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1595// fmt.Println(resp) 1596// } 1597// 1598// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteReservation 1599func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservationRequest(input *DeleteReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteReservationOutput) { 1600 op := &request.Operation{ 1601 Name: opDeleteReservation, 1602 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 1603 HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations/{reservationId}", 1604 } 1605 1606 if input == nil { 1607 input = &DeleteReservationInput{} 1608 } 1609 1610 output = &DeleteReservationOutput{} 1611 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1612 return 1613} 1614 1615// DeleteReservation API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1616// 1617// Delete an expired reservation. 1618// 1619// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1620// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1621// the error. 1622// 1623// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1624// API operation DeleteReservation for usage and error information. 1625// 1626// Returned Error Types: 1627// * BadRequestException 1628// 1629// * InternalServerErrorException 1630// 1631// * ForbiddenException 1632// 1633// * BadGatewayException 1634// 1635// * NotFoundException 1636// 1637// * GatewayTimeoutException 1638// 1639// * TooManyRequestsException 1640// 1641// * ConflictException 1642// 1643// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteReservation 1644func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservation(input *DeleteReservationInput) (*DeleteReservationOutput, error) { 1645 req, out := c.DeleteReservationRequest(input) 1646 return out, req.Send() 1647} 1648 1649// DeleteReservationWithContext is the same as DeleteReservation with the addition of 1650// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1651// 1652// See DeleteReservation for details on how to use this API operation. 1653// 1654// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1655// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1656// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1657// for more information on using Contexts. 1658func (c *MediaLive) DeleteReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteReservationOutput, error) { 1659 req, out := c.DeleteReservationRequest(input) 1660 req.SetContext(ctx) 1661 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1662 return out, req.Send() 1663} 1664 1665const opDeleteSchedule = "DeleteSchedule" 1666 1667// DeleteScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1668// client's request for the DeleteSchedule operation. The "output" return 1669// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1670// successfully. 1671// 1672// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1673// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1674// 1675// See DeleteSchedule for more information on using the DeleteSchedule 1676// API call, and error handling. 1677// 1678// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1679// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1680// 1681// 1682// // Example sending a request using the DeleteScheduleRequest method. 1683// req, resp := client.DeleteScheduleRequest(params) 1684// 1685// err := req.Send() 1686// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1687// fmt.Println(resp) 1688// } 1689// 1690// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteSchedule 1691func (c *MediaLive) DeleteScheduleRequest(input *DeleteScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteScheduleOutput) { 1692 op := &request.Operation{ 1693 Name: opDeleteSchedule, 1694 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 1695 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/schedule", 1696 } 1697 1698 if input == nil { 1699 input = &DeleteScheduleInput{} 1700 } 1701 1702 output = &DeleteScheduleOutput{} 1703 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1704 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1705 return 1706} 1707 1708// DeleteSchedule API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1709// 1710// Delete all schedule actions on a channel. 1711// 1712// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1713// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1714// the error. 1715// 1716// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1717// API operation DeleteSchedule for usage and error information. 1718// 1719// Returned Error Types: 1720// * BadRequestException 1721// 1722// * InternalServerErrorException 1723// 1724// * ForbiddenException 1725// 1726// * BadGatewayException 1727// 1728// * NotFoundException 1729// 1730// * GatewayTimeoutException 1731// 1732// * TooManyRequestsException 1733// 1734// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteSchedule 1735func (c *MediaLive) DeleteSchedule(input *DeleteScheduleInput) (*DeleteScheduleOutput, error) { 1736 req, out := c.DeleteScheduleRequest(input) 1737 return out, req.Send() 1738} 1739 1740// DeleteScheduleWithContext is the same as DeleteSchedule with the addition of 1741// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1742// 1743// See DeleteSchedule for details on how to use this API operation. 1744// 1745// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1746// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1747// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1748// for more information on using Contexts. 1749func (c *MediaLive) DeleteScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteScheduleOutput, error) { 1750 req, out := c.DeleteScheduleRequest(input) 1751 req.SetContext(ctx) 1752 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1753 return out, req.Send() 1754} 1755 1756const opDeleteTags = "DeleteTags" 1757 1758// DeleteTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1759// client's request for the DeleteTags operation. The "output" return 1760// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1761// successfully. 1762// 1763// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1764// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1765// 1766// See DeleteTags for more information on using the DeleteTags 1767// API call, and error handling. 1768// 1769// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1770// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1771// 1772// 1773// // Example sending a request using the DeleteTagsRequest method. 1774// req, resp := client.DeleteTagsRequest(params) 1775// 1776// err := req.Send() 1777// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1778// fmt.Println(resp) 1779// } 1780// 1781// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteTags 1782func (c *MediaLive) DeleteTagsRequest(input *DeleteTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteTagsOutput) { 1783 op := &request.Operation{ 1784 Name: opDeleteTags, 1785 HTTPMethod: "DELETE", 1786 HTTPPath: "/prod/tags/{resource-arn}", 1787 } 1788 1789 if input == nil { 1790 input = &DeleteTagsInput{} 1791 } 1792 1793 output = &DeleteTagsOutput{} 1794 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1795 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 1796 return 1797} 1798 1799// DeleteTags API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1800// 1801// Removes tags for a resource 1802// 1803// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1804// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1805// the error. 1806// 1807// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1808// API operation DeleteTags for usage and error information. 1809// 1810// Returned Error Types: 1811// * NotFoundException 1812// 1813// * BadRequestException 1814// 1815// * InternalServerErrorException 1816// 1817// * ForbiddenException 1818// 1819// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DeleteTags 1820func (c *MediaLive) DeleteTags(input *DeleteTagsInput) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) { 1821 req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input) 1822 return out, req.Send() 1823} 1824 1825// DeleteTagsWithContext is the same as DeleteTags with the addition of 1826// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1827// 1828// See DeleteTags for details on how to use this API operation. 1829// 1830// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1831// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1832// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1833// for more information on using Contexts. 1834func (c *MediaLive) DeleteTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteTagsOutput, error) { 1835 req, out := c.DeleteTagsRequest(input) 1836 req.SetContext(ctx) 1837 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1838 return out, req.Send() 1839} 1840 1841const opDescribeChannel = "DescribeChannel" 1842 1843// DescribeChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1844// client's request for the DescribeChannel operation. The "output" return 1845// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1846// successfully. 1847// 1848// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1849// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1850// 1851// See DescribeChannel for more information on using the DescribeChannel 1852// API call, and error handling. 1853// 1854// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1855// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1856// 1857// 1858// // Example sending a request using the DescribeChannelRequest method. 1859// req, resp := client.DescribeChannelRequest(params) 1860// 1861// err := req.Send() 1862// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1863// fmt.Println(resp) 1864// } 1865// 1866// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeChannel 1867func (c *MediaLive) DescribeChannelRequest(input *DescribeChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeChannelOutput) { 1868 op := &request.Operation{ 1869 Name: opDescribeChannel, 1870 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1871 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}", 1872 } 1873 1874 if input == nil { 1875 input = &DescribeChannelInput{} 1876 } 1877 1878 output = &DescribeChannelOutput{} 1879 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1880 return 1881} 1882 1883// DescribeChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1884// 1885// Gets details about a channel 1886// 1887// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1888// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1889// the error. 1890// 1891// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1892// API operation DescribeChannel for usage and error information. 1893// 1894// Returned Error Types: 1895// * BadRequestException 1896// 1897// * InternalServerErrorException 1898// 1899// * ForbiddenException 1900// 1901// * BadGatewayException 1902// 1903// * NotFoundException 1904// 1905// * GatewayTimeoutException 1906// 1907// * TooManyRequestsException 1908// 1909// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeChannel 1910func (c *MediaLive) DescribeChannel(input *DescribeChannelInput) (*DescribeChannelOutput, error) { 1911 req, out := c.DescribeChannelRequest(input) 1912 return out, req.Send() 1913} 1914 1915// DescribeChannelWithContext is the same as DescribeChannel with the addition of 1916// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 1917// 1918// See DescribeChannel for details on how to use this API operation. 1919// 1920// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 1921// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 1922// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 1923// for more information on using Contexts. 1924func (c *MediaLive) DescribeChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeChannelOutput, error) { 1925 req, out := c.DescribeChannelRequest(input) 1926 req.SetContext(ctx) 1927 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 1928 return out, req.Send() 1929} 1930 1931const opDescribeInput = "DescribeInput" 1932 1933// DescribeInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 1934// client's request for the DescribeInput operation. The "output" return 1935// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 1936// successfully. 1937// 1938// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 1939// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 1940// 1941// See DescribeInput for more information on using the DescribeInput 1942// API call, and error handling. 1943// 1944// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 1945// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 1946// 1947// 1948// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInputRequest method. 1949// req, resp := client.DescribeInputRequest(params) 1950// 1951// err := req.Send() 1952// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 1953// fmt.Println(resp) 1954// } 1955// 1956// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInput 1957func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputRequest(input *DescribeInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInputOutput) { 1958 op := &request.Operation{ 1959 Name: opDescribeInput, 1960 HTTPMethod: "GET", 1961 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs/{inputId}", 1962 } 1963 1964 if input == nil { 1965 input = &DescribeInputInput{} 1966 } 1967 1968 output = &DescribeInputOutput{} 1969 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 1970 return 1971} 1972 1973// DescribeInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 1974// 1975// Produces details about an input 1976// 1977// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 1978// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 1979// the error. 1980// 1981// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 1982// API operation DescribeInput for usage and error information. 1983// 1984// Returned Error Types: 1985// * BadRequestException 1986// 1987// * InternalServerErrorException 1988// 1989// * ForbiddenException 1990// 1991// * BadGatewayException 1992// 1993// * NotFoundException 1994// 1995// * GatewayTimeoutException 1996// 1997// * TooManyRequestsException 1998// 1999// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInput 2000func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInput(input *DescribeInputInput) (*DescribeInputOutput, error) { 2001 req, out := c.DescribeInputRequest(input) 2002 return out, req.Send() 2003} 2004 2005// DescribeInputWithContext is the same as DescribeInput with the addition of 2006// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2007// 2008// See DescribeInput for details on how to use this API operation. 2009// 2010// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2011// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2012// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2013// for more information on using Contexts. 2014func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInputOutput, error) { 2015 req, out := c.DescribeInputRequest(input) 2016 req.SetContext(ctx) 2017 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2018 return out, req.Send() 2019} 2020 2021const opDescribeInputDevice = "DescribeInputDevice" 2022 2023// DescribeInputDeviceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2024// client's request for the DescribeInputDevice operation. The "output" return 2025// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2026// successfully. 2027// 2028// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2029// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2030// 2031// See DescribeInputDevice for more information on using the DescribeInputDevice 2032// API call, and error handling. 2033// 2034// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2035// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2036// 2037// 2038// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInputDeviceRequest method. 2039// req, resp := client.DescribeInputDeviceRequest(params) 2040// 2041// err := req.Send() 2042// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2043// fmt.Println(resp) 2044// } 2045// 2046// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputDevice 2047func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputDeviceRequest(input *DescribeInputDeviceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) { 2048 op := &request.Operation{ 2049 Name: opDescribeInputDevice, 2050 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2051 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputDevices/{inputDeviceId}", 2052 } 2053 2054 if input == nil { 2055 input = &DescribeInputDeviceInput{} 2056 } 2057 2058 output = &DescribeInputDeviceOutput{} 2059 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2060 return 2061} 2062 2063// DescribeInputDevice API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2064// 2065// Gets the details for the input device 2066// 2067// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2068// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2069// the error. 2070// 2071// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2072// API operation DescribeInputDevice for usage and error information. 2073// 2074// Returned Error Types: 2075// * BadRequestException 2076// 2077// * InternalServerErrorException 2078// 2079// * ForbiddenException 2080// 2081// * BadGatewayException 2082// 2083// * NotFoundException 2084// 2085// * GatewayTimeoutException 2086// 2087// * TooManyRequestsException 2088// 2089// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputDevice 2090func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputDevice(input *DescribeInputDeviceInput) (*DescribeInputDeviceOutput, error) { 2091 req, out := c.DescribeInputDeviceRequest(input) 2092 return out, req.Send() 2093} 2094 2095// DescribeInputDeviceWithContext is the same as DescribeInputDevice with the addition of 2096// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2097// 2098// See DescribeInputDevice for details on how to use this API operation. 2099// 2100// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2101// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2102// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2103// for more information on using Contexts. 2104func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputDeviceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInputDeviceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInputDeviceOutput, error) { 2105 req, out := c.DescribeInputDeviceRequest(input) 2106 req.SetContext(ctx) 2107 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2108 return out, req.Send() 2109} 2110 2111const opDescribeInputDeviceThumbnail = "DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail" 2112 2113// DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2114// client's request for the DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail operation. The "output" return 2115// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2116// successfully. 2117// 2118// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2119// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2120// 2121// See DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail for more information on using the DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail 2122// API call, and error handling. 2123// 2124// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2125// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2126// 2127// 2128// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailRequest method. 2129// req, resp := client.DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailRequest(params) 2130// 2131// err := req.Send() 2132// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2133// fmt.Println(resp) 2134// } 2135// 2136// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail 2137func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailRequest(input *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) { 2138 op := &request.Operation{ 2139 Name: opDescribeInputDeviceThumbnail, 2140 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2141 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputDevices/{inputDeviceId}/thumbnailData", 2142 } 2143 2144 if input == nil { 2145 input = &DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput{} 2146 } 2147 2148 output = &DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput{} 2149 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2150 return 2151} 2152 2153// DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2154// 2155// Get the latest thumbnail data for the input device. 2156// 2157// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2158// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2159// the error. 2160// 2161// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2162// API operation DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail for usage and error information. 2163// 2164// Returned Error Types: 2165// * BadRequestException 2166// 2167// * InternalServerErrorException 2168// 2169// * ForbiddenException 2170// 2171// * BadGatewayException 2172// 2173// * NotFoundException 2174// 2175// * GatewayTimeoutException 2176// 2177// * TooManyRequestsException 2178// 2179// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail 2180func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail(input *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) (*DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput, error) { 2181 req, out := c.DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailRequest(input) 2182 return out, req.Send() 2183} 2184 2185// DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailWithContext is the same as DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail with the addition of 2186// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2187// 2188// See DescribeInputDeviceThumbnail for details on how to use this API operation. 2189// 2190// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2191// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2192// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2193// for more information on using Contexts. 2194func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput, error) { 2195 req, out := c.DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailRequest(input) 2196 req.SetContext(ctx) 2197 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2198 return out, req.Send() 2199} 2200 2201const opDescribeInputSecurityGroup = "DescribeInputSecurityGroup" 2202 2203// DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2204// client's request for the DescribeInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return 2205// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2206// successfully. 2207// 2208// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2209// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2210// 2211// See DescribeInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the DescribeInputSecurityGroup 2212// API call, and error handling. 2213// 2214// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2215// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2216// 2217// 2218// // Example sending a request using the DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest method. 2219// req, resp := client.DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest(params) 2220// 2221// err := req.Send() 2222// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2223// fmt.Println(resp) 2224// } 2225// 2226// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputSecurityGroup 2227func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) { 2228 op := &request.Operation{ 2229 Name: opDescribeInputSecurityGroup, 2230 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2231 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups/{inputSecurityGroupId}", 2232 } 2233 2234 if input == nil { 2235 input = &DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput{} 2236 } 2237 2238 output = &DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput{} 2239 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2240 return 2241} 2242 2243// DescribeInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2244// 2245// Produces a summary of an Input Security Group 2246// 2247// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2248// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2249// the error. 2250// 2251// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2252// API operation DescribeInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information. 2253// 2254// Returned Error Types: 2255// * BadRequestException 2256// 2257// * InternalServerErrorException 2258// 2259// * ForbiddenException 2260// 2261// * BadGatewayException 2262// 2263// * NotFoundException 2264// 2265// * GatewayTimeoutException 2266// 2267// * TooManyRequestsException 2268// 2269// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeInputSecurityGroup 2270func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroup(input *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) (*DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 2271 req, out := c.DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 2272 return out, req.Send() 2273} 2274 2275// DescribeInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as DescribeInputSecurityGroup with the addition of 2276// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2277// 2278// See DescribeInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 2279// 2280// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2281// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2282// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2283// for more information on using Contexts. 2284func (c *MediaLive) DescribeInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 2285 req, out := c.DescribeInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 2286 req.SetContext(ctx) 2287 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2288 return out, req.Send() 2289} 2290 2291const opDescribeMultiplex = "DescribeMultiplex" 2292 2293// DescribeMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2294// client's request for the DescribeMultiplex operation. The "output" return 2295// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2296// successfully. 2297// 2298// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2299// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2300// 2301// See DescribeMultiplex for more information on using the DescribeMultiplex 2302// API call, and error handling. 2303// 2304// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2305// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2306// 2307// 2308// // Example sending a request using the DescribeMultiplexRequest method. 2309// req, resp := client.DescribeMultiplexRequest(params) 2310// 2311// err := req.Send() 2312// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2313// fmt.Println(resp) 2314// } 2315// 2316// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplex 2317func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexRequest(input *DescribeMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeMultiplexOutput) { 2318 op := &request.Operation{ 2319 Name: opDescribeMultiplex, 2320 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2321 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}", 2322 } 2323 2324 if input == nil { 2325 input = &DescribeMultiplexInput{} 2326 } 2327 2328 output = &DescribeMultiplexOutput{} 2329 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2330 return 2331} 2332 2333// DescribeMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2334// 2335// Gets details about a multiplex. 2336// 2337// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2338// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2339// the error. 2340// 2341// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2342// API operation DescribeMultiplex for usage and error information. 2343// 2344// Returned Error Types: 2345// * BadRequestException 2346// 2347// * InternalServerErrorException 2348// 2349// * ForbiddenException 2350// 2351// * BadGatewayException 2352// 2353// * NotFoundException 2354// 2355// * GatewayTimeoutException 2356// 2357// * TooManyRequestsException 2358// 2359// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplex 2360func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplex(input *DescribeMultiplexInput) (*DescribeMultiplexOutput, error) { 2361 req, out := c.DescribeMultiplexRequest(input) 2362 return out, req.Send() 2363} 2364 2365// DescribeMultiplexWithContext is the same as DescribeMultiplex with the addition of 2366// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2367// 2368// See DescribeMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation. 2369// 2370// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2371// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2372// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2373// for more information on using Contexts. 2374func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeMultiplexOutput, error) { 2375 req, out := c.DescribeMultiplexRequest(input) 2376 req.SetContext(ctx) 2377 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2378 return out, req.Send() 2379} 2380 2381const opDescribeMultiplexProgram = "DescribeMultiplexProgram" 2382 2383// DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2384// client's request for the DescribeMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return 2385// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2386// successfully. 2387// 2388// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2389// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2390// 2391// See DescribeMultiplexProgram for more information on using the DescribeMultiplexProgram 2392// API call, and error handling. 2393// 2394// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2395// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2396// 2397// 2398// // Example sending a request using the DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest method. 2399// req, resp := client.DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest(params) 2400// 2401// err := req.Send() 2402// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2403// fmt.Println(resp) 2404// } 2405// 2406// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplexProgram 2407func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest(input *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) { 2408 op := &request.Operation{ 2409 Name: opDescribeMultiplexProgram, 2410 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2411 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs/{programName}", 2412 } 2413 2414 if input == nil { 2415 input = &DescribeMultiplexProgramInput{} 2416 } 2417 2418 output = &DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput{} 2419 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2420 return 2421} 2422 2423// DescribeMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2424// 2425// Get the details for a program in a multiplex. 2426// 2427// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2428// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2429// the error. 2430// 2431// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2432// API operation DescribeMultiplexProgram for usage and error information. 2433// 2434// Returned Error Types: 2435// * BadRequestException 2436// 2437// * InternalServerErrorException 2438// 2439// * ForbiddenException 2440// 2441// * BadGatewayException 2442// 2443// * NotFoundException 2444// 2445// * GatewayTimeoutException 2446// 2447// * TooManyRequestsException 2448// 2449// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeMultiplexProgram 2450func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexProgram(input *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) (*DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 2451 req, out := c.DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 2452 return out, req.Send() 2453} 2454 2455// DescribeMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as DescribeMultiplexProgram with the addition of 2456// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2457// 2458// See DescribeMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation. 2459// 2460// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2461// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2462// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2463// for more information on using Contexts. 2464func (c *MediaLive) DescribeMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 2465 req, out := c.DescribeMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 2466 req.SetContext(ctx) 2467 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2468 return out, req.Send() 2469} 2470 2471const opDescribeOffering = "DescribeOffering" 2472 2473// DescribeOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2474// client's request for the DescribeOffering operation. The "output" return 2475// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2476// successfully. 2477// 2478// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2479// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2480// 2481// See DescribeOffering for more information on using the DescribeOffering 2482// API call, and error handling. 2483// 2484// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2485// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2486// 2487// 2488// // Example sending a request using the DescribeOfferingRequest method. 2489// req, resp := client.DescribeOfferingRequest(params) 2490// 2491// err := req.Send() 2492// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2493// fmt.Println(resp) 2494// } 2495// 2496// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeOffering 2497func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOfferingRequest(input *DescribeOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeOfferingOutput) { 2498 op := &request.Operation{ 2499 Name: opDescribeOffering, 2500 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2501 HTTPPath: "/prod/offerings/{offeringId}", 2502 } 2503 2504 if input == nil { 2505 input = &DescribeOfferingInput{} 2506 } 2507 2508 output = &DescribeOfferingOutput{} 2509 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2510 return 2511} 2512 2513// DescribeOffering API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2514// 2515// Get details for an offering. 2516// 2517// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2518// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2519// the error. 2520// 2521// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2522// API operation DescribeOffering for usage and error information. 2523// 2524// Returned Error Types: 2525// * BadRequestException 2526// 2527// * InternalServerErrorException 2528// 2529// * ForbiddenException 2530// 2531// * BadGatewayException 2532// 2533// * NotFoundException 2534// 2535// * GatewayTimeoutException 2536// 2537// * TooManyRequestsException 2538// 2539// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeOffering 2540func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOffering(input *DescribeOfferingInput) (*DescribeOfferingOutput, error) { 2541 req, out := c.DescribeOfferingRequest(input) 2542 return out, req.Send() 2543} 2544 2545// DescribeOfferingWithContext is the same as DescribeOffering with the addition of 2546// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2547// 2548// See DescribeOffering for details on how to use this API operation. 2549// 2550// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2551// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2552// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2553// for more information on using Contexts. 2554func (c *MediaLive) DescribeOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeOfferingOutput, error) { 2555 req, out := c.DescribeOfferingRequest(input) 2556 req.SetContext(ctx) 2557 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2558 return out, req.Send() 2559} 2560 2561const opDescribeReservation = "DescribeReservation" 2562 2563// DescribeReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2564// client's request for the DescribeReservation operation. The "output" return 2565// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2566// successfully. 2567// 2568// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2569// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2570// 2571// See DescribeReservation for more information on using the DescribeReservation 2572// API call, and error handling. 2573// 2574// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2575// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2576// 2577// 2578// // Example sending a request using the DescribeReservationRequest method. 2579// req, resp := client.DescribeReservationRequest(params) 2580// 2581// err := req.Send() 2582// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2583// fmt.Println(resp) 2584// } 2585// 2586// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeReservation 2587func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservationRequest(input *DescribeReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeReservationOutput) { 2588 op := &request.Operation{ 2589 Name: opDescribeReservation, 2590 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2591 HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations/{reservationId}", 2592 } 2593 2594 if input == nil { 2595 input = &DescribeReservationInput{} 2596 } 2597 2598 output = &DescribeReservationOutput{} 2599 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2600 return 2601} 2602 2603// DescribeReservation API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2604// 2605// Get details for a reservation. 2606// 2607// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2608// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2609// the error. 2610// 2611// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2612// API operation DescribeReservation for usage and error information. 2613// 2614// Returned Error Types: 2615// * BadRequestException 2616// 2617// * InternalServerErrorException 2618// 2619// * ForbiddenException 2620// 2621// * BadGatewayException 2622// 2623// * NotFoundException 2624// 2625// * GatewayTimeoutException 2626// 2627// * TooManyRequestsException 2628// 2629// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeReservation 2630func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservation(input *DescribeReservationInput) (*DescribeReservationOutput, error) { 2631 req, out := c.DescribeReservationRequest(input) 2632 return out, req.Send() 2633} 2634 2635// DescribeReservationWithContext is the same as DescribeReservation with the addition of 2636// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2637// 2638// See DescribeReservation for details on how to use this API operation. 2639// 2640// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2641// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2642// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2643// for more information on using Contexts. 2644func (c *MediaLive) DescribeReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeReservationOutput, error) { 2645 req, out := c.DescribeReservationRequest(input) 2646 req.SetContext(ctx) 2647 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2648 return out, req.Send() 2649} 2650 2651const opDescribeSchedule = "DescribeSchedule" 2652 2653// DescribeScheduleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2654// client's request for the DescribeSchedule operation. The "output" return 2655// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2656// successfully. 2657// 2658// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2659// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2660// 2661// See DescribeSchedule for more information on using the DescribeSchedule 2662// API call, and error handling. 2663// 2664// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2665// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2666// 2667// 2668// // Example sending a request using the DescribeScheduleRequest method. 2669// req, resp := client.DescribeScheduleRequest(params) 2670// 2671// err := req.Send() 2672// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2673// fmt.Println(resp) 2674// } 2675// 2676// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeSchedule 2677func (c *MediaLive) DescribeScheduleRequest(input *DescribeScheduleInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeScheduleOutput) { 2678 op := &request.Operation{ 2679 Name: opDescribeSchedule, 2680 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2681 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/schedule", 2682 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2683 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2684 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2685 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 2686 TruncationToken: "", 2687 }, 2688 } 2689 2690 if input == nil { 2691 input = &DescribeScheduleInput{} 2692 } 2693 2694 output = &DescribeScheduleOutput{} 2695 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2696 return 2697} 2698 2699// DescribeSchedule API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2700// 2701// Get a channel schedule 2702// 2703// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2704// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2705// the error. 2706// 2707// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2708// API operation DescribeSchedule for usage and error information. 2709// 2710// Returned Error Types: 2711// * BadRequestException 2712// 2713// * InternalServerErrorException 2714// 2715// * ForbiddenException 2716// 2717// * BadGatewayException 2718// 2719// * NotFoundException 2720// 2721// * GatewayTimeoutException 2722// 2723// * TooManyRequestsException 2724// 2725// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/DescribeSchedule 2726func (c *MediaLive) DescribeSchedule(input *DescribeScheduleInput) (*DescribeScheduleOutput, error) { 2727 req, out := c.DescribeScheduleRequest(input) 2728 return out, req.Send() 2729} 2730 2731// DescribeScheduleWithContext is the same as DescribeSchedule with the addition of 2732// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2733// 2734// See DescribeSchedule for details on how to use this API operation. 2735// 2736// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2737// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2738// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2739// for more information on using Contexts. 2740func (c *MediaLive) DescribeScheduleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeScheduleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeScheduleOutput, error) { 2741 req, out := c.DescribeScheduleRequest(input) 2742 req.SetContext(ctx) 2743 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2744 return out, req.Send() 2745} 2746 2747// DescribeSchedulePages iterates over the pages of a DescribeSchedule operation, 2748// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2749// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2750// 2751// See DescribeSchedule method for more information on how to use this operation. 2752// 2753// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2754// 2755// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a DescribeSchedule operation. 2756// pageNum := 0 2757// err := client.DescribeSchedulePages(params, 2758// func(page *medialive.DescribeScheduleOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2759// pageNum++ 2760// fmt.Println(page) 2761// return pageNum <= 3 2762// }) 2763// 2764func (c *MediaLive) DescribeSchedulePages(input *DescribeScheduleInput, fn func(*DescribeScheduleOutput, bool) bool) error { 2765 return c.DescribeSchedulePagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2766} 2767 2768// DescribeSchedulePagesWithContext same as DescribeSchedulePages except 2769// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2770// 2771// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2772// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2773// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2774// for more information on using Contexts. 2775func (c *MediaLive) DescribeSchedulePagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeScheduleInput, fn func(*DescribeScheduleOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2776 p := request.Pagination{ 2777 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2778 var inCpy *DescribeScheduleInput 2779 if input != nil { 2780 tmp := *input 2781 inCpy = &tmp 2782 } 2783 req, _ := c.DescribeScheduleRequest(inCpy) 2784 req.SetContext(ctx) 2785 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2786 return req, nil 2787 }, 2788 } 2789 2790 for p.Next() { 2791 if !fn(p.Page().(*DescribeScheduleOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2792 break 2793 } 2794 } 2795 2796 return p.Err() 2797} 2798 2799const opListChannels = "ListChannels" 2800 2801// ListChannelsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2802// client's request for the ListChannels operation. The "output" return 2803// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2804// successfully. 2805// 2806// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2807// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2808// 2809// See ListChannels for more information on using the ListChannels 2810// API call, and error handling. 2811// 2812// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2813// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2814// 2815// 2816// // Example sending a request using the ListChannelsRequest method. 2817// req, resp := client.ListChannelsRequest(params) 2818// 2819// err := req.Send() 2820// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2821// fmt.Println(resp) 2822// } 2823// 2824// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListChannels 2825func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsRequest(input *ListChannelsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListChannelsOutput) { 2826 op := &request.Operation{ 2827 Name: opListChannels, 2828 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2829 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels", 2830 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2831 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2832 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2833 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 2834 TruncationToken: "", 2835 }, 2836 } 2837 2838 if input == nil { 2839 input = &ListChannelsInput{} 2840 } 2841 2842 output = &ListChannelsOutput{} 2843 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2844 return 2845} 2846 2847// ListChannels API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2848// 2849// Produces list of channels that have been created 2850// 2851// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 2852// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 2853// the error. 2854// 2855// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 2856// API operation ListChannels for usage and error information. 2857// 2858// Returned Error Types: 2859// * BadRequestException 2860// 2861// * InternalServerErrorException 2862// 2863// * ForbiddenException 2864// 2865// * BadGatewayException 2866// 2867// * GatewayTimeoutException 2868// 2869// * TooManyRequestsException 2870// 2871// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListChannels 2872func (c *MediaLive) ListChannels(input *ListChannelsInput) (*ListChannelsOutput, error) { 2873 req, out := c.ListChannelsRequest(input) 2874 return out, req.Send() 2875} 2876 2877// ListChannelsWithContext is the same as ListChannels with the addition of 2878// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 2879// 2880// See ListChannels for details on how to use this API operation. 2881// 2882// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2883// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2884// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2885// for more information on using Contexts. 2886func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListChannelsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListChannelsOutput, error) { 2887 req, out := c.ListChannelsRequest(input) 2888 req.SetContext(ctx) 2889 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2890 return out, req.Send() 2891} 2892 2893// ListChannelsPages iterates over the pages of a ListChannels operation, 2894// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 2895// iterating, return false from the fn function. 2896// 2897// See ListChannels method for more information on how to use this operation. 2898// 2899// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 2900// 2901// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListChannels operation. 2902// pageNum := 0 2903// err := client.ListChannelsPages(params, 2904// func(page *medialive.ListChannelsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 2905// pageNum++ 2906// fmt.Println(page) 2907// return pageNum <= 3 2908// }) 2909// 2910func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsPages(input *ListChannelsInput, fn func(*ListChannelsOutput, bool) bool) error { 2911 return c.ListChannelsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 2912} 2913 2914// ListChannelsPagesWithContext same as ListChannelsPages except 2915// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 2916// 2917// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 2918// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 2919// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 2920// for more information on using Contexts. 2921func (c *MediaLive) ListChannelsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListChannelsInput, fn func(*ListChannelsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 2922 p := request.Pagination{ 2923 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 2924 var inCpy *ListChannelsInput 2925 if input != nil { 2926 tmp := *input 2927 inCpy = &tmp 2928 } 2929 req, _ := c.ListChannelsRequest(inCpy) 2930 req.SetContext(ctx) 2931 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 2932 return req, nil 2933 }, 2934 } 2935 2936 for p.Next() { 2937 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListChannelsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 2938 break 2939 } 2940 } 2941 2942 return p.Err() 2943} 2944 2945const opListInputDeviceTransfers = "ListInputDeviceTransfers" 2946 2947// ListInputDeviceTransfersRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 2948// client's request for the ListInputDeviceTransfers operation. The "output" return 2949// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 2950// successfully. 2951// 2952// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 2953// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 2954// 2955// See ListInputDeviceTransfers for more information on using the ListInputDeviceTransfers 2956// API call, and error handling. 2957// 2958// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 2959// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 2960// 2961// 2962// // Example sending a request using the ListInputDeviceTransfersRequest method. 2963// req, resp := client.ListInputDeviceTransfersRequest(params) 2964// 2965// err := req.Send() 2966// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 2967// fmt.Println(resp) 2968// } 2969// 2970// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputDeviceTransfers 2971func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDeviceTransfersRequest(input *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput) { 2972 op := &request.Operation{ 2973 Name: opListInputDeviceTransfers, 2974 HTTPMethod: "GET", 2975 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputDeviceTransfers", 2976 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 2977 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2978 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 2979 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 2980 TruncationToken: "", 2981 }, 2982 } 2983 2984 if input == nil { 2985 input = &ListInputDeviceTransfersInput{} 2986 } 2987 2988 output = &ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput{} 2989 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 2990 return 2991} 2992 2993// ListInputDeviceTransfers API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 2994// 2995// List input devices that are currently being transferred. List input devices 2996// that you are transferring from your AWS account or input devices that another 2997// AWS account is transferring to you. 2998// 2999// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3000// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3001// the error. 3002// 3003// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3004// API operation ListInputDeviceTransfers for usage and error information. 3005// 3006// Returned Error Types: 3007// * BadRequestException 3008// 3009// * UnprocessableEntityException 3010// 3011// * InternalServerErrorException 3012// 3013// * ForbiddenException 3014// 3015// * BadGatewayException 3016// 3017// * GatewayTimeoutException 3018// 3019// * TooManyRequestsException 3020// 3021// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputDeviceTransfers 3022func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDeviceTransfers(input *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) (*ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput, error) { 3023 req, out := c.ListInputDeviceTransfersRequest(input) 3024 return out, req.Send() 3025} 3026 3027// ListInputDeviceTransfersWithContext is the same as ListInputDeviceTransfers with the addition of 3028// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3029// 3030// See ListInputDeviceTransfers for details on how to use this API operation. 3031// 3032// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3033// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3034// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3035// for more information on using Contexts. 3036func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDeviceTransfersWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput, error) { 3037 req, out := c.ListInputDeviceTransfersRequest(input) 3038 req.SetContext(ctx) 3039 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3040 return out, req.Send() 3041} 3042 3043// ListInputDeviceTransfersPages iterates over the pages of a ListInputDeviceTransfers operation, 3044// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3045// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3046// 3047// See ListInputDeviceTransfers method for more information on how to use this operation. 3048// 3049// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3050// 3051// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListInputDeviceTransfers operation. 3052// pageNum := 0 3053// err := client.ListInputDeviceTransfersPages(params, 3054// func(page *medialive.ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3055// pageNum++ 3056// fmt.Println(page) 3057// return pageNum <= 3 3058// }) 3059// 3060func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDeviceTransfersPages(input *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput, fn func(*ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput, bool) bool) error { 3061 return c.ListInputDeviceTransfersPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3062} 3063 3064// ListInputDeviceTransfersPagesWithContext same as ListInputDeviceTransfersPages except 3065// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3066// 3067// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3068// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3069// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3070// for more information on using Contexts. 3071func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDeviceTransfersPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput, fn func(*ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3072 p := request.Pagination{ 3073 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3074 var inCpy *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput 3075 if input != nil { 3076 tmp := *input 3077 inCpy = &tmp 3078 } 3079 req, _ := c.ListInputDeviceTransfersRequest(inCpy) 3080 req.SetContext(ctx) 3081 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3082 return req, nil 3083 }, 3084 } 3085 3086 for p.Next() { 3087 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3088 break 3089 } 3090 } 3091 3092 return p.Err() 3093} 3094 3095const opListInputDevices = "ListInputDevices" 3096 3097// ListInputDevicesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3098// client's request for the ListInputDevices operation. The "output" return 3099// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3100// successfully. 3101// 3102// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3103// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3104// 3105// See ListInputDevices for more information on using the ListInputDevices 3106// API call, and error handling. 3107// 3108// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3109// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3110// 3111// 3112// // Example sending a request using the ListInputDevicesRequest method. 3113// req, resp := client.ListInputDevicesRequest(params) 3114// 3115// err := req.Send() 3116// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3117// fmt.Println(resp) 3118// } 3119// 3120// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputDevices 3121func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDevicesRequest(input *ListInputDevicesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListInputDevicesOutput) { 3122 op := &request.Operation{ 3123 Name: opListInputDevices, 3124 HTTPMethod: "GET", 3125 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputDevices", 3126 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3127 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3128 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3129 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 3130 TruncationToken: "", 3131 }, 3132 } 3133 3134 if input == nil { 3135 input = &ListInputDevicesInput{} 3136 } 3137 3138 output = &ListInputDevicesOutput{} 3139 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3140 return 3141} 3142 3143// ListInputDevices API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3144// 3145// List input devices 3146// 3147// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3148// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3149// the error. 3150// 3151// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3152// API operation ListInputDevices for usage and error information. 3153// 3154// Returned Error Types: 3155// * BadRequestException 3156// 3157// * InternalServerErrorException 3158// 3159// * ForbiddenException 3160// 3161// * BadGatewayException 3162// 3163// * GatewayTimeoutException 3164// 3165// * TooManyRequestsException 3166// 3167// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputDevices 3168func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDevices(input *ListInputDevicesInput) (*ListInputDevicesOutput, error) { 3169 req, out := c.ListInputDevicesRequest(input) 3170 return out, req.Send() 3171} 3172 3173// ListInputDevicesWithContext is the same as ListInputDevices with the addition of 3174// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3175// 3176// See ListInputDevices for details on how to use this API operation. 3177// 3178// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3179// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3180// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3181// for more information on using Contexts. 3182func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDevicesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputDevicesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListInputDevicesOutput, error) { 3183 req, out := c.ListInputDevicesRequest(input) 3184 req.SetContext(ctx) 3185 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3186 return out, req.Send() 3187} 3188 3189// ListInputDevicesPages iterates over the pages of a ListInputDevices operation, 3190// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3191// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3192// 3193// See ListInputDevices method for more information on how to use this operation. 3194// 3195// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3196// 3197// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListInputDevices operation. 3198// pageNum := 0 3199// err := client.ListInputDevicesPages(params, 3200// func(page *medialive.ListInputDevicesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3201// pageNum++ 3202// fmt.Println(page) 3203// return pageNum <= 3 3204// }) 3205// 3206func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDevicesPages(input *ListInputDevicesInput, fn func(*ListInputDevicesOutput, bool) bool) error { 3207 return c.ListInputDevicesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3208} 3209 3210// ListInputDevicesPagesWithContext same as ListInputDevicesPages except 3211// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3212// 3213// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3214// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3215// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3216// for more information on using Contexts. 3217func (c *MediaLive) ListInputDevicesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputDevicesInput, fn func(*ListInputDevicesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3218 p := request.Pagination{ 3219 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3220 var inCpy *ListInputDevicesInput 3221 if input != nil { 3222 tmp := *input 3223 inCpy = &tmp 3224 } 3225 req, _ := c.ListInputDevicesRequest(inCpy) 3226 req.SetContext(ctx) 3227 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3228 return req, nil 3229 }, 3230 } 3231 3232 for p.Next() { 3233 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListInputDevicesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3234 break 3235 } 3236 } 3237 3238 return p.Err() 3239} 3240 3241const opListInputSecurityGroups = "ListInputSecurityGroups" 3242 3243// ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3244// client's request for the ListInputSecurityGroups operation. The "output" return 3245// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3246// successfully. 3247// 3248// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3249// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3250// 3251// See ListInputSecurityGroups for more information on using the ListInputSecurityGroups 3252// API call, and error handling. 3253// 3254// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3255// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3256// 3257// 3258// // Example sending a request using the ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest method. 3259// req, resp := client.ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(params) 3260// 3261// err := req.Send() 3262// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3263// fmt.Println(resp) 3264// } 3265// 3266// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputSecurityGroups 3267func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) { 3268 op := &request.Operation{ 3269 Name: opListInputSecurityGroups, 3270 HTTPMethod: "GET", 3271 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups", 3272 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3273 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3274 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3275 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 3276 TruncationToken: "", 3277 }, 3278 } 3279 3280 if input == nil { 3281 input = &ListInputSecurityGroupsInput{} 3282 } 3283 3284 output = &ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput{} 3285 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3286 return 3287} 3288 3289// ListInputSecurityGroups API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3290// 3291// Produces a list of Input Security Groups for an account 3292// 3293// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3294// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3295// the error. 3296// 3297// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3298// API operation ListInputSecurityGroups for usage and error information. 3299// 3300// Returned Error Types: 3301// * BadRequestException 3302// 3303// * InternalServerErrorException 3304// 3305// * ForbiddenException 3306// 3307// * BadGatewayException 3308// 3309// * GatewayTimeoutException 3310// 3311// * TooManyRequestsException 3312// 3313// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputSecurityGroups 3314func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroups(input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) (*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { 3315 req, out := c.ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(input) 3316 return out, req.Send() 3317} 3318 3319// ListInputSecurityGroupsWithContext is the same as ListInputSecurityGroups with the addition of 3320// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3321// 3322// See ListInputSecurityGroups for details on how to use this API operation. 3323// 3324// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3325// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3326// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3327// for more information on using Contexts. 3328func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, error) { 3329 req, out := c.ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(input) 3330 req.SetContext(ctx) 3331 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3332 return out, req.Send() 3333} 3334 3335// ListInputSecurityGroupsPages iterates over the pages of a ListInputSecurityGroups operation, 3336// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3337// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3338// 3339// See ListInputSecurityGroups method for more information on how to use this operation. 3340// 3341// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3342// 3343// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListInputSecurityGroups operation. 3344// pageNum := 0 3345// err := client.ListInputSecurityGroupsPages(params, 3346// func(page *medialive.ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3347// pageNum++ 3348// fmt.Println(page) 3349// return pageNum <= 3 3350// }) 3351// 3352func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsPages(input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool) error { 3353 return c.ListInputSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3354} 3355 3356// ListInputSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext same as ListInputSecurityGroupsPages except 3357// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3358// 3359// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3360// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3361// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3362// for more information on using Contexts. 3363func (c *MediaLive) ListInputSecurityGroupsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput, fn func(*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3364 p := request.Pagination{ 3365 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3366 var inCpy *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput 3367 if input != nil { 3368 tmp := *input 3369 inCpy = &tmp 3370 } 3371 req, _ := c.ListInputSecurityGroupsRequest(inCpy) 3372 req.SetContext(ctx) 3373 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3374 return req, nil 3375 }, 3376 } 3377 3378 for p.Next() { 3379 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3380 break 3381 } 3382 } 3383 3384 return p.Err() 3385} 3386 3387const opListInputs = "ListInputs" 3388 3389// ListInputsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3390// client's request for the ListInputs operation. The "output" return 3391// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3392// successfully. 3393// 3394// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3395// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3396// 3397// See ListInputs for more information on using the ListInputs 3398// API call, and error handling. 3399// 3400// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3401// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3402// 3403// 3404// // Example sending a request using the ListInputsRequest method. 3405// req, resp := client.ListInputsRequest(params) 3406// 3407// err := req.Send() 3408// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3409// fmt.Println(resp) 3410// } 3411// 3412// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputs 3413func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsRequest(input *ListInputsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListInputsOutput) { 3414 op := &request.Operation{ 3415 Name: opListInputs, 3416 HTTPMethod: "GET", 3417 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs", 3418 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3419 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3420 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3421 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 3422 TruncationToken: "", 3423 }, 3424 } 3425 3426 if input == nil { 3427 input = &ListInputsInput{} 3428 } 3429 3430 output = &ListInputsOutput{} 3431 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3432 return 3433} 3434 3435// ListInputs API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3436// 3437// Produces list of inputs that have been created 3438// 3439// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3440// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3441// the error. 3442// 3443// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3444// API operation ListInputs for usage and error information. 3445// 3446// Returned Error Types: 3447// * BadRequestException 3448// 3449// * InternalServerErrorException 3450// 3451// * ForbiddenException 3452// 3453// * BadGatewayException 3454// 3455// * GatewayTimeoutException 3456// 3457// * TooManyRequestsException 3458// 3459// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListInputs 3460func (c *MediaLive) ListInputs(input *ListInputsInput) (*ListInputsOutput, error) { 3461 req, out := c.ListInputsRequest(input) 3462 return out, req.Send() 3463} 3464 3465// ListInputsWithContext is the same as ListInputs with the addition of 3466// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3467// 3468// See ListInputs for details on how to use this API operation. 3469// 3470// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3471// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3472// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3473// for more information on using Contexts. 3474func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListInputsOutput, error) { 3475 req, out := c.ListInputsRequest(input) 3476 req.SetContext(ctx) 3477 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3478 return out, req.Send() 3479} 3480 3481// ListInputsPages iterates over the pages of a ListInputs operation, 3482// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3483// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3484// 3485// See ListInputs method for more information on how to use this operation. 3486// 3487// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3488// 3489// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListInputs operation. 3490// pageNum := 0 3491// err := client.ListInputsPages(params, 3492// func(page *medialive.ListInputsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3493// pageNum++ 3494// fmt.Println(page) 3495// return pageNum <= 3 3496// }) 3497// 3498func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsPages(input *ListInputsInput, fn func(*ListInputsOutput, bool) bool) error { 3499 return c.ListInputsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3500} 3501 3502// ListInputsPagesWithContext same as ListInputsPages except 3503// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3504// 3505// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3506// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3507// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3508// for more information on using Contexts. 3509func (c *MediaLive) ListInputsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListInputsInput, fn func(*ListInputsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3510 p := request.Pagination{ 3511 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3512 var inCpy *ListInputsInput 3513 if input != nil { 3514 tmp := *input 3515 inCpy = &tmp 3516 } 3517 req, _ := c.ListInputsRequest(inCpy) 3518 req.SetContext(ctx) 3519 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3520 return req, nil 3521 }, 3522 } 3523 3524 for p.Next() { 3525 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListInputsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3526 break 3527 } 3528 } 3529 3530 return p.Err() 3531} 3532 3533const opListMultiplexPrograms = "ListMultiplexPrograms" 3534 3535// ListMultiplexProgramsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3536// client's request for the ListMultiplexPrograms operation. The "output" return 3537// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3538// successfully. 3539// 3540// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3541// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3542// 3543// See ListMultiplexPrograms for more information on using the ListMultiplexPrograms 3544// API call, and error handling. 3545// 3546// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3547// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3548// 3549// 3550// // Example sending a request using the ListMultiplexProgramsRequest method. 3551// req, resp := client.ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(params) 3552// 3553// err := req.Send() 3554// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3555// fmt.Println(resp) 3556// } 3557// 3558// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexPrograms 3559func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) { 3560 op := &request.Operation{ 3561 Name: opListMultiplexPrograms, 3562 HTTPMethod: "GET", 3563 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs", 3564 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3565 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3566 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3567 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 3568 TruncationToken: "", 3569 }, 3570 } 3571 3572 if input == nil { 3573 input = &ListMultiplexProgramsInput{} 3574 } 3575 3576 output = &ListMultiplexProgramsOutput{} 3577 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3578 return 3579} 3580 3581// ListMultiplexPrograms API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3582// 3583// List the programs that currently exist for a specific multiplex. 3584// 3585// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3586// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3587// the error. 3588// 3589// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3590// API operation ListMultiplexPrograms for usage and error information. 3591// 3592// Returned Error Types: 3593// * BadRequestException 3594// 3595// * InternalServerErrorException 3596// 3597// * ForbiddenException 3598// 3599// * BadGatewayException 3600// 3601// * NotFoundException 3602// 3603// * GatewayTimeoutException 3604// 3605// * TooManyRequestsException 3606// 3607// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexPrograms 3608func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexPrograms(input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) (*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, error) { 3609 req, out := c.ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(input) 3610 return out, req.Send() 3611} 3612 3613// ListMultiplexProgramsWithContext is the same as ListMultiplexPrograms with the addition of 3614// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3615// 3616// See ListMultiplexPrograms for details on how to use this API operation. 3617// 3618// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3619// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3620// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3621// for more information on using Contexts. 3622func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, error) { 3623 req, out := c.ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(input) 3624 req.SetContext(ctx) 3625 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3626 return out, req.Send() 3627} 3628 3629// ListMultiplexProgramsPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultiplexPrograms operation, 3630// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3631// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3632// 3633// See ListMultiplexPrograms method for more information on how to use this operation. 3634// 3635// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3636// 3637// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultiplexPrograms operation. 3638// pageNum := 0 3639// err := client.ListMultiplexProgramsPages(params, 3640// func(page *medialive.ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3641// pageNum++ 3642// fmt.Println(page) 3643// return pageNum <= 3 3644// }) 3645// 3646func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsPages(input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, bool) bool) error { 3647 return c.ListMultiplexProgramsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3648} 3649 3650// ListMultiplexProgramsPagesWithContext same as ListMultiplexProgramsPages except 3651// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3652// 3653// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3654// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3655// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3656// for more information on using Contexts. 3657func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexProgramsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexProgramsInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3658 p := request.Pagination{ 3659 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3660 var inCpy *ListMultiplexProgramsInput 3661 if input != nil { 3662 tmp := *input 3663 inCpy = &tmp 3664 } 3665 req, _ := c.ListMultiplexProgramsRequest(inCpy) 3666 req.SetContext(ctx) 3667 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3668 return req, nil 3669 }, 3670 } 3671 3672 for p.Next() { 3673 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListMultiplexProgramsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3674 break 3675 } 3676 } 3677 3678 return p.Err() 3679} 3680 3681const opListMultiplexes = "ListMultiplexes" 3682 3683// ListMultiplexesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3684// client's request for the ListMultiplexes operation. The "output" return 3685// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3686// successfully. 3687// 3688// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3689// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3690// 3691// See ListMultiplexes for more information on using the ListMultiplexes 3692// API call, and error handling. 3693// 3694// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3695// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3696// 3697// 3698// // Example sending a request using the ListMultiplexesRequest method. 3699// req, resp := client.ListMultiplexesRequest(params) 3700// 3701// err := req.Send() 3702// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3703// fmt.Println(resp) 3704// } 3705// 3706// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexes 3707func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesRequest(input *ListMultiplexesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListMultiplexesOutput) { 3708 op := &request.Operation{ 3709 Name: opListMultiplexes, 3710 HTTPMethod: "GET", 3711 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes", 3712 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3713 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3714 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3715 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 3716 TruncationToken: "", 3717 }, 3718 } 3719 3720 if input == nil { 3721 input = &ListMultiplexesInput{} 3722 } 3723 3724 output = &ListMultiplexesOutput{} 3725 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3726 return 3727} 3728 3729// ListMultiplexes API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3730// 3731// Retrieve a list of the existing multiplexes. 3732// 3733// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3734// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3735// the error. 3736// 3737// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3738// API operation ListMultiplexes for usage and error information. 3739// 3740// Returned Error Types: 3741// * BadRequestException 3742// 3743// * InternalServerErrorException 3744// 3745// * ForbiddenException 3746// 3747// * BadGatewayException 3748// 3749// * GatewayTimeoutException 3750// 3751// * TooManyRequestsException 3752// 3753// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListMultiplexes 3754func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexes(input *ListMultiplexesInput) (*ListMultiplexesOutput, error) { 3755 req, out := c.ListMultiplexesRequest(input) 3756 return out, req.Send() 3757} 3758 3759// ListMultiplexesWithContext is the same as ListMultiplexes with the addition of 3760// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3761// 3762// See ListMultiplexes for details on how to use this API operation. 3763// 3764// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3765// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3766// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3767// for more information on using Contexts. 3768func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListMultiplexesOutput, error) { 3769 req, out := c.ListMultiplexesRequest(input) 3770 req.SetContext(ctx) 3771 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3772 return out, req.Send() 3773} 3774 3775// ListMultiplexesPages iterates over the pages of a ListMultiplexes operation, 3776// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3777// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3778// 3779// See ListMultiplexes method for more information on how to use this operation. 3780// 3781// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3782// 3783// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListMultiplexes operation. 3784// pageNum := 0 3785// err := client.ListMultiplexesPages(params, 3786// func(page *medialive.ListMultiplexesOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3787// pageNum++ 3788// fmt.Println(page) 3789// return pageNum <= 3 3790// }) 3791// 3792func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesPages(input *ListMultiplexesInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexesOutput, bool) bool) error { 3793 return c.ListMultiplexesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3794} 3795 3796// ListMultiplexesPagesWithContext same as ListMultiplexesPages except 3797// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3798// 3799// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3800// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3801// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3802// for more information on using Contexts. 3803func (c *MediaLive) ListMultiplexesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListMultiplexesInput, fn func(*ListMultiplexesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3804 p := request.Pagination{ 3805 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3806 var inCpy *ListMultiplexesInput 3807 if input != nil { 3808 tmp := *input 3809 inCpy = &tmp 3810 } 3811 req, _ := c.ListMultiplexesRequest(inCpy) 3812 req.SetContext(ctx) 3813 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3814 return req, nil 3815 }, 3816 } 3817 3818 for p.Next() { 3819 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListMultiplexesOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3820 break 3821 } 3822 } 3823 3824 return p.Err() 3825} 3826 3827const opListOfferings = "ListOfferings" 3828 3829// ListOfferingsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3830// client's request for the ListOfferings operation. The "output" return 3831// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3832// successfully. 3833// 3834// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3835// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3836// 3837// See ListOfferings for more information on using the ListOfferings 3838// API call, and error handling. 3839// 3840// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3841// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3842// 3843// 3844// // Example sending a request using the ListOfferingsRequest method. 3845// req, resp := client.ListOfferingsRequest(params) 3846// 3847// err := req.Send() 3848// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3849// fmt.Println(resp) 3850// } 3851// 3852// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListOfferings 3853func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsRequest(input *ListOfferingsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListOfferingsOutput) { 3854 op := &request.Operation{ 3855 Name: opListOfferings, 3856 HTTPMethod: "GET", 3857 HTTPPath: "/prod/offerings", 3858 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 3859 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3860 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 3861 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 3862 TruncationToken: "", 3863 }, 3864 } 3865 3866 if input == nil { 3867 input = &ListOfferingsInput{} 3868 } 3869 3870 output = &ListOfferingsOutput{} 3871 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 3872 return 3873} 3874 3875// ListOfferings API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 3876// 3877// List offerings available for purchase. 3878// 3879// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 3880// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 3881// the error. 3882// 3883// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 3884// API operation ListOfferings for usage and error information. 3885// 3886// Returned Error Types: 3887// * BadRequestException 3888// 3889// * InternalServerErrorException 3890// 3891// * ForbiddenException 3892// 3893// * BadGatewayException 3894// 3895// * GatewayTimeoutException 3896// 3897// * TooManyRequestsException 3898// 3899// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListOfferings 3900func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferings(input *ListOfferingsInput) (*ListOfferingsOutput, error) { 3901 req, out := c.ListOfferingsRequest(input) 3902 return out, req.Send() 3903} 3904 3905// ListOfferingsWithContext is the same as ListOfferings with the addition of 3906// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 3907// 3908// See ListOfferings for details on how to use this API operation. 3909// 3910// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3911// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3912// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3913// for more information on using Contexts. 3914func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListOfferingsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListOfferingsOutput, error) { 3915 req, out := c.ListOfferingsRequest(input) 3916 req.SetContext(ctx) 3917 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3918 return out, req.Send() 3919} 3920 3921// ListOfferingsPages iterates over the pages of a ListOfferings operation, 3922// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 3923// iterating, return false from the fn function. 3924// 3925// See ListOfferings method for more information on how to use this operation. 3926// 3927// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 3928// 3929// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListOfferings operation. 3930// pageNum := 0 3931// err := client.ListOfferingsPages(params, 3932// func(page *medialive.ListOfferingsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 3933// pageNum++ 3934// fmt.Println(page) 3935// return pageNum <= 3 3936// }) 3937// 3938func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsPages(input *ListOfferingsInput, fn func(*ListOfferingsOutput, bool) bool) error { 3939 return c.ListOfferingsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 3940} 3941 3942// ListOfferingsPagesWithContext same as ListOfferingsPages except 3943// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 3944// 3945// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 3946// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 3947// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 3948// for more information on using Contexts. 3949func (c *MediaLive) ListOfferingsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListOfferingsInput, fn func(*ListOfferingsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 3950 p := request.Pagination{ 3951 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 3952 var inCpy *ListOfferingsInput 3953 if input != nil { 3954 tmp := *input 3955 inCpy = &tmp 3956 } 3957 req, _ := c.ListOfferingsRequest(inCpy) 3958 req.SetContext(ctx) 3959 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 3960 return req, nil 3961 }, 3962 } 3963 3964 for p.Next() { 3965 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListOfferingsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 3966 break 3967 } 3968 } 3969 3970 return p.Err() 3971} 3972 3973const opListReservations = "ListReservations" 3974 3975// ListReservationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 3976// client's request for the ListReservations operation. The "output" return 3977// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 3978// successfully. 3979// 3980// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 3981// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 3982// 3983// See ListReservations for more information on using the ListReservations 3984// API call, and error handling. 3985// 3986// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 3987// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 3988// 3989// 3990// // Example sending a request using the ListReservationsRequest method. 3991// req, resp := client.ListReservationsRequest(params) 3992// 3993// err := req.Send() 3994// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 3995// fmt.Println(resp) 3996// } 3997// 3998// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListReservations 3999func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsRequest(input *ListReservationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListReservationsOutput) { 4000 op := &request.Operation{ 4001 Name: opListReservations, 4002 HTTPMethod: "GET", 4003 HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations", 4004 Paginator: &request.Paginator{ 4005 InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 4006 OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"}, 4007 LimitToken: "MaxResults", 4008 TruncationToken: "", 4009 }, 4010 } 4011 4012 if input == nil { 4013 input = &ListReservationsInput{} 4014 } 4015 4016 output = &ListReservationsOutput{} 4017 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4018 return 4019} 4020 4021// ListReservations API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4022// 4023// List purchased reservations. 4024// 4025// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4026// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4027// the error. 4028// 4029// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4030// API operation ListReservations for usage and error information. 4031// 4032// Returned Error Types: 4033// * BadRequestException 4034// 4035// * InternalServerErrorException 4036// 4037// * ForbiddenException 4038// 4039// * BadGatewayException 4040// 4041// * GatewayTimeoutException 4042// 4043// * TooManyRequestsException 4044// 4045// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListReservations 4046func (c *MediaLive) ListReservations(input *ListReservationsInput) (*ListReservationsOutput, error) { 4047 req, out := c.ListReservationsRequest(input) 4048 return out, req.Send() 4049} 4050 4051// ListReservationsWithContext is the same as ListReservations with the addition of 4052// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4053// 4054// See ListReservations for details on how to use this API operation. 4055// 4056// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4057// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4058// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4059// for more information on using Contexts. 4060func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReservationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListReservationsOutput, error) { 4061 req, out := c.ListReservationsRequest(input) 4062 req.SetContext(ctx) 4063 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4064 return out, req.Send() 4065} 4066 4067// ListReservationsPages iterates over the pages of a ListReservations operation, 4068// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop 4069// iterating, return false from the fn function. 4070// 4071// See ListReservations method for more information on how to use this operation. 4072// 4073// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service. 4074// 4075// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListReservations operation. 4076// pageNum := 0 4077// err := client.ListReservationsPages(params, 4078// func(page *medialive.ListReservationsOutput, lastPage bool) bool { 4079// pageNum++ 4080// fmt.Println(page) 4081// return pageNum <= 3 4082// }) 4083// 4084func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsPages(input *ListReservationsInput, fn func(*ListReservationsOutput, bool) bool) error { 4085 return c.ListReservationsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn) 4086} 4087 4088// ListReservationsPagesWithContext same as ListReservationsPages except 4089// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages. 4090// 4091// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4092// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4093// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4094// for more information on using Contexts. 4095func (c *MediaLive) ListReservationsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListReservationsInput, fn func(*ListReservationsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error { 4096 p := request.Pagination{ 4097 NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) { 4098 var inCpy *ListReservationsInput 4099 if input != nil { 4100 tmp := *input 4101 inCpy = &tmp 4102 } 4103 req, _ := c.ListReservationsRequest(inCpy) 4104 req.SetContext(ctx) 4105 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4106 return req, nil 4107 }, 4108 } 4109 4110 for p.Next() { 4111 if !fn(p.Page().(*ListReservationsOutput), !p.HasNextPage()) { 4112 break 4113 } 4114 } 4115 4116 return p.Err() 4117} 4118 4119const opListTagsForResource = "ListTagsForResource" 4120 4121// ListTagsForResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4122// client's request for the ListTagsForResource operation. The "output" return 4123// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4124// successfully. 4125// 4126// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4127// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4128// 4129// See ListTagsForResource for more information on using the ListTagsForResource 4130// API call, and error handling. 4131// 4132// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4133// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4134// 4135// 4136// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsForResourceRequest method. 4137// req, resp := client.ListTagsForResourceRequest(params) 4138// 4139// err := req.Send() 4140// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4141// fmt.Println(resp) 4142// } 4143// 4144// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListTagsForResource 4145func (c *MediaLive) ListTagsForResourceRequest(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsForResourceOutput) { 4146 op := &request.Operation{ 4147 Name: opListTagsForResource, 4148 HTTPMethod: "GET", 4149 HTTPPath: "/prod/tags/{resource-arn}", 4150 } 4151 4152 if input == nil { 4153 input = &ListTagsForResourceInput{} 4154 } 4155 4156 output = &ListTagsForResourceOutput{} 4157 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4158 return 4159} 4160 4161// ListTagsForResource API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4162// 4163// Produces list of tags that have been created for a resource 4164// 4165// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4166// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4167// the error. 4168// 4169// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4170// API operation ListTagsForResource for usage and error information. 4171// 4172// Returned Error Types: 4173// * NotFoundException 4174// 4175// * BadRequestException 4176// 4177// * InternalServerErrorException 4178// 4179// * ForbiddenException 4180// 4181// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/ListTagsForResource 4182func (c *MediaLive) ListTagsForResource(input *ListTagsForResourceInput) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 4183 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 4184 return out, req.Send() 4185} 4186 4187// ListTagsForResourceWithContext is the same as ListTagsForResource with the addition of 4188// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4189// 4190// See ListTagsForResource for details on how to use this API operation. 4191// 4192// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4193// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4194// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4195// for more information on using Contexts. 4196func (c *MediaLive) ListTagsForResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsForResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsForResourceOutput, error) { 4197 req, out := c.ListTagsForResourceRequest(input) 4198 req.SetContext(ctx) 4199 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4200 return out, req.Send() 4201} 4202 4203const opPurchaseOffering = "PurchaseOffering" 4204 4205// PurchaseOfferingRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4206// client's request for the PurchaseOffering operation. The "output" return 4207// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4208// successfully. 4209// 4210// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4211// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4212// 4213// See PurchaseOffering for more information on using the PurchaseOffering 4214// API call, and error handling. 4215// 4216// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4217// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4218// 4219// 4220// // Example sending a request using the PurchaseOfferingRequest method. 4221// req, resp := client.PurchaseOfferingRequest(params) 4222// 4223// err := req.Send() 4224// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4225// fmt.Println(resp) 4226// } 4227// 4228// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/PurchaseOffering 4229func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOfferingRequest(input *PurchaseOfferingInput) (req *request.Request, output *PurchaseOfferingOutput) { 4230 op := &request.Operation{ 4231 Name: opPurchaseOffering, 4232 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4233 HTTPPath: "/prod/offerings/{offeringId}/purchase", 4234 } 4235 4236 if input == nil { 4237 input = &PurchaseOfferingInput{} 4238 } 4239 4240 output = &PurchaseOfferingOutput{} 4241 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4242 return 4243} 4244 4245// PurchaseOffering API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4246// 4247// Purchase an offering and create a reservation. 4248// 4249// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4250// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4251// the error. 4252// 4253// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4254// API operation PurchaseOffering for usage and error information. 4255// 4256// Returned Error Types: 4257// * BadRequestException 4258// 4259// * InternalServerErrorException 4260// 4261// * ForbiddenException 4262// 4263// * BadGatewayException 4264// 4265// * NotFoundException 4266// 4267// * GatewayTimeoutException 4268// 4269// * TooManyRequestsException 4270// 4271// * ConflictException 4272// 4273// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/PurchaseOffering 4274func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOffering(input *PurchaseOfferingInput) (*PurchaseOfferingOutput, error) { 4275 req, out := c.PurchaseOfferingRequest(input) 4276 return out, req.Send() 4277} 4278 4279// PurchaseOfferingWithContext is the same as PurchaseOffering with the addition of 4280// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4281// 4282// See PurchaseOffering for details on how to use this API operation. 4283// 4284// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4285// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4286// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4287// for more information on using Contexts. 4288func (c *MediaLive) PurchaseOfferingWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PurchaseOfferingInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PurchaseOfferingOutput, error) { 4289 req, out := c.PurchaseOfferingRequest(input) 4290 req.SetContext(ctx) 4291 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4292 return out, req.Send() 4293} 4294 4295const opRejectInputDeviceTransfer = "RejectInputDeviceTransfer" 4296 4297// RejectInputDeviceTransferRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4298// client's request for the RejectInputDeviceTransfer operation. The "output" return 4299// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4300// successfully. 4301// 4302// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4303// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4304// 4305// See RejectInputDeviceTransfer for more information on using the RejectInputDeviceTransfer 4306// API call, and error handling. 4307// 4308// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4309// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4310// 4311// 4312// // Example sending a request using the RejectInputDeviceTransferRequest method. 4313// req, resp := client.RejectInputDeviceTransferRequest(params) 4314// 4315// err := req.Send() 4316// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4317// fmt.Println(resp) 4318// } 4319// 4320// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/RejectInputDeviceTransfer 4321func (c *MediaLive) RejectInputDeviceTransferRequest(input *RejectInputDeviceTransferInput) (req *request.Request, output *RejectInputDeviceTransferOutput) { 4322 op := &request.Operation{ 4323 Name: opRejectInputDeviceTransfer, 4324 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4325 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputDevices/{inputDeviceId}/reject", 4326 } 4327 4328 if input == nil { 4329 input = &RejectInputDeviceTransferInput{} 4330 } 4331 4332 output = &RejectInputDeviceTransferOutput{} 4333 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4334 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 4335 return 4336} 4337 4338// RejectInputDeviceTransfer API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4339// 4340// Reject the transfer of the specified input device to your AWS account. 4341// 4342// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4343// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4344// the error. 4345// 4346// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4347// API operation RejectInputDeviceTransfer for usage and error information. 4348// 4349// Returned Error Types: 4350// * BadRequestException 4351// 4352// * UnprocessableEntityException 4353// 4354// * InternalServerErrorException 4355// 4356// * ForbiddenException 4357// 4358// * BadGatewayException 4359// 4360// * NotFoundException 4361// 4362// * GatewayTimeoutException 4363// 4364// * TooManyRequestsException 4365// 4366// * ConflictException 4367// 4368// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/RejectInputDeviceTransfer 4369func (c *MediaLive) RejectInputDeviceTransfer(input *RejectInputDeviceTransferInput) (*RejectInputDeviceTransferOutput, error) { 4370 req, out := c.RejectInputDeviceTransferRequest(input) 4371 return out, req.Send() 4372} 4373 4374// RejectInputDeviceTransferWithContext is the same as RejectInputDeviceTransfer with the addition of 4375// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4376// 4377// See RejectInputDeviceTransfer for details on how to use this API operation. 4378// 4379// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4380// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4381// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4382// for more information on using Contexts. 4383func (c *MediaLive) RejectInputDeviceTransferWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *RejectInputDeviceTransferInput, opts ...request.Option) (*RejectInputDeviceTransferOutput, error) { 4384 req, out := c.RejectInputDeviceTransferRequest(input) 4385 req.SetContext(ctx) 4386 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4387 return out, req.Send() 4388} 4389 4390const opStartChannel = "StartChannel" 4391 4392// StartChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4393// client's request for the StartChannel operation. The "output" return 4394// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4395// successfully. 4396// 4397// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4398// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4399// 4400// See StartChannel for more information on using the StartChannel 4401// API call, and error handling. 4402// 4403// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4404// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4405// 4406// 4407// // Example sending a request using the StartChannelRequest method. 4408// req, resp := client.StartChannelRequest(params) 4409// 4410// err := req.Send() 4411// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4412// fmt.Println(resp) 4413// } 4414// 4415// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartChannel 4416func (c *MediaLive) StartChannelRequest(input *StartChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartChannelOutput) { 4417 op := &request.Operation{ 4418 Name: opStartChannel, 4419 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4420 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/start", 4421 } 4422 4423 if input == nil { 4424 input = &StartChannelInput{} 4425 } 4426 4427 output = &StartChannelOutput{} 4428 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4429 return 4430} 4431 4432// StartChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4433// 4434// Starts an existing channel 4435// 4436// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4437// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4438// the error. 4439// 4440// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4441// API operation StartChannel for usage and error information. 4442// 4443// Returned Error Types: 4444// * BadRequestException 4445// 4446// * InternalServerErrorException 4447// 4448// * ForbiddenException 4449// 4450// * BadGatewayException 4451// 4452// * NotFoundException 4453// 4454// * GatewayTimeoutException 4455// 4456// * TooManyRequestsException 4457// 4458// * ConflictException 4459// 4460// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartChannel 4461func (c *MediaLive) StartChannel(input *StartChannelInput) (*StartChannelOutput, error) { 4462 req, out := c.StartChannelRequest(input) 4463 return out, req.Send() 4464} 4465 4466// StartChannelWithContext is the same as StartChannel with the addition of 4467// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4468// 4469// See StartChannel for details on how to use this API operation. 4470// 4471// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4472// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4473// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4474// for more information on using Contexts. 4475func (c *MediaLive) StartChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartChannelOutput, error) { 4476 req, out := c.StartChannelRequest(input) 4477 req.SetContext(ctx) 4478 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4479 return out, req.Send() 4480} 4481 4482const opStartMultiplex = "StartMultiplex" 4483 4484// StartMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4485// client's request for the StartMultiplex operation. The "output" return 4486// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4487// successfully. 4488// 4489// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4490// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4491// 4492// See StartMultiplex for more information on using the StartMultiplex 4493// API call, and error handling. 4494// 4495// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4496// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4497// 4498// 4499// // Example sending a request using the StartMultiplexRequest method. 4500// req, resp := client.StartMultiplexRequest(params) 4501// 4502// err := req.Send() 4503// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4504// fmt.Println(resp) 4505// } 4506// 4507// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartMultiplex 4508func (c *MediaLive) StartMultiplexRequest(input *StartMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartMultiplexOutput) { 4509 op := &request.Operation{ 4510 Name: opStartMultiplex, 4511 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4512 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/start", 4513 } 4514 4515 if input == nil { 4516 input = &StartMultiplexInput{} 4517 } 4518 4519 output = &StartMultiplexOutput{} 4520 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4521 return 4522} 4523 4524// StartMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4525// 4526// Start (run) the multiplex. Starting the multiplex does not start the channels. 4527// You must explicitly start each channel. 4528// 4529// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4530// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4531// the error. 4532// 4533// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4534// API operation StartMultiplex for usage and error information. 4535// 4536// Returned Error Types: 4537// * BadRequestException 4538// 4539// * InternalServerErrorException 4540// 4541// * ForbiddenException 4542// 4543// * BadGatewayException 4544// 4545// * NotFoundException 4546// 4547// * GatewayTimeoutException 4548// 4549// * TooManyRequestsException 4550// 4551// * ConflictException 4552// 4553// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StartMultiplex 4554func (c *MediaLive) StartMultiplex(input *StartMultiplexInput) (*StartMultiplexOutput, error) { 4555 req, out := c.StartMultiplexRequest(input) 4556 return out, req.Send() 4557} 4558 4559// StartMultiplexWithContext is the same as StartMultiplex with the addition of 4560// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4561// 4562// See StartMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation. 4563// 4564// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4565// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4566// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4567// for more information on using Contexts. 4568func (c *MediaLive) StartMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartMultiplexOutput, error) { 4569 req, out := c.StartMultiplexRequest(input) 4570 req.SetContext(ctx) 4571 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4572 return out, req.Send() 4573} 4574 4575const opStopChannel = "StopChannel" 4576 4577// StopChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4578// client's request for the StopChannel operation. The "output" return 4579// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4580// successfully. 4581// 4582// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4583// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4584// 4585// See StopChannel for more information on using the StopChannel 4586// API call, and error handling. 4587// 4588// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4589// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4590// 4591// 4592// // Example sending a request using the StopChannelRequest method. 4593// req, resp := client.StopChannelRequest(params) 4594// 4595// err := req.Send() 4596// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4597// fmt.Println(resp) 4598// } 4599// 4600// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopChannel 4601func (c *MediaLive) StopChannelRequest(input *StopChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopChannelOutput) { 4602 op := &request.Operation{ 4603 Name: opStopChannel, 4604 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4605 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/stop", 4606 } 4607 4608 if input == nil { 4609 input = &StopChannelInput{} 4610 } 4611 4612 output = &StopChannelOutput{} 4613 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4614 return 4615} 4616 4617// StopChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4618// 4619// Stops a running channel 4620// 4621// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4622// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4623// the error. 4624// 4625// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4626// API operation StopChannel for usage and error information. 4627// 4628// Returned Error Types: 4629// * BadRequestException 4630// 4631// * InternalServerErrorException 4632// 4633// * ForbiddenException 4634// 4635// * BadGatewayException 4636// 4637// * NotFoundException 4638// 4639// * GatewayTimeoutException 4640// 4641// * TooManyRequestsException 4642// 4643// * ConflictException 4644// 4645// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopChannel 4646func (c *MediaLive) StopChannel(input *StopChannelInput) (*StopChannelOutput, error) { 4647 req, out := c.StopChannelRequest(input) 4648 return out, req.Send() 4649} 4650 4651// StopChannelWithContext is the same as StopChannel with the addition of 4652// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4653// 4654// See StopChannel for details on how to use this API operation. 4655// 4656// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4657// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4658// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4659// for more information on using Contexts. 4660func (c *MediaLive) StopChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopChannelOutput, error) { 4661 req, out := c.StopChannelRequest(input) 4662 req.SetContext(ctx) 4663 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4664 return out, req.Send() 4665} 4666 4667const opStopMultiplex = "StopMultiplex" 4668 4669// StopMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4670// client's request for the StopMultiplex operation. The "output" return 4671// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4672// successfully. 4673// 4674// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4675// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4676// 4677// See StopMultiplex for more information on using the StopMultiplex 4678// API call, and error handling. 4679// 4680// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4681// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4682// 4683// 4684// // Example sending a request using the StopMultiplexRequest method. 4685// req, resp := client.StopMultiplexRequest(params) 4686// 4687// err := req.Send() 4688// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4689// fmt.Println(resp) 4690// } 4691// 4692// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopMultiplex 4693func (c *MediaLive) StopMultiplexRequest(input *StopMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopMultiplexOutput) { 4694 op := &request.Operation{ 4695 Name: opStopMultiplex, 4696 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4697 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/stop", 4698 } 4699 4700 if input == nil { 4701 input = &StopMultiplexInput{} 4702 } 4703 4704 output = &StopMultiplexOutput{} 4705 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4706 return 4707} 4708 4709// StopMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4710// 4711// Stops a running multiplex. If the multiplex isn't running, this action has 4712// no effect. 4713// 4714// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4715// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4716// the error. 4717// 4718// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4719// API operation StopMultiplex for usage and error information. 4720// 4721// Returned Error Types: 4722// * BadRequestException 4723// 4724// * InternalServerErrorException 4725// 4726// * ForbiddenException 4727// 4728// * BadGatewayException 4729// 4730// * NotFoundException 4731// 4732// * GatewayTimeoutException 4733// 4734// * TooManyRequestsException 4735// 4736// * ConflictException 4737// 4738// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/StopMultiplex 4739func (c *MediaLive) StopMultiplex(input *StopMultiplexInput) (*StopMultiplexOutput, error) { 4740 req, out := c.StopMultiplexRequest(input) 4741 return out, req.Send() 4742} 4743 4744// StopMultiplexWithContext is the same as StopMultiplex with the addition of 4745// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4746// 4747// See StopMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation. 4748// 4749// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4750// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4751// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4752// for more information on using Contexts. 4753func (c *MediaLive) StopMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopMultiplexOutput, error) { 4754 req, out := c.StopMultiplexRequest(input) 4755 req.SetContext(ctx) 4756 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4757 return out, req.Send() 4758} 4759 4760const opTransferInputDevice = "TransferInputDevice" 4761 4762// TransferInputDeviceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4763// client's request for the TransferInputDevice operation. The "output" return 4764// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4765// successfully. 4766// 4767// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4768// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4769// 4770// See TransferInputDevice for more information on using the TransferInputDevice 4771// API call, and error handling. 4772// 4773// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4774// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4775// 4776// 4777// // Example sending a request using the TransferInputDeviceRequest method. 4778// req, resp := client.TransferInputDeviceRequest(params) 4779// 4780// err := req.Send() 4781// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4782// fmt.Println(resp) 4783// } 4784// 4785// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/TransferInputDevice 4786func (c *MediaLive) TransferInputDeviceRequest(input *TransferInputDeviceInput) (req *request.Request, output *TransferInputDeviceOutput) { 4787 op := &request.Operation{ 4788 Name: opTransferInputDevice, 4789 HTTPMethod: "POST", 4790 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputDevices/{inputDeviceId}/transfer", 4791 } 4792 4793 if input == nil { 4794 input = &TransferInputDeviceInput{} 4795 } 4796 4797 output = &TransferInputDeviceOutput{} 4798 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4799 req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler) 4800 return 4801} 4802 4803// TransferInputDevice API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4804// 4805// Start an input device transfer to another AWS account. After you make the 4806// request, the other account must accept or reject the transfer. 4807// 4808// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4809// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4810// the error. 4811// 4812// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4813// API operation TransferInputDevice for usage and error information. 4814// 4815// Returned Error Types: 4816// * BadRequestException 4817// 4818// * UnprocessableEntityException 4819// 4820// * InternalServerErrorException 4821// 4822// * ForbiddenException 4823// 4824// * BadGatewayException 4825// 4826// * NotFoundException 4827// 4828// * GatewayTimeoutException 4829// 4830// * TooManyRequestsException 4831// 4832// * ConflictException 4833// 4834// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/TransferInputDevice 4835func (c *MediaLive) TransferInputDevice(input *TransferInputDeviceInput) (*TransferInputDeviceOutput, error) { 4836 req, out := c.TransferInputDeviceRequest(input) 4837 return out, req.Send() 4838} 4839 4840// TransferInputDeviceWithContext is the same as TransferInputDevice with the addition of 4841// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4842// 4843// See TransferInputDevice for details on how to use this API operation. 4844// 4845// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4846// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4847// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4848// for more information on using Contexts. 4849func (c *MediaLive) TransferInputDeviceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TransferInputDeviceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TransferInputDeviceOutput, error) { 4850 req, out := c.TransferInputDeviceRequest(input) 4851 req.SetContext(ctx) 4852 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4853 return out, req.Send() 4854} 4855 4856const opUpdateChannel = "UpdateChannel" 4857 4858// UpdateChannelRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4859// client's request for the UpdateChannel operation. The "output" return 4860// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4861// successfully. 4862// 4863// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4864// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4865// 4866// See UpdateChannel for more information on using the UpdateChannel 4867// API call, and error handling. 4868// 4869// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4870// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4871// 4872// 4873// // Example sending a request using the UpdateChannelRequest method. 4874// req, resp := client.UpdateChannelRequest(params) 4875// 4876// err := req.Send() 4877// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4878// fmt.Println(resp) 4879// } 4880// 4881// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannel 4882func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelRequest(input *UpdateChannelInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateChannelOutput) { 4883 op := &request.Operation{ 4884 Name: opUpdateChannel, 4885 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 4886 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}", 4887 } 4888 4889 if input == nil { 4890 input = &UpdateChannelInput{} 4891 } 4892 4893 output = &UpdateChannelOutput{} 4894 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4895 return 4896} 4897 4898// UpdateChannel API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4899// 4900// Updates a channel. 4901// 4902// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4903// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4904// the error. 4905// 4906// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4907// API operation UpdateChannel for usage and error information. 4908// 4909// Returned Error Types: 4910// * BadRequestException 4911// 4912// * UnprocessableEntityException 4913// 4914// * InternalServerErrorException 4915// 4916// * ForbiddenException 4917// 4918// * BadGatewayException 4919// 4920// * GatewayTimeoutException 4921// 4922// * ConflictException 4923// 4924// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannel 4925func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannel(input *UpdateChannelInput) (*UpdateChannelOutput, error) { 4926 req, out := c.UpdateChannelRequest(input) 4927 return out, req.Send() 4928} 4929 4930// UpdateChannelWithContext is the same as UpdateChannel with the addition of 4931// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 4932// 4933// See UpdateChannel for details on how to use this API operation. 4934// 4935// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 4936// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 4937// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 4938// for more information on using Contexts. 4939func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateChannelInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateChannelOutput, error) { 4940 req, out := c.UpdateChannelRequest(input) 4941 req.SetContext(ctx) 4942 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 4943 return out, req.Send() 4944} 4945 4946const opUpdateChannelClass = "UpdateChannelClass" 4947 4948// UpdateChannelClassRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 4949// client's request for the UpdateChannelClass operation. The "output" return 4950// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 4951// successfully. 4952// 4953// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 4954// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 4955// 4956// See UpdateChannelClass for more information on using the UpdateChannelClass 4957// API call, and error handling. 4958// 4959// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 4960// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 4961// 4962// 4963// // Example sending a request using the UpdateChannelClassRequest method. 4964// req, resp := client.UpdateChannelClassRequest(params) 4965// 4966// err := req.Send() 4967// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 4968// fmt.Println(resp) 4969// } 4970// 4971// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannelClass 4972func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClassRequest(input *UpdateChannelClassInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateChannelClassOutput) { 4973 op := &request.Operation{ 4974 Name: opUpdateChannelClass, 4975 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 4976 HTTPPath: "/prod/channels/{channelId}/channelClass", 4977 } 4978 4979 if input == nil { 4980 input = &UpdateChannelClassInput{} 4981 } 4982 4983 output = &UpdateChannelClassOutput{} 4984 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 4985 return 4986} 4987 4988// UpdateChannelClass API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 4989// 4990// Changes the class of the channel. 4991// 4992// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 4993// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 4994// the error. 4995// 4996// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 4997// API operation UpdateChannelClass for usage and error information. 4998// 4999// Returned Error Types: 5000// * BadRequestException 5001// 5002// * UnprocessableEntityException 5003// 5004// * InternalServerErrorException 5005// 5006// * ForbiddenException 5007// 5008// * BadGatewayException 5009// 5010// * NotFoundException 5011// 5012// * GatewayTimeoutException 5013// 5014// * TooManyRequestsException 5015// 5016// * ConflictException 5017// 5018// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateChannelClass 5019func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClass(input *UpdateChannelClassInput) (*UpdateChannelClassOutput, error) { 5020 req, out := c.UpdateChannelClassRequest(input) 5021 return out, req.Send() 5022} 5023 5024// UpdateChannelClassWithContext is the same as UpdateChannelClass with the addition of 5025// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5026// 5027// See UpdateChannelClass for details on how to use this API operation. 5028// 5029// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5030// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5031// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5032// for more information on using Contexts. 5033func (c *MediaLive) UpdateChannelClassWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateChannelClassInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateChannelClassOutput, error) { 5034 req, out := c.UpdateChannelClassRequest(input) 5035 req.SetContext(ctx) 5036 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5037 return out, req.Send() 5038} 5039 5040const opUpdateInput = "UpdateInput" 5041 5042// UpdateInputRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5043// client's request for the UpdateInput operation. The "output" return 5044// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5045// successfully. 5046// 5047// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5048// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5049// 5050// See UpdateInput for more information on using the UpdateInput 5051// API call, and error handling. 5052// 5053// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5054// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5055// 5056// 5057// // Example sending a request using the UpdateInputRequest method. 5058// req, resp := client.UpdateInputRequest(params) 5059// 5060// err := req.Send() 5061// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5062// fmt.Println(resp) 5063// } 5064// 5065// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInput 5066func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputRequest(input *UpdateInputInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateInputOutput) { 5067 op := &request.Operation{ 5068 Name: opUpdateInput, 5069 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 5070 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputs/{inputId}", 5071 } 5072 5073 if input == nil { 5074 input = &UpdateInputInput{} 5075 } 5076 5077 output = &UpdateInputOutput{} 5078 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5079 return 5080} 5081 5082// UpdateInput API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 5083// 5084// Updates an input. 5085// 5086// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5087// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5088// the error. 5089// 5090// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 5091// API operation UpdateInput for usage and error information. 5092// 5093// Returned Error Types: 5094// * BadRequestException 5095// 5096// * InternalServerErrorException 5097// 5098// * ForbiddenException 5099// 5100// * BadGatewayException 5101// 5102// * NotFoundException 5103// 5104// * GatewayTimeoutException 5105// 5106// * ConflictException 5107// 5108// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInput 5109func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInput(input *UpdateInputInput) (*UpdateInputOutput, error) { 5110 req, out := c.UpdateInputRequest(input) 5111 return out, req.Send() 5112} 5113 5114// UpdateInputWithContext is the same as UpdateInput with the addition of 5115// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5116// 5117// See UpdateInput for details on how to use this API operation. 5118// 5119// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5120// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5121// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5122// for more information on using Contexts. 5123func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateInputInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateInputOutput, error) { 5124 req, out := c.UpdateInputRequest(input) 5125 req.SetContext(ctx) 5126 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5127 return out, req.Send() 5128} 5129 5130const opUpdateInputDevice = "UpdateInputDevice" 5131 5132// UpdateInputDeviceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5133// client's request for the UpdateInputDevice operation. The "output" return 5134// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5135// successfully. 5136// 5137// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5138// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5139// 5140// See UpdateInputDevice for more information on using the UpdateInputDevice 5141// API call, and error handling. 5142// 5143// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5144// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5145// 5146// 5147// // Example sending a request using the UpdateInputDeviceRequest method. 5148// req, resp := client.UpdateInputDeviceRequest(params) 5149// 5150// err := req.Send() 5151// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5152// fmt.Println(resp) 5153// } 5154// 5155// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInputDevice 5156func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputDeviceRequest(input *UpdateInputDeviceInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) { 5157 op := &request.Operation{ 5158 Name: opUpdateInputDevice, 5159 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 5160 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputDevices/{inputDeviceId}", 5161 } 5162 5163 if input == nil { 5164 input = &UpdateInputDeviceInput{} 5165 } 5166 5167 output = &UpdateInputDeviceOutput{} 5168 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5169 return 5170} 5171 5172// UpdateInputDevice API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 5173// 5174// Updates the parameters for the input device. 5175// 5176// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5177// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5178// the error. 5179// 5180// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 5181// API operation UpdateInputDevice for usage and error information. 5182// 5183// Returned Error Types: 5184// * BadRequestException 5185// 5186// * UnprocessableEntityException 5187// 5188// * InternalServerErrorException 5189// 5190// * ForbiddenException 5191// 5192// * BadGatewayException 5193// 5194// * NotFoundException 5195// 5196// * GatewayTimeoutException 5197// 5198// * TooManyRequestsException 5199// 5200// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInputDevice 5201func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputDevice(input *UpdateInputDeviceInput) (*UpdateInputDeviceOutput, error) { 5202 req, out := c.UpdateInputDeviceRequest(input) 5203 return out, req.Send() 5204} 5205 5206// UpdateInputDeviceWithContext is the same as UpdateInputDevice with the addition of 5207// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5208// 5209// See UpdateInputDevice for details on how to use this API operation. 5210// 5211// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5212// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5213// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5214// for more information on using Contexts. 5215func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputDeviceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateInputDeviceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateInputDeviceOutput, error) { 5216 req, out := c.UpdateInputDeviceRequest(input) 5217 req.SetContext(ctx) 5218 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5219 return out, req.Send() 5220} 5221 5222const opUpdateInputSecurityGroup = "UpdateInputSecurityGroup" 5223 5224// UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5225// client's request for the UpdateInputSecurityGroup operation. The "output" return 5226// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5227// successfully. 5228// 5229// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5230// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5231// 5232// See UpdateInputSecurityGroup for more information on using the UpdateInputSecurityGroup 5233// API call, and error handling. 5234// 5235// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5236// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5237// 5238// 5239// // Example sending a request using the UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest method. 5240// req, resp := client.UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(params) 5241// 5242// err := req.Send() 5243// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5244// fmt.Println(resp) 5245// } 5246// 5247// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInputSecurityGroup 5248func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) { 5249 op := &request.Operation{ 5250 Name: opUpdateInputSecurityGroup, 5251 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 5252 HTTPPath: "/prod/inputSecurityGroups/{inputSecurityGroupId}", 5253 } 5254 5255 if input == nil { 5256 input = &UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput{} 5257 } 5258 5259 output = &UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput{} 5260 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5261 return 5262} 5263 5264// UpdateInputSecurityGroup API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 5265// 5266// Update an Input Security Group's Whilelists. 5267// 5268// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5269// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5270// the error. 5271// 5272// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 5273// API operation UpdateInputSecurityGroup for usage and error information. 5274// 5275// Returned Error Types: 5276// * BadRequestException 5277// 5278// * InternalServerErrorException 5279// 5280// * ForbiddenException 5281// 5282// * BadGatewayException 5283// 5284// * NotFoundException 5285// 5286// * GatewayTimeoutException 5287// 5288// * ConflictException 5289// 5290// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateInputSecurityGroup 5291func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroup(input *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) (*UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 5292 req, out := c.UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 5293 return out, req.Send() 5294} 5295 5296// UpdateInputSecurityGroupWithContext is the same as UpdateInputSecurityGroup with the addition of 5297// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5298// 5299// See UpdateInputSecurityGroup for details on how to use this API operation. 5300// 5301// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5302// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5303// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5304// for more information on using Contexts. 5305func (c *MediaLive) UpdateInputSecurityGroupWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput, error) { 5306 req, out := c.UpdateInputSecurityGroupRequest(input) 5307 req.SetContext(ctx) 5308 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5309 return out, req.Send() 5310} 5311 5312const opUpdateMultiplex = "UpdateMultiplex" 5313 5314// UpdateMultiplexRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5315// client's request for the UpdateMultiplex operation. The "output" return 5316// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5317// successfully. 5318// 5319// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5320// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5321// 5322// See UpdateMultiplex for more information on using the UpdateMultiplex 5323// API call, and error handling. 5324// 5325// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5326// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5327// 5328// 5329// // Example sending a request using the UpdateMultiplexRequest method. 5330// req, resp := client.UpdateMultiplexRequest(params) 5331// 5332// err := req.Send() 5333// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5334// fmt.Println(resp) 5335// } 5336// 5337// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplex 5338func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexRequest(input *UpdateMultiplexInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateMultiplexOutput) { 5339 op := &request.Operation{ 5340 Name: opUpdateMultiplex, 5341 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 5342 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}", 5343 } 5344 5345 if input == nil { 5346 input = &UpdateMultiplexInput{} 5347 } 5348 5349 output = &UpdateMultiplexOutput{} 5350 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5351 return 5352} 5353 5354// UpdateMultiplex API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 5355// 5356// Updates a multiplex. 5357// 5358// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5359// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5360// the error. 5361// 5362// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 5363// API operation UpdateMultiplex for usage and error information. 5364// 5365// Returned Error Types: 5366// * BadRequestException 5367// 5368// * UnprocessableEntityException 5369// 5370// * InternalServerErrorException 5371// 5372// * ForbiddenException 5373// 5374// * BadGatewayException 5375// 5376// * NotFoundException 5377// 5378// * GatewayTimeoutException 5379// 5380// * ConflictException 5381// 5382// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplex 5383func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplex(input *UpdateMultiplexInput) (*UpdateMultiplexOutput, error) { 5384 req, out := c.UpdateMultiplexRequest(input) 5385 return out, req.Send() 5386} 5387 5388// UpdateMultiplexWithContext is the same as UpdateMultiplex with the addition of 5389// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5390// 5391// See UpdateMultiplex for details on how to use this API operation. 5392// 5393// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5394// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5395// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5396// for more information on using Contexts. 5397func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateMultiplexInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateMultiplexOutput, error) { 5398 req, out := c.UpdateMultiplexRequest(input) 5399 req.SetContext(ctx) 5400 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5401 return out, req.Send() 5402} 5403 5404const opUpdateMultiplexProgram = "UpdateMultiplexProgram" 5405 5406// UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5407// client's request for the UpdateMultiplexProgram operation. The "output" return 5408// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5409// successfully. 5410// 5411// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5412// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5413// 5414// See UpdateMultiplexProgram for more information on using the UpdateMultiplexProgram 5415// API call, and error handling. 5416// 5417// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5418// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5419// 5420// 5421// // Example sending a request using the UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest method. 5422// req, resp := client.UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest(params) 5423// 5424// err := req.Send() 5425// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5426// fmt.Println(resp) 5427// } 5428// 5429// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplexProgram 5430func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest(input *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) { 5431 op := &request.Operation{ 5432 Name: opUpdateMultiplexProgram, 5433 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 5434 HTTPPath: "/prod/multiplexes/{multiplexId}/programs/{programName}", 5435 } 5436 5437 if input == nil { 5438 input = &UpdateMultiplexProgramInput{} 5439 } 5440 5441 output = &UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput{} 5442 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5443 return 5444} 5445 5446// UpdateMultiplexProgram API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 5447// 5448// Update a program in a multiplex. 5449// 5450// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5451// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5452// the error. 5453// 5454// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 5455// API operation UpdateMultiplexProgram for usage and error information. 5456// 5457// Returned Error Types: 5458// * BadRequestException 5459// 5460// * UnprocessableEntityException 5461// 5462// * InternalServerErrorException 5463// 5464// * ForbiddenException 5465// 5466// * BadGatewayException 5467// 5468// * NotFoundException 5469// 5470// * GatewayTimeoutException 5471// 5472// * ConflictException 5473// 5474// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateMultiplexProgram 5475func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexProgram(input *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) (*UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 5476 req, out := c.UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 5477 return out, req.Send() 5478} 5479 5480// UpdateMultiplexProgramWithContext is the same as UpdateMultiplexProgram with the addition of 5481// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5482// 5483// See UpdateMultiplexProgram for details on how to use this API operation. 5484// 5485// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5486// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5487// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5488// for more information on using Contexts. 5489func (c *MediaLive) UpdateMultiplexProgramWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput, error) { 5490 req, out := c.UpdateMultiplexProgramRequest(input) 5491 req.SetContext(ctx) 5492 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5493 return out, req.Send() 5494} 5495 5496const opUpdateReservation = "UpdateReservation" 5497 5498// UpdateReservationRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the 5499// client's request for the UpdateReservation operation. The "output" return 5500// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes 5501// successfully. 5502// 5503// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service. 5504// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error. 5505// 5506// See UpdateReservation for more information on using the UpdateReservation 5507// API call, and error handling. 5508// 5509// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration 5510// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic. 5511// 5512// 5513// // Example sending a request using the UpdateReservationRequest method. 5514// req, resp := client.UpdateReservationRequest(params) 5515// 5516// err := req.Send() 5517// if err == nil { // resp is now filled 5518// fmt.Println(resp) 5519// } 5520// 5521// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateReservation 5522func (c *MediaLive) UpdateReservationRequest(input *UpdateReservationInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateReservationOutput) { 5523 op := &request.Operation{ 5524 Name: opUpdateReservation, 5525 HTTPMethod: "PUT", 5526 HTTPPath: "/prod/reservations/{reservationId}", 5527 } 5528 5529 if input == nil { 5530 input = &UpdateReservationInput{} 5531 } 5532 5533 output = &UpdateReservationOutput{} 5534 req = c.newRequest(op, input, output) 5535 return 5536} 5537 5538// UpdateReservation API operation for AWS Elemental MediaLive. 5539// 5540// Update reservation. 5541// 5542// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions 5543// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about 5544// the error. 5545// 5546// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Elemental MediaLive's 5547// API operation UpdateReservation for usage and error information. 5548// 5549// Returned Error Types: 5550// * BadRequestException 5551// 5552// * InternalServerErrorException 5553// 5554// * ForbiddenException 5555// 5556// * BadGatewayException 5557// 5558// * NotFoundException 5559// 5560// * GatewayTimeoutException 5561// 5562// * TooManyRequestsException 5563// 5564// * ConflictException 5565// 5566// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/medialive-2017-10-14/UpdateReservation 5567func (c *MediaLive) UpdateReservation(input *UpdateReservationInput) (*UpdateReservationOutput, error) { 5568 req, out := c.UpdateReservationRequest(input) 5569 return out, req.Send() 5570} 5571 5572// UpdateReservationWithContext is the same as UpdateReservation with the addition of 5573// the ability to pass a context and additional request options. 5574// 5575// See UpdateReservation for details on how to use this API operation. 5576// 5577// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If 5578// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create 5579// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/ 5580// for more information on using Contexts. 5581func (c *MediaLive) UpdateReservationWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateReservationInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateReservationOutput, error) { 5582 req, out := c.UpdateReservationRequest(input) 5583 req.SetContext(ctx) 5584 req.ApplyOptions(opts...) 5585 return out, req.Send() 5586} 5587 5588// Aac Settings 5589type AacSettings struct { 5590 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5591 5592 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid values depend on rate control mode 5593 // and profile. 5594 Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"` 5595 5596 // Mono, Stereo, or 5.1 channel layout. Valid values depend on rate control 5597 // mode and profile. The adReceiverMix setting receives a stereo description 5598 // plus control track and emits a mono AAC encode of the description track, 5599 // with control data emitted in the PES header as per ETSI TS 101 154 Annex 5600 // E. 5601 CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"AacCodingMode"` 5602 5603 // Set to "broadcasterMixedAd" when input contains pre-mixed main audio + AD 5604 // (narration) as a stereo pair. The Audio Type field (audioType) will be set 5605 // to 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster 5606 // mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed 5607 // audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. The values in audioTypeControl 5608 // and audioType (in AudioDescription) are ignored when set to broadcasterMixedAd.Leave 5609 // set to "normal" when input does not contain pre-mixed audio + AD. 5610 InputType *string `locationName:"inputType" type:"string" enum:"AacInputType"` 5611 5612 // AAC Profile. 5613 Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"AacProfile"` 5614 5615 // Rate Control Mode. 5616 RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"AacRateControlMode"` 5617 5618 // Sets LATM / LOAS AAC output for raw containers. 5619 RawFormat *string `locationName:"rawFormat" type:"string" enum:"AacRawFormat"` 5620 5621 // Sample rate in Hz. Valid values depend on rate control mode and profile. 5622 SampleRate *float64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"double"` 5623 5624 // Use MPEG-2 AAC audio instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport 5625 // Stream containers. 5626 Spec *string `locationName:"spec" type:"string" enum:"AacSpec"` 5627 5628 // VBR Quality Level - Only used if rateControlMode is VBR. 5629 VbrQuality *string `locationName:"vbrQuality" type:"string" enum:"AacVbrQuality"` 5630} 5631 5632// String returns the string representation 5633func (s AacSettings) String() string { 5634 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5635} 5636 5637// GoString returns the string representation 5638func (s AacSettings) GoString() string { 5639 return s.String() 5640} 5641 5642// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 5643func (s *AacSettings) SetBitrate(v float64) *AacSettings { 5644 s.Bitrate = &v 5645 return s 5646} 5647 5648// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. 5649func (s *AacSettings) SetCodingMode(v string) *AacSettings { 5650 s.CodingMode = &v 5651 return s 5652} 5653 5654// SetInputType sets the InputType field's value. 5655func (s *AacSettings) SetInputType(v string) *AacSettings { 5656 s.InputType = &v 5657 return s 5658} 5659 5660// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value. 5661func (s *AacSettings) SetProfile(v string) *AacSettings { 5662 s.Profile = &v 5663 return s 5664} 5665 5666// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. 5667func (s *AacSettings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *AacSettings { 5668 s.RateControlMode = &v 5669 return s 5670} 5671 5672// SetRawFormat sets the RawFormat field's value. 5673func (s *AacSettings) SetRawFormat(v string) *AacSettings { 5674 s.RawFormat = &v 5675 return s 5676} 5677 5678// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. 5679func (s *AacSettings) SetSampleRate(v float64) *AacSettings { 5680 s.SampleRate = &v 5681 return s 5682} 5683 5684// SetSpec sets the Spec field's value. 5685func (s *AacSettings) SetSpec(v string) *AacSettings { 5686 s.Spec = &v 5687 return s 5688} 5689 5690// SetVbrQuality sets the VbrQuality field's value. 5691func (s *AacSettings) SetVbrQuality(v string) *AacSettings { 5692 s.VbrQuality = &v 5693 return s 5694} 5695 5696// Ac3 Settings 5697type Ac3Settings struct { 5698 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5699 5700 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode. 5701 Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"` 5702 5703 // Specifies the bitstream mode (bsmod) for the emitted AC-3 stream. See ATSC 5704 // A/52-2012 for background on these values. 5705 BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3BitstreamMode"` 5706 5707 // Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels. 5708 CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Ac3CodingMode"` 5709 5710 // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If excluded and input audio is Dolby Digital, 5711 // dialnorm will be passed through. 5712 Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" min:"1" type:"integer"` 5713 5714 // If set to filmStandard, adds dynamic range compression signaling to the output 5715 // bitstream as defined in the Dolby Digital specification. 5716 DrcProfile *string `locationName:"drcProfile" type:"string" enum:"Ac3DrcProfile"` 5717 5718 // When set to enabled, applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior 5719 // to encoding. Only valid in codingMode32Lfe mode. 5720 LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Ac3LfeFilter"` 5721 5722 // When set to "followInput", encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, 5723 // DD+, or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied 5724 // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. 5725 MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Ac3MetadataControl"` 5726} 5727 5728// String returns the string representation 5729func (s Ac3Settings) String() string { 5730 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5731} 5732 5733// GoString returns the string representation 5734func (s Ac3Settings) GoString() string { 5735 return s.String() 5736} 5737 5738// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5739func (s *Ac3Settings) Validate() error { 5740 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Ac3Settings"} 5741 if s.Dialnorm != nil && *s.Dialnorm < 1 { 5742 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Dialnorm", 1)) 5743 } 5744 5745 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5746 return invalidParams 5747 } 5748 return nil 5749} 5750 5751// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 5752func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Ac3Settings { 5753 s.Bitrate = &v 5754 return s 5755} 5756 5757// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value. 5758func (s *Ac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Ac3Settings { 5759 s.BitstreamMode = &v 5760 return s 5761} 5762 5763// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. 5764func (s *Ac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Ac3Settings { 5765 s.CodingMode = &v 5766 return s 5767} 5768 5769// SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value. 5770func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Ac3Settings { 5771 s.Dialnorm = &v 5772 return s 5773} 5774 5775// SetDrcProfile sets the DrcProfile field's value. 5776func (s *Ac3Settings) SetDrcProfile(v string) *Ac3Settings { 5777 s.DrcProfile = &v 5778 return s 5779} 5780 5781// SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value. 5782func (s *Ac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Ac3Settings { 5783 s.LfeFilter = &v 5784 return s 5785} 5786 5787// SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value. 5788func (s *Ac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Ac3Settings { 5789 s.MetadataControl = &v 5790 return s 5791} 5792 5793type AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput struct { 5794 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5795 5796 // InputDeviceId is a required field 5797 InputDeviceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputDeviceId" type:"string" required:"true"` 5798} 5799 5800// String returns the string representation 5801func (s AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput) String() string { 5802 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5803} 5804 5805// GoString returns the string representation 5806func (s AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput) GoString() string { 5807 return s.String() 5808} 5809 5810// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5811func (s *AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput) Validate() error { 5812 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput"} 5813 if s.InputDeviceId == nil { 5814 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputDeviceId")) 5815 } 5816 if s.InputDeviceId != nil && len(*s.InputDeviceId) < 1 { 5817 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputDeviceId", 1)) 5818 } 5819 5820 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5821 return invalidParams 5822 } 5823 return nil 5824} 5825 5826// SetInputDeviceId sets the InputDeviceId field's value. 5827func (s *AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput) SetInputDeviceId(v string) *AcceptInputDeviceTransferInput { 5828 s.InputDeviceId = &v 5829 return s 5830} 5831 5832type AcceptInputDeviceTransferOutput struct { 5833 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5834} 5835 5836// String returns the string representation 5837func (s AcceptInputDeviceTransferOutput) String() string { 5838 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5839} 5840 5841// GoString returns the string representation 5842func (s AcceptInputDeviceTransferOutput) GoString() string { 5843 return s.String() 5844} 5845 5846// Ancillary Source Settings 5847type AncillarySourceSettings struct { 5848 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5849 5850 // Specifies the number (1 to 4) of the captions channel you want to extract 5851 // from the ancillary captions. If you plan to convert the ancillary captions 5852 // to another format, complete this field. If you plan to choose Embedded as 5853 // the captions destination in the output (to pass through all the channels 5854 // in the ancillary captions), leave this field blank because MediaLive ignores 5855 // the field. 5856 SourceAncillaryChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"sourceAncillaryChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"` 5857} 5858 5859// String returns the string representation 5860func (s AncillarySourceSettings) String() string { 5861 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5862} 5863 5864// GoString returns the string representation 5865func (s AncillarySourceSettings) GoString() string { 5866 return s.String() 5867} 5868 5869// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5870func (s *AncillarySourceSettings) Validate() error { 5871 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AncillarySourceSettings"} 5872 if s.SourceAncillaryChannelNumber != nil && *s.SourceAncillaryChannelNumber < 1 { 5873 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SourceAncillaryChannelNumber", 1)) 5874 } 5875 5876 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5877 return invalidParams 5878 } 5879 return nil 5880} 5881 5882// SetSourceAncillaryChannelNumber sets the SourceAncillaryChannelNumber field's value. 5883func (s *AncillarySourceSettings) SetSourceAncillaryChannelNumber(v int64) *AncillarySourceSettings { 5884 s.SourceAncillaryChannelNumber = &v 5885 return s 5886} 5887 5888// Archive Container Settings 5889type ArchiveContainerSettings struct { 5890 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5891 5892 // M2ts Settings 5893 M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings `locationName:"m2tsSettings" type:"structure"` 5894 5895 // Raw Settings 5896 RawSettings *RawSettings `locationName:"rawSettings" type:"structure"` 5897} 5898 5899// String returns the string representation 5900func (s ArchiveContainerSettings) String() string { 5901 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5902} 5903 5904// GoString returns the string representation 5905func (s ArchiveContainerSettings) GoString() string { 5906 return s.String() 5907} 5908 5909// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5910func (s *ArchiveContainerSettings) Validate() error { 5911 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ArchiveContainerSettings"} 5912 if s.M2tsSettings != nil { 5913 if err := s.M2tsSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 5914 invalidParams.AddNested("M2tsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 5915 } 5916 } 5917 5918 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5919 return invalidParams 5920 } 5921 return nil 5922} 5923 5924// SetM2tsSettings sets the M2tsSettings field's value. 5925func (s *ArchiveContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings(v *M2tsSettings) *ArchiveContainerSettings { 5926 s.M2tsSettings = v 5927 return s 5928} 5929 5930// SetRawSettings sets the RawSettings field's value. 5931func (s *ArchiveContainerSettings) SetRawSettings(v *RawSettings) *ArchiveContainerSettings { 5932 s.RawSettings = v 5933 return s 5934} 5935 5936// Archive Group Settings 5937type ArchiveGroupSettings struct { 5938 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5939 5940 // A directory and base filename where archive files should be written. 5941 // 5942 // Destination is a required field 5943 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 5944 5945 // Number of seconds to write to archive file before closing and starting a 5946 // new one. 5947 RolloverInterval *int64 `locationName:"rolloverInterval" min:"1" type:"integer"` 5948} 5949 5950// String returns the string representation 5951func (s ArchiveGroupSettings) String() string { 5952 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 5953} 5954 5955// GoString returns the string representation 5956func (s ArchiveGroupSettings) GoString() string { 5957 return s.String() 5958} 5959 5960// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 5961func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) Validate() error { 5962 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ArchiveGroupSettings"} 5963 if s.Destination == nil { 5964 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 5965 } 5966 if s.RolloverInterval != nil && *s.RolloverInterval < 1 { 5967 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RolloverInterval", 1)) 5968 } 5969 5970 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 5971 return invalidParams 5972 } 5973 return nil 5974} 5975 5976// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 5977func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *ArchiveGroupSettings { 5978 s.Destination = v 5979 return s 5980} 5981 5982// SetRolloverInterval sets the RolloverInterval field's value. 5983func (s *ArchiveGroupSettings) SetRolloverInterval(v int64) *ArchiveGroupSettings { 5984 s.RolloverInterval = &v 5985 return s 5986} 5987 5988// Archive Output Settings 5989type ArchiveOutputSettings struct { 5990 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 5991 5992 // Settings specific to the container type of the file. 5993 // 5994 // ContainerSettings is a required field 5995 ContainerSettings *ArchiveContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 5996 5997 // Output file extension. If excluded, this will be auto-selected from the container 5998 // type. 5999 Extension *string `locationName:"extension" type:"string"` 6000 6001 // String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Required for 6002 // multiple outputs of the same type. 6003 NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"` 6004} 6005 6006// String returns the string representation 6007func (s ArchiveOutputSettings) String() string { 6008 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6009} 6010 6011// GoString returns the string representation 6012func (s ArchiveOutputSettings) GoString() string { 6013 return s.String() 6014} 6015 6016// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6017func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) Validate() error { 6018 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ArchiveOutputSettings"} 6019 if s.ContainerSettings == nil { 6020 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ContainerSettings")) 6021 } 6022 if s.ContainerSettings != nil { 6023 if err := s.ContainerSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6024 invalidParams.AddNested("ContainerSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6025 } 6026 } 6027 6028 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6029 return invalidParams 6030 } 6031 return nil 6032} 6033 6034// SetContainerSettings sets the ContainerSettings field's value. 6035func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetContainerSettings(v *ArchiveContainerSettings) *ArchiveOutputSettings { 6036 s.ContainerSettings = v 6037 return s 6038} 6039 6040// SetExtension sets the Extension field's value. 6041func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetExtension(v string) *ArchiveOutputSettings { 6042 s.Extension = &v 6043 return s 6044} 6045 6046// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value. 6047func (s *ArchiveOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *ArchiveOutputSettings { 6048 s.NameModifier = &v 6049 return s 6050} 6051 6052// Arib Destination Settings 6053type AribDestinationSettings struct { 6054 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6055} 6056 6057// String returns the string representation 6058func (s AribDestinationSettings) String() string { 6059 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6060} 6061 6062// GoString returns the string representation 6063func (s AribDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 6064 return s.String() 6065} 6066 6067// Arib Source Settings 6068type AribSourceSettings struct { 6069 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6070} 6071 6072// String returns the string representation 6073func (s AribSourceSettings) String() string { 6074 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6075} 6076 6077// GoString returns the string representation 6078func (s AribSourceSettings) GoString() string { 6079 return s.String() 6080} 6081 6082// Audio Channel Mapping 6083type AudioChannelMapping struct { 6084 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6085 6086 // Indices and gain values for each input channel that should be remixed into 6087 // this output channel. 6088 // 6089 // InputChannelLevels is a required field 6090 InputChannelLevels []*InputChannelLevel `locationName:"inputChannelLevels" type:"list" required:"true"` 6091 6092 // The index of the output channel being produced. 6093 // 6094 // OutputChannel is a required field 6095 OutputChannel *int64 `locationName:"outputChannel" type:"integer" required:"true"` 6096} 6097 6098// String returns the string representation 6099func (s AudioChannelMapping) String() string { 6100 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6101} 6102 6103// GoString returns the string representation 6104func (s AudioChannelMapping) GoString() string { 6105 return s.String() 6106} 6107 6108// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6109func (s *AudioChannelMapping) Validate() error { 6110 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioChannelMapping"} 6111 if s.InputChannelLevels == nil { 6112 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputChannelLevels")) 6113 } 6114 if s.OutputChannel == nil { 6115 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputChannel")) 6116 } 6117 if s.InputChannelLevels != nil { 6118 for i, v := range s.InputChannelLevels { 6119 if v == nil { 6120 continue 6121 } 6122 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 6123 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "InputChannelLevels", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6124 } 6125 } 6126 } 6127 6128 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6129 return invalidParams 6130 } 6131 return nil 6132} 6133 6134// SetInputChannelLevels sets the InputChannelLevels field's value. 6135func (s *AudioChannelMapping) SetInputChannelLevels(v []*InputChannelLevel) *AudioChannelMapping { 6136 s.InputChannelLevels = v 6137 return s 6138} 6139 6140// SetOutputChannel sets the OutputChannel field's value. 6141func (s *AudioChannelMapping) SetOutputChannel(v int64) *AudioChannelMapping { 6142 s.OutputChannel = &v 6143 return s 6144} 6145 6146// Audio Codec Settings 6147type AudioCodecSettings struct { 6148 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6149 6150 // Aac Settings 6151 AacSettings *AacSettings `locationName:"aacSettings" type:"structure"` 6152 6153 // Ac3 Settings 6154 Ac3Settings *Ac3Settings `locationName:"ac3Settings" type:"structure"` 6155 6156 // Eac3 Settings 6157 Eac3Settings *Eac3Settings `locationName:"eac3Settings" type:"structure"` 6158 6159 // Mp2 Settings 6160 Mp2Settings *Mp2Settings `locationName:"mp2Settings" type:"structure"` 6161 6162 // Pass Through Settings 6163 PassThroughSettings *PassThroughSettings `locationName:"passThroughSettings" type:"structure"` 6164 6165 // Wav Settings 6166 WavSettings *WavSettings `locationName:"wavSettings" type:"structure"` 6167} 6168 6169// String returns the string representation 6170func (s AudioCodecSettings) String() string { 6171 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6172} 6173 6174// GoString returns the string representation 6175func (s AudioCodecSettings) GoString() string { 6176 return s.String() 6177} 6178 6179// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6180func (s *AudioCodecSettings) Validate() error { 6181 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioCodecSettings"} 6182 if s.Ac3Settings != nil { 6183 if err := s.Ac3Settings.Validate(); err != nil { 6184 invalidParams.AddNested("Ac3Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6185 } 6186 } 6187 if s.Eac3Settings != nil { 6188 if err := s.Eac3Settings.Validate(); err != nil { 6189 invalidParams.AddNested("Eac3Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6190 } 6191 } 6192 6193 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6194 return invalidParams 6195 } 6196 return nil 6197} 6198 6199// SetAacSettings sets the AacSettings field's value. 6200func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAacSettings(v *AacSettings) *AudioCodecSettings { 6201 s.AacSettings = v 6202 return s 6203} 6204 6205// SetAc3Settings sets the Ac3Settings field's value. 6206func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetAc3Settings(v *Ac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings { 6207 s.Ac3Settings = v 6208 return s 6209} 6210 6211// SetEac3Settings sets the Eac3Settings field's value. 6212func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetEac3Settings(v *Eac3Settings) *AudioCodecSettings { 6213 s.Eac3Settings = v 6214 return s 6215} 6216 6217// SetMp2Settings sets the Mp2Settings field's value. 6218func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetMp2Settings(v *Mp2Settings) *AudioCodecSettings { 6219 s.Mp2Settings = v 6220 return s 6221} 6222 6223// SetPassThroughSettings sets the PassThroughSettings field's value. 6224func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetPassThroughSettings(v *PassThroughSettings) *AudioCodecSettings { 6225 s.PassThroughSettings = v 6226 return s 6227} 6228 6229// SetWavSettings sets the WavSettings field's value. 6230func (s *AudioCodecSettings) SetWavSettings(v *WavSettings) *AudioCodecSettings { 6231 s.WavSettings = v 6232 return s 6233} 6234 6235// Audio Description 6236type AudioDescription struct { 6237 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6238 6239 // Advanced audio normalization settings. 6240 AudioNormalizationSettings *AudioNormalizationSettings `locationName:"audioNormalizationSettings" type:"structure"` 6241 6242 // The name of the AudioSelector used as the source for this AudioDescription. 6243 // 6244 // AudioSelectorName is a required field 6245 AudioSelectorName *string `locationName:"audioSelectorName" type:"string" required:"true"` 6246 6247 // Applies only if audioTypeControl is useConfigured. The values for audioType 6248 // are defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1. 6249 AudioType *string `locationName:"audioType" type:"string" enum:"AudioType"` 6250 6251 // Determines how audio type is determined. followInput: If the input contains 6252 // an ISO 639 audioType, then that value is passed through to the output. If 6253 // the input contains no ISO 639 audioType, the value in Audio Type is included 6254 // in the output. useConfigured: The value in Audio Type is included in the 6255 // output.Note that this field and audioType are both ignored if inputType is 6256 // broadcasterMixedAd. 6257 AudioTypeControl *string `locationName:"audioTypeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl"` 6258 6259 // Audio codec settings. 6260 CodecSettings *AudioCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"` 6261 6262 // RFC 5646 language code representing the language of the audio output track. 6263 // Only used if languageControlMode is useConfigured, or there is no ISO 639 6264 // language code specified in the input. 6265 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" min:"1" type:"string"` 6266 6267 // Choosing followInput will cause the ISO 639 language code of the output to 6268 // follow the ISO 639 language code of the input. The languageCode will be used 6269 // when useConfigured is set, or when followInput is selected but there is no 6270 // ISO 639 language code specified by the input. 6271 LanguageCodeControl *string `locationName:"languageCodeControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl"` 6272 6273 // The name of this AudioDescription. Outputs will use this name to uniquely 6274 // identify this AudioDescription. Description names should be unique within 6275 // this Live Event. 6276 // 6277 // Name is a required field 6278 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 6279 6280 // Settings that control how input audio channels are remixed into the output 6281 // audio channels. 6282 RemixSettings *RemixSettings `locationName:"remixSettings" type:"structure"` 6283 6284 // Used for MS Smooth and Apple HLS outputs. Indicates the name displayed by 6285 // the player (eg. English, or Director Commentary). 6286 StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"` 6287} 6288 6289// String returns the string representation 6290func (s AudioDescription) String() string { 6291 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6292} 6293 6294// GoString returns the string representation 6295func (s AudioDescription) GoString() string { 6296 return s.String() 6297} 6298 6299// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6300func (s *AudioDescription) Validate() error { 6301 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioDescription"} 6302 if s.AudioSelectorName == nil { 6303 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AudioSelectorName")) 6304 } 6305 if s.LanguageCode != nil && len(*s.LanguageCode) < 1 { 6306 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LanguageCode", 1)) 6307 } 6308 if s.Name == nil { 6309 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 6310 } 6311 if s.CodecSettings != nil { 6312 if err := s.CodecSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6313 invalidParams.AddNested("CodecSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6314 } 6315 } 6316 if s.RemixSettings != nil { 6317 if err := s.RemixSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6318 invalidParams.AddNested("RemixSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6319 } 6320 } 6321 6322 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6323 return invalidParams 6324 } 6325 return nil 6326} 6327 6328// SetAudioNormalizationSettings sets the AudioNormalizationSettings field's value. 6329func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioNormalizationSettings(v *AudioNormalizationSettings) *AudioDescription { 6330 s.AudioNormalizationSettings = v 6331 return s 6332} 6333 6334// SetAudioSelectorName sets the AudioSelectorName field's value. 6335func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioSelectorName(v string) *AudioDescription { 6336 s.AudioSelectorName = &v 6337 return s 6338} 6339 6340// SetAudioType sets the AudioType field's value. 6341func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioType(v string) *AudioDescription { 6342 s.AudioType = &v 6343 return s 6344} 6345 6346// SetAudioTypeControl sets the AudioTypeControl field's value. 6347func (s *AudioDescription) SetAudioTypeControl(v string) *AudioDescription { 6348 s.AudioTypeControl = &v 6349 return s 6350} 6351 6352// SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value. 6353func (s *AudioDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *AudioCodecSettings) *AudioDescription { 6354 s.CodecSettings = v 6355 return s 6356} 6357 6358// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 6359func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioDescription { 6360 s.LanguageCode = &v 6361 return s 6362} 6363 6364// SetLanguageCodeControl sets the LanguageCodeControl field's value. 6365func (s *AudioDescription) SetLanguageCodeControl(v string) *AudioDescription { 6366 s.LanguageCodeControl = &v 6367 return s 6368} 6369 6370// SetName sets the Name field's value. 6371func (s *AudioDescription) SetName(v string) *AudioDescription { 6372 s.Name = &v 6373 return s 6374} 6375 6376// SetRemixSettings sets the RemixSettings field's value. 6377func (s *AudioDescription) SetRemixSettings(v *RemixSettings) *AudioDescription { 6378 s.RemixSettings = v 6379 return s 6380} 6381 6382// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value. 6383func (s *AudioDescription) SetStreamName(v string) *AudioDescription { 6384 s.StreamName = &v 6385 return s 6386} 6387 6388// Audio Language Selection 6389type AudioLanguageSelection struct { 6390 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6391 6392 // Selects a specific three-letter language code from within an audio source. 6393 // 6394 // LanguageCode is a required field 6395 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string" required:"true"` 6396 6397 // When set to "strict", the transport stream demux strictly identifies audio 6398 // streams by their language descriptor. If a PMT update occurs such that an 6399 // audio stream matching the initially selected language is no longer present 6400 // then mute will be encoded until the language returns. If "loose", then on 6401 // a PMT update the demux will choose another audio stream in the program with 6402 // the same stream type if it can't find one with the same language. 6403 LanguageSelectionPolicy *string `locationName:"languageSelectionPolicy" type:"string" enum:"AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy"` 6404} 6405 6406// String returns the string representation 6407func (s AudioLanguageSelection) String() string { 6408 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6409} 6410 6411// GoString returns the string representation 6412func (s AudioLanguageSelection) GoString() string { 6413 return s.String() 6414} 6415 6416// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6417func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) Validate() error { 6418 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioLanguageSelection"} 6419 if s.LanguageCode == nil { 6420 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LanguageCode")) 6421 } 6422 6423 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6424 return invalidParams 6425 } 6426 return nil 6427} 6428 6429// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 6430func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) SetLanguageCode(v string) *AudioLanguageSelection { 6431 s.LanguageCode = &v 6432 return s 6433} 6434 6435// SetLanguageSelectionPolicy sets the LanguageSelectionPolicy field's value. 6436func (s *AudioLanguageSelection) SetLanguageSelectionPolicy(v string) *AudioLanguageSelection { 6437 s.LanguageSelectionPolicy = &v 6438 return s 6439} 6440 6441// Audio Normalization Settings 6442type AudioNormalizationSettings struct { 6443 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6444 6445 // Audio normalization algorithm to use. itu17701 conforms to the CALM Act specification, 6446 // itu17702 conforms to the EBU R-128 specification. 6447 Algorithm *string `locationName:"algorithm" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithm"` 6448 6449 // When set to correctAudio the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. 6450 // If set to measureOnly, the audio will be measured but not adjusted. 6451 AlgorithmControl *string `locationName:"algorithmControl" type:"string" enum:"AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl"` 6452 6453 // Target LKFS(loudness) to adjust volume to. If no value is entered, a default 6454 // value will be used according to the chosen algorithm. The CALM Act (1770-1) 6455 // recommends a target of -24 LKFS. The EBU R-128 specification (1770-2) recommends 6456 // a target of -23 LKFS. 6457 TargetLkfs *float64 `locationName:"targetLkfs" type:"double"` 6458} 6459 6460// String returns the string representation 6461func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) String() string { 6462 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6463} 6464 6465// GoString returns the string representation 6466func (s AudioNormalizationSettings) GoString() string { 6467 return s.String() 6468} 6469 6470// SetAlgorithm sets the Algorithm field's value. 6471func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithm(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings { 6472 s.Algorithm = &v 6473 return s 6474} 6475 6476// SetAlgorithmControl sets the AlgorithmControl field's value. 6477func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetAlgorithmControl(v string) *AudioNormalizationSettings { 6478 s.AlgorithmControl = &v 6479 return s 6480} 6481 6482// SetTargetLkfs sets the TargetLkfs field's value. 6483func (s *AudioNormalizationSettings) SetTargetLkfs(v float64) *AudioNormalizationSettings { 6484 s.TargetLkfs = &v 6485 return s 6486} 6487 6488// Audio Only Hls Settings 6489type AudioOnlyHlsSettings struct { 6490 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6491 6492 // Specifies the group to which the audio Rendition belongs. 6493 AudioGroupId *string `locationName:"audioGroupId" type:"string"` 6494 6495 // Optional. Specifies the .jpg or .png image to use as the cover art for an 6496 // audio-only output. We recommend a low bit-size file because the image increases 6497 // the output audio bandwidth.The image is attached to the audio as an ID3 tag, 6498 // frame type APIC, picture type 0x10, as per the "ID3 tag version 2.4.0 - Native 6499 // Frames" standard. 6500 AudioOnlyImage *InputLocation `locationName:"audioOnlyImage" type:"structure"` 6501 6502 // Four types of audio-only tracks are supported:Audio-Only Variant StreamThe 6503 // client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth 6504 // scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest.Alternate 6505 // Audio, Auto Select, DefaultAlternate rendition that the client should try 6506 // to play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest 6507 // with DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YESAlternate Audio, Auto Select, Not DefaultAlternate 6508 // rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented as 6509 // an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YESAlternate 6510 // Audio, not Auto SelectAlternate rendition that the client will not try to 6511 // play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with 6512 // DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=NO 6513 AudioTrackType *string `locationName:"audioTrackType" type:"string" enum:"AudioOnlyHlsTrackType"` 6514 6515 // Specifies the segment type. 6516 SegmentType *string `locationName:"segmentType" type:"string" enum:"AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType"` 6517} 6518 6519// String returns the string representation 6520func (s AudioOnlyHlsSettings) String() string { 6521 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6522} 6523 6524// GoString returns the string representation 6525func (s AudioOnlyHlsSettings) GoString() string { 6526 return s.String() 6527} 6528 6529// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6530func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) Validate() error { 6531 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioOnlyHlsSettings"} 6532 if s.AudioOnlyImage != nil { 6533 if err := s.AudioOnlyImage.Validate(); err != nil { 6534 invalidParams.AddNested("AudioOnlyImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6535 } 6536 } 6537 6538 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6539 return invalidParams 6540 } 6541 return nil 6542} 6543 6544// SetAudioGroupId sets the AudioGroupId field's value. 6545func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioGroupId(v string) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings { 6546 s.AudioGroupId = &v 6547 return s 6548} 6549 6550// SetAudioOnlyImage sets the AudioOnlyImage field's value. 6551func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioOnlyImage(v *InputLocation) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings { 6552 s.AudioOnlyImage = v 6553 return s 6554} 6555 6556// SetAudioTrackType sets the AudioTrackType field's value. 6557func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetAudioTrackType(v string) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings { 6558 s.AudioTrackType = &v 6559 return s 6560} 6561 6562// SetSegmentType sets the SegmentType field's value. 6563func (s *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) SetSegmentType(v string) *AudioOnlyHlsSettings { 6564 s.SegmentType = &v 6565 return s 6566} 6567 6568// Audio Pid Selection 6569type AudioPidSelection struct { 6570 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6571 6572 // Selects a specific PID from within a source. 6573 // 6574 // Pid is a required field 6575 Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer" required:"true"` 6576} 6577 6578// String returns the string representation 6579func (s AudioPidSelection) String() string { 6580 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6581} 6582 6583// GoString returns the string representation 6584func (s AudioPidSelection) GoString() string { 6585 return s.String() 6586} 6587 6588// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6589func (s *AudioPidSelection) Validate() error { 6590 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioPidSelection"} 6591 if s.Pid == nil { 6592 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Pid")) 6593 } 6594 6595 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6596 return invalidParams 6597 } 6598 return nil 6599} 6600 6601// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. 6602func (s *AudioPidSelection) SetPid(v int64) *AudioPidSelection { 6603 s.Pid = &v 6604 return s 6605} 6606 6607// Audio Selector 6608type AudioSelector struct { 6609 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6610 6611 // The name of this AudioSelector. AudioDescriptions will use this name to uniquely 6612 // identify this Selector. Selector names should be unique per input. 6613 // 6614 // Name is a required field 6615 Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 6616 6617 // The audio selector settings. 6618 SelectorSettings *AudioSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"` 6619} 6620 6621// String returns the string representation 6622func (s AudioSelector) String() string { 6623 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6624} 6625 6626// GoString returns the string representation 6627func (s AudioSelector) GoString() string { 6628 return s.String() 6629} 6630 6631// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6632func (s *AudioSelector) Validate() error { 6633 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioSelector"} 6634 if s.Name == nil { 6635 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 6636 } 6637 if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { 6638 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) 6639 } 6640 if s.SelectorSettings != nil { 6641 if err := s.SelectorSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 6642 invalidParams.AddNested("SelectorSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6643 } 6644 } 6645 6646 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6647 return invalidParams 6648 } 6649 return nil 6650} 6651 6652// SetName sets the Name field's value. 6653func (s *AudioSelector) SetName(v string) *AudioSelector { 6654 s.Name = &v 6655 return s 6656} 6657 6658// SetSelectorSettings sets the SelectorSettings field's value. 6659func (s *AudioSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *AudioSelectorSettings) *AudioSelector { 6660 s.SelectorSettings = v 6661 return s 6662} 6663 6664// Audio Selector Settings 6665type AudioSelectorSettings struct { 6666 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6667 6668 // Audio Language Selection 6669 AudioLanguageSelection *AudioLanguageSelection `locationName:"audioLanguageSelection" type:"structure"` 6670 6671 // Audio Pid Selection 6672 AudioPidSelection *AudioPidSelection `locationName:"audioPidSelection" type:"structure"` 6673 6674 // Audio Track Selection 6675 AudioTrackSelection *AudioTrackSelection `locationName:"audioTrackSelection" type:"structure"` 6676} 6677 6678// String returns the string representation 6679func (s AudioSelectorSettings) String() string { 6680 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6681} 6682 6683// GoString returns the string representation 6684func (s AudioSelectorSettings) GoString() string { 6685 return s.String() 6686} 6687 6688// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6689func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) Validate() error { 6690 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioSelectorSettings"} 6691 if s.AudioLanguageSelection != nil { 6692 if err := s.AudioLanguageSelection.Validate(); err != nil { 6693 invalidParams.AddNested("AudioLanguageSelection", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6694 } 6695 } 6696 if s.AudioPidSelection != nil { 6697 if err := s.AudioPidSelection.Validate(); err != nil { 6698 invalidParams.AddNested("AudioPidSelection", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6699 } 6700 } 6701 if s.AudioTrackSelection != nil { 6702 if err := s.AudioTrackSelection.Validate(); err != nil { 6703 invalidParams.AddNested("AudioTrackSelection", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6704 } 6705 } 6706 6707 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6708 return invalidParams 6709 } 6710 return nil 6711} 6712 6713// SetAudioLanguageSelection sets the AudioLanguageSelection field's value. 6714func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioLanguageSelection(v *AudioLanguageSelection) *AudioSelectorSettings { 6715 s.AudioLanguageSelection = v 6716 return s 6717} 6718 6719// SetAudioPidSelection sets the AudioPidSelection field's value. 6720func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioPidSelection(v *AudioPidSelection) *AudioSelectorSettings { 6721 s.AudioPidSelection = v 6722 return s 6723} 6724 6725// SetAudioTrackSelection sets the AudioTrackSelection field's value. 6726func (s *AudioSelectorSettings) SetAudioTrackSelection(v *AudioTrackSelection) *AudioSelectorSettings { 6727 s.AudioTrackSelection = v 6728 return s 6729} 6730 6731type AudioSilenceFailoverSettings struct { 6732 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6733 6734 // The name of the audio selector in the input that MediaLive should monitor 6735 // to detect silence. Select your most important rendition. If you didn't create 6736 // an audio selector in this input, leave blank. 6737 // 6738 // AudioSelectorName is a required field 6739 AudioSelectorName *string `locationName:"audioSelectorName" type:"string" required:"true"` 6740 6741 // The amount of time (in milliseconds) that the active input must be silent 6742 // before automatic input failover occurs. Silence is defined as audio loss 6743 // or audio quieter than -50 dBFS. 6744 AudioSilenceThresholdMsec *int64 `locationName:"audioSilenceThresholdMsec" min:"1000" type:"integer"` 6745} 6746 6747// String returns the string representation 6748func (s AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) String() string { 6749 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6750} 6751 6752// GoString returns the string representation 6753func (s AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) GoString() string { 6754 return s.String() 6755} 6756 6757// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6758func (s *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) Validate() error { 6759 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioSilenceFailoverSettings"} 6760 if s.AudioSelectorName == nil { 6761 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AudioSelectorName")) 6762 } 6763 if s.AudioSilenceThresholdMsec != nil && *s.AudioSilenceThresholdMsec < 1000 { 6764 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("AudioSilenceThresholdMsec", 1000)) 6765 } 6766 6767 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6768 return invalidParams 6769 } 6770 return nil 6771} 6772 6773// SetAudioSelectorName sets the AudioSelectorName field's value. 6774func (s *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) SetAudioSelectorName(v string) *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings { 6775 s.AudioSelectorName = &v 6776 return s 6777} 6778 6779// SetAudioSilenceThresholdMsec sets the AudioSilenceThresholdMsec field's value. 6780func (s *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) SetAudioSilenceThresholdMsec(v int64) *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings { 6781 s.AudioSilenceThresholdMsec = &v 6782 return s 6783} 6784 6785// Audio Track 6786type AudioTrack struct { 6787 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6788 6789 // 1-based integer value that maps to a specific audio track 6790 // 6791 // Track is a required field 6792 Track *int64 `locationName:"track" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 6793} 6794 6795// String returns the string representation 6796func (s AudioTrack) String() string { 6797 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6798} 6799 6800// GoString returns the string representation 6801func (s AudioTrack) GoString() string { 6802 return s.String() 6803} 6804 6805// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6806func (s *AudioTrack) Validate() error { 6807 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioTrack"} 6808 if s.Track == nil { 6809 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Track")) 6810 } 6811 if s.Track != nil && *s.Track < 1 { 6812 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Track", 1)) 6813 } 6814 6815 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6816 return invalidParams 6817 } 6818 return nil 6819} 6820 6821// SetTrack sets the Track field's value. 6822func (s *AudioTrack) SetTrack(v int64) *AudioTrack { 6823 s.Track = &v 6824 return s 6825} 6826 6827// Audio Track Selection 6828type AudioTrackSelection struct { 6829 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6830 6831 // Selects one or more unique audio tracks from within a source. 6832 // 6833 // Tracks is a required field 6834 Tracks []*AudioTrack `locationName:"tracks" type:"list" required:"true"` 6835} 6836 6837// String returns the string representation 6838func (s AudioTrackSelection) String() string { 6839 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6840} 6841 6842// GoString returns the string representation 6843func (s AudioTrackSelection) GoString() string { 6844 return s.String() 6845} 6846 6847// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6848func (s *AudioTrackSelection) Validate() error { 6849 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AudioTrackSelection"} 6850 if s.Tracks == nil { 6851 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tracks")) 6852 } 6853 if s.Tracks != nil { 6854 for i, v := range s.Tracks { 6855 if v == nil { 6856 continue 6857 } 6858 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 6859 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Tracks", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6860 } 6861 } 6862 } 6863 6864 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6865 return invalidParams 6866 } 6867 return nil 6868} 6869 6870// SetTracks sets the Tracks field's value. 6871func (s *AudioTrackSelection) SetTracks(v []*AudioTrack) *AudioTrackSelection { 6872 s.Tracks = v 6873 return s 6874} 6875 6876// The settings for Automatic Input Failover. 6877type AutomaticInputFailoverSettings struct { 6878 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6879 6880 // This clear time defines the requirement a recovered input must meet to be 6881 // considered healthy. The input must have no failover conditions for this length 6882 // of time. Enter a time in milliseconds. This value is particularly important 6883 // if the input_preference for the failover pair is set to PRIMARY_INPUT_PREFERRED, 6884 // because after this time, MediaLive will switch back to the primary input. 6885 ErrorClearTimeMsec *int64 `locationName:"errorClearTimeMsec" min:"1" type:"integer"` 6886 6887 // A list of failover conditions. If any of these conditions occur, MediaLive 6888 // will perform a failover to the other input. 6889 FailoverConditions []*FailoverCondition `locationName:"failoverConditions" type:"list"` 6890 6891 // Input preference when deciding which input to make active when a previously 6892 // failed input has recovered. 6893 InputPreference *string `locationName:"inputPreference" type:"string" enum:"InputPreference"` 6894 6895 // The input ID of the secondary input in the automatic input failover pair. 6896 // 6897 // SecondaryInputId is a required field 6898 SecondaryInputId *string `locationName:"secondaryInputId" type:"string" required:"true"` 6899} 6900 6901// String returns the string representation 6902func (s AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) String() string { 6903 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6904} 6905 6906// GoString returns the string representation 6907func (s AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) GoString() string { 6908 return s.String() 6909} 6910 6911// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6912func (s *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) Validate() error { 6913 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AutomaticInputFailoverSettings"} 6914 if s.ErrorClearTimeMsec != nil && *s.ErrorClearTimeMsec < 1 { 6915 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ErrorClearTimeMsec", 1)) 6916 } 6917 if s.SecondaryInputId == nil { 6918 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SecondaryInputId")) 6919 } 6920 if s.FailoverConditions != nil { 6921 for i, v := range s.FailoverConditions { 6922 if v == nil { 6923 continue 6924 } 6925 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 6926 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "FailoverConditions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6927 } 6928 } 6929 } 6930 6931 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6932 return invalidParams 6933 } 6934 return nil 6935} 6936 6937// SetErrorClearTimeMsec sets the ErrorClearTimeMsec field's value. 6938func (s *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) SetErrorClearTimeMsec(v int64) *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings { 6939 s.ErrorClearTimeMsec = &v 6940 return s 6941} 6942 6943// SetFailoverConditions sets the FailoverConditions field's value. 6944func (s *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) SetFailoverConditions(v []*FailoverCondition) *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings { 6945 s.FailoverConditions = v 6946 return s 6947} 6948 6949// SetInputPreference sets the InputPreference field's value. 6950func (s *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) SetInputPreference(v string) *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings { 6951 s.InputPreference = &v 6952 return s 6953} 6954 6955// SetSecondaryInputId sets the SecondaryInputId field's value. 6956func (s *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) SetSecondaryInputId(v string) *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings { 6957 s.SecondaryInputId = &v 6958 return s 6959} 6960 6961// Avail Blanking 6962type AvailBlanking struct { 6963 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 6964 6965 // Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png 6966 // images are supported. 6967 AvailBlankingImage *InputLocation `locationName:"availBlankingImage" type:"structure"` 6968 6969 // When set to enabled, causes video, audio and captions to be blanked when 6970 // insertion metadata is added. 6971 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"AvailBlankingState"` 6972} 6973 6974// String returns the string representation 6975func (s AvailBlanking) String() string { 6976 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 6977} 6978 6979// GoString returns the string representation 6980func (s AvailBlanking) GoString() string { 6981 return s.String() 6982} 6983 6984// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 6985func (s *AvailBlanking) Validate() error { 6986 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AvailBlanking"} 6987 if s.AvailBlankingImage != nil { 6988 if err := s.AvailBlankingImage.Validate(); err != nil { 6989 invalidParams.AddNested("AvailBlankingImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 6990 } 6991 } 6992 6993 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 6994 return invalidParams 6995 } 6996 return nil 6997} 6998 6999// SetAvailBlankingImage sets the AvailBlankingImage field's value. 7000func (s *AvailBlanking) SetAvailBlankingImage(v *InputLocation) *AvailBlanking { 7001 s.AvailBlankingImage = v 7002 return s 7003} 7004 7005// SetState sets the State field's value. 7006func (s *AvailBlanking) SetState(v string) *AvailBlanking { 7007 s.State = &v 7008 return s 7009} 7010 7011// Avail Configuration 7012type AvailConfiguration struct { 7013 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7014 7015 // Ad avail settings. 7016 AvailSettings *AvailSettings `locationName:"availSettings" type:"structure"` 7017} 7018 7019// String returns the string representation 7020func (s AvailConfiguration) String() string { 7021 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7022} 7023 7024// GoString returns the string representation 7025func (s AvailConfiguration) GoString() string { 7026 return s.String() 7027} 7028 7029// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7030func (s *AvailConfiguration) Validate() error { 7031 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AvailConfiguration"} 7032 if s.AvailSettings != nil { 7033 if err := s.AvailSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 7034 invalidParams.AddNested("AvailSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7035 } 7036 } 7037 7038 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7039 return invalidParams 7040 } 7041 return nil 7042} 7043 7044// SetAvailSettings sets the AvailSettings field's value. 7045func (s *AvailConfiguration) SetAvailSettings(v *AvailSettings) *AvailConfiguration { 7046 s.AvailSettings = v 7047 return s 7048} 7049 7050// Avail Settings 7051type AvailSettings struct { 7052 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7053 7054 // Scte35 Splice Insert 7055 Scte35SpliceInsert *Scte35SpliceInsert `locationName:"scte35SpliceInsert" type:"structure"` 7056 7057 // Scte35 Time Signal Apos 7058 Scte35TimeSignalApos *Scte35TimeSignalApos `locationName:"scte35TimeSignalApos" type:"structure"` 7059} 7060 7061// String returns the string representation 7062func (s AvailSettings) String() string { 7063 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7064} 7065 7066// GoString returns the string representation 7067func (s AvailSettings) GoString() string { 7068 return s.String() 7069} 7070 7071// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7072func (s *AvailSettings) Validate() error { 7073 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "AvailSettings"} 7074 if s.Scte35SpliceInsert != nil { 7075 if err := s.Scte35SpliceInsert.Validate(); err != nil { 7076 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35SpliceInsert", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7077 } 7078 } 7079 if s.Scte35TimeSignalApos != nil { 7080 if err := s.Scte35TimeSignalApos.Validate(); err != nil { 7081 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35TimeSignalApos", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7082 } 7083 } 7084 7085 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7086 return invalidParams 7087 } 7088 return nil 7089} 7090 7091// SetScte35SpliceInsert sets the Scte35SpliceInsert field's value. 7092func (s *AvailSettings) SetScte35SpliceInsert(v *Scte35SpliceInsert) *AvailSettings { 7093 s.Scte35SpliceInsert = v 7094 return s 7095} 7096 7097// SetScte35TimeSignalApos sets the Scte35TimeSignalApos field's value. 7098func (s *AvailSettings) SetScte35TimeSignalApos(v *Scte35TimeSignalApos) *AvailSettings { 7099 s.Scte35TimeSignalApos = v 7100 return s 7101} 7102 7103type BadGatewayException struct { 7104 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7105 RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` 7106 7107 Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 7108} 7109 7110// String returns the string representation 7111func (s BadGatewayException) String() string { 7112 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7113} 7114 7115// GoString returns the string representation 7116func (s BadGatewayException) GoString() string { 7117 return s.String() 7118} 7119 7120func newErrorBadGatewayException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { 7121 return &BadGatewayException{ 7122 RespMetadata: v, 7123 } 7124} 7125 7126// Code returns the exception type name. 7127func (s *BadGatewayException) Code() string { 7128 return "BadGatewayException" 7129} 7130 7131// Message returns the exception's message. 7132func (s *BadGatewayException) Message() string { 7133 if s.Message_ != nil { 7134 return *s.Message_ 7135 } 7136 return "" 7137} 7138 7139// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. 7140func (s *BadGatewayException) OrigErr() error { 7141 return nil 7142} 7143 7144func (s *BadGatewayException) Error() string { 7145 return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) 7146} 7147 7148// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. 7149func (s *BadGatewayException) StatusCode() int { 7150 return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode 7151} 7152 7153// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. 7154func (s *BadGatewayException) RequestID() string { 7155 return s.RespMetadata.RequestID 7156} 7157 7158type BadRequestException struct { 7159 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7160 RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` 7161 7162 Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 7163} 7164 7165// String returns the string representation 7166func (s BadRequestException) String() string { 7167 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7168} 7169 7170// GoString returns the string representation 7171func (s BadRequestException) GoString() string { 7172 return s.String() 7173} 7174 7175func newErrorBadRequestException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { 7176 return &BadRequestException{ 7177 RespMetadata: v, 7178 } 7179} 7180 7181// Code returns the exception type name. 7182func (s *BadRequestException) Code() string { 7183 return "BadRequestException" 7184} 7185 7186// Message returns the exception's message. 7187func (s *BadRequestException) Message() string { 7188 if s.Message_ != nil { 7189 return *s.Message_ 7190 } 7191 return "" 7192} 7193 7194// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. 7195func (s *BadRequestException) OrigErr() error { 7196 return nil 7197} 7198 7199func (s *BadRequestException) Error() string { 7200 return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) 7201} 7202 7203// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. 7204func (s *BadRequestException) StatusCode() int { 7205 return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode 7206} 7207 7208// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. 7209func (s *BadRequestException) RequestID() string { 7210 return s.RespMetadata.RequestID 7211} 7212 7213type BatchDeleteInput struct { 7214 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7215 7216 ChannelIds []*string `locationName:"channelIds" type:"list"` 7217 7218 InputIds []*string `locationName:"inputIds" type:"list"` 7219 7220 InputSecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"inputSecurityGroupIds" type:"list"` 7221 7222 MultiplexIds []*string `locationName:"multiplexIds" type:"list"` 7223} 7224 7225// String returns the string representation 7226func (s BatchDeleteInput) String() string { 7227 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7228} 7229 7230// GoString returns the string representation 7231func (s BatchDeleteInput) GoString() string { 7232 return s.String() 7233} 7234 7235// SetChannelIds sets the ChannelIds field's value. 7236func (s *BatchDeleteInput) SetChannelIds(v []*string) *BatchDeleteInput { 7237 s.ChannelIds = v 7238 return s 7239} 7240 7241// SetInputIds sets the InputIds field's value. 7242func (s *BatchDeleteInput) SetInputIds(v []*string) *BatchDeleteInput { 7243 s.InputIds = v 7244 return s 7245} 7246 7247// SetInputSecurityGroupIds sets the InputSecurityGroupIds field's value. 7248func (s *BatchDeleteInput) SetInputSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *BatchDeleteInput { 7249 s.InputSecurityGroupIds = v 7250 return s 7251} 7252 7253// SetMultiplexIds sets the MultiplexIds field's value. 7254func (s *BatchDeleteInput) SetMultiplexIds(v []*string) *BatchDeleteInput { 7255 s.MultiplexIds = v 7256 return s 7257} 7258 7259type BatchDeleteOutput struct { 7260 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7261 7262 Failed []*BatchFailedResultModel `locationName:"failed" type:"list"` 7263 7264 Successful []*BatchSuccessfulResultModel `locationName:"successful" type:"list"` 7265} 7266 7267// String returns the string representation 7268func (s BatchDeleteOutput) String() string { 7269 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7270} 7271 7272// GoString returns the string representation 7273func (s BatchDeleteOutput) GoString() string { 7274 return s.String() 7275} 7276 7277// SetFailed sets the Failed field's value. 7278func (s *BatchDeleteOutput) SetFailed(v []*BatchFailedResultModel) *BatchDeleteOutput { 7279 s.Failed = v 7280 return s 7281} 7282 7283// SetSuccessful sets the Successful field's value. 7284func (s *BatchDeleteOutput) SetSuccessful(v []*BatchSuccessfulResultModel) *BatchDeleteOutput { 7285 s.Successful = v 7286 return s 7287} 7288 7289// Details from a failed operation 7290type BatchFailedResultModel struct { 7291 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7292 7293 // ARN of the resource 7294 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 7295 7296 // Error code for the failed operation 7297 Code *string `locationName:"code" type:"string"` 7298 7299 // ID of the resource 7300 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 7301 7302 // Error message for the failed operation 7303 Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 7304} 7305 7306// String returns the string representation 7307func (s BatchFailedResultModel) String() string { 7308 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7309} 7310 7311// GoString returns the string representation 7312func (s BatchFailedResultModel) GoString() string { 7313 return s.String() 7314} 7315 7316// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 7317func (s *BatchFailedResultModel) SetArn(v string) *BatchFailedResultModel { 7318 s.Arn = &v 7319 return s 7320} 7321 7322// SetCode sets the Code field's value. 7323func (s *BatchFailedResultModel) SetCode(v string) *BatchFailedResultModel { 7324 s.Code = &v 7325 return s 7326} 7327 7328// SetId sets the Id field's value. 7329func (s *BatchFailedResultModel) SetId(v string) *BatchFailedResultModel { 7330 s.Id = &v 7331 return s 7332} 7333 7334// SetMessage sets the Message field's value. 7335func (s *BatchFailedResultModel) SetMessage(v string) *BatchFailedResultModel { 7336 s.Message = &v 7337 return s 7338} 7339 7340// A list of schedule actions to create (in a request) or that have been created 7341// (in a response). 7342type BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest struct { 7343 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7344 7345 // A list of schedule actions to create. 7346 // 7347 // ScheduleActions is a required field 7348 ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list" required:"true"` 7349} 7350 7351// String returns the string representation 7352func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) String() string { 7353 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7354} 7355 7356// GoString returns the string representation 7357func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) GoString() string { 7358 return s.String() 7359} 7360 7361// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7362func (s *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) Validate() error { 7363 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest"} 7364 if s.ScheduleActions == nil { 7365 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ScheduleActions")) 7366 } 7367 if s.ScheduleActions != nil { 7368 for i, v := range s.ScheduleActions { 7369 if v == nil { 7370 continue 7371 } 7372 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 7373 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ScheduleActions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7374 } 7375 } 7376 } 7377 7378 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7379 return invalidParams 7380 } 7381 return nil 7382} 7383 7384// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value. 7385func (s *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest { 7386 s.ScheduleActions = v 7387 return s 7388} 7389 7390// List of actions that have been created in the schedule. 7391type BatchScheduleActionCreateResult struct { 7392 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7393 7394 // List of actions that have been created in the schedule. 7395 // 7396 // ScheduleActions is a required field 7397 ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list" required:"true"` 7398} 7399 7400// String returns the string representation 7401func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) String() string { 7402 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7403} 7404 7405// GoString returns the string representation 7406func (s BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) GoString() string { 7407 return s.String() 7408} 7409 7410// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value. 7411func (s *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult { 7412 s.ScheduleActions = v 7413 return s 7414} 7415 7416// A list of schedule actions to delete. 7417type BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest struct { 7418 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7419 7420 // A list of schedule actions to delete. 7421 // 7422 // ActionNames is a required field 7423 ActionNames []*string `locationName:"actionNames" type:"list" required:"true"` 7424} 7425 7426// String returns the string representation 7427func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) String() string { 7428 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7429} 7430 7431// GoString returns the string representation 7432func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) GoString() string { 7433 return s.String() 7434} 7435 7436// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7437func (s *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) Validate() error { 7438 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest"} 7439 if s.ActionNames == nil { 7440 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ActionNames")) 7441 } 7442 7443 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7444 return invalidParams 7445 } 7446 return nil 7447} 7448 7449// SetActionNames sets the ActionNames field's value. 7450func (s *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) SetActionNames(v []*string) *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest { 7451 s.ActionNames = v 7452 return s 7453} 7454 7455// List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule. 7456type BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult struct { 7457 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7458 7459 // List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule. 7460 // 7461 // ScheduleActions is a required field 7462 ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list" required:"true"` 7463} 7464 7465// String returns the string representation 7466func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) String() string { 7467 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7468} 7469 7470// GoString returns the string representation 7471func (s BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) GoString() string { 7472 return s.String() 7473} 7474 7475// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value. 7476func (s *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult { 7477 s.ScheduleActions = v 7478 return s 7479} 7480 7481type BatchStartInput struct { 7482 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7483 7484 ChannelIds []*string `locationName:"channelIds" type:"list"` 7485 7486 MultiplexIds []*string `locationName:"multiplexIds" type:"list"` 7487} 7488 7489// String returns the string representation 7490func (s BatchStartInput) String() string { 7491 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7492} 7493 7494// GoString returns the string representation 7495func (s BatchStartInput) GoString() string { 7496 return s.String() 7497} 7498 7499// SetChannelIds sets the ChannelIds field's value. 7500func (s *BatchStartInput) SetChannelIds(v []*string) *BatchStartInput { 7501 s.ChannelIds = v 7502 return s 7503} 7504 7505// SetMultiplexIds sets the MultiplexIds field's value. 7506func (s *BatchStartInput) SetMultiplexIds(v []*string) *BatchStartInput { 7507 s.MultiplexIds = v 7508 return s 7509} 7510 7511type BatchStartOutput struct { 7512 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7513 7514 Failed []*BatchFailedResultModel `locationName:"failed" type:"list"` 7515 7516 Successful []*BatchSuccessfulResultModel `locationName:"successful" type:"list"` 7517} 7518 7519// String returns the string representation 7520func (s BatchStartOutput) String() string { 7521 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7522} 7523 7524// GoString returns the string representation 7525func (s BatchStartOutput) GoString() string { 7526 return s.String() 7527} 7528 7529// SetFailed sets the Failed field's value. 7530func (s *BatchStartOutput) SetFailed(v []*BatchFailedResultModel) *BatchStartOutput { 7531 s.Failed = v 7532 return s 7533} 7534 7535// SetSuccessful sets the Successful field's value. 7536func (s *BatchStartOutput) SetSuccessful(v []*BatchSuccessfulResultModel) *BatchStartOutput { 7537 s.Successful = v 7538 return s 7539} 7540 7541type BatchStopInput struct { 7542 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7543 7544 ChannelIds []*string `locationName:"channelIds" type:"list"` 7545 7546 MultiplexIds []*string `locationName:"multiplexIds" type:"list"` 7547} 7548 7549// String returns the string representation 7550func (s BatchStopInput) String() string { 7551 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7552} 7553 7554// GoString returns the string representation 7555func (s BatchStopInput) GoString() string { 7556 return s.String() 7557} 7558 7559// SetChannelIds sets the ChannelIds field's value. 7560func (s *BatchStopInput) SetChannelIds(v []*string) *BatchStopInput { 7561 s.ChannelIds = v 7562 return s 7563} 7564 7565// SetMultiplexIds sets the MultiplexIds field's value. 7566func (s *BatchStopInput) SetMultiplexIds(v []*string) *BatchStopInput { 7567 s.MultiplexIds = v 7568 return s 7569} 7570 7571type BatchStopOutput struct { 7572 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7573 7574 Failed []*BatchFailedResultModel `locationName:"failed" type:"list"` 7575 7576 Successful []*BatchSuccessfulResultModel `locationName:"successful" type:"list"` 7577} 7578 7579// String returns the string representation 7580func (s BatchStopOutput) String() string { 7581 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7582} 7583 7584// GoString returns the string representation 7585func (s BatchStopOutput) GoString() string { 7586 return s.String() 7587} 7588 7589// SetFailed sets the Failed field's value. 7590func (s *BatchStopOutput) SetFailed(v []*BatchFailedResultModel) *BatchStopOutput { 7591 s.Failed = v 7592 return s 7593} 7594 7595// SetSuccessful sets the Successful field's value. 7596func (s *BatchStopOutput) SetSuccessful(v []*BatchSuccessfulResultModel) *BatchStopOutput { 7597 s.Successful = v 7598 return s 7599} 7600 7601// Details from a successful operation 7602type BatchSuccessfulResultModel struct { 7603 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7604 7605 // ARN of the resource 7606 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 7607 7608 // ID of the resource 7609 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 7610 7611 // Current state of the resource 7612 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string"` 7613} 7614 7615// String returns the string representation 7616func (s BatchSuccessfulResultModel) String() string { 7617 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7618} 7619 7620// GoString returns the string representation 7621func (s BatchSuccessfulResultModel) GoString() string { 7622 return s.String() 7623} 7624 7625// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 7626func (s *BatchSuccessfulResultModel) SetArn(v string) *BatchSuccessfulResultModel { 7627 s.Arn = &v 7628 return s 7629} 7630 7631// SetId sets the Id field's value. 7632func (s *BatchSuccessfulResultModel) SetId(v string) *BatchSuccessfulResultModel { 7633 s.Id = &v 7634 return s 7635} 7636 7637// SetState sets the State field's value. 7638func (s *BatchSuccessfulResultModel) SetState(v string) *BatchSuccessfulResultModel { 7639 s.State = &v 7640 return s 7641} 7642 7643// A request to create actions (add actions to the schedule), delete actions 7644// (remove actions from the schedule), or both create and delete actions. 7645type BatchUpdateScheduleInput struct { 7646 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7647 7648 // ChannelId is a required field 7649 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 7650 7651 // Schedule actions to create in the schedule. 7652 Creates *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest `locationName:"creates" type:"structure"` 7653 7654 // Schedule actions to delete from the schedule. 7655 Deletes *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest `locationName:"deletes" type:"structure"` 7656} 7657 7658// String returns the string representation 7659func (s BatchUpdateScheduleInput) String() string { 7660 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7661} 7662 7663// GoString returns the string representation 7664func (s BatchUpdateScheduleInput) GoString() string { 7665 return s.String() 7666} 7667 7668// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7669func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) Validate() error { 7670 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BatchUpdateScheduleInput"} 7671 if s.ChannelId == nil { 7672 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 7673 } 7674 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 7675 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 7676 } 7677 if s.Creates != nil { 7678 if err := s.Creates.Validate(); err != nil { 7679 invalidParams.AddNested("Creates", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7680 } 7681 } 7682 if s.Deletes != nil { 7683 if err := s.Deletes.Validate(); err != nil { 7684 invalidParams.AddNested("Deletes", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7685 } 7686 } 7687 7688 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7689 return invalidParams 7690 } 7691 return nil 7692} 7693 7694// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 7695func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetChannelId(v string) *BatchUpdateScheduleInput { 7696 s.ChannelId = &v 7697 return s 7698} 7699 7700// SetCreates sets the Creates field's value. 7701func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetCreates(v *BatchScheduleActionCreateRequest) *BatchUpdateScheduleInput { 7702 s.Creates = v 7703 return s 7704} 7705 7706// SetDeletes sets the Deletes field's value. 7707func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleInput) SetDeletes(v *BatchScheduleActionDeleteRequest) *BatchUpdateScheduleInput { 7708 s.Deletes = v 7709 return s 7710} 7711 7712type BatchUpdateScheduleOutput struct { 7713 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7714 7715 // List of actions that have been created in the schedule. 7716 Creates *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult `locationName:"creates" type:"structure"` 7717 7718 // List of actions that have been deleted from the schedule. 7719 Deletes *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult `locationName:"deletes" type:"structure"` 7720} 7721 7722// String returns the string representation 7723func (s BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) String() string { 7724 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7725} 7726 7727// GoString returns the string representation 7728func (s BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) GoString() string { 7729 return s.String() 7730} 7731 7732// SetCreates sets the Creates field's value. 7733func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) SetCreates(v *BatchScheduleActionCreateResult) *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput { 7734 s.Creates = v 7735 return s 7736} 7737 7738// SetDeletes sets the Deletes field's value. 7739func (s *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput) SetDeletes(v *BatchScheduleActionDeleteResult) *BatchUpdateScheduleOutput { 7740 s.Deletes = v 7741 return s 7742} 7743 7744// Blackout Slate 7745type BlackoutSlate struct { 7746 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7747 7748 // Blackout slate image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and 7749 // png images are supported. 7750 BlackoutSlateImage *InputLocation `locationName:"blackoutSlateImage" type:"structure"` 7751 7752 // Setting to enabled causes the encoder to blackout the video, audio, and captions, 7753 // and raise the "Network Blackout Image" slate when an SCTE104/35 Network End 7754 // Segmentation Descriptor is encountered. The blackout will be lifted when 7755 // the Network Start Segmentation Descriptor is encountered. The Network End 7756 // and Network Start descriptors must contain a network ID that matches the 7757 // value entered in "Network ID". 7758 NetworkEndBlackout *string `locationName:"networkEndBlackout" type:"string" enum:"BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout"` 7759 7760 // Path to local file to use as Network End Blackout image. Image will be scaled 7761 // to fill the entire output raster. 7762 NetworkEndBlackoutImage *InputLocation `locationName:"networkEndBlackoutImage" type:"structure"` 7763 7764 // Provides Network ID that matches EIDR ID format (e.g., "10.XXXX/XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-XXXX-C"). 7765 NetworkId *string `locationName:"networkId" min:"34" type:"string"` 7766 7767 // When set to enabled, causes video, audio and captions to be blanked when 7768 // indicated by program metadata. 7769 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"BlackoutSlateState"` 7770} 7771 7772// String returns the string representation 7773func (s BlackoutSlate) String() string { 7774 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7775} 7776 7777// GoString returns the string representation 7778func (s BlackoutSlate) GoString() string { 7779 return s.String() 7780} 7781 7782// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7783func (s *BlackoutSlate) Validate() error { 7784 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BlackoutSlate"} 7785 if s.NetworkId != nil && len(*s.NetworkId) < 34 { 7786 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NetworkId", 34)) 7787 } 7788 if s.BlackoutSlateImage != nil { 7789 if err := s.BlackoutSlateImage.Validate(); err != nil { 7790 invalidParams.AddNested("BlackoutSlateImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7791 } 7792 } 7793 if s.NetworkEndBlackoutImage != nil { 7794 if err := s.NetworkEndBlackoutImage.Validate(); err != nil { 7795 invalidParams.AddNested("NetworkEndBlackoutImage", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7796 } 7797 } 7798 7799 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7800 return invalidParams 7801 } 7802 return nil 7803} 7804 7805// SetBlackoutSlateImage sets the BlackoutSlateImage field's value. 7806func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetBlackoutSlateImage(v *InputLocation) *BlackoutSlate { 7807 s.BlackoutSlateImage = v 7808 return s 7809} 7810 7811// SetNetworkEndBlackout sets the NetworkEndBlackout field's value. 7812func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkEndBlackout(v string) *BlackoutSlate { 7813 s.NetworkEndBlackout = &v 7814 return s 7815} 7816 7817// SetNetworkEndBlackoutImage sets the NetworkEndBlackoutImage field's value. 7818func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkEndBlackoutImage(v *InputLocation) *BlackoutSlate { 7819 s.NetworkEndBlackoutImage = v 7820 return s 7821} 7822 7823// SetNetworkId sets the NetworkId field's value. 7824func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetNetworkId(v string) *BlackoutSlate { 7825 s.NetworkId = &v 7826 return s 7827} 7828 7829// SetState sets the State field's value. 7830func (s *BlackoutSlate) SetState(v string) *BlackoutSlate { 7831 s.State = &v 7832 return s 7833} 7834 7835// Burn In Destination Settings 7836type BurnInDestinationSettings struct { 7837 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 7838 7839 // If no explicit xPosition or yPosition is provided, setting alignment to centered 7840 // will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting 7841 // a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If 7842 // x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, 7843 // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. 7844 // Selecting "smart" justification will left-justify live subtitles and center-justify 7845 // pre-recorded subtitles. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 7846 Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"BurnInAlignment"` 7847 7848 // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and 7849 // DVB-Sub font settings must match. 7850 BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInBackgroundColor"` 7851 7852 // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. 7853 // Leaving this parameter out is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). 7854 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 7855 BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"` 7856 7857 // External font file used for caption burn-in. File extension must be 'ttf' 7858 // or 'tte'. Although the user can select output fonts for many different types 7859 // of input captions, embedded, STL and teletext sources use a strict grid system. 7860 // Using external fonts with these caption sources could cause unexpected display 7861 // of proportional fonts. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 7862 Font *InputLocation `locationName:"font" type:"structure"` 7863 7864 // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for 7865 // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings 7866 // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font 7867 // settings must match. 7868 FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInFontColor"` 7869 7870 // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. 7871 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 7872 FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"` 7873 7874 // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and 7875 // DVB-Sub font settings must match. 7876 FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" min:"96" type:"integer"` 7877 7878 // When set to 'auto' fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output. 7879 // Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points. All 7880 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 7881 FontSize *string `locationName:"fontSize" type:"string"` 7882 7883 // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions 7884 // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already 7885 // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings 7886 // must match. 7887 OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInOutlineColor"` 7888 7889 // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source 7890 // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings 7891 // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font 7892 // settings must match. 7893 OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"` 7894 7895 // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub 7896 // font settings must match. 7897 ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"BurnInShadowColor"` 7898 7899 // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving 7900 // this parameter out is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All burn-in 7901 // and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 7902 ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"` 7903 7904 // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in 7905 // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. 7906 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 7907 ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"` 7908 7909 // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. 7910 // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All 7911 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 7912 ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"` 7913 7914 // Controls whether a fixed grid size will be used to generate the output subtitles 7915 // bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs. 7916 TeletextGridControl *string `locationName:"teletextGridControl" type:"string" enum:"BurnInTeletextGridControl"` 7917 7918 // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side 7919 // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 7920 // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit xPosition is provided, 7921 // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. 7922 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 7923 XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"` 7924 7925 // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the 7926 // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 7927 // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit yPosition is provided, 7928 // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. All burn-in 7929 // and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 7930 YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"` 7931} 7932 7933// String returns the string representation 7934func (s BurnInDestinationSettings) String() string { 7935 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 7936} 7937 7938// GoString returns the string representation 7939func (s BurnInDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 7940 return s.String() 7941} 7942 7943// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 7944func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) Validate() error { 7945 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "BurnInDestinationSettings"} 7946 if s.FontResolution != nil && *s.FontResolution < 96 { 7947 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FontResolution", 96)) 7948 } 7949 if s.Font != nil { 7950 if err := s.Font.Validate(); err != nil { 7951 invalidParams.AddNested("Font", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 7952 } 7953 } 7954 7955 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 7956 return invalidParams 7957 } 7958 return nil 7959} 7960 7961// SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value. 7962func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 7963 s.Alignment = &v 7964 return s 7965} 7966 7967// SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value. 7968func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 7969 s.BackgroundColor = &v 7970 return s 7971} 7972 7973// SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value. 7974func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 7975 s.BackgroundOpacity = &v 7976 return s 7977} 7978 7979// SetFont sets the Font field's value. 7980func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFont(v *InputLocation) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 7981 s.Font = v 7982 return s 7983} 7984 7985// SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value. 7986func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 7987 s.FontColor = &v 7988 return s 7989} 7990 7991// SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value. 7992func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 7993 s.FontOpacity = &v 7994 return s 7995} 7996 7997// SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value. 7998func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 7999 s.FontResolution = &v 8000 return s 8001} 8002 8003// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value. 8004func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 8005 s.FontSize = &v 8006 return s 8007} 8008 8009// SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value. 8010func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 8011 s.OutlineColor = &v 8012 return s 8013} 8014 8015// SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value. 8016func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 8017 s.OutlineSize = &v 8018 return s 8019} 8020 8021// SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value. 8022func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 8023 s.ShadowColor = &v 8024 return s 8025} 8026 8027// SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value. 8028func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 8029 s.ShadowOpacity = &v 8030 return s 8031} 8032 8033// SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value. 8034func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 8035 s.ShadowXOffset = &v 8036 return s 8037} 8038 8039// SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value. 8040func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 8041 s.ShadowYOffset = &v 8042 return s 8043} 8044 8045// SetTeletextGridControl sets the TeletextGridControl field's value. 8046func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetTeletextGridControl(v string) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 8047 s.TeletextGridControl = &v 8048 return s 8049} 8050 8051// SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value. 8052func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 8053 s.XPosition = &v 8054 return s 8055} 8056 8057// SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value. 8058func (s *BurnInDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *BurnInDestinationSettings { 8059 s.YPosition = &v 8060 return s 8061} 8062 8063type CancelInputDeviceTransferInput struct { 8064 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8065 8066 // InputDeviceId is a required field 8067 InputDeviceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputDeviceId" type:"string" required:"true"` 8068} 8069 8070// String returns the string representation 8071func (s CancelInputDeviceTransferInput) String() string { 8072 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8073} 8074 8075// GoString returns the string representation 8076func (s CancelInputDeviceTransferInput) GoString() string { 8077 return s.String() 8078} 8079 8080// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8081func (s *CancelInputDeviceTransferInput) Validate() error { 8082 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CancelInputDeviceTransferInput"} 8083 if s.InputDeviceId == nil { 8084 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputDeviceId")) 8085 } 8086 if s.InputDeviceId != nil && len(*s.InputDeviceId) < 1 { 8087 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputDeviceId", 1)) 8088 } 8089 8090 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8091 return invalidParams 8092 } 8093 return nil 8094} 8095 8096// SetInputDeviceId sets the InputDeviceId field's value. 8097func (s *CancelInputDeviceTransferInput) SetInputDeviceId(v string) *CancelInputDeviceTransferInput { 8098 s.InputDeviceId = &v 8099 return s 8100} 8101 8102type CancelInputDeviceTransferOutput struct { 8103 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8104} 8105 8106// String returns the string representation 8107func (s CancelInputDeviceTransferOutput) String() string { 8108 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8109} 8110 8111// GoString returns the string representation 8112func (s CancelInputDeviceTransferOutput) GoString() string { 8113 return s.String() 8114} 8115 8116// Caption Description 8117type CaptionDescription struct { 8118 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8119 8120 // Specifies which input caption selector to use as a caption source when generating 8121 // output captions. This field should match a captionSelector name. 8122 // 8123 // CaptionSelectorName is a required field 8124 CaptionSelectorName *string `locationName:"captionSelectorName" type:"string" required:"true"` 8125 8126 // Additional settings for captions destination that depend on the destination 8127 // type. 8128 DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings `locationName:"destinationSettings" type:"structure"` 8129 8130 // ISO 639-2 three-digit code: http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/ 8131 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string"` 8132 8133 // Human readable information to indicate captions available for players (eg. 8134 // English, or Spanish). 8135 LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" type:"string"` 8136 8137 // Name of the caption description. Used to associate a caption description 8138 // with an output. Names must be unique within an event. 8139 // 8140 // Name is a required field 8141 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 8142} 8143 8144// String returns the string representation 8145func (s CaptionDescription) String() string { 8146 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8147} 8148 8149// GoString returns the string representation 8150func (s CaptionDescription) GoString() string { 8151 return s.String() 8152} 8153 8154// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8155func (s *CaptionDescription) Validate() error { 8156 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionDescription"} 8157 if s.CaptionSelectorName == nil { 8158 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CaptionSelectorName")) 8159 } 8160 if s.Name == nil { 8161 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 8162 } 8163 if s.DestinationSettings != nil { 8164 if err := s.DestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 8165 invalidParams.AddNested("DestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 8166 } 8167 } 8168 8169 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8170 return invalidParams 8171 } 8172 return nil 8173} 8174 8175// SetCaptionSelectorName sets the CaptionSelectorName field's value. 8176func (s *CaptionDescription) SetCaptionSelectorName(v string) *CaptionDescription { 8177 s.CaptionSelectorName = &v 8178 return s 8179} 8180 8181// SetDestinationSettings sets the DestinationSettings field's value. 8182func (s *CaptionDescription) SetDestinationSettings(v *CaptionDestinationSettings) *CaptionDescription { 8183 s.DestinationSettings = v 8184 return s 8185} 8186 8187// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 8188func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionDescription { 8189 s.LanguageCode = &v 8190 return s 8191} 8192 8193// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value. 8194func (s *CaptionDescription) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionDescription { 8195 s.LanguageDescription = &v 8196 return s 8197} 8198 8199// SetName sets the Name field's value. 8200func (s *CaptionDescription) SetName(v string) *CaptionDescription { 8201 s.Name = &v 8202 return s 8203} 8204 8205// Caption Destination Settings 8206type CaptionDestinationSettings struct { 8207 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8208 8209 // Arib Destination Settings 8210 AribDestinationSettings *AribDestinationSettings `locationName:"aribDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 8211 8212 // Burn In Destination Settings 8213 BurnInDestinationSettings *BurnInDestinationSettings `locationName:"burnInDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 8214 8215 // Dvb Sub Destination Settings 8216 DvbSubDestinationSettings *DvbSubDestinationSettings `locationName:"dvbSubDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 8217 8218 // Ebu Tt DDestination Settings 8219 EbuTtDDestinationSettings *EbuTtDDestinationSettings `locationName:"ebuTtDDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 8220 8221 // Embedded Destination Settings 8222 EmbeddedDestinationSettings *EmbeddedDestinationSettings `locationName:"embeddedDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 8223 8224 // Embedded Plus Scte20 Destination Settings 8225 EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings *EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings `locationName:"embeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 8226 8227 // Rtmp Caption Info Destination Settings 8228 RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings *RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings `locationName:"rtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 8229 8230 // Scte20 Plus Embedded Destination Settings 8231 Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings *Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings `locationName:"scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 8232 8233 // Scte27 Destination Settings 8234 Scte27DestinationSettings *Scte27DestinationSettings `locationName:"scte27DestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 8235 8236 // Smpte Tt Destination Settings 8237 SmpteTtDestinationSettings *SmpteTtDestinationSettings `locationName:"smpteTtDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 8238 8239 // Teletext Destination Settings 8240 TeletextDestinationSettings *TeletextDestinationSettings `locationName:"teletextDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 8241 8242 // Ttml Destination Settings 8243 TtmlDestinationSettings *TtmlDestinationSettings `locationName:"ttmlDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 8244 8245 // Webvtt Destination Settings 8246 WebvttDestinationSettings *WebvttDestinationSettings `locationName:"webvttDestinationSettings" type:"structure"` 8247} 8248 8249// String returns the string representation 8250func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) String() string { 8251 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8252} 8253 8254// GoString returns the string representation 8255func (s CaptionDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 8256 return s.String() 8257} 8258 8259// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8260func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) Validate() error { 8261 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionDestinationSettings"} 8262 if s.BurnInDestinationSettings != nil { 8263 if err := s.BurnInDestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 8264 invalidParams.AddNested("BurnInDestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 8265 } 8266 } 8267 if s.DvbSubDestinationSettings != nil { 8268 if err := s.DvbSubDestinationSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 8269 invalidParams.AddNested("DvbSubDestinationSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 8270 } 8271 } 8272 8273 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8274 return invalidParams 8275 } 8276 return nil 8277} 8278 8279// SetAribDestinationSettings sets the AribDestinationSettings field's value. 8280func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetAribDestinationSettings(v *AribDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 8281 s.AribDestinationSettings = v 8282 return s 8283} 8284 8285// SetBurnInDestinationSettings sets the BurnInDestinationSettings field's value. 8286func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetBurnInDestinationSettings(v *BurnInDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 8287 s.BurnInDestinationSettings = v 8288 return s 8289} 8290 8291// SetDvbSubDestinationSettings sets the DvbSubDestinationSettings field's value. 8292func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetDvbSubDestinationSettings(v *DvbSubDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 8293 s.DvbSubDestinationSettings = v 8294 return s 8295} 8296 8297// SetEbuTtDDestinationSettings sets the EbuTtDDestinationSettings field's value. 8298func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEbuTtDDestinationSettings(v *EbuTtDDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 8299 s.EbuTtDDestinationSettings = v 8300 return s 8301} 8302 8303// SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings sets the EmbeddedDestinationSettings field's value. 8304func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedDestinationSettings(v *EmbeddedDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 8305 s.EmbeddedDestinationSettings = v 8306 return s 8307} 8308 8309// SetEmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings sets the EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings field's value. 8310func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetEmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings(v *EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 8311 s.EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings = v 8312 return s 8313} 8314 8315// SetRtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings sets the RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings field's value. 8316func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetRtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings(v *RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 8317 s.RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings = v 8318 return s 8319} 8320 8321// SetScte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings sets the Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings field's value. 8322func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetScte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings(v *Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 8323 s.Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings = v 8324 return s 8325} 8326 8327// SetScte27DestinationSettings sets the Scte27DestinationSettings field's value. 8328func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetScte27DestinationSettings(v *Scte27DestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 8329 s.Scte27DestinationSettings = v 8330 return s 8331} 8332 8333// SetSmpteTtDestinationSettings sets the SmpteTtDestinationSettings field's value. 8334func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetSmpteTtDestinationSettings(v *SmpteTtDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 8335 s.SmpteTtDestinationSettings = v 8336 return s 8337} 8338 8339// SetTeletextDestinationSettings sets the TeletextDestinationSettings field's value. 8340func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTeletextDestinationSettings(v *TeletextDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 8341 s.TeletextDestinationSettings = v 8342 return s 8343} 8344 8345// SetTtmlDestinationSettings sets the TtmlDestinationSettings field's value. 8346func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetTtmlDestinationSettings(v *TtmlDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 8347 s.TtmlDestinationSettings = v 8348 return s 8349} 8350 8351// SetWebvttDestinationSettings sets the WebvttDestinationSettings field's value. 8352func (s *CaptionDestinationSettings) SetWebvttDestinationSettings(v *WebvttDestinationSettings) *CaptionDestinationSettings { 8353 s.WebvttDestinationSettings = v 8354 return s 8355} 8356 8357// Maps a caption channel to an ISO 693-2 language code (http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2), 8358// with an optional description. 8359type CaptionLanguageMapping struct { 8360 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8361 8362 // The closed caption channel being described by this CaptionLanguageMapping. 8363 // Each channel mapping must have a unique channel number (maximum of 4) 8364 // 8365 // CaptionChannel is a required field 8366 CaptionChannel *int64 `locationName:"captionChannel" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 8367 8368 // Three character ISO 639-2 language code (see http://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2) 8369 // 8370 // LanguageCode is a required field 8371 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" min:"3" type:"string" required:"true"` 8372 8373 // Textual description of language 8374 // 8375 // LanguageDescription is a required field 8376 LanguageDescription *string `locationName:"languageDescription" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 8377} 8378 8379// String returns the string representation 8380func (s CaptionLanguageMapping) String() string { 8381 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8382} 8383 8384// GoString returns the string representation 8385func (s CaptionLanguageMapping) GoString() string { 8386 return s.String() 8387} 8388 8389// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8390func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) Validate() error { 8391 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionLanguageMapping"} 8392 if s.CaptionChannel == nil { 8393 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CaptionChannel")) 8394 } 8395 if s.CaptionChannel != nil && *s.CaptionChannel < 1 { 8396 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CaptionChannel", 1)) 8397 } 8398 if s.LanguageCode == nil { 8399 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LanguageCode")) 8400 } 8401 if s.LanguageCode != nil && len(*s.LanguageCode) < 3 { 8402 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LanguageCode", 3)) 8403 } 8404 if s.LanguageDescription == nil { 8405 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("LanguageDescription")) 8406 } 8407 if s.LanguageDescription != nil && len(*s.LanguageDescription) < 1 { 8408 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("LanguageDescription", 1)) 8409 } 8410 8411 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8412 return invalidParams 8413 } 8414 return nil 8415} 8416 8417// SetCaptionChannel sets the CaptionChannel field's value. 8418func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetCaptionChannel(v int64) *CaptionLanguageMapping { 8419 s.CaptionChannel = &v 8420 return s 8421} 8422 8423// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 8424func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionLanguageMapping { 8425 s.LanguageCode = &v 8426 return s 8427} 8428 8429// SetLanguageDescription sets the LanguageDescription field's value. 8430func (s *CaptionLanguageMapping) SetLanguageDescription(v string) *CaptionLanguageMapping { 8431 s.LanguageDescription = &v 8432 return s 8433} 8434 8435// Output groups for this Live Event. Output groups contain information about 8436// where streams should be distributed. 8437type CaptionSelector struct { 8438 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8439 8440 // When specified this field indicates the three letter language code of the 8441 // caption track to extract from the source. 8442 LanguageCode *string `locationName:"languageCode" type:"string"` 8443 8444 // Name identifier for a caption selector. This name is used to associate this 8445 // caption selector with one or more caption descriptions. Names must be unique 8446 // within an event. 8447 // 8448 // Name is a required field 8449 Name *string `locationName:"name" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 8450 8451 // Caption selector settings. 8452 SelectorSettings *CaptionSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"` 8453} 8454 8455// String returns the string representation 8456func (s CaptionSelector) String() string { 8457 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8458} 8459 8460// GoString returns the string representation 8461func (s CaptionSelector) GoString() string { 8462 return s.String() 8463} 8464 8465// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8466func (s *CaptionSelector) Validate() error { 8467 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionSelector"} 8468 if s.Name == nil { 8469 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 8470 } 8471 if s.Name != nil && len(*s.Name) < 1 { 8472 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("Name", 1)) 8473 } 8474 if s.SelectorSettings != nil { 8475 if err := s.SelectorSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 8476 invalidParams.AddNested("SelectorSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 8477 } 8478 } 8479 8480 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8481 return invalidParams 8482 } 8483 return nil 8484} 8485 8486// SetLanguageCode sets the LanguageCode field's value. 8487func (s *CaptionSelector) SetLanguageCode(v string) *CaptionSelector { 8488 s.LanguageCode = &v 8489 return s 8490} 8491 8492// SetName sets the Name field's value. 8493func (s *CaptionSelector) SetName(v string) *CaptionSelector { 8494 s.Name = &v 8495 return s 8496} 8497 8498// SetSelectorSettings sets the SelectorSettings field's value. 8499func (s *CaptionSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *CaptionSelectorSettings) *CaptionSelector { 8500 s.SelectorSettings = v 8501 return s 8502} 8503 8504// Caption Selector Settings 8505type CaptionSelectorSettings struct { 8506 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8507 8508 // Ancillary Source Settings 8509 AncillarySourceSettings *AncillarySourceSettings `locationName:"ancillarySourceSettings" type:"structure"` 8510 8511 // Arib Source Settings 8512 AribSourceSettings *AribSourceSettings `locationName:"aribSourceSettings" type:"structure"` 8513 8514 // Dvb Sub Source Settings 8515 DvbSubSourceSettings *DvbSubSourceSettings `locationName:"dvbSubSourceSettings" type:"structure"` 8516 8517 // Embedded Source Settings 8518 EmbeddedSourceSettings *EmbeddedSourceSettings `locationName:"embeddedSourceSettings" type:"structure"` 8519 8520 // Scte20 Source Settings 8521 Scte20SourceSettings *Scte20SourceSettings `locationName:"scte20SourceSettings" type:"structure"` 8522 8523 // Scte27 Source Settings 8524 Scte27SourceSettings *Scte27SourceSettings `locationName:"scte27SourceSettings" type:"structure"` 8525 8526 // Teletext Source Settings 8527 TeletextSourceSettings *TeletextSourceSettings `locationName:"teletextSourceSettings" type:"structure"` 8528} 8529 8530// String returns the string representation 8531func (s CaptionSelectorSettings) String() string { 8532 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8533} 8534 8535// GoString returns the string representation 8536func (s CaptionSelectorSettings) GoString() string { 8537 return s.String() 8538} 8539 8540// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 8541func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) Validate() error { 8542 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CaptionSelectorSettings"} 8543 if s.AncillarySourceSettings != nil { 8544 if err := s.AncillarySourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 8545 invalidParams.AddNested("AncillarySourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 8546 } 8547 } 8548 if s.DvbSubSourceSettings != nil { 8549 if err := s.DvbSubSourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 8550 invalidParams.AddNested("DvbSubSourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 8551 } 8552 } 8553 if s.EmbeddedSourceSettings != nil { 8554 if err := s.EmbeddedSourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 8555 invalidParams.AddNested("EmbeddedSourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 8556 } 8557 } 8558 if s.Scte20SourceSettings != nil { 8559 if err := s.Scte20SourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 8560 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte20SourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 8561 } 8562 } 8563 if s.Scte27SourceSettings != nil { 8564 if err := s.Scte27SourceSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 8565 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte27SourceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 8566 } 8567 } 8568 8569 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 8570 return invalidParams 8571 } 8572 return nil 8573} 8574 8575// SetAncillarySourceSettings sets the AncillarySourceSettings field's value. 8576func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetAncillarySourceSettings(v *AncillarySourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 8577 s.AncillarySourceSettings = v 8578 return s 8579} 8580 8581// SetAribSourceSettings sets the AribSourceSettings field's value. 8582func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetAribSourceSettings(v *AribSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 8583 s.AribSourceSettings = v 8584 return s 8585} 8586 8587// SetDvbSubSourceSettings sets the DvbSubSourceSettings field's value. 8588func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetDvbSubSourceSettings(v *DvbSubSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 8589 s.DvbSubSourceSettings = v 8590 return s 8591} 8592 8593// SetEmbeddedSourceSettings sets the EmbeddedSourceSettings field's value. 8594func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetEmbeddedSourceSettings(v *EmbeddedSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 8595 s.EmbeddedSourceSettings = v 8596 return s 8597} 8598 8599// SetScte20SourceSettings sets the Scte20SourceSettings field's value. 8600func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetScte20SourceSettings(v *Scte20SourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 8601 s.Scte20SourceSettings = v 8602 return s 8603} 8604 8605// SetScte27SourceSettings sets the Scte27SourceSettings field's value. 8606func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetScte27SourceSettings(v *Scte27SourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 8607 s.Scte27SourceSettings = v 8608 return s 8609} 8610 8611// SetTeletextSourceSettings sets the TeletextSourceSettings field's value. 8612func (s *CaptionSelectorSettings) SetTeletextSourceSettings(v *TeletextSourceSettings) *CaptionSelectorSettings { 8613 s.TeletextSourceSettings = v 8614 return s 8615} 8616 8617type CdiInputSpecification struct { 8618 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8619 8620 // Maximum CDI input resolution 8621 Resolution *string `locationName:"resolution" type:"string" enum:"CdiInputResolution"` 8622} 8623 8624// String returns the string representation 8625func (s CdiInputSpecification) String() string { 8626 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8627} 8628 8629// GoString returns the string representation 8630func (s CdiInputSpecification) GoString() string { 8631 return s.String() 8632} 8633 8634// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value. 8635func (s *CdiInputSpecification) SetResolution(v string) *CdiInputSpecification { 8636 s.Resolution = &v 8637 return s 8638} 8639 8640type Channel struct { 8641 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8642 8643 // The unique arn of the channel. 8644 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 8645 8646 // Specification of CDI inputs for this channel 8647 CdiInputSpecification *CdiInputSpecification `locationName:"cdiInputSpecification" type:"structure"` 8648 8649 // The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or 8650 // SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline. 8651 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 8652 8653 // A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is onedestination 8654 // per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there isone destination per 8655 // packager. 8656 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 8657 8658 // The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from 8659 EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` 8660 8661 // Encoder Settings 8662 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 8663 8664 // The unique id of the channel. 8665 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 8666 8667 // List of input attachments for channel. 8668 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 8669 8670 // Specification of network and file inputs for this channel 8671 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 8672 8673 // The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs. 8674 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 8675 8676 // The name of the channel. (user-mutable) 8677 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 8678 8679 // Runtime details for the pipelines of a running channel. 8680 PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"` 8681 8682 // The number of currently healthy pipelines. 8683 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 8684 8685 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel. 8686 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 8687 8688 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` 8689 8690 // A collection of key-value pairs. 8691 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 8692} 8693 8694// String returns the string representation 8695func (s Channel) String() string { 8696 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8697} 8698 8699// GoString returns the string representation 8700func (s Channel) GoString() string { 8701 return s.String() 8702} 8703 8704// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 8705func (s *Channel) SetArn(v string) *Channel { 8706 s.Arn = &v 8707 return s 8708} 8709 8710// SetCdiInputSpecification sets the CdiInputSpecification field's value. 8711func (s *Channel) SetCdiInputSpecification(v *CdiInputSpecification) *Channel { 8712 s.CdiInputSpecification = v 8713 return s 8714} 8715 8716// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 8717func (s *Channel) SetChannelClass(v string) *Channel { 8718 s.ChannelClass = &v 8719 return s 8720} 8721 8722// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 8723func (s *Channel) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *Channel { 8724 s.Destinations = v 8725 return s 8726} 8727 8728// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. 8729func (s *Channel) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *Channel { 8730 s.EgressEndpoints = v 8731 return s 8732} 8733 8734// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 8735func (s *Channel) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *Channel { 8736 s.EncoderSettings = v 8737 return s 8738} 8739 8740// SetId sets the Id field's value. 8741func (s *Channel) SetId(v string) *Channel { 8742 s.Id = &v 8743 return s 8744} 8745 8746// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 8747func (s *Channel) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *Channel { 8748 s.InputAttachments = v 8749 return s 8750} 8751 8752// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 8753func (s *Channel) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *Channel { 8754 s.InputSpecification = v 8755 return s 8756} 8757 8758// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 8759func (s *Channel) SetLogLevel(v string) *Channel { 8760 s.LogLevel = &v 8761 return s 8762} 8763 8764// SetName sets the Name field's value. 8765func (s *Channel) SetName(v string) *Channel { 8766 s.Name = &v 8767 return s 8768} 8769 8770// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value. 8771func (s *Channel) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *Channel { 8772 s.PipelineDetails = v 8773 return s 8774} 8775 8776// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 8777func (s *Channel) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *Channel { 8778 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 8779 return s 8780} 8781 8782// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 8783func (s *Channel) SetRoleArn(v string) *Channel { 8784 s.RoleArn = &v 8785 return s 8786} 8787 8788// SetState sets the State field's value. 8789func (s *Channel) SetState(v string) *Channel { 8790 s.State = &v 8791 return s 8792} 8793 8794// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8795func (s *Channel) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Channel { 8796 s.Tags = v 8797 return s 8798} 8799 8800type ChannelEgressEndpoint struct { 8801 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8802 8803 // Public IP of where a channel's output comes from 8804 SourceIp *string `locationName:"sourceIp" type:"string"` 8805} 8806 8807// String returns the string representation 8808func (s ChannelEgressEndpoint) String() string { 8809 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8810} 8811 8812// GoString returns the string representation 8813func (s ChannelEgressEndpoint) GoString() string { 8814 return s.String() 8815} 8816 8817// SetSourceIp sets the SourceIp field's value. 8818func (s *ChannelEgressEndpoint) SetSourceIp(v string) *ChannelEgressEndpoint { 8819 s.SourceIp = &v 8820 return s 8821} 8822 8823type ChannelSummary struct { 8824 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8825 8826 // The unique arn of the channel. 8827 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 8828 8829 // Specification of CDI inputs for this channel 8830 CdiInputSpecification *CdiInputSpecification `locationName:"cdiInputSpecification" type:"structure"` 8831 8832 // The class for this channel. STANDARD for a channel with two pipelines or 8833 // SINGLE_PIPELINE for a channel with one pipeline. 8834 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 8835 8836 // A list of destinations of the channel. For UDP outputs, there is onedestination 8837 // per output. For other types (HLS, for example), there isone destination per 8838 // packager. 8839 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 8840 8841 // The endpoints where outgoing connections initiate from 8842 EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` 8843 8844 // The unique id of the channel. 8845 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 8846 8847 // List of input attachments for channel. 8848 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 8849 8850 // Specification of network and file inputs for this channel 8851 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 8852 8853 // The log level being written to CloudWatch Logs. 8854 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 8855 8856 // The name of the channel. (user-mutable) 8857 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 8858 8859 // The number of currently healthy pipelines. 8860 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 8861 8862 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role assumed when running the Channel. 8863 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 8864 8865 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` 8866 8867 // A collection of key-value pairs. 8868 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 8869} 8870 8871// String returns the string representation 8872func (s ChannelSummary) String() string { 8873 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8874} 8875 8876// GoString returns the string representation 8877func (s ChannelSummary) GoString() string { 8878 return s.String() 8879} 8880 8881// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 8882func (s *ChannelSummary) SetArn(v string) *ChannelSummary { 8883 s.Arn = &v 8884 return s 8885} 8886 8887// SetCdiInputSpecification sets the CdiInputSpecification field's value. 8888func (s *ChannelSummary) SetCdiInputSpecification(v *CdiInputSpecification) *ChannelSummary { 8889 s.CdiInputSpecification = v 8890 return s 8891} 8892 8893// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 8894func (s *ChannelSummary) SetChannelClass(v string) *ChannelSummary { 8895 s.ChannelClass = &v 8896 return s 8897} 8898 8899// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 8900func (s *ChannelSummary) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *ChannelSummary { 8901 s.Destinations = v 8902 return s 8903} 8904 8905// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. 8906func (s *ChannelSummary) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *ChannelSummary { 8907 s.EgressEndpoints = v 8908 return s 8909} 8910 8911// SetId sets the Id field's value. 8912func (s *ChannelSummary) SetId(v string) *ChannelSummary { 8913 s.Id = &v 8914 return s 8915} 8916 8917// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 8918func (s *ChannelSummary) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *ChannelSummary { 8919 s.InputAttachments = v 8920 return s 8921} 8922 8923// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 8924func (s *ChannelSummary) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *ChannelSummary { 8925 s.InputSpecification = v 8926 return s 8927} 8928 8929// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 8930func (s *ChannelSummary) SetLogLevel(v string) *ChannelSummary { 8931 s.LogLevel = &v 8932 return s 8933} 8934 8935// SetName sets the Name field's value. 8936func (s *ChannelSummary) SetName(v string) *ChannelSummary { 8937 s.Name = &v 8938 return s 8939} 8940 8941// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 8942func (s *ChannelSummary) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *ChannelSummary { 8943 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 8944 return s 8945} 8946 8947// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 8948func (s *ChannelSummary) SetRoleArn(v string) *ChannelSummary { 8949 s.RoleArn = &v 8950 return s 8951} 8952 8953// SetState sets the State field's value. 8954func (s *ChannelSummary) SetState(v string) *ChannelSummary { 8955 s.State = &v 8956 return s 8957} 8958 8959// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 8960func (s *ChannelSummary) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ChannelSummary { 8961 s.Tags = v 8962 return s 8963} 8964 8965// Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output 8966type ColorSpacePassthroughSettings struct { 8967 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8968} 8969 8970// String returns the string representation 8971func (s ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) String() string { 8972 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8973} 8974 8975// GoString returns the string representation 8976func (s ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) GoString() string { 8977 return s.String() 8978} 8979 8980type ConflictException struct { 8981 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 8982 RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` 8983 8984 Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 8985} 8986 8987// String returns the string representation 8988func (s ConflictException) String() string { 8989 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 8990} 8991 8992// GoString returns the string representation 8993func (s ConflictException) GoString() string { 8994 return s.String() 8995} 8996 8997func newErrorConflictException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { 8998 return &ConflictException{ 8999 RespMetadata: v, 9000 } 9001} 9002 9003// Code returns the exception type name. 9004func (s *ConflictException) Code() string { 9005 return "ConflictException" 9006} 9007 9008// Message returns the exception's message. 9009func (s *ConflictException) Message() string { 9010 if s.Message_ != nil { 9011 return *s.Message_ 9012 } 9013 return "" 9014} 9015 9016// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. 9017func (s *ConflictException) OrigErr() error { 9018 return nil 9019} 9020 9021func (s *ConflictException) Error() string { 9022 return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) 9023} 9024 9025// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. 9026func (s *ConflictException) StatusCode() int { 9027 return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode 9028} 9029 9030// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. 9031func (s *ConflictException) RequestID() string { 9032 return s.RespMetadata.RequestID 9033} 9034 9035type CreateChannelInput struct { 9036 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9037 9038 CdiInputSpecification *CdiInputSpecification `locationName:"cdiInputSpecification" type:"structure"` 9039 9040 // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 9041 // only has one. 9042 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 9043 9044 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 9045 9046 // Encoder Settings 9047 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 9048 9049 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 9050 9051 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 9052 9053 // The log level the user wants for their channel. 9054 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 9055 9056 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 9057 9058 RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` 9059 9060 Reserved *string `locationName:"reserved" deprecated:"true" type:"string"` 9061 9062 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 9063 9064 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 9065} 9066 9067// String returns the string representation 9068func (s CreateChannelInput) String() string { 9069 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9070} 9071 9072// GoString returns the string representation 9073func (s CreateChannelInput) GoString() string { 9074 return s.String() 9075} 9076 9077// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9078func (s *CreateChannelInput) Validate() error { 9079 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateChannelInput"} 9080 if s.Destinations != nil { 9081 for i, v := range s.Destinations { 9082 if v == nil { 9083 continue 9084 } 9085 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 9086 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Destinations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 9087 } 9088 } 9089 } 9090 if s.EncoderSettings != nil { 9091 if err := s.EncoderSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 9092 invalidParams.AddNested("EncoderSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 9093 } 9094 } 9095 if s.InputAttachments != nil { 9096 for i, v := range s.InputAttachments { 9097 if v == nil { 9098 continue 9099 } 9100 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 9101 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "InputAttachments", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 9102 } 9103 } 9104 } 9105 9106 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9107 return invalidParams 9108 } 9109 return nil 9110} 9111 9112// SetCdiInputSpecification sets the CdiInputSpecification field's value. 9113func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetCdiInputSpecification(v *CdiInputSpecification) *CreateChannelInput { 9114 s.CdiInputSpecification = v 9115 return s 9116} 9117 9118// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 9119func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *CreateChannelInput { 9120 s.ChannelClass = &v 9121 return s 9122} 9123 9124// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 9125func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *CreateChannelInput { 9126 s.Destinations = v 9127 return s 9128} 9129 9130// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 9131func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *CreateChannelInput { 9132 s.EncoderSettings = v 9133 return s 9134} 9135 9136// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 9137func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *CreateChannelInput { 9138 s.InputAttachments = v 9139 return s 9140} 9141 9142// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 9143func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *CreateChannelInput { 9144 s.InputSpecification = v 9145 return s 9146} 9147 9148// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 9149func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetLogLevel(v string) *CreateChannelInput { 9150 s.LogLevel = &v 9151 return s 9152} 9153 9154// SetName sets the Name field's value. 9155func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetName(v string) *CreateChannelInput { 9156 s.Name = &v 9157 return s 9158} 9159 9160// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. 9161func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateChannelInput { 9162 s.RequestId = &v 9163 return s 9164} 9165 9166// SetReserved sets the Reserved field's value. 9167func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetReserved(v string) *CreateChannelInput { 9168 s.Reserved = &v 9169 return s 9170} 9171 9172// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 9173func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateChannelInput { 9174 s.RoleArn = &v 9175 return s 9176} 9177 9178// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 9179func (s *CreateChannelInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateChannelInput { 9180 s.Tags = v 9181 return s 9182} 9183 9184type CreateChannelOutput struct { 9185 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9186 9187 Channel *Channel `locationName:"channel" type:"structure"` 9188} 9189 9190// String returns the string representation 9191func (s CreateChannelOutput) String() string { 9192 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9193} 9194 9195// GoString returns the string representation 9196func (s CreateChannelOutput) GoString() string { 9197 return s.String() 9198} 9199 9200// SetChannel sets the Channel field's value. 9201func (s *CreateChannelOutput) SetChannel(v *Channel) *CreateChannelOutput { 9202 s.Channel = v 9203 return s 9204} 9205 9206type CreateInputInput struct { 9207 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9208 9209 Destinations []*InputDestinationRequest `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 9210 9211 InputDevices []*InputDeviceSettings `locationName:"inputDevices" type:"list"` 9212 9213 InputSecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"inputSecurityGroups" type:"list"` 9214 9215 MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlowRequest `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"` 9216 9217 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 9218 9219 RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` 9220 9221 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 9222 9223 Sources []*InputSourceRequest `locationName:"sources" type:"list"` 9224 9225 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 9226 9227 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"` 9228 9229 // Settings for a private VPC Input.When this property is specified, the input 9230 // destination addresses will be created in a VPC rather than with public Internet 9231 // addresses.This property requires setting the roleArn property on Input creation.Not 9232 // compatible with the inputSecurityGroups property. 9233 Vpc *InputVpcRequest `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"` 9234} 9235 9236// String returns the string representation 9237func (s CreateInputInput) String() string { 9238 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9239} 9240 9241// GoString returns the string representation 9242func (s CreateInputInput) GoString() string { 9243 return s.String() 9244} 9245 9246// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9247func (s *CreateInputInput) Validate() error { 9248 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateInputInput"} 9249 if s.Vpc != nil { 9250 if err := s.Vpc.Validate(); err != nil { 9251 invalidParams.AddNested("Vpc", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 9252 } 9253 } 9254 9255 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9256 return invalidParams 9257 } 9258 return nil 9259} 9260 9261// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 9262func (s *CreateInputInput) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestinationRequest) *CreateInputInput { 9263 s.Destinations = v 9264 return s 9265} 9266 9267// SetInputDevices sets the InputDevices field's value. 9268func (s *CreateInputInput) SetInputDevices(v []*InputDeviceSettings) *CreateInputInput { 9269 s.InputDevices = v 9270 return s 9271} 9272 9273// SetInputSecurityGroups sets the InputSecurityGroups field's value. 9274func (s *CreateInputInput) SetInputSecurityGroups(v []*string) *CreateInputInput { 9275 s.InputSecurityGroups = v 9276 return s 9277} 9278 9279// SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value. 9280func (s *CreateInputInput) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlowRequest) *CreateInputInput { 9281 s.MediaConnectFlows = v 9282 return s 9283} 9284 9285// SetName sets the Name field's value. 9286func (s *CreateInputInput) SetName(v string) *CreateInputInput { 9287 s.Name = &v 9288 return s 9289} 9290 9291// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. 9292func (s *CreateInputInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateInputInput { 9293 s.RequestId = &v 9294 return s 9295} 9296 9297// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 9298func (s *CreateInputInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *CreateInputInput { 9299 s.RoleArn = &v 9300 return s 9301} 9302 9303// SetSources sets the Sources field's value. 9304func (s *CreateInputInput) SetSources(v []*InputSourceRequest) *CreateInputInput { 9305 s.Sources = v 9306 return s 9307} 9308 9309// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 9310func (s *CreateInputInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateInputInput { 9311 s.Tags = v 9312 return s 9313} 9314 9315// SetType sets the Type field's value. 9316func (s *CreateInputInput) SetType(v string) *CreateInputInput { 9317 s.Type = &v 9318 return s 9319} 9320 9321// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value. 9322func (s *CreateInputInput) SetVpc(v *InputVpcRequest) *CreateInputInput { 9323 s.Vpc = v 9324 return s 9325} 9326 9327type CreateInputOutput struct { 9328 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9329 9330 Input *Input `locationName:"input" type:"structure"` 9331} 9332 9333// String returns the string representation 9334func (s CreateInputOutput) String() string { 9335 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9336} 9337 9338// GoString returns the string representation 9339func (s CreateInputOutput) GoString() string { 9340 return s.String() 9341} 9342 9343// SetInput sets the Input field's value. 9344func (s *CreateInputOutput) SetInput(v *Input) *CreateInputOutput { 9345 s.Input = v 9346 return s 9347} 9348 9349type CreateInputSecurityGroupInput struct { 9350 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9351 9352 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 9353 9354 WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"` 9355} 9356 9357// String returns the string representation 9358func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string { 9359 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9360} 9361 9362// GoString returns the string representation 9363func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { 9364 return s.String() 9365} 9366 9367// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 9368func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput { 9369 s.Tags = v 9370 return s 9371} 9372 9373// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value. 9374func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr) *CreateInputSecurityGroupInput { 9375 s.WhitelistRules = v 9376 return s 9377} 9378 9379type CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput struct { 9380 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9381 9382 // An Input Security Group 9383 SecurityGroup *InputSecurityGroup `locationName:"securityGroup" type:"structure"` 9384} 9385 9386// String returns the string representation 9387func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { 9388 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9389} 9390 9391// GoString returns the string representation 9392func (s CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { 9393 return s.String() 9394} 9395 9396// SetSecurityGroup sets the SecurityGroup field's value. 9397func (s *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetSecurityGroup(v *InputSecurityGroup) *CreateInputSecurityGroupOutput { 9398 s.SecurityGroup = v 9399 return s 9400} 9401 9402type CreateMultiplexInput struct { 9403 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9404 9405 // AvailabilityZones is a required field 9406 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list" required:"true"` 9407 9408 // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 9409 // 9410 // MultiplexSettings is a required field 9411 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 9412 9413 // Name is a required field 9414 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 9415 9416 RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` 9417 9418 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 9419} 9420 9421// String returns the string representation 9422func (s CreateMultiplexInput) String() string { 9423 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9424} 9425 9426// GoString returns the string representation 9427func (s CreateMultiplexInput) GoString() string { 9428 return s.String() 9429} 9430 9431// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9432func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) Validate() error { 9433 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMultiplexInput"} 9434 if s.AvailabilityZones == nil { 9435 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AvailabilityZones")) 9436 } 9437 if s.MultiplexSettings == nil { 9438 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexSettings")) 9439 } 9440 if s.Name == nil { 9441 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 9442 } 9443 if s.MultiplexSettings != nil { 9444 if err := s.MultiplexSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 9445 invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 9446 } 9447 } 9448 9449 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9450 return invalidParams 9451 } 9452 return nil 9453} 9454 9455// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 9456func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *CreateMultiplexInput { 9457 s.AvailabilityZones = v 9458 return s 9459} 9460 9461// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 9462func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *CreateMultiplexInput { 9463 s.MultiplexSettings = v 9464 return s 9465} 9466 9467// SetName sets the Name field's value. 9468func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetName(v string) *CreateMultiplexInput { 9469 s.Name = &v 9470 return s 9471} 9472 9473// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. 9474func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateMultiplexInput { 9475 s.RequestId = &v 9476 return s 9477} 9478 9479// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 9480func (s *CreateMultiplexInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateMultiplexInput { 9481 s.Tags = v 9482 return s 9483} 9484 9485type CreateMultiplexOutput struct { 9486 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9487 9488 // The multiplex object. 9489 Multiplex *Multiplex `locationName:"multiplex" type:"structure"` 9490} 9491 9492// String returns the string representation 9493func (s CreateMultiplexOutput) String() string { 9494 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9495} 9496 9497// GoString returns the string representation 9498func (s CreateMultiplexOutput) GoString() string { 9499 return s.String() 9500} 9501 9502// SetMultiplex sets the Multiplex field's value. 9503func (s *CreateMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplex(v *Multiplex) *CreateMultiplexOutput { 9504 s.Multiplex = v 9505 return s 9506} 9507 9508type CreateMultiplexProgramInput struct { 9509 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9510 9511 // MultiplexId is a required field 9512 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 9513 9514 // Multiplex Program settings configuration. 9515 // 9516 // MultiplexProgramSettings is a required field 9517 MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 9518 9519 // ProgramName is a required field 9520 ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"` 9521 9522 RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` 9523} 9524 9525// String returns the string representation 9526func (s CreateMultiplexProgramInput) String() string { 9527 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9528} 9529 9530// GoString returns the string representation 9531func (s CreateMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string { 9532 return s.String() 9533} 9534 9535// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9536func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error { 9537 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateMultiplexProgramInput"} 9538 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 9539 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 9540 } 9541 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 9542 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 9543 } 9544 if s.MultiplexProgramSettings == nil { 9545 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexProgramSettings")) 9546 } 9547 if s.ProgramName == nil { 9548 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramName")) 9549 } 9550 if s.MultiplexProgramSettings != nil { 9551 if err := s.MultiplexProgramSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 9552 invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexProgramSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 9553 } 9554 } 9555 9556 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9557 return invalidParams 9558 } 9559 return nil 9560} 9561 9562// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 9563func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput { 9564 s.MultiplexId = &v 9565 return s 9566} 9567 9568// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value. 9569func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput { 9570 s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v 9571 return s 9572} 9573 9574// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 9575func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput { 9576 s.ProgramName = &v 9577 return s 9578} 9579 9580// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. 9581func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramInput) SetRequestId(v string) *CreateMultiplexProgramInput { 9582 s.RequestId = &v 9583 return s 9584} 9585 9586type CreateMultiplexProgramOutput struct { 9587 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9588 9589 // The multiplex program object. 9590 MultiplexProgram *MultiplexProgram `locationName:"multiplexProgram" type:"structure"` 9591} 9592 9593// String returns the string representation 9594func (s CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string { 9595 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9596} 9597 9598// GoString returns the string representation 9599func (s CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string { 9600 return s.String() 9601} 9602 9603// SetMultiplexProgram sets the MultiplexProgram field's value. 9604func (s *CreateMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgram(v *MultiplexProgram) *CreateMultiplexProgramOutput { 9605 s.MultiplexProgram = v 9606 return s 9607} 9608 9609type CreateTagsInput struct { 9610 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9611 9612 // ResourceArn is a required field 9613 ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource-arn" type:"string" required:"true"` 9614 9615 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 9616} 9617 9618// String returns the string representation 9619func (s CreateTagsInput) String() string { 9620 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9621} 9622 9623// GoString returns the string representation 9624func (s CreateTagsInput) GoString() string { 9625 return s.String() 9626} 9627 9628// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9629func (s *CreateTagsInput) Validate() error { 9630 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateTagsInput"} 9631 if s.ResourceArn == nil { 9632 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn")) 9633 } 9634 if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 { 9635 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1)) 9636 } 9637 9638 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9639 return invalidParams 9640 } 9641 return nil 9642} 9643 9644// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value. 9645func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *CreateTagsInput { 9646 s.ResourceArn = &v 9647 return s 9648} 9649 9650// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 9651func (s *CreateTagsInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateTagsInput { 9652 s.Tags = v 9653 return s 9654} 9655 9656type CreateTagsOutput struct { 9657 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9658} 9659 9660// String returns the string representation 9661func (s CreateTagsOutput) String() string { 9662 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9663} 9664 9665// GoString returns the string representation 9666func (s CreateTagsOutput) GoString() string { 9667 return s.String() 9668} 9669 9670type DeleteChannelInput struct { 9671 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9672 9673 // ChannelId is a required field 9674 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 9675} 9676 9677// String returns the string representation 9678func (s DeleteChannelInput) String() string { 9679 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9680} 9681 9682// GoString returns the string representation 9683func (s DeleteChannelInput) GoString() string { 9684 return s.String() 9685} 9686 9687// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9688func (s *DeleteChannelInput) Validate() error { 9689 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteChannelInput"} 9690 if s.ChannelId == nil { 9691 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 9692 } 9693 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 9694 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 9695 } 9696 9697 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9698 return invalidParams 9699 } 9700 return nil 9701} 9702 9703// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 9704func (s *DeleteChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DeleteChannelInput { 9705 s.ChannelId = &v 9706 return s 9707} 9708 9709type DeleteChannelOutput struct { 9710 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9711 9712 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 9713 9714 CdiInputSpecification *CdiInputSpecification `locationName:"cdiInputSpecification" type:"structure"` 9715 9716 // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 9717 // only has one. 9718 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 9719 9720 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 9721 9722 EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` 9723 9724 // Encoder Settings 9725 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 9726 9727 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 9728 9729 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 9730 9731 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 9732 9733 // The log level the user wants for their channel. 9734 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 9735 9736 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 9737 9738 PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"` 9739 9740 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 9741 9742 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 9743 9744 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` 9745 9746 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 9747} 9748 9749// String returns the string representation 9750func (s DeleteChannelOutput) String() string { 9751 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9752} 9753 9754// GoString returns the string representation 9755func (s DeleteChannelOutput) GoString() string { 9756 return s.String() 9757} 9758 9759// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 9760func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 9761 s.Arn = &v 9762 return s 9763} 9764 9765// SetCdiInputSpecification sets the CdiInputSpecification field's value. 9766func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetCdiInputSpecification(v *CdiInputSpecification) *DeleteChannelOutput { 9767 s.CdiInputSpecification = v 9768 return s 9769} 9770 9771// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 9772func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 9773 s.ChannelClass = &v 9774 return s 9775} 9776 9777// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 9778func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *DeleteChannelOutput { 9779 s.Destinations = v 9780 return s 9781} 9782 9783// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. 9784func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *DeleteChannelOutput { 9785 s.EgressEndpoints = v 9786 return s 9787} 9788 9789// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 9790func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *DeleteChannelOutput { 9791 s.EncoderSettings = v 9792 return s 9793} 9794 9795// SetId sets the Id field's value. 9796func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 9797 s.Id = &v 9798 return s 9799} 9800 9801// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 9802func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *DeleteChannelOutput { 9803 s.InputAttachments = v 9804 return s 9805} 9806 9807// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 9808func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *DeleteChannelOutput { 9809 s.InputSpecification = v 9810 return s 9811} 9812 9813// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 9814func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 9815 s.LogLevel = &v 9816 return s 9817} 9818 9819// SetName sets the Name field's value. 9820func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 9821 s.Name = &v 9822 return s 9823} 9824 9825// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value. 9826func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *DeleteChannelOutput { 9827 s.PipelineDetails = v 9828 return s 9829} 9830 9831// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 9832func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DeleteChannelOutput { 9833 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 9834 return s 9835} 9836 9837// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 9838func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 9839 s.RoleArn = &v 9840 return s 9841} 9842 9843// SetState sets the State field's value. 9844func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 9845 s.State = &v 9846 return s 9847} 9848 9849// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 9850func (s *DeleteChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DeleteChannelOutput { 9851 s.Tags = v 9852 return s 9853} 9854 9855type DeleteInputInput struct { 9856 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9857 9858 // InputId is a required field 9859 InputId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputId" type:"string" required:"true"` 9860} 9861 9862// String returns the string representation 9863func (s DeleteInputInput) String() string { 9864 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9865} 9866 9867// GoString returns the string representation 9868func (s DeleteInputInput) GoString() string { 9869 return s.String() 9870} 9871 9872// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9873func (s *DeleteInputInput) Validate() error { 9874 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteInputInput"} 9875 if s.InputId == nil { 9876 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputId")) 9877 } 9878 if s.InputId != nil && len(*s.InputId) < 1 { 9879 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputId", 1)) 9880 } 9881 9882 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9883 return invalidParams 9884 } 9885 return nil 9886} 9887 9888// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value. 9889func (s *DeleteInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *DeleteInputInput { 9890 s.InputId = &v 9891 return s 9892} 9893 9894type DeleteInputOutput struct { 9895 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9896} 9897 9898// String returns the string representation 9899func (s DeleteInputOutput) String() string { 9900 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9901} 9902 9903// GoString returns the string representation 9904func (s DeleteInputOutput) GoString() string { 9905 return s.String() 9906} 9907 9908type DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput struct { 9909 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9910 9911 // InputSecurityGroupId is a required field 9912 InputSecurityGroupId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputSecurityGroupId" type:"string" required:"true"` 9913} 9914 9915// String returns the string representation 9916func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string { 9917 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9918} 9919 9920// GoString returns the string representation 9921func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { 9922 return s.String() 9923} 9924 9925// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9926func (s *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { 9927 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput"} 9928 if s.InputSecurityGroupId == nil { 9929 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSecurityGroupId")) 9930 } 9931 if s.InputSecurityGroupId != nil && len(*s.InputSecurityGroupId) < 1 { 9932 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputSecurityGroupId", 1)) 9933 } 9934 9935 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9936 return invalidParams 9937 } 9938 return nil 9939} 9940 9941// SetInputSecurityGroupId sets the InputSecurityGroupId field's value. 9942func (s *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId(v string) *DeleteInputSecurityGroupInput { 9943 s.InputSecurityGroupId = &v 9944 return s 9945} 9946 9947type DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput struct { 9948 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9949} 9950 9951// String returns the string representation 9952func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { 9953 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9954} 9955 9956// GoString returns the string representation 9957func (s DeleteInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { 9958 return s.String() 9959} 9960 9961type DeleteMultiplexInput struct { 9962 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 9963 9964 // MultiplexId is a required field 9965 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 9966} 9967 9968// String returns the string representation 9969func (s DeleteMultiplexInput) String() string { 9970 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 9971} 9972 9973// GoString returns the string representation 9974func (s DeleteMultiplexInput) GoString() string { 9975 return s.String() 9976} 9977 9978// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 9979func (s *DeleteMultiplexInput) Validate() error { 9980 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteMultiplexInput"} 9981 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 9982 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 9983 } 9984 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 9985 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 9986 } 9987 9988 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 9989 return invalidParams 9990 } 9991 return nil 9992} 9993 9994// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 9995func (s *DeleteMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexInput { 9996 s.MultiplexId = &v 9997 return s 9998} 9999 10000type DeleteMultiplexOutput struct { 10001 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10002 10003 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 10004 10005 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"` 10006 10007 Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 10008 10009 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 10010 10011 // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 10012 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 10013 10014 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 10015 10016 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 10017 10018 ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"` 10019 10020 // The current state of the multiplex. 10021 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"` 10022 10023 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 10024} 10025 10026// String returns the string representation 10027func (s DeleteMultiplexOutput) String() string { 10028 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10029} 10030 10031// GoString returns the string representation 10032func (s DeleteMultiplexOutput) GoString() string { 10033 return s.String() 10034} 10035 10036// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 10037func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 10038 s.Arn = &v 10039 return s 10040} 10041 10042// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 10043func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 10044 s.AvailabilityZones = v 10045 return s 10046} 10047 10048// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 10049func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 10050 s.Destinations = v 10051 return s 10052} 10053 10054// SetId sets the Id field's value. 10055func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 10056 s.Id = &v 10057 return s 10058} 10059 10060// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 10061func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 10062 s.MultiplexSettings = v 10063 return s 10064} 10065 10066// SetName sets the Name field's value. 10067func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 10068 s.Name = &v 10069 return s 10070} 10071 10072// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 10073func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 10074 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 10075 return s 10076} 10077 10078// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value. 10079func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 10080 s.ProgramCount = &v 10081 return s 10082} 10083 10084// SetState sets the State field's value. 10085func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 10086 s.State = &v 10087 return s 10088} 10089 10090// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 10091func (s *DeleteMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DeleteMultiplexOutput { 10092 s.Tags = v 10093 return s 10094} 10095 10096type DeleteMultiplexProgramInput struct { 10097 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10098 10099 // MultiplexId is a required field 10100 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 10101 10102 // ProgramName is a required field 10103 ProgramName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"` 10104} 10105 10106// String returns the string representation 10107func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) String() string { 10108 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10109} 10110 10111// GoString returns the string representation 10112func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string { 10113 return s.String() 10114} 10115 10116// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10117func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error { 10118 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteMultiplexProgramInput"} 10119 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 10120 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 10121 } 10122 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 10123 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 10124 } 10125 if s.ProgramName == nil { 10126 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramName")) 10127 } 10128 if s.ProgramName != nil && len(*s.ProgramName) < 1 { 10129 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProgramName", 1)) 10130 } 10131 10132 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10133 return invalidParams 10134 } 10135 return nil 10136} 10137 10138// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 10139func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput { 10140 s.MultiplexId = &v 10141 return s 10142} 10143 10144// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 10145func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramInput { 10146 s.ProgramName = &v 10147 return s 10148} 10149 10150type DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput struct { 10151 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10152 10153 ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"` 10154 10155 // Multiplex Program settings configuration. 10156 MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"` 10157 10158 // Packet identifiers map for a given Multiplex program. 10159 PacketIdentifiersMap *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap `locationName:"packetIdentifiersMap" type:"structure"` 10160 10161 PipelineDetails []*MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"` 10162 10163 ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"` 10164} 10165 10166// String returns the string representation 10167func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string { 10168 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10169} 10170 10171// GoString returns the string representation 10172func (s DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string { 10173 return s.String() 10174} 10175 10176// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 10177func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetChannelId(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput { 10178 s.ChannelId = &v 10179 return s 10180} 10181 10182// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value. 10183func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput { 10184 s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v 10185 return s 10186} 10187 10188// SetPacketIdentifiersMap sets the PacketIdentifiersMap field's value. 10189func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetPacketIdentifiersMap(v *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput { 10190 s.PacketIdentifiersMap = v 10191 return s 10192} 10193 10194// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value. 10195func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput { 10196 s.PipelineDetails = v 10197 return s 10198} 10199 10200// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 10201func (s *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput) SetProgramName(v string) *DeleteMultiplexProgramOutput { 10202 s.ProgramName = &v 10203 return s 10204} 10205 10206type DeleteReservationInput struct { 10207 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10208 10209 // ReservationId is a required field 10210 ReservationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reservationId" type:"string" required:"true"` 10211} 10212 10213// String returns the string representation 10214func (s DeleteReservationInput) String() string { 10215 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10216} 10217 10218// GoString returns the string representation 10219func (s DeleteReservationInput) GoString() string { 10220 return s.String() 10221} 10222 10223// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10224func (s *DeleteReservationInput) Validate() error { 10225 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteReservationInput"} 10226 if s.ReservationId == nil { 10227 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservationId")) 10228 } 10229 if s.ReservationId != nil && len(*s.ReservationId) < 1 { 10230 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReservationId", 1)) 10231 } 10232 10233 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10234 return invalidParams 10235 } 10236 return nil 10237} 10238 10239// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value. 10240func (s *DeleteReservationInput) SetReservationId(v string) *DeleteReservationInput { 10241 s.ReservationId = &v 10242 return s 10243} 10244 10245type DeleteReservationOutput struct { 10246 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10247 10248 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 10249 10250 Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"` 10251 10252 CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"` 10253 10254 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 10255 10256 // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS' 10257 DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"` 10258 10259 End *string `locationName:"end" type:"string"` 10260 10261 FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"` 10262 10263 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 10264 10265 OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"` 10266 10267 OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"` 10268 10269 // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT' 10270 OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"` 10271 10272 Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"` 10273 10274 ReservationId *string `locationName:"reservationId" type:"string"` 10275 10276 // Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...) 10277 ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"` 10278 10279 Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"` 10280 10281 // Current reservation state 10282 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ReservationState"` 10283 10284 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 10285 10286 UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"` 10287} 10288 10289// String returns the string representation 10290func (s DeleteReservationOutput) String() string { 10291 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10292} 10293 10294// GoString returns the string representation 10295func (s DeleteReservationOutput) GoString() string { 10296 return s.String() 10297} 10298 10299// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 10300func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetArn(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 10301 s.Arn = &v 10302 return s 10303} 10304 10305// SetCount sets the Count field's value. 10306func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetCount(v int64) *DeleteReservationOutput { 10307 s.Count = &v 10308 return s 10309} 10310 10311// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 10312func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 10313 s.CurrencyCode = &v 10314 return s 10315} 10316 10317// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 10318func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *DeleteReservationOutput { 10319 s.Duration = &v 10320 return s 10321} 10322 10323// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value. 10324func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetDurationUnits(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 10325 s.DurationUnits = &v 10326 return s 10327} 10328 10329// SetEnd sets the End field's value. 10330func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetEnd(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 10331 s.End = &v 10332 return s 10333} 10334 10335// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 10336func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *DeleteReservationOutput { 10337 s.FixedPrice = &v 10338 return s 10339} 10340 10341// SetName sets the Name field's value. 10342func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetName(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 10343 s.Name = &v 10344 return s 10345} 10346 10347// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value. 10348func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 10349 s.OfferingDescription = &v 10350 return s 10351} 10352 10353// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 10354func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 10355 s.OfferingId = &v 10356 return s 10357} 10358 10359// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 10360func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 10361 s.OfferingType = &v 10362 return s 10363} 10364 10365// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. 10366func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetRegion(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 10367 s.Region = &v 10368 return s 10369} 10370 10371// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value. 10372func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetReservationId(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 10373 s.ReservationId = &v 10374 return s 10375} 10376 10377// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value. 10378func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *DeleteReservationOutput { 10379 s.ResourceSpecification = v 10380 return s 10381} 10382 10383// SetStart sets the Start field's value. 10384func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetStart(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 10385 s.Start = &v 10386 return s 10387} 10388 10389// SetState sets the State field's value. 10390func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetState(v string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 10391 s.State = &v 10392 return s 10393} 10394 10395// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 10396func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DeleteReservationOutput { 10397 s.Tags = v 10398 return s 10399} 10400 10401// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 10402func (s *DeleteReservationOutput) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *DeleteReservationOutput { 10403 s.UsagePrice = &v 10404 return s 10405} 10406 10407type DeleteScheduleInput struct { 10408 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10409 10410 // ChannelId is a required field 10411 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 10412} 10413 10414// String returns the string representation 10415func (s DeleteScheduleInput) String() string { 10416 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10417} 10418 10419// GoString returns the string representation 10420func (s DeleteScheduleInput) GoString() string { 10421 return s.String() 10422} 10423 10424// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10425func (s *DeleteScheduleInput) Validate() error { 10426 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteScheduleInput"} 10427 if s.ChannelId == nil { 10428 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 10429 } 10430 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 10431 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 10432 } 10433 10434 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10435 return invalidParams 10436 } 10437 return nil 10438} 10439 10440// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 10441func (s *DeleteScheduleInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DeleteScheduleInput { 10442 s.ChannelId = &v 10443 return s 10444} 10445 10446type DeleteScheduleOutput struct { 10447 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10448} 10449 10450// String returns the string representation 10451func (s DeleteScheduleOutput) String() string { 10452 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10453} 10454 10455// GoString returns the string representation 10456func (s DeleteScheduleOutput) GoString() string { 10457 return s.String() 10458} 10459 10460type DeleteTagsInput struct { 10461 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10462 10463 // ResourceArn is a required field 10464 ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource-arn" type:"string" required:"true"` 10465 10466 // TagKeys is a required field 10467 TagKeys []*string `location:"querystring" locationName:"tagKeys" type:"list" required:"true"` 10468} 10469 10470// String returns the string representation 10471func (s DeleteTagsInput) String() string { 10472 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10473} 10474 10475// GoString returns the string representation 10476func (s DeleteTagsInput) GoString() string { 10477 return s.String() 10478} 10479 10480// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10481func (s *DeleteTagsInput) Validate() error { 10482 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteTagsInput"} 10483 if s.ResourceArn == nil { 10484 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn")) 10485 } 10486 if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 { 10487 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1)) 10488 } 10489 if s.TagKeys == nil { 10490 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeys")) 10491 } 10492 10493 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10494 return invalidParams 10495 } 10496 return nil 10497} 10498 10499// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value. 10500func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *DeleteTagsInput { 10501 s.ResourceArn = &v 10502 return s 10503} 10504 10505// SetTagKeys sets the TagKeys field's value. 10506func (s *DeleteTagsInput) SetTagKeys(v []*string) *DeleteTagsInput { 10507 s.TagKeys = v 10508 return s 10509} 10510 10511type DeleteTagsOutput struct { 10512 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10513} 10514 10515// String returns the string representation 10516func (s DeleteTagsOutput) String() string { 10517 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10518} 10519 10520// GoString returns the string representation 10521func (s DeleteTagsOutput) GoString() string { 10522 return s.String() 10523} 10524 10525type DescribeChannelInput struct { 10526 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10527 10528 // ChannelId is a required field 10529 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 10530} 10531 10532// String returns the string representation 10533func (s DescribeChannelInput) String() string { 10534 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10535} 10536 10537// GoString returns the string representation 10538func (s DescribeChannelInput) GoString() string { 10539 return s.String() 10540} 10541 10542// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10543func (s *DescribeChannelInput) Validate() error { 10544 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeChannelInput"} 10545 if s.ChannelId == nil { 10546 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 10547 } 10548 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 10549 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 10550 } 10551 10552 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10553 return invalidParams 10554 } 10555 return nil 10556} 10557 10558// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 10559func (s *DescribeChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeChannelInput { 10560 s.ChannelId = &v 10561 return s 10562} 10563 10564type DescribeChannelOutput struct { 10565 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10566 10567 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 10568 10569 CdiInputSpecification *CdiInputSpecification `locationName:"cdiInputSpecification" type:"structure"` 10570 10571 // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 10572 // only has one. 10573 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 10574 10575 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 10576 10577 EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` 10578 10579 // Encoder Settings 10580 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 10581 10582 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 10583 10584 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 10585 10586 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 10587 10588 // The log level the user wants for their channel. 10589 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 10590 10591 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 10592 10593 PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"` 10594 10595 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 10596 10597 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 10598 10599 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` 10600 10601 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 10602} 10603 10604// String returns the string representation 10605func (s DescribeChannelOutput) String() string { 10606 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10607} 10608 10609// GoString returns the string representation 10610func (s DescribeChannelOutput) GoString() string { 10611 return s.String() 10612} 10613 10614// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 10615func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 10616 s.Arn = &v 10617 return s 10618} 10619 10620// SetCdiInputSpecification sets the CdiInputSpecification field's value. 10621func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetCdiInputSpecification(v *CdiInputSpecification) *DescribeChannelOutput { 10622 s.CdiInputSpecification = v 10623 return s 10624} 10625 10626// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 10627func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 10628 s.ChannelClass = &v 10629 return s 10630} 10631 10632// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 10633func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *DescribeChannelOutput { 10634 s.Destinations = v 10635 return s 10636} 10637 10638// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. 10639func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *DescribeChannelOutput { 10640 s.EgressEndpoints = v 10641 return s 10642} 10643 10644// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 10645func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *DescribeChannelOutput { 10646 s.EncoderSettings = v 10647 return s 10648} 10649 10650// SetId sets the Id field's value. 10651func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 10652 s.Id = &v 10653 return s 10654} 10655 10656// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 10657func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *DescribeChannelOutput { 10658 s.InputAttachments = v 10659 return s 10660} 10661 10662// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 10663func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *DescribeChannelOutput { 10664 s.InputSpecification = v 10665 return s 10666} 10667 10668// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 10669func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 10670 s.LogLevel = &v 10671 return s 10672} 10673 10674// SetName sets the Name field's value. 10675func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 10676 s.Name = &v 10677 return s 10678} 10679 10680// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value. 10681func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *DescribeChannelOutput { 10682 s.PipelineDetails = v 10683 return s 10684} 10685 10686// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 10687func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DescribeChannelOutput { 10688 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 10689 return s 10690} 10691 10692// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 10693func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 10694 s.RoleArn = &v 10695 return s 10696} 10697 10698// SetState sets the State field's value. 10699func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 10700 s.State = &v 10701 return s 10702} 10703 10704// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 10705func (s *DescribeChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeChannelOutput { 10706 s.Tags = v 10707 return s 10708} 10709 10710type DescribeInputDeviceInput struct { 10711 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10712 10713 // InputDeviceId is a required field 10714 InputDeviceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputDeviceId" type:"string" required:"true"` 10715} 10716 10717// String returns the string representation 10718func (s DescribeInputDeviceInput) String() string { 10719 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10720} 10721 10722// GoString returns the string representation 10723func (s DescribeInputDeviceInput) GoString() string { 10724 return s.String() 10725} 10726 10727// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10728func (s *DescribeInputDeviceInput) Validate() error { 10729 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInputDeviceInput"} 10730 if s.InputDeviceId == nil { 10731 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputDeviceId")) 10732 } 10733 if s.InputDeviceId != nil && len(*s.InputDeviceId) < 1 { 10734 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputDeviceId", 1)) 10735 } 10736 10737 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10738 return invalidParams 10739 } 10740 return nil 10741} 10742 10743// SetInputDeviceId sets the InputDeviceId field's value. 10744func (s *DescribeInputDeviceInput) SetInputDeviceId(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceInput { 10745 s.InputDeviceId = &v 10746 return s 10747} 10748 10749type DescribeInputDeviceOutput struct { 10750 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10751 10752 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 10753 10754 // The state of the connection between the input device and AWS. 10755 ConnectionState *string `locationName:"connectionState" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceConnectionState"` 10756 10757 // The status of the action to synchronize the device configuration. If you 10758 // change the configuration of the input device (for example, the maximum bitrate), 10759 // MediaLive sends the new data to the device. The device might not update itself 10760 // immediately. SYNCED means the device has updated its configuration. SYNCING 10761 // means that it has not updated its configuration. 10762 DeviceSettingsSyncState *string `locationName:"deviceSettingsSyncState" type:"string" enum:"DeviceSettingsSyncState"` 10763 10764 // The status of software on the input device. 10765 DeviceUpdateStatus *string `locationName:"deviceUpdateStatus" type:"string" enum:"DeviceUpdateStatus"` 10766 10767 // Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video 10768 // characteristics of that source. 10769 HdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceHdSettings `locationName:"hdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"` 10770 10771 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 10772 10773 MacAddress *string `locationName:"macAddress" type:"string"` 10774 10775 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 10776 10777 // The network settings for the input device. 10778 NetworkSettings *InputDeviceNetworkSettings `locationName:"networkSettings" type:"structure"` 10779 10780 SerialNumber *string `locationName:"serialNumber" type:"string"` 10781 10782 // The type of the input device. For an AWS Elemental Link device that outputs 10783 // resolutions up to 1080, choose "HD". 10784 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceType"` 10785 10786 // Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video 10787 // characteristics of that source. 10788 UhdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceUhdSettings `locationName:"uhdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"` 10789} 10790 10791// String returns the string representation 10792func (s DescribeInputDeviceOutput) String() string { 10793 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10794} 10795 10796// GoString returns the string representation 10797func (s DescribeInputDeviceOutput) GoString() string { 10798 return s.String() 10799} 10800 10801// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 10802func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 10803 s.Arn = &v 10804 return s 10805} 10806 10807// SetConnectionState sets the ConnectionState field's value. 10808func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetConnectionState(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 10809 s.ConnectionState = &v 10810 return s 10811} 10812 10813// SetDeviceSettingsSyncState sets the DeviceSettingsSyncState field's value. 10814func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetDeviceSettingsSyncState(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 10815 s.DeviceSettingsSyncState = &v 10816 return s 10817} 10818 10819// SetDeviceUpdateStatus sets the DeviceUpdateStatus field's value. 10820func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetDeviceUpdateStatus(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 10821 s.DeviceUpdateStatus = &v 10822 return s 10823} 10824 10825// SetHdDeviceSettings sets the HdDeviceSettings field's value. 10826func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetHdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceHdSettings) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 10827 s.HdDeviceSettings = v 10828 return s 10829} 10830 10831// SetId sets the Id field's value. 10832func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 10833 s.Id = &v 10834 return s 10835} 10836 10837// SetMacAddress sets the MacAddress field's value. 10838func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetMacAddress(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 10839 s.MacAddress = &v 10840 return s 10841} 10842 10843// SetName sets the Name field's value. 10844func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 10845 s.Name = &v 10846 return s 10847} 10848 10849// SetNetworkSettings sets the NetworkSettings field's value. 10850func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetNetworkSettings(v *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 10851 s.NetworkSettings = v 10852 return s 10853} 10854 10855// SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value. 10856func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetSerialNumber(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 10857 s.SerialNumber = &v 10858 return s 10859} 10860 10861// SetType sets the Type field's value. 10862func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetType(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 10863 s.Type = &v 10864 return s 10865} 10866 10867// SetUhdDeviceSettings sets the UhdDeviceSettings field's value. 10868func (s *DescribeInputDeviceOutput) SetUhdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceUhdSettings) *DescribeInputDeviceOutput { 10869 s.UhdDeviceSettings = v 10870 return s 10871} 10872 10873type DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput struct { 10874 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10875 10876 // Accept is a required field 10877 Accept *string `location:"header" locationName:"accept" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"AcceptHeader"` 10878 10879 // InputDeviceId is a required field 10880 InputDeviceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputDeviceId" type:"string" required:"true"` 10881} 10882 10883// String returns the string representation 10884func (s DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) String() string { 10885 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10886} 10887 10888// GoString returns the string representation 10889func (s DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) GoString() string { 10890 return s.String() 10891} 10892 10893// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10894func (s *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) Validate() error { 10895 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput"} 10896 if s.Accept == nil { 10897 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Accept")) 10898 } 10899 if s.InputDeviceId == nil { 10900 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputDeviceId")) 10901 } 10902 if s.InputDeviceId != nil && len(*s.InputDeviceId) < 1 { 10903 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputDeviceId", 1)) 10904 } 10905 10906 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 10907 return invalidParams 10908 } 10909 return nil 10910} 10911 10912// SetAccept sets the Accept field's value. 10913func (s *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) SetAccept(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput { 10914 s.Accept = &v 10915 return s 10916} 10917 10918// SetInputDeviceId sets the InputDeviceId field's value. 10919func (s *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput) SetInputDeviceId(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailInput { 10920 s.InputDeviceId = &v 10921 return s 10922} 10923 10924type DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput struct { 10925 _ struct{} `type:"structure" payload:"Body"` 10926 10927 Body io.ReadCloser `locationName:"body" type:"blob"` 10928 10929 ContentLength *int64 `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Length" type:"long"` 10930 10931 ContentType *string `location:"header" locationName:"Content-Type" type:"string" enum:"ContentType"` 10932 10933 ETag *string `location:"header" locationName:"ETag" type:"string"` 10934 10935 LastModified *time.Time `location:"header" locationName:"Last-Modified" type:"timestamp"` 10936} 10937 10938// String returns the string representation 10939func (s DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) String() string { 10940 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10941} 10942 10943// GoString returns the string representation 10944func (s DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) GoString() string { 10945 return s.String() 10946} 10947 10948// SetBody sets the Body field's value. 10949func (s *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) SetBody(v io.ReadCloser) *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput { 10950 s.Body = v 10951 return s 10952} 10953 10954// SetContentLength sets the ContentLength field's value. 10955func (s *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) SetContentLength(v int64) *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput { 10956 s.ContentLength = &v 10957 return s 10958} 10959 10960// SetContentType sets the ContentType field's value. 10961func (s *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) SetContentType(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput { 10962 s.ContentType = &v 10963 return s 10964} 10965 10966// SetETag sets the ETag field's value. 10967func (s *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) SetETag(v string) *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput { 10968 s.ETag = &v 10969 return s 10970} 10971 10972// SetLastModified sets the LastModified field's value. 10973func (s *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput) SetLastModified(v time.Time) *DescribeInputDeviceThumbnailOutput { 10974 s.LastModified = &v 10975 return s 10976} 10977 10978type DescribeInputInput struct { 10979 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 10980 10981 // InputId is a required field 10982 InputId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputId" type:"string" required:"true"` 10983} 10984 10985// String returns the string representation 10986func (s DescribeInputInput) String() string { 10987 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 10988} 10989 10990// GoString returns the string representation 10991func (s DescribeInputInput) GoString() string { 10992 return s.String() 10993} 10994 10995// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 10996func (s *DescribeInputInput) Validate() error { 10997 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInputInput"} 10998 if s.InputId == nil { 10999 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputId")) 11000 } 11001 if s.InputId != nil && len(*s.InputId) < 1 { 11002 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputId", 1)) 11003 } 11004 11005 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11006 return invalidParams 11007 } 11008 return nil 11009} 11010 11011// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value. 11012func (s *DescribeInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *DescribeInputInput { 11013 s.InputId = &v 11014 return s 11015} 11016 11017type DescribeInputOutput struct { 11018 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11019 11020 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 11021 11022 AttachedChannels []*string `locationName:"attachedChannels" type:"list"` 11023 11024 Destinations []*InputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 11025 11026 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 11027 11028 // A standard input has two sources and a single pipeline input only has one. 11029 InputClass *string `locationName:"inputClass" type:"string" enum:"InputClass"` 11030 11031 InputDevices []*InputDeviceSettings `locationName:"inputDevices" type:"list"` 11032 11033 // There are two types of input sources, static and dynamic. If an input source 11034 // is dynamic you canchange the source url of the input dynamically using an 11035 // input switch action. However, the only input typeto support a dynamic url 11036 // at this time is MP4_FILE. By default all input sources are static. 11037 InputSourceType *string `locationName:"inputSourceType" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceType"` 11038 11039 MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlow `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"` 11040 11041 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 11042 11043 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 11044 11045 SecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"securityGroups" type:"list"` 11046 11047 Sources []*InputSource `locationName:"sources" type:"list"` 11048 11049 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputState"` 11050 11051 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 11052 11053 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"` 11054} 11055 11056// String returns the string representation 11057func (s DescribeInputOutput) String() string { 11058 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11059} 11060 11061// GoString returns the string representation 11062func (s DescribeInputOutput) GoString() string { 11063 return s.String() 11064} 11065 11066// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 11067func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 11068 s.Arn = &v 11069 return s 11070} 11071 11072// SetAttachedChannels sets the AttachedChannels field's value. 11073func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetAttachedChannels(v []*string) *DescribeInputOutput { 11074 s.AttachedChannels = v 11075 return s 11076} 11077 11078// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 11079func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestination) *DescribeInputOutput { 11080 s.Destinations = v 11081 return s 11082} 11083 11084// SetId sets the Id field's value. 11085func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 11086 s.Id = &v 11087 return s 11088} 11089 11090// SetInputClass sets the InputClass field's value. 11091func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetInputClass(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 11092 s.InputClass = &v 11093 return s 11094} 11095 11096// SetInputDevices sets the InputDevices field's value. 11097func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetInputDevices(v []*InputDeviceSettings) *DescribeInputOutput { 11098 s.InputDevices = v 11099 return s 11100} 11101 11102// SetInputSourceType sets the InputSourceType field's value. 11103func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetInputSourceType(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 11104 s.InputSourceType = &v 11105 return s 11106} 11107 11108// SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value. 11109func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlow) *DescribeInputOutput { 11110 s.MediaConnectFlows = v 11111 return s 11112} 11113 11114// SetName sets the Name field's value. 11115func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 11116 s.Name = &v 11117 return s 11118} 11119 11120// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 11121func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 11122 s.RoleArn = &v 11123 return s 11124} 11125 11126// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value. 11127func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *DescribeInputOutput { 11128 s.SecurityGroups = v 11129 return s 11130} 11131 11132// SetSources sets the Sources field's value. 11133func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetSources(v []*InputSource) *DescribeInputOutput { 11134 s.Sources = v 11135 return s 11136} 11137 11138// SetState sets the State field's value. 11139func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 11140 s.State = &v 11141 return s 11142} 11143 11144// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 11145func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeInputOutput { 11146 s.Tags = v 11147 return s 11148} 11149 11150// SetType sets the Type field's value. 11151func (s *DescribeInputOutput) SetType(v string) *DescribeInputOutput { 11152 s.Type = &v 11153 return s 11154} 11155 11156type DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput struct { 11157 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11158 11159 // InputSecurityGroupId is a required field 11160 InputSecurityGroupId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputSecurityGroupId" type:"string" required:"true"` 11161} 11162 11163// String returns the string representation 11164func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string { 11165 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11166} 11167 11168// GoString returns the string representation 11169func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { 11170 return s.String() 11171} 11172 11173// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11174func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { 11175 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput"} 11176 if s.InputSecurityGroupId == nil { 11177 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSecurityGroupId")) 11178 } 11179 if s.InputSecurityGroupId != nil && len(*s.InputSecurityGroupId) < 1 { 11180 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputSecurityGroupId", 1)) 11181 } 11182 11183 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11184 return invalidParams 11185 } 11186 return nil 11187} 11188 11189// SetInputSecurityGroupId sets the InputSecurityGroupId field's value. 11190func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupInput { 11191 s.InputSecurityGroupId = &v 11192 return s 11193} 11194 11195type DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput struct { 11196 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11197 11198 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 11199 11200 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 11201 11202 Inputs []*string `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"` 11203 11204 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputSecurityGroupState"` 11205 11206 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 11207 11208 WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRule `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"` 11209} 11210 11211// String returns the string representation 11212func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { 11213 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11214} 11215 11216// GoString returns the string representation 11217func (s DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { 11218 return s.String() 11219} 11220 11221// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 11222func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { 11223 s.Arn = &v 11224 return s 11225} 11226 11227// SetId sets the Id field's value. 11228func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { 11229 s.Id = &v 11230 return s 11231} 11232 11233// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value. 11234func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetInputs(v []*string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { 11235 s.Inputs = v 11236 return s 11237} 11238 11239// SetState sets the State field's value. 11240func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { 11241 s.State = &v 11242 return s 11243} 11244 11245// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 11246func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { 11247 s.Tags = v 11248 return s 11249} 11250 11251// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value. 11252func (s *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRule) *DescribeInputSecurityGroupOutput { 11253 s.WhitelistRules = v 11254 return s 11255} 11256 11257type DescribeMultiplexInput struct { 11258 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11259 11260 // MultiplexId is a required field 11261 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 11262} 11263 11264// String returns the string representation 11265func (s DescribeMultiplexInput) String() string { 11266 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11267} 11268 11269// GoString returns the string representation 11270func (s DescribeMultiplexInput) GoString() string { 11271 return s.String() 11272} 11273 11274// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11275func (s *DescribeMultiplexInput) Validate() error { 11276 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeMultiplexInput"} 11277 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 11278 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 11279 } 11280 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 11281 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 11282 } 11283 11284 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11285 return invalidParams 11286 } 11287 return nil 11288} 11289 11290// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 11291func (s *DescribeMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexInput { 11292 s.MultiplexId = &v 11293 return s 11294} 11295 11296type DescribeMultiplexOutput struct { 11297 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11298 11299 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 11300 11301 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"` 11302 11303 Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 11304 11305 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 11306 11307 // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 11308 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 11309 11310 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 11311 11312 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 11313 11314 ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"` 11315 11316 // The current state of the multiplex. 11317 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"` 11318 11319 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 11320} 11321 11322// String returns the string representation 11323func (s DescribeMultiplexOutput) String() string { 11324 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11325} 11326 11327// GoString returns the string representation 11328func (s DescribeMultiplexOutput) GoString() string { 11329 return s.String() 11330} 11331 11332// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 11333func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 11334 s.Arn = &v 11335 return s 11336} 11337 11338// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 11339func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 11340 s.AvailabilityZones = v 11341 return s 11342} 11343 11344// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 11345func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 11346 s.Destinations = v 11347 return s 11348} 11349 11350// SetId sets the Id field's value. 11351func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 11352 s.Id = &v 11353 return s 11354} 11355 11356// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 11357func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 11358 s.MultiplexSettings = v 11359 return s 11360} 11361 11362// SetName sets the Name field's value. 11363func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 11364 s.Name = &v 11365 return s 11366} 11367 11368// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 11369func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 11370 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 11371 return s 11372} 11373 11374// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value. 11375func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 11376 s.ProgramCount = &v 11377 return s 11378} 11379 11380// SetState sets the State field's value. 11381func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 11382 s.State = &v 11383 return s 11384} 11385 11386// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 11387func (s *DescribeMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeMultiplexOutput { 11388 s.Tags = v 11389 return s 11390} 11391 11392type DescribeMultiplexProgramInput struct { 11393 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11394 11395 // MultiplexId is a required field 11396 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 11397 11398 // ProgramName is a required field 11399 ProgramName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"` 11400} 11401 11402// String returns the string representation 11403func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) String() string { 11404 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11405} 11406 11407// GoString returns the string representation 11408func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string { 11409 return s.String() 11410} 11411 11412// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11413func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error { 11414 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeMultiplexProgramInput"} 11415 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 11416 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 11417 } 11418 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 11419 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 11420 } 11421 if s.ProgramName == nil { 11422 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramName")) 11423 } 11424 if s.ProgramName != nil && len(*s.ProgramName) < 1 { 11425 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProgramName", 1)) 11426 } 11427 11428 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11429 return invalidParams 11430 } 11431 return nil 11432} 11433 11434// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 11435func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput { 11436 s.MultiplexId = &v 11437 return s 11438} 11439 11440// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 11441func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramInput { 11442 s.ProgramName = &v 11443 return s 11444} 11445 11446type DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput struct { 11447 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11448 11449 ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"` 11450 11451 // Multiplex Program settings configuration. 11452 MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"` 11453 11454 // Packet identifiers map for a given Multiplex program. 11455 PacketIdentifiersMap *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap `locationName:"packetIdentifiersMap" type:"structure"` 11456 11457 PipelineDetails []*MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"` 11458 11459 ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"` 11460} 11461 11462// String returns the string representation 11463func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string { 11464 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11465} 11466 11467// GoString returns the string representation 11468func (s DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string { 11469 return s.String() 11470} 11471 11472// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 11473func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput { 11474 s.ChannelId = &v 11475 return s 11476} 11477 11478// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value. 11479func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput { 11480 s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v 11481 return s 11482} 11483 11484// SetPacketIdentifiersMap sets the PacketIdentifiersMap field's value. 11485func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetPacketIdentifiersMap(v *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput { 11486 s.PacketIdentifiersMap = v 11487 return s 11488} 11489 11490// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value. 11491func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput { 11492 s.PipelineDetails = v 11493 return s 11494} 11495 11496// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 11497func (s *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput) SetProgramName(v string) *DescribeMultiplexProgramOutput { 11498 s.ProgramName = &v 11499 return s 11500} 11501 11502type DescribeOfferingInput struct { 11503 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11504 11505 // OfferingId is a required field 11506 OfferingId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"offeringId" type:"string" required:"true"` 11507} 11508 11509// String returns the string representation 11510func (s DescribeOfferingInput) String() string { 11511 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11512} 11513 11514// GoString returns the string representation 11515func (s DescribeOfferingInput) GoString() string { 11516 return s.String() 11517} 11518 11519// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11520func (s *DescribeOfferingInput) Validate() error { 11521 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeOfferingInput"} 11522 if s.OfferingId == nil { 11523 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OfferingId")) 11524 } 11525 if s.OfferingId != nil && len(*s.OfferingId) < 1 { 11526 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OfferingId", 1)) 11527 } 11528 11529 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11530 return invalidParams 11531 } 11532 return nil 11533} 11534 11535// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 11536func (s *DescribeOfferingInput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeOfferingInput { 11537 s.OfferingId = &v 11538 return s 11539} 11540 11541type DescribeOfferingOutput struct { 11542 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11543 11544 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 11545 11546 CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"` 11547 11548 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 11549 11550 // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS' 11551 DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"` 11552 11553 FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"` 11554 11555 OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"` 11556 11557 OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"` 11558 11559 // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT' 11560 OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"` 11561 11562 Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"` 11563 11564 // Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...) 11565 ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"` 11566 11567 UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"` 11568} 11569 11570// String returns the string representation 11571func (s DescribeOfferingOutput) String() string { 11572 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11573} 11574 11575// GoString returns the string representation 11576func (s DescribeOfferingOutput) GoString() string { 11577 return s.String() 11578} 11579 11580// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 11581func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 11582 s.Arn = &v 11583 return s 11584} 11585 11586// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 11587func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 11588 s.CurrencyCode = &v 11589 return s 11590} 11591 11592// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 11593func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 11594 s.Duration = &v 11595 return s 11596} 11597 11598// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value. 11599func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetDurationUnits(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 11600 s.DurationUnits = &v 11601 return s 11602} 11603 11604// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 11605func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 11606 s.FixedPrice = &v 11607 return s 11608} 11609 11610// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value. 11611func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 11612 s.OfferingDescription = &v 11613 return s 11614} 11615 11616// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 11617func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 11618 s.OfferingId = &v 11619 return s 11620} 11621 11622// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 11623func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 11624 s.OfferingType = &v 11625 return s 11626} 11627 11628// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. 11629func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetRegion(v string) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 11630 s.Region = &v 11631 return s 11632} 11633 11634// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value. 11635func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 11636 s.ResourceSpecification = v 11637 return s 11638} 11639 11640// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 11641func (s *DescribeOfferingOutput) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *DescribeOfferingOutput { 11642 s.UsagePrice = &v 11643 return s 11644} 11645 11646type DescribeReservationInput struct { 11647 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11648 11649 // ReservationId is a required field 11650 ReservationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reservationId" type:"string" required:"true"` 11651} 11652 11653// String returns the string representation 11654func (s DescribeReservationInput) String() string { 11655 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11656} 11657 11658// GoString returns the string representation 11659func (s DescribeReservationInput) GoString() string { 11660 return s.String() 11661} 11662 11663// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11664func (s *DescribeReservationInput) Validate() error { 11665 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeReservationInput"} 11666 if s.ReservationId == nil { 11667 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservationId")) 11668 } 11669 if s.ReservationId != nil && len(*s.ReservationId) < 1 { 11670 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReservationId", 1)) 11671 } 11672 11673 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11674 return invalidParams 11675 } 11676 return nil 11677} 11678 11679// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value. 11680func (s *DescribeReservationInput) SetReservationId(v string) *DescribeReservationInput { 11681 s.ReservationId = &v 11682 return s 11683} 11684 11685type DescribeReservationOutput struct { 11686 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11687 11688 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 11689 11690 Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"` 11691 11692 CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"` 11693 11694 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 11695 11696 // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS' 11697 DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"` 11698 11699 End *string `locationName:"end" type:"string"` 11700 11701 FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"` 11702 11703 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 11704 11705 OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"` 11706 11707 OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"` 11708 11709 // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT' 11710 OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"` 11711 11712 Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"` 11713 11714 ReservationId *string `locationName:"reservationId" type:"string"` 11715 11716 // Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...) 11717 ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"` 11718 11719 Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"` 11720 11721 // Current reservation state 11722 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ReservationState"` 11723 11724 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 11725 11726 UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"` 11727} 11728 11729// String returns the string representation 11730func (s DescribeReservationOutput) String() string { 11731 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11732} 11733 11734// GoString returns the string representation 11735func (s DescribeReservationOutput) GoString() string { 11736 return s.String() 11737} 11738 11739// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 11740func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetArn(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 11741 s.Arn = &v 11742 return s 11743} 11744 11745// SetCount sets the Count field's value. 11746func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetCount(v int64) *DescribeReservationOutput { 11747 s.Count = &v 11748 return s 11749} 11750 11751// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 11752func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 11753 s.CurrencyCode = &v 11754 return s 11755} 11756 11757// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 11758func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetDuration(v int64) *DescribeReservationOutput { 11759 s.Duration = &v 11760 return s 11761} 11762 11763// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value. 11764func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetDurationUnits(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 11765 s.DurationUnits = &v 11766 return s 11767} 11768 11769// SetEnd sets the End field's value. 11770func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetEnd(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 11771 s.End = &v 11772 return s 11773} 11774 11775// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 11776func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *DescribeReservationOutput { 11777 s.FixedPrice = &v 11778 return s 11779} 11780 11781// SetName sets the Name field's value. 11782func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetName(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 11783 s.Name = &v 11784 return s 11785} 11786 11787// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value. 11788func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 11789 s.OfferingDescription = &v 11790 return s 11791} 11792 11793// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 11794func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingId(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 11795 s.OfferingId = &v 11796 return s 11797} 11798 11799// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 11800func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetOfferingType(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 11801 s.OfferingType = &v 11802 return s 11803} 11804 11805// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. 11806func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetRegion(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 11807 s.Region = &v 11808 return s 11809} 11810 11811// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value. 11812func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetReservationId(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 11813 s.ReservationId = &v 11814 return s 11815} 11816 11817// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value. 11818func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *DescribeReservationOutput { 11819 s.ResourceSpecification = v 11820 return s 11821} 11822 11823// SetStart sets the Start field's value. 11824func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetStart(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 11825 s.Start = &v 11826 return s 11827} 11828 11829// SetState sets the State field's value. 11830func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 11831 s.State = &v 11832 return s 11833} 11834 11835// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 11836func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *DescribeReservationOutput { 11837 s.Tags = v 11838 return s 11839} 11840 11841// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 11842func (s *DescribeReservationOutput) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *DescribeReservationOutput { 11843 s.UsagePrice = &v 11844 return s 11845} 11846 11847type DescribeScheduleInput struct { 11848 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11849 11850 // ChannelId is a required field 11851 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 11852 11853 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 11854 11855 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 11856} 11857 11858// String returns the string representation 11859func (s DescribeScheduleInput) String() string { 11860 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11861} 11862 11863// GoString returns the string representation 11864func (s DescribeScheduleInput) GoString() string { 11865 return s.String() 11866} 11867 11868// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11869func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) Validate() error { 11870 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeScheduleInput"} 11871 if s.ChannelId == nil { 11872 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 11873 } 11874 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 11875 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 11876 } 11877 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 11878 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 11879 } 11880 11881 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11882 return invalidParams 11883 } 11884 return nil 11885} 11886 11887// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 11888func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) SetChannelId(v string) *DescribeScheduleInput { 11889 s.ChannelId = &v 11890 return s 11891} 11892 11893// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 11894func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *DescribeScheduleInput { 11895 s.MaxResults = &v 11896 return s 11897} 11898 11899// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 11900func (s *DescribeScheduleInput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeScheduleInput { 11901 s.NextToken = &v 11902 return s 11903} 11904 11905type DescribeScheduleOutput struct { 11906 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11907 11908 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 11909 11910 ScheduleActions []*ScheduleAction `locationName:"scheduleActions" type:"list"` 11911} 11912 11913// String returns the string representation 11914func (s DescribeScheduleOutput) String() string { 11915 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11916} 11917 11918// GoString returns the string representation 11919func (s DescribeScheduleOutput) GoString() string { 11920 return s.String() 11921} 11922 11923// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 11924func (s *DescribeScheduleOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *DescribeScheduleOutput { 11925 s.NextToken = &v 11926 return s 11927} 11928 11929// SetScheduleActions sets the ScheduleActions field's value. 11930func (s *DescribeScheduleOutput) SetScheduleActions(v []*ScheduleAction) *DescribeScheduleOutput { 11931 s.ScheduleActions = v 11932 return s 11933} 11934 11935// DVB Network Information Table (NIT) 11936type DvbNitSettings struct { 11937 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 11938 11939 // The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT). 11940 // 11941 // NetworkId is a required field 11942 NetworkId *int64 `locationName:"networkId" type:"integer" required:"true"` 11943 11944 // The network name text placed in the networkNameDescriptor inside the Network 11945 // Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. 11946 // 11947 // NetworkName is a required field 11948 NetworkName *string `locationName:"networkName" min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` 11949 11950 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 11951 // transport stream. 11952 RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" min:"25" type:"integer"` 11953} 11954 11955// String returns the string representation 11956func (s DvbNitSettings) String() string { 11957 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 11958} 11959 11960// GoString returns the string representation 11961func (s DvbNitSettings) GoString() string { 11962 return s.String() 11963} 11964 11965// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 11966func (s *DvbNitSettings) Validate() error { 11967 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbNitSettings"} 11968 if s.NetworkId == nil { 11969 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkId")) 11970 } 11971 if s.NetworkName == nil { 11972 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NetworkName")) 11973 } 11974 if s.NetworkName != nil && len(*s.NetworkName) < 1 { 11975 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NetworkName", 1)) 11976 } 11977 if s.RepInterval != nil && *s.RepInterval < 25 { 11978 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RepInterval", 25)) 11979 } 11980 11981 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 11982 return invalidParams 11983 } 11984 return nil 11985} 11986 11987// SetNetworkId sets the NetworkId field's value. 11988func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkId(v int64) *DvbNitSettings { 11989 s.NetworkId = &v 11990 return s 11991} 11992 11993// SetNetworkName sets the NetworkName field's value. 11994func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetNetworkName(v string) *DvbNitSettings { 11995 s.NetworkName = &v 11996 return s 11997} 11998 11999// SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value. 12000func (s *DvbNitSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbNitSettings { 12001 s.RepInterval = &v 12002 return s 12003} 12004 12005// DVB Service Description Table (SDT) 12006type DvbSdtSettings struct { 12007 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12008 12009 // Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. The sdtFollow 12010 // setting copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. The sdtFollowIfPresent 12011 // setting copies SDT information from input stream to output stream if SDT 12012 // information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on the user-defined 12013 // values. The sdtManual setting means user will enter the SDT information. 12014 // The sdtNone setting means output stream will not contain SDT information. 12015 OutputSdt *string `locationName:"outputSdt" type:"string" enum:"DvbSdtOutputSdt"` 12016 12017 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 12018 // transport stream. 12019 RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" min:"25" type:"integer"` 12020 12021 // The service name placed in the serviceDescriptor in the Service Description 12022 // Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. 12023 ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" min:"1" type:"string"` 12024 12025 // The service provider name placed in the serviceDescriptor in the Service 12026 // Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters. 12027 ServiceProviderName *string `locationName:"serviceProviderName" min:"1" type:"string"` 12028} 12029 12030// String returns the string representation 12031func (s DvbSdtSettings) String() string { 12032 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12033} 12034 12035// GoString returns the string representation 12036func (s DvbSdtSettings) GoString() string { 12037 return s.String() 12038} 12039 12040// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12041func (s *DvbSdtSettings) Validate() error { 12042 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbSdtSettings"} 12043 if s.RepInterval != nil && *s.RepInterval < 25 { 12044 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RepInterval", 25)) 12045 } 12046 if s.ServiceName != nil && len(*s.ServiceName) < 1 { 12047 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ServiceName", 1)) 12048 } 12049 if s.ServiceProviderName != nil && len(*s.ServiceProviderName) < 1 { 12050 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ServiceProviderName", 1)) 12051 } 12052 12053 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12054 return invalidParams 12055 } 12056 return nil 12057} 12058 12059// SetOutputSdt sets the OutputSdt field's value. 12060func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetOutputSdt(v string) *DvbSdtSettings { 12061 s.OutputSdt = &v 12062 return s 12063} 12064 12065// SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value. 12066func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbSdtSettings { 12067 s.RepInterval = &v 12068 return s 12069} 12070 12071// SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value. 12072func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings { 12073 s.ServiceName = &v 12074 return s 12075} 12076 12077// SetServiceProviderName sets the ServiceProviderName field's value. 12078func (s *DvbSdtSettings) SetServiceProviderName(v string) *DvbSdtSettings { 12079 s.ServiceProviderName = &v 12080 return s 12081} 12082 12083// Dvb Sub Destination Settings 12084type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct { 12085 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12086 12087 // If no explicit xPosition or yPosition is provided, setting alignment to centered 12088 // will place the captions at the bottom center of the output. Similarly, setting 12089 // a left alignment will align captions to the bottom left of the output. If 12090 // x and y positions are given in conjunction with the alignment parameter, 12091 // the font will be justified (either left or centered) relative to those coordinates. 12092 // Selecting "smart" justification will left-justify live subtitles and center-justify 12093 // pre-recorded subtitles. This option is not valid for source captions that 12094 // are STL or 608/embedded. These source settings are already pre-defined by 12095 // the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 12096 Alignment *string `locationName:"alignment" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationAlignment"` 12097 12098 // Specifies the color of the rectangle behind the captions. All burn-in and 12099 // DVB-Sub font settings must match. 12100 BackgroundColor *string `locationName:"backgroundColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor"` 12101 12102 // Specifies the opacity of the background rectangle. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. 12103 // Leaving this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). 12104 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 12105 BackgroundOpacity *int64 `locationName:"backgroundOpacity" type:"integer"` 12106 12107 // External font file used for caption burn-in. File extension must be 'ttf' 12108 // or 'tte'. Although the user can select output fonts for many different types 12109 // of input captions, embedded, STL and teletext sources use a strict grid system. 12110 // Using external fonts with these caption sources could cause unexpected display 12111 // of proportional fonts. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 12112 Font *InputLocation `locationName:"font" type:"structure"` 12113 12114 // Specifies the color of the burned-in captions. This option is not valid for 12115 // source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings 12116 // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font 12117 // settings must match. 12118 FontColor *string `locationName:"fontColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationFontColor"` 12119 12120 // Specifies the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. 12121 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 12122 FontOpacity *int64 `locationName:"fontOpacity" type:"integer"` 12123 12124 // Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch); default is 96 dpi. All burn-in and 12125 // DVB-Sub font settings must match. 12126 FontResolution *int64 `locationName:"fontResolution" min:"96" type:"integer"` 12127 12128 // When set to auto fontSize will scale depending on the size of the output. 12129 // Giving a positive integer will specify the exact font size in points. All 12130 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 12131 FontSize *string `locationName:"fontSize" type:"string"` 12132 12133 // Specifies font outline color. This option is not valid for source captions 12134 // that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings are already 12135 // pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings 12136 // must match. 12137 OutlineColor *string `locationName:"outlineColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor"` 12138 12139 // Specifies font outline size in pixels. This option is not valid for source 12140 // captions that are either 608/embedded or teletext. These source settings 12141 // are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font 12142 // settings must match. 12143 OutlineSize *int64 `locationName:"outlineSize" type:"integer"` 12144 12145 // Specifies the color of the shadow cast by the captions. All burn-in and DVB-Sub 12146 // font settings must match. 12147 ShadowColor *string `locationName:"shadowColor" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationShadowColor"` 12148 12149 // Specifies the opacity of the shadow. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent. Leaving 12150 // this parameter blank is equivalent to setting it to 0 (transparent). All 12151 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 12152 ShadowOpacity *int64 `locationName:"shadowOpacity" type:"integer"` 12153 12154 // Specifies the horizontal offset of the shadow relative to the captions in 12155 // pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left. 12156 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 12157 ShadowXOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowXOffset" type:"integer"` 12158 12159 // Specifies the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. 12160 // A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. All 12161 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 12162 ShadowYOffset *int64 `locationName:"shadowYOffset" type:"integer"` 12163 12164 // Controls whether a fixed grid size will be used to generate the output subtitles 12165 // bitmap. Only applicable for Teletext inputs and DVB-Sub/Burn-in outputs. 12166 TeletextGridControl *string `locationName:"teletextGridControl" type:"string" enum:"DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl"` 12167 12168 // Specifies the horizontal position of the caption relative to the left side 12169 // of the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 12170 // 10 pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit xPosition is provided, 12171 // the horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter. 12172 // This option is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or 12173 // teletext. These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. 12174 // All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 12175 XPosition *int64 `locationName:"xPosition" type:"integer"` 12176 12177 // Specifies the vertical position of the caption relative to the top of the 12178 // output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 12179 // pixels from the top of the output. If no explicit yPosition is provided, 12180 // the caption will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. This option 12181 // is not valid for source captions that are STL, 608/embedded or teletext. 12182 // These source settings are already pre-defined by the caption stream. All 12183 // burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match. 12184 YPosition *int64 `locationName:"yPosition" type:"integer"` 12185} 12186 12187// String returns the string representation 12188func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) String() string { 12189 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12190} 12191 12192// GoString returns the string representation 12193func (s DvbSubDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 12194 return s.String() 12195} 12196 12197// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12198func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) Validate() error { 12199 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbSubDestinationSettings"} 12200 if s.FontResolution != nil && *s.FontResolution < 96 { 12201 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FontResolution", 96)) 12202 } 12203 if s.Font != nil { 12204 if err := s.Font.Validate(); err != nil { 12205 invalidParams.AddNested("Font", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12206 } 12207 } 12208 12209 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12210 return invalidParams 12211 } 12212 return nil 12213} 12214 12215// SetAlignment sets the Alignment field's value. 12216func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetAlignment(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 12217 s.Alignment = &v 12218 return s 12219} 12220 12221// SetBackgroundColor sets the BackgroundColor field's value. 12222func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 12223 s.BackgroundColor = &v 12224 return s 12225} 12226 12227// SetBackgroundOpacity sets the BackgroundOpacity field's value. 12228func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetBackgroundOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 12229 s.BackgroundOpacity = &v 12230 return s 12231} 12232 12233// SetFont sets the Font field's value. 12234func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFont(v *InputLocation) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 12235 s.Font = v 12236 return s 12237} 12238 12239// SetFontColor sets the FontColor field's value. 12240func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 12241 s.FontColor = &v 12242 return s 12243} 12244 12245// SetFontOpacity sets the FontOpacity field's value. 12246func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 12247 s.FontOpacity = &v 12248 return s 12249} 12250 12251// SetFontResolution sets the FontResolution field's value. 12252func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontResolution(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 12253 s.FontResolution = &v 12254 return s 12255} 12256 12257// SetFontSize sets the FontSize field's value. 12258func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetFontSize(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 12259 s.FontSize = &v 12260 return s 12261} 12262 12263// SetOutlineColor sets the OutlineColor field's value. 12264func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 12265 s.OutlineColor = &v 12266 return s 12267} 12268 12269// SetOutlineSize sets the OutlineSize field's value. 12270func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetOutlineSize(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 12271 s.OutlineSize = &v 12272 return s 12273} 12274 12275// SetShadowColor sets the ShadowColor field's value. 12276func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowColor(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 12277 s.ShadowColor = &v 12278 return s 12279} 12280 12281// SetShadowOpacity sets the ShadowOpacity field's value. 12282func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowOpacity(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 12283 s.ShadowOpacity = &v 12284 return s 12285} 12286 12287// SetShadowXOffset sets the ShadowXOffset field's value. 12288func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowXOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 12289 s.ShadowXOffset = &v 12290 return s 12291} 12292 12293// SetShadowYOffset sets the ShadowYOffset field's value. 12294func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetShadowYOffset(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 12295 s.ShadowYOffset = &v 12296 return s 12297} 12298 12299// SetTeletextGridControl sets the TeletextGridControl field's value. 12300func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetTeletextGridControl(v string) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 12301 s.TeletextGridControl = &v 12302 return s 12303} 12304 12305// SetXPosition sets the XPosition field's value. 12306func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetXPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 12307 s.XPosition = &v 12308 return s 12309} 12310 12311// SetYPosition sets the YPosition field's value. 12312func (s *DvbSubDestinationSettings) SetYPosition(v int64) *DvbSubDestinationSettings { 12313 s.YPosition = &v 12314 return s 12315} 12316 12317// Dvb Sub Source Settings 12318type DvbSubSourceSettings struct { 12319 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12320 12321 // When using DVB-Sub with Burn-In or SMPTE-TT, use this PID for the source 12322 // content. Unused for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through, 12323 // regardless of selectors. 12324 Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" min:"1" type:"integer"` 12325} 12326 12327// String returns the string representation 12328func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) String() string { 12329 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12330} 12331 12332// GoString returns the string representation 12333func (s DvbSubSourceSettings) GoString() string { 12334 return s.String() 12335} 12336 12337// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12338func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) Validate() error { 12339 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbSubSourceSettings"} 12340 if s.Pid != nil && *s.Pid < 1 { 12341 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Pid", 1)) 12342 } 12343 12344 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12345 return invalidParams 12346 } 12347 return nil 12348} 12349 12350// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. 12351func (s *DvbSubSourceSettings) SetPid(v int64) *DvbSubSourceSettings { 12352 s.Pid = &v 12353 return s 12354} 12355 12356// DVB Time and Date Table (SDT) 12357type DvbTdtSettings struct { 12358 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12359 12360 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 12361 // transport stream. 12362 RepInterval *int64 `locationName:"repInterval" min:"1000" type:"integer"` 12363} 12364 12365// String returns the string representation 12366func (s DvbTdtSettings) String() string { 12367 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12368} 12369 12370// GoString returns the string representation 12371func (s DvbTdtSettings) GoString() string { 12372 return s.String() 12373} 12374 12375// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12376func (s *DvbTdtSettings) Validate() error { 12377 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DvbTdtSettings"} 12378 if s.RepInterval != nil && *s.RepInterval < 1000 { 12379 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RepInterval", 1000)) 12380 } 12381 12382 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12383 return invalidParams 12384 } 12385 return nil 12386} 12387 12388// SetRepInterval sets the RepInterval field's value. 12389func (s *DvbTdtSettings) SetRepInterval(v int64) *DvbTdtSettings { 12390 s.RepInterval = &v 12391 return s 12392} 12393 12394// Eac3 Settings 12395type Eac3Settings struct { 12396 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12397 12398 // When set to attenuate3Db, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels. 12399 // Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 12400 AttenuationControl *string `locationName:"attenuationControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3AttenuationControl"` 12401 12402 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Valid bitrates depend on the coding mode. 12403 Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"` 12404 12405 // Specifies the bitstream mode (bsmod) for the emitted E-AC-3 stream. See ATSC 12406 // A/52-2012 (Annex E) for background on these values. 12407 BitstreamMode *string `locationName:"bitstreamMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3BitstreamMode"` 12408 12409 // Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels. 12410 CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3CodingMode"` 12411 12412 // When set to enabled, activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels. 12413 DcFilter *string `locationName:"dcFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DcFilter"` 12414 12415 // Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital 12416 // Plus, dialnorm will be passed through. 12417 Dialnorm *int64 `locationName:"dialnorm" min:"1" type:"integer"` 12418 12419 // Sets the Dolby dynamic range compression profile. 12420 DrcLine *string `locationName:"drcLine" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DrcLine"` 12421 12422 // Sets the profile for heavy Dolby dynamic range compression, ensures that 12423 // the instantaneous signal peaks do not exceed specified levels. 12424 DrcRf *string `locationName:"drcRf" type:"string" enum:"Eac3DrcRf"` 12425 12426 // When encoding 3/2 audio, setting to lfe enables the LFE channel 12427 LfeControl *string `locationName:"lfeControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeControl"` 12428 12429 // When set to enabled, applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior 12430 // to encoding. Only valid with codingMode32 coding mode. 12431 LfeFilter *string `locationName:"lfeFilter" type:"string" enum:"Eac3LfeFilter"` 12432 12433 // Left only/Right only center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 12434 LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoCenterMixLevel" type:"double"` 12435 12436 // Left only/Right only surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 12437 LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"loRoSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"` 12438 12439 // Left total/Right total center mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 12440 LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtCenterMixLevel" type:"double"` 12441 12442 // Left total/Right total surround mix level. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 12443 LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64 `locationName:"ltRtSurroundMixLevel" type:"double"` 12444 12445 // When set to followInput, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, 12446 // or DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied 12447 // from one of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used. 12448 MetadataControl *string `locationName:"metadataControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3MetadataControl"` 12449 12450 // When set to whenPossible, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is 12451 // present on the input. This detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode. 12452 // Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent 12453 // DD+ output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding. 12454 PassthroughControl *string `locationName:"passthroughControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PassthroughControl"` 12455 12456 // When set to shift90Degrees, applies a 90-degree phase shift to the surround 12457 // channels. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 12458 PhaseControl *string `locationName:"phaseControl" type:"string" enum:"Eac3PhaseControl"` 12459 12460 // Stereo downmix preference. Only used for 3/2 coding mode. 12461 StereoDownmix *string `locationName:"stereoDownmix" type:"string" enum:"Eac3StereoDownmix"` 12462 12463 // When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel 12464 // is matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels. 12465 SurroundExMode *string `locationName:"surroundExMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundExMode"` 12466 12467 // When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into 12468 // the two channels. 12469 SurroundMode *string `locationName:"surroundMode" type:"string" enum:"Eac3SurroundMode"` 12470} 12471 12472// String returns the string representation 12473func (s Eac3Settings) String() string { 12474 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12475} 12476 12477// GoString returns the string representation 12478func (s Eac3Settings) GoString() string { 12479 return s.String() 12480} 12481 12482// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12483func (s *Eac3Settings) Validate() error { 12484 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Eac3Settings"} 12485 if s.Dialnorm != nil && *s.Dialnorm < 1 { 12486 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Dialnorm", 1)) 12487 } 12488 12489 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12490 return invalidParams 12491 } 12492 return nil 12493} 12494 12495// SetAttenuationControl sets the AttenuationControl field's value. 12496func (s *Eac3Settings) SetAttenuationControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 12497 s.AttenuationControl = &v 12498 return s 12499} 12500 12501// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 12502func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 12503 s.Bitrate = &v 12504 return s 12505} 12506 12507// SetBitstreamMode sets the BitstreamMode field's value. 12508func (s *Eac3Settings) SetBitstreamMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { 12509 s.BitstreamMode = &v 12510 return s 12511} 12512 12513// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. 12514func (s *Eac3Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { 12515 s.CodingMode = &v 12516 return s 12517} 12518 12519// SetDcFilter sets the DcFilter field's value. 12520func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDcFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings { 12521 s.DcFilter = &v 12522 return s 12523} 12524 12525// SetDialnorm sets the Dialnorm field's value. 12526func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDialnorm(v int64) *Eac3Settings { 12527 s.Dialnorm = &v 12528 return s 12529} 12530 12531// SetDrcLine sets the DrcLine field's value. 12532func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDrcLine(v string) *Eac3Settings { 12533 s.DrcLine = &v 12534 return s 12535} 12536 12537// SetDrcRf sets the DrcRf field's value. 12538func (s *Eac3Settings) SetDrcRf(v string) *Eac3Settings { 12539 s.DrcRf = &v 12540 return s 12541} 12542 12543// SetLfeControl sets the LfeControl field's value. 12544func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 12545 s.LfeControl = &v 12546 return s 12547} 12548 12549// SetLfeFilter sets the LfeFilter field's value. 12550func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLfeFilter(v string) *Eac3Settings { 12551 s.LfeFilter = &v 12552 return s 12553} 12554 12555// SetLoRoCenterMixLevel sets the LoRoCenterMixLevel field's value. 12556func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 12557 s.LoRoCenterMixLevel = &v 12558 return s 12559} 12560 12561// SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel sets the LoRoSurroundMixLevel field's value. 12562func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLoRoSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 12563 s.LoRoSurroundMixLevel = &v 12564 return s 12565} 12566 12567// SetLtRtCenterMixLevel sets the LtRtCenterMixLevel field's value. 12568func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtCenterMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 12569 s.LtRtCenterMixLevel = &v 12570 return s 12571} 12572 12573// SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel sets the LtRtSurroundMixLevel field's value. 12574func (s *Eac3Settings) SetLtRtSurroundMixLevel(v float64) *Eac3Settings { 12575 s.LtRtSurroundMixLevel = &v 12576 return s 12577} 12578 12579// SetMetadataControl sets the MetadataControl field's value. 12580func (s *Eac3Settings) SetMetadataControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 12581 s.MetadataControl = &v 12582 return s 12583} 12584 12585// SetPassthroughControl sets the PassthroughControl field's value. 12586func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPassthroughControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 12587 s.PassthroughControl = &v 12588 return s 12589} 12590 12591// SetPhaseControl sets the PhaseControl field's value. 12592func (s *Eac3Settings) SetPhaseControl(v string) *Eac3Settings { 12593 s.PhaseControl = &v 12594 return s 12595} 12596 12597// SetStereoDownmix sets the StereoDownmix field's value. 12598func (s *Eac3Settings) SetStereoDownmix(v string) *Eac3Settings { 12599 s.StereoDownmix = &v 12600 return s 12601} 12602 12603// SetSurroundExMode sets the SurroundExMode field's value. 12604func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundExMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { 12605 s.SurroundExMode = &v 12606 return s 12607} 12608 12609// SetSurroundMode sets the SurroundMode field's value. 12610func (s *Eac3Settings) SetSurroundMode(v string) *Eac3Settings { 12611 s.SurroundMode = &v 12612 return s 12613} 12614 12615// Ebu Tt DDestination Settings 12616type EbuTtDDestinationSettings struct { 12617 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12618 12619 // Specifies how to handle the gap between the lines (in multi-line captions).- 12620 // enabled: Fill with the captions background color (as specified in the input 12621 // captions).- disabled: Leave the gap unfilled. 12622 FillLineGap *string `locationName:"fillLineGap" type:"string" enum:"EbuTtDFillLineGapControl"` 12623 12624 // Specifies the font family to include in the font data attached to the EBU-TT 12625 // captions. Valid only if styleControl is set to include. If you leave this 12626 // field empty, the font family is set to "monospaced". (If styleControl is 12627 // set to exclude, the font family is always set to "monospaced".)You specify 12628 // only the font family. All other style information (color, bold, position 12629 // and so on) is copied from the input captions. The size is always set to 100% 12630 // to allow the downstream player to choose the size.- Enter a list of font 12631 // families, as a comma-separated list of font names, in order of preference. 12632 // The name can be a font family (such as “Arial”), or a generic font family 12633 // (such as “serif”), or “default” (to let the downstream player choose 12634 // the font).- Leave blank to set the family to “monospace”. 12635 FontFamily *string `locationName:"fontFamily" type:"string"` 12636 12637 // Specifies the style information (font color, font position, and so on) to 12638 // include in the font data that is attached to the EBU-TT captions.- include: 12639 // Take the style information (font color, font position, and so on) from the 12640 // source captions and include that information in the font data attached to 12641 // the EBU-TT captions. This option is valid only if the source captions are 12642 // Embedded or Teletext.- exclude: In the font data attached to the EBU-TT captions, 12643 // set the font family to "monospaced". Do not include any other style information. 12644 StyleControl *string `locationName:"styleControl" type:"string" enum:"EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl"` 12645} 12646 12647// String returns the string representation 12648func (s EbuTtDDestinationSettings) String() string { 12649 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12650} 12651 12652// GoString returns the string representation 12653func (s EbuTtDDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 12654 return s.String() 12655} 12656 12657// SetFillLineGap sets the FillLineGap field's value. 12658func (s *EbuTtDDestinationSettings) SetFillLineGap(v string) *EbuTtDDestinationSettings { 12659 s.FillLineGap = &v 12660 return s 12661} 12662 12663// SetFontFamily sets the FontFamily field's value. 12664func (s *EbuTtDDestinationSettings) SetFontFamily(v string) *EbuTtDDestinationSettings { 12665 s.FontFamily = &v 12666 return s 12667} 12668 12669// SetStyleControl sets the StyleControl field's value. 12670func (s *EbuTtDDestinationSettings) SetStyleControl(v string) *EbuTtDDestinationSettings { 12671 s.StyleControl = &v 12672 return s 12673} 12674 12675// Embedded Destination Settings 12676type EmbeddedDestinationSettings struct { 12677 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12678} 12679 12680// String returns the string representation 12681func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) String() string { 12682 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12683} 12684 12685// GoString returns the string representation 12686func (s EmbeddedDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 12687 return s.String() 12688} 12689 12690// Embedded Plus Scte20 Destination Settings 12691type EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings struct { 12692 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12693} 12694 12695// String returns the string representation 12696func (s EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) String() string { 12697 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12698} 12699 12700// GoString returns the string representation 12701func (s EmbeddedPlusScte20DestinationSettings) GoString() string { 12702 return s.String() 12703} 12704 12705// Embedded Source Settings 12706type EmbeddedSourceSettings struct { 12707 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12708 12709 // If upconvert, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility 12710 // bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data 12711 // present in the source content will be discarded. 12712 Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedConvert608To708"` 12713 12714 // Set to "auto" to handle streams with intermittent and/or non-aligned SCTE-20 12715 // and Embedded captions. 12716 Scte20Detection *string `locationName:"scte20Detection" type:"string" enum:"EmbeddedScte20Detection"` 12717 12718 // Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to 12719 // extract captions. Unused for passthrough. 12720 Source608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608ChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"` 12721 12722 // This field is unused and deprecated. 12723 Source608TrackNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608TrackNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"` 12724} 12725 12726// String returns the string representation 12727func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) String() string { 12728 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12729} 12730 12731// GoString returns the string representation 12732func (s EmbeddedSourceSettings) GoString() string { 12733 return s.String() 12734} 12735 12736// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12737func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) Validate() error { 12738 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EmbeddedSourceSettings"} 12739 if s.Source608ChannelNumber != nil && *s.Source608ChannelNumber < 1 { 12740 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Source608ChannelNumber", 1)) 12741 } 12742 if s.Source608TrackNumber != nil && *s.Source608TrackNumber < 1 { 12743 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Source608TrackNumber", 1)) 12744 } 12745 12746 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12747 return invalidParams 12748 } 12749 return nil 12750} 12751 12752// SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value. 12753func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { 12754 s.Convert608To708 = &v 12755 return s 12756} 12757 12758// SetScte20Detection sets the Scte20Detection field's value. 12759func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetScte20Detection(v string) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { 12760 s.Scte20Detection = &v 12761 return s 12762} 12763 12764// SetSource608ChannelNumber sets the Source608ChannelNumber field's value. 12765func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608ChannelNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { 12766 s.Source608ChannelNumber = &v 12767 return s 12768} 12769 12770// SetSource608TrackNumber sets the Source608TrackNumber field's value. 12771func (s *EmbeddedSourceSettings) SetSource608TrackNumber(v int64) *EmbeddedSourceSettings { 12772 s.Source608TrackNumber = &v 12773 return s 12774} 12775 12776// Encoder Settings 12777type EncoderSettings struct { 12778 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12779 12780 // AudioDescriptions is a required field 12781 AudioDescriptions []*AudioDescription `locationName:"audioDescriptions" type:"list" required:"true"` 12782 12783 // Settings for ad avail blanking. 12784 AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking `locationName:"availBlanking" type:"structure"` 12785 12786 // Event-wide configuration settings for ad avail insertion. 12787 AvailConfiguration *AvailConfiguration `locationName:"availConfiguration" type:"structure"` 12788 12789 // Settings for blackout slate. 12790 BlackoutSlate *BlackoutSlate `locationName:"blackoutSlate" type:"structure"` 12791 12792 // Settings for caption decriptions 12793 CaptionDescriptions []*CaptionDescription `locationName:"captionDescriptions" type:"list"` 12794 12795 // Feature Activations 12796 FeatureActivations *FeatureActivations `locationName:"featureActivations" type:"structure"` 12797 12798 // Configuration settings that apply to the event as a whole. 12799 GlobalConfiguration *GlobalConfiguration `locationName:"globalConfiguration" type:"structure"` 12800 12801 // Nielsen configuration settings. 12802 NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration `locationName:"nielsenConfiguration" type:"structure"` 12803 12804 // OutputGroups is a required field 12805 OutputGroups []*OutputGroup `locationName:"outputGroups" type:"list" required:"true"` 12806 12807 // Contains settings used to acquire and adjust timecode information from inputs. 12808 // 12809 // TimecodeConfig is a required field 12810 TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig `locationName:"timecodeConfig" type:"structure" required:"true"` 12811 12812 // VideoDescriptions is a required field 12813 VideoDescriptions []*VideoDescription `locationName:"videoDescriptions" type:"list" required:"true"` 12814} 12815 12816// String returns the string representation 12817func (s EncoderSettings) String() string { 12818 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12819} 12820 12821// GoString returns the string representation 12822func (s EncoderSettings) GoString() string { 12823 return s.String() 12824} 12825 12826// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12827func (s *EncoderSettings) Validate() error { 12828 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "EncoderSettings"} 12829 if s.AudioDescriptions == nil { 12830 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("AudioDescriptions")) 12831 } 12832 if s.OutputGroups == nil { 12833 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputGroups")) 12834 } 12835 if s.TimecodeConfig == nil { 12836 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TimecodeConfig")) 12837 } 12838 if s.VideoDescriptions == nil { 12839 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("VideoDescriptions")) 12840 } 12841 if s.AudioDescriptions != nil { 12842 for i, v := range s.AudioDescriptions { 12843 if v == nil { 12844 continue 12845 } 12846 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 12847 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AudioDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12848 } 12849 } 12850 } 12851 if s.AvailBlanking != nil { 12852 if err := s.AvailBlanking.Validate(); err != nil { 12853 invalidParams.AddNested("AvailBlanking", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12854 } 12855 } 12856 if s.AvailConfiguration != nil { 12857 if err := s.AvailConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { 12858 invalidParams.AddNested("AvailConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12859 } 12860 } 12861 if s.BlackoutSlate != nil { 12862 if err := s.BlackoutSlate.Validate(); err != nil { 12863 invalidParams.AddNested("BlackoutSlate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12864 } 12865 } 12866 if s.CaptionDescriptions != nil { 12867 for i, v := range s.CaptionDescriptions { 12868 if v == nil { 12869 continue 12870 } 12871 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 12872 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12873 } 12874 } 12875 } 12876 if s.GlobalConfiguration != nil { 12877 if err := s.GlobalConfiguration.Validate(); err != nil { 12878 invalidParams.AddNested("GlobalConfiguration", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12879 } 12880 } 12881 if s.OutputGroups != nil { 12882 for i, v := range s.OutputGroups { 12883 if v == nil { 12884 continue 12885 } 12886 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 12887 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "OutputGroups", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12888 } 12889 } 12890 } 12891 if s.TimecodeConfig != nil { 12892 if err := s.TimecodeConfig.Validate(); err != nil { 12893 invalidParams.AddNested("TimecodeConfig", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12894 } 12895 } 12896 if s.VideoDescriptions != nil { 12897 for i, v := range s.VideoDescriptions { 12898 if v == nil { 12899 continue 12900 } 12901 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 12902 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "VideoDescriptions", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 12903 } 12904 } 12905 } 12906 12907 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 12908 return invalidParams 12909 } 12910 return nil 12911} 12912 12913// SetAudioDescriptions sets the AudioDescriptions field's value. 12914func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAudioDescriptions(v []*AudioDescription) *EncoderSettings { 12915 s.AudioDescriptions = v 12916 return s 12917} 12918 12919// SetAvailBlanking sets the AvailBlanking field's value. 12920func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAvailBlanking(v *AvailBlanking) *EncoderSettings { 12921 s.AvailBlanking = v 12922 return s 12923} 12924 12925// SetAvailConfiguration sets the AvailConfiguration field's value. 12926func (s *EncoderSettings) SetAvailConfiguration(v *AvailConfiguration) *EncoderSettings { 12927 s.AvailConfiguration = v 12928 return s 12929} 12930 12931// SetBlackoutSlate sets the BlackoutSlate field's value. 12932func (s *EncoderSettings) SetBlackoutSlate(v *BlackoutSlate) *EncoderSettings { 12933 s.BlackoutSlate = v 12934 return s 12935} 12936 12937// SetCaptionDescriptions sets the CaptionDescriptions field's value. 12938func (s *EncoderSettings) SetCaptionDescriptions(v []*CaptionDescription) *EncoderSettings { 12939 s.CaptionDescriptions = v 12940 return s 12941} 12942 12943// SetFeatureActivations sets the FeatureActivations field's value. 12944func (s *EncoderSettings) SetFeatureActivations(v *FeatureActivations) *EncoderSettings { 12945 s.FeatureActivations = v 12946 return s 12947} 12948 12949// SetGlobalConfiguration sets the GlobalConfiguration field's value. 12950func (s *EncoderSettings) SetGlobalConfiguration(v *GlobalConfiguration) *EncoderSettings { 12951 s.GlobalConfiguration = v 12952 return s 12953} 12954 12955// SetNielsenConfiguration sets the NielsenConfiguration field's value. 12956func (s *EncoderSettings) SetNielsenConfiguration(v *NielsenConfiguration) *EncoderSettings { 12957 s.NielsenConfiguration = v 12958 return s 12959} 12960 12961// SetOutputGroups sets the OutputGroups field's value. 12962func (s *EncoderSettings) SetOutputGroups(v []*OutputGroup) *EncoderSettings { 12963 s.OutputGroups = v 12964 return s 12965} 12966 12967// SetTimecodeConfig sets the TimecodeConfig field's value. 12968func (s *EncoderSettings) SetTimecodeConfig(v *TimecodeConfig) *EncoderSettings { 12969 s.TimecodeConfig = v 12970 return s 12971} 12972 12973// SetVideoDescriptions sets the VideoDescriptions field's value. 12974func (s *EncoderSettings) SetVideoDescriptions(v []*VideoDescription) *EncoderSettings { 12975 s.VideoDescriptions = v 12976 return s 12977} 12978 12979// Failover Condition settings. There can be multiple failover conditions inside 12980// AutomaticInputFailoverSettings. 12981type FailoverCondition struct { 12982 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 12983 12984 // Failover condition type-specific settings. 12985 FailoverConditionSettings *FailoverConditionSettings `locationName:"failoverConditionSettings" type:"structure"` 12986} 12987 12988// String returns the string representation 12989func (s FailoverCondition) String() string { 12990 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 12991} 12992 12993// GoString returns the string representation 12994func (s FailoverCondition) GoString() string { 12995 return s.String() 12996} 12997 12998// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 12999func (s *FailoverCondition) Validate() error { 13000 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FailoverCondition"} 13001 if s.FailoverConditionSettings != nil { 13002 if err := s.FailoverConditionSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 13003 invalidParams.AddNested("FailoverConditionSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13004 } 13005 } 13006 13007 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13008 return invalidParams 13009 } 13010 return nil 13011} 13012 13013// SetFailoverConditionSettings sets the FailoverConditionSettings field's value. 13014func (s *FailoverCondition) SetFailoverConditionSettings(v *FailoverConditionSettings) *FailoverCondition { 13015 s.FailoverConditionSettings = v 13016 return s 13017} 13018 13019// Settings for one failover condition. 13020type FailoverConditionSettings struct { 13021 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13022 13023 // MediaLive will perform a failover if the specified audio selector is silent 13024 // for the specified period. 13025 AudioSilenceSettings *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings `locationName:"audioSilenceSettings" type:"structure"` 13026 13027 // MediaLive will perform a failover if content is not detected in this input 13028 // for the specified period. 13029 InputLossSettings *InputLossFailoverSettings `locationName:"inputLossSettings" type:"structure"` 13030 13031 // MediaLive will perform a failover if content is considered black for the 13032 // specified period. 13033 VideoBlackSettings *VideoBlackFailoverSettings `locationName:"videoBlackSettings" type:"structure"` 13034} 13035 13036// String returns the string representation 13037func (s FailoverConditionSettings) String() string { 13038 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13039} 13040 13041// GoString returns the string representation 13042func (s FailoverConditionSettings) GoString() string { 13043 return s.String() 13044} 13045 13046// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13047func (s *FailoverConditionSettings) Validate() error { 13048 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FailoverConditionSettings"} 13049 if s.AudioSilenceSettings != nil { 13050 if err := s.AudioSilenceSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 13051 invalidParams.AddNested("AudioSilenceSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13052 } 13053 } 13054 if s.InputLossSettings != nil { 13055 if err := s.InputLossSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 13056 invalidParams.AddNested("InputLossSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13057 } 13058 } 13059 if s.VideoBlackSettings != nil { 13060 if err := s.VideoBlackSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 13061 invalidParams.AddNested("VideoBlackSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13062 } 13063 } 13064 13065 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13066 return invalidParams 13067 } 13068 return nil 13069} 13070 13071// SetAudioSilenceSettings sets the AudioSilenceSettings field's value. 13072func (s *FailoverConditionSettings) SetAudioSilenceSettings(v *AudioSilenceFailoverSettings) *FailoverConditionSettings { 13073 s.AudioSilenceSettings = v 13074 return s 13075} 13076 13077// SetInputLossSettings sets the InputLossSettings field's value. 13078func (s *FailoverConditionSettings) SetInputLossSettings(v *InputLossFailoverSettings) *FailoverConditionSettings { 13079 s.InputLossSettings = v 13080 return s 13081} 13082 13083// SetVideoBlackSettings sets the VideoBlackSettings field's value. 13084func (s *FailoverConditionSettings) SetVideoBlackSettings(v *VideoBlackFailoverSettings) *FailoverConditionSettings { 13085 s.VideoBlackSettings = v 13086 return s 13087} 13088 13089// Feature Activations 13090type FeatureActivations struct { 13091 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13092 13093 // Enables the Input Prepare feature. You can create Input Prepare actions in 13094 // the schedule only if this feature is enabled.If you disable the feature on 13095 // an existing schedule, make sure that you first delete all input prepare actions 13096 // from the schedule. 13097 InputPrepareScheduleActions *string `locationName:"inputPrepareScheduleActions" type:"string" enum:"FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions"` 13098} 13099 13100// String returns the string representation 13101func (s FeatureActivations) String() string { 13102 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13103} 13104 13105// GoString returns the string representation 13106func (s FeatureActivations) GoString() string { 13107 return s.String() 13108} 13109 13110// SetInputPrepareScheduleActions sets the InputPrepareScheduleActions field's value. 13111func (s *FeatureActivations) SetInputPrepareScheduleActions(v string) *FeatureActivations { 13112 s.InputPrepareScheduleActions = &v 13113 return s 13114} 13115 13116// Fec Output Settings 13117type FecOutputSettings struct { 13118 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13119 13120 // Parameter D from SMPTE 2022-1. The height of the FEC protection matrix. The 13121 // number of transport stream packets per column error correction packet. Must 13122 // be between 4 and 20, inclusive. 13123 ColumnDepth *int64 `locationName:"columnDepth" min:"4" type:"integer"` 13124 13125 // Enables column only or column and row based FEC 13126 IncludeFec *string `locationName:"includeFec" type:"string" enum:"FecOutputIncludeFec"` 13127 13128 // Parameter L from SMPTE 2022-1. The width of the FEC protection matrix. Must 13129 // be between 1 and 20, inclusive. If only Column FEC is used, then larger values 13130 // increase robustness. If Row FEC is used, then this is the number of transport 13131 // stream packets per row error correction packet, and the value must be between 13132 // 4 and 20, inclusive, if includeFec is columnAndRow. If includeFec is column, 13133 // this value must be 1 to 20, inclusive. 13134 RowLength *int64 `locationName:"rowLength" min:"1" type:"integer"` 13135} 13136 13137// String returns the string representation 13138func (s FecOutputSettings) String() string { 13139 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13140} 13141 13142// GoString returns the string representation 13143func (s FecOutputSettings) GoString() string { 13144 return s.String() 13145} 13146 13147// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13148func (s *FecOutputSettings) Validate() error { 13149 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FecOutputSettings"} 13150 if s.ColumnDepth != nil && *s.ColumnDepth < 4 { 13151 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ColumnDepth", 4)) 13152 } 13153 if s.RowLength != nil && *s.RowLength < 1 { 13154 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("RowLength", 1)) 13155 } 13156 13157 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13158 return invalidParams 13159 } 13160 return nil 13161} 13162 13163// SetColumnDepth sets the ColumnDepth field's value. 13164func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetColumnDepth(v int64) *FecOutputSettings { 13165 s.ColumnDepth = &v 13166 return s 13167} 13168 13169// SetIncludeFec sets the IncludeFec field's value. 13170func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetIncludeFec(v string) *FecOutputSettings { 13171 s.IncludeFec = &v 13172 return s 13173} 13174 13175// SetRowLength sets the RowLength field's value. 13176func (s *FecOutputSettings) SetRowLength(v int64) *FecOutputSettings { 13177 s.RowLength = &v 13178 return s 13179} 13180 13181// Start time for the action. 13182type FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct { 13183 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13184 13185 // Start time for the action to start in the channel. (Not the time for the 13186 // action to be added to the schedule: actions are always added to the schedule 13187 // immediately.) UTC format: yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ss.nnnZ. All the letters are digits 13188 // (for example, mm might be 01) except for the two constants "T" for time and 13189 // "Z" for "UTC format". 13190 // 13191 // Time is a required field 13192 Time *string `locationName:"time" type:"string" required:"true"` 13193} 13194 13195// String returns the string representation 13196func (s FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string { 13197 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13198} 13199 13200// GoString returns the string representation 13201func (s FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string { 13202 return s.String() 13203} 13204 13205// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13206func (s *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate() error { 13207 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings"} 13208 if s.Time == nil { 13209 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Time")) 13210 } 13211 13212 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13213 return invalidParams 13214 } 13215 return nil 13216} 13217 13218// SetTime sets the Time field's value. 13219func (s *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetTime(v string) *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings { 13220 s.Time = &v 13221 return s 13222} 13223 13224// Fmp4 Hls Settings 13225type Fmp4HlsSettings struct { 13226 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13227 13228 // List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input 13229 // all the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','. 13230 AudioRenditionSets *string `locationName:"audioRenditionSets" type:"string"` 13231 13232 // If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be 13233 // detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in 13234 // the output. 13235 NielsenId3Behavior *string `locationName:"nielsenId3Behavior" type:"string" enum:"Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior"` 13236 13237 // When set to passthrough, timed metadata is passed through from input to output. 13238 TimedMetadataBehavior *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBehavior" type:"string" enum:"Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior"` 13239} 13240 13241// String returns the string representation 13242func (s Fmp4HlsSettings) String() string { 13243 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13244} 13245 13246// GoString returns the string representation 13247func (s Fmp4HlsSettings) GoString() string { 13248 return s.String() 13249} 13250 13251// SetAudioRenditionSets sets the AudioRenditionSets field's value. 13252func (s *Fmp4HlsSettings) SetAudioRenditionSets(v string) *Fmp4HlsSettings { 13253 s.AudioRenditionSets = &v 13254 return s 13255} 13256 13257// SetNielsenId3Behavior sets the NielsenId3Behavior field's value. 13258func (s *Fmp4HlsSettings) SetNielsenId3Behavior(v string) *Fmp4HlsSettings { 13259 s.NielsenId3Behavior = &v 13260 return s 13261} 13262 13263// SetTimedMetadataBehavior sets the TimedMetadataBehavior field's value. 13264func (s *Fmp4HlsSettings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior(v string) *Fmp4HlsSettings { 13265 s.TimedMetadataBehavior = &v 13266 return s 13267} 13268 13269// Settings to specify if an action follows another. 13270type FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct { 13271 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13272 13273 // Identifies whether this action starts relative to the start or relative to 13274 // the end of the reference action. 13275 // 13276 // FollowPoint is a required field 13277 FollowPoint *string `locationName:"followPoint" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"FollowPoint"` 13278 13279 // The action name of another action that this one refers to. 13280 // 13281 // ReferenceActionName is a required field 13282 ReferenceActionName *string `locationName:"referenceActionName" type:"string" required:"true"` 13283} 13284 13285// String returns the string representation 13286func (s FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string { 13287 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13288} 13289 13290// GoString returns the string representation 13291func (s FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string { 13292 return s.String() 13293} 13294 13295// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13296func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate() error { 13297 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings"} 13298 if s.FollowPoint == nil { 13299 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FollowPoint")) 13300 } 13301 if s.ReferenceActionName == nil { 13302 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReferenceActionName")) 13303 } 13304 13305 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13306 return invalidParams 13307 } 13308 return nil 13309} 13310 13311// SetFollowPoint sets the FollowPoint field's value. 13312func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetFollowPoint(v string) *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings { 13313 s.FollowPoint = &v 13314 return s 13315} 13316 13317// SetReferenceActionName sets the ReferenceActionName field's value. 13318func (s *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) SetReferenceActionName(v string) *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings { 13319 s.ReferenceActionName = &v 13320 return s 13321} 13322 13323type ForbiddenException struct { 13324 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13325 RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` 13326 13327 Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 13328} 13329 13330// String returns the string representation 13331func (s ForbiddenException) String() string { 13332 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13333} 13334 13335// GoString returns the string representation 13336func (s ForbiddenException) GoString() string { 13337 return s.String() 13338} 13339 13340func newErrorForbiddenException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { 13341 return &ForbiddenException{ 13342 RespMetadata: v, 13343 } 13344} 13345 13346// Code returns the exception type name. 13347func (s *ForbiddenException) Code() string { 13348 return "ForbiddenException" 13349} 13350 13351// Message returns the exception's message. 13352func (s *ForbiddenException) Message() string { 13353 if s.Message_ != nil { 13354 return *s.Message_ 13355 } 13356 return "" 13357} 13358 13359// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. 13360func (s *ForbiddenException) OrigErr() error { 13361 return nil 13362} 13363 13364func (s *ForbiddenException) Error() string { 13365 return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) 13366} 13367 13368// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. 13369func (s *ForbiddenException) StatusCode() int { 13370 return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode 13371} 13372 13373// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. 13374func (s *ForbiddenException) RequestID() string { 13375 return s.RespMetadata.RequestID 13376} 13377 13378// Frame Capture Group Settings 13379type FrameCaptureGroupSettings struct { 13380 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13381 13382 // The destination for the frame capture files. Either the URI for an Amazon 13383 // S3 bucket and object, plus a file name prefix (for example, s3ssl://sportsDelivery/highlights/20180820/curling-) 13384 // or the URI for a MediaStore container, plus a file name prefix (for example, 13385 // mediastoressl://sportsDelivery/20180820/curling-). The final file names consist 13386 // of the prefix from the destination field (for example, "curling-") + name 13387 // modifier + the counter (5 digits, starting from 00001) + extension (which 13388 // is always .jpg). For example, curling-low.00001.jpg 13389 // 13390 // Destination is a required field 13391 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 13392} 13393 13394// String returns the string representation 13395func (s FrameCaptureGroupSettings) String() string { 13396 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13397} 13398 13399// GoString returns the string representation 13400func (s FrameCaptureGroupSettings) GoString() string { 13401 return s.String() 13402} 13403 13404// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13405func (s *FrameCaptureGroupSettings) Validate() error { 13406 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FrameCaptureGroupSettings"} 13407 if s.Destination == nil { 13408 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 13409 } 13410 13411 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13412 return invalidParams 13413 } 13414 return nil 13415} 13416 13417// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 13418func (s *FrameCaptureGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *FrameCaptureGroupSettings { 13419 s.Destination = v 13420 return s 13421} 13422 13423// Frame Capture Output Settings 13424type FrameCaptureOutputSettings struct { 13425 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13426 13427 // Required if the output group contains more than one output. This modifier 13428 // forms part of the output file name. 13429 NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"` 13430} 13431 13432// String returns the string representation 13433func (s FrameCaptureOutputSettings) String() string { 13434 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13435} 13436 13437// GoString returns the string representation 13438func (s FrameCaptureOutputSettings) GoString() string { 13439 return s.String() 13440} 13441 13442// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value. 13443func (s *FrameCaptureOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *FrameCaptureOutputSettings { 13444 s.NameModifier = &v 13445 return s 13446} 13447 13448// Frame Capture Settings 13449type FrameCaptureSettings struct { 13450 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13451 13452 // The frequency at which to capture frames for inclusion in the output. May 13453 // be specified in either seconds or milliseconds, as specified by captureIntervalUnits. 13454 // 13455 // CaptureInterval is a required field 13456 CaptureInterval *int64 `locationName:"captureInterval" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 13457 13458 // Unit for the frame capture interval. 13459 CaptureIntervalUnits *string `locationName:"captureIntervalUnits" type:"string" enum:"FrameCaptureIntervalUnit"` 13460} 13461 13462// String returns the string representation 13463func (s FrameCaptureSettings) String() string { 13464 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13465} 13466 13467// GoString returns the string representation 13468func (s FrameCaptureSettings) GoString() string { 13469 return s.String() 13470} 13471 13472// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13473func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) Validate() error { 13474 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "FrameCaptureSettings"} 13475 if s.CaptureInterval == nil { 13476 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("CaptureInterval")) 13477 } 13478 if s.CaptureInterval != nil && *s.CaptureInterval < 1 { 13479 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CaptureInterval", 1)) 13480 } 13481 13482 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13483 return invalidParams 13484 } 13485 return nil 13486} 13487 13488// SetCaptureInterval sets the CaptureInterval field's value. 13489func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetCaptureInterval(v int64) *FrameCaptureSettings { 13490 s.CaptureInterval = &v 13491 return s 13492} 13493 13494// SetCaptureIntervalUnits sets the CaptureIntervalUnits field's value. 13495func (s *FrameCaptureSettings) SetCaptureIntervalUnits(v string) *FrameCaptureSettings { 13496 s.CaptureIntervalUnits = &v 13497 return s 13498} 13499 13500type GatewayTimeoutException struct { 13501 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13502 RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` 13503 13504 Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 13505} 13506 13507// String returns the string representation 13508func (s GatewayTimeoutException) String() string { 13509 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13510} 13511 13512// GoString returns the string representation 13513func (s GatewayTimeoutException) GoString() string { 13514 return s.String() 13515} 13516 13517func newErrorGatewayTimeoutException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { 13518 return &GatewayTimeoutException{ 13519 RespMetadata: v, 13520 } 13521} 13522 13523// Code returns the exception type name. 13524func (s *GatewayTimeoutException) Code() string { 13525 return "GatewayTimeoutException" 13526} 13527 13528// Message returns the exception's message. 13529func (s *GatewayTimeoutException) Message() string { 13530 if s.Message_ != nil { 13531 return *s.Message_ 13532 } 13533 return "" 13534} 13535 13536// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. 13537func (s *GatewayTimeoutException) OrigErr() error { 13538 return nil 13539} 13540 13541func (s *GatewayTimeoutException) Error() string { 13542 return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) 13543} 13544 13545// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. 13546func (s *GatewayTimeoutException) StatusCode() int { 13547 return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode 13548} 13549 13550// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. 13551func (s *GatewayTimeoutException) RequestID() string { 13552 return s.RespMetadata.RequestID 13553} 13554 13555// Global Configuration 13556type GlobalConfiguration struct { 13557 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13558 13559 // Value to set the initial audio gain for the Live Event. 13560 InitialAudioGain *int64 `locationName:"initialAudioGain" type:"integer"` 13561 13562 // Indicates the action to take when the current input completes (e.g. end-of-file). 13563 // When switchAndLoopInputs is configured the encoder will restart at the beginning 13564 // of the first input. When "none" is configured the encoder will transcode 13565 // either black, a solid color, or a user specified slate images per the "Input 13566 // Loss Behavior" configuration until the next input switch occurs (which is 13567 // controlled through the Channel Schedule API). 13568 InputEndAction *string `locationName:"inputEndAction" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction"` 13569 13570 // Settings for system actions when input is lost. 13571 InputLossBehavior *InputLossBehavior `locationName:"inputLossBehavior" type:"structure"` 13572 13573 // Indicates how MediaLive pipelines are synchronized.PIPELINE_LOCKING - MediaLive 13574 // will attempt to synchronize the output of each pipeline to the other.EPOCH_LOCKING 13575 // - MediaLive will attempt to synchronize the output of each pipeline to the 13576 // Unix epoch. 13577 OutputLockingMode *string `locationName:"outputLockingMode" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode"` 13578 13579 // Indicates whether the rate of frames emitted by the Live encoder should be 13580 // paced by its system clock (which optionally may be locked to another source 13581 // via NTP) or should be locked to the clock of the source that is providing 13582 // the input stream. 13583 OutputTimingSource *string `locationName:"outputTimingSource" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource"` 13584 13585 // Adjusts video input buffer for streams with very low video framerates. This 13586 // is commonly set to enabled for music channels with less than one video frame 13587 // per second. 13588 SupportLowFramerateInputs *string `locationName:"supportLowFramerateInputs" type:"string" enum:"GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs"` 13589} 13590 13591// String returns the string representation 13592func (s GlobalConfiguration) String() string { 13593 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13594} 13595 13596// GoString returns the string representation 13597func (s GlobalConfiguration) GoString() string { 13598 return s.String() 13599} 13600 13601// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13602func (s *GlobalConfiguration) Validate() error { 13603 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GlobalConfiguration"} 13604 if s.InitialAudioGain != nil && *s.InitialAudioGain < -60 { 13605 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("InitialAudioGain", -60)) 13606 } 13607 if s.InputLossBehavior != nil { 13608 if err := s.InputLossBehavior.Validate(); err != nil { 13609 invalidParams.AddNested("InputLossBehavior", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 13610 } 13611 } 13612 13613 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13614 return invalidParams 13615 } 13616 return nil 13617} 13618 13619// SetInitialAudioGain sets the InitialAudioGain field's value. 13620func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInitialAudioGain(v int64) *GlobalConfiguration { 13621 s.InitialAudioGain = &v 13622 return s 13623} 13624 13625// SetInputEndAction sets the InputEndAction field's value. 13626func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInputEndAction(v string) *GlobalConfiguration { 13627 s.InputEndAction = &v 13628 return s 13629} 13630 13631// SetInputLossBehavior sets the InputLossBehavior field's value. 13632func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetInputLossBehavior(v *InputLossBehavior) *GlobalConfiguration { 13633 s.InputLossBehavior = v 13634 return s 13635} 13636 13637// SetOutputLockingMode sets the OutputLockingMode field's value. 13638func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetOutputLockingMode(v string) *GlobalConfiguration { 13639 s.OutputLockingMode = &v 13640 return s 13641} 13642 13643// SetOutputTimingSource sets the OutputTimingSource field's value. 13644func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetOutputTimingSource(v string) *GlobalConfiguration { 13645 s.OutputTimingSource = &v 13646 return s 13647} 13648 13649// SetSupportLowFramerateInputs sets the SupportLowFramerateInputs field's value. 13650func (s *GlobalConfiguration) SetSupportLowFramerateInputs(v string) *GlobalConfiguration { 13651 s.SupportLowFramerateInputs = &v 13652 return s 13653} 13654 13655// H264 Color Space Settings 13656type H264ColorSpaceSettings struct { 13657 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13658 13659 // Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output 13660 ColorSpacePassthroughSettings *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings `locationName:"colorSpacePassthroughSettings" type:"structure"` 13661 13662 // Rec601 Settings 13663 Rec601Settings *Rec601Settings `locationName:"rec601Settings" type:"structure"` 13664 13665 // Rec709 Settings 13666 Rec709Settings *Rec709Settings `locationName:"rec709Settings" type:"structure"` 13667} 13668 13669// String returns the string representation 13670func (s H264ColorSpaceSettings) String() string { 13671 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13672} 13673 13674// GoString returns the string representation 13675func (s H264ColorSpaceSettings) GoString() string { 13676 return s.String() 13677} 13678 13679// SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings sets the ColorSpacePassthroughSettings field's value. 13680func (s *H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings(v *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) *H264ColorSpaceSettings { 13681 s.ColorSpacePassthroughSettings = v 13682 return s 13683} 13684 13685// SetRec601Settings sets the Rec601Settings field's value. 13686func (s *H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec601Settings(v *Rec601Settings) *H264ColorSpaceSettings { 13687 s.Rec601Settings = v 13688 return s 13689} 13690 13691// SetRec709Settings sets the Rec709Settings field's value. 13692func (s *H264ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec709Settings(v *Rec709Settings) *H264ColorSpaceSettings { 13693 s.Rec709Settings = v 13694 return s 13695} 13696 13697// H264 Filter Settings 13698type H264FilterSettings struct { 13699 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13700 13701 // Temporal Filter Settings 13702 TemporalFilterSettings *TemporalFilterSettings `locationName:"temporalFilterSettings" type:"structure"` 13703} 13704 13705// String returns the string representation 13706func (s H264FilterSettings) String() string { 13707 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13708} 13709 13710// GoString returns the string representation 13711func (s H264FilterSettings) GoString() string { 13712 return s.String() 13713} 13714 13715// SetTemporalFilterSettings sets the TemporalFilterSettings field's value. 13716func (s *H264FilterSettings) SetTemporalFilterSettings(v *TemporalFilterSettings) *H264FilterSettings { 13717 s.TemporalFilterSettings = v 13718 return s 13719} 13720 13721// H264 Settings 13722type H264Settings struct { 13723 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 13724 13725 // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual 13726 // quality. 13727 AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H264AdaptiveQuantization"` 13728 13729 // Indicates that AFD values will be written into the output stream. If afdSignaling 13730 // is "auto", the system will try to preserve the input AFD value (in cases 13731 // where multiple AFD values are valid). If set to "fixed", the AFD value will 13732 // be the value configured in the fixedAfd parameter. 13733 AfdSignaling *string `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"AfdSignaling"` 13734 13735 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Required when the rate control mode is VBR 13736 // or CBR. Not used for QVBR. In an MS Smooth output group, each output must 13737 // have a unique value when its bitrate is rounded down to the nearest multiple 13738 // of 1000. 13739 Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"` 13740 13741 // Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model). 13742 BufFillPct *int64 `locationName:"bufFillPct" type:"integer"` 13743 13744 // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. 13745 BufSize *int64 `locationName:"bufSize" type:"integer"` 13746 13747 // Includes colorspace metadata in the output. 13748 ColorMetadata *string `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"H264ColorMetadata"` 13749 13750 // Color Space settings 13751 ColorSpaceSettings *H264ColorSpaceSettings `locationName:"colorSpaceSettings" type:"structure"` 13752 13753 // Entropy encoding mode. Use cabac (must be in Main or High profile) or cavlc. 13754 EntropyEncoding *string `locationName:"entropyEncoding" type:"string" enum:"H264EntropyEncoding"` 13755 13756 // Optional filters that you can apply to an encode. 13757 FilterSettings *H264FilterSettings `locationName:"filterSettings" type:"structure"` 13758 13759 // Four bit AFD value to write on all frames of video in the output stream. 13760 // Only valid when afdSignaling is set to 'Fixed'. 13761 FixedAfd *string `locationName:"fixedAfd" type:"string" enum:"FixedAfd"` 13762 13763 // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker 13764 // or 'pop' on I-frames. 13765 FlickerAq *string `locationName:"flickerAq" type:"string" enum:"H264FlickerAq"` 13766 13767 // This setting applies only when scan type is "interlaced." It controls whether 13768 // coding is performed on a field basis or on a frame basis. (When the video 13769 // is progressive, the coding is always performed on a frame basis.)enabled: 13770 // Force MediaLive to code on a field basis, so that odd and even sets of fields 13771 // are coded separately.disabled: Code the two sets of fields separately (on 13772 // a field basis) or together (on a frame basis using PAFF), depending on what 13773 // is most appropriate for the content. 13774 ForceFieldPictures *string `locationName:"forceFieldPictures" type:"string" enum:"H264ForceFieldPictures"` 13775 13776 // This field indicates how the output video frame rate is specified. If "specified" 13777 // is selected then the output video frame rate is determined by framerateNumerator 13778 // and framerateDenominator, else if "initializeFromSource" is selected then 13779 // the output video frame rate will be set equal to the input video frame rate 13780 // of the first input. 13781 FramerateControl *string `locationName:"framerateControl" type:"string" enum:"H264FramerateControl"` 13782 13783 // Framerate denominator. 13784 FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"` 13785 13786 // Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 13787 // fps. 13788 FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"` 13789 13790 // If enabled, use reference B frames for GOP structures that have B frames 13791 // > 1. 13792 GopBReference *string `locationName:"gopBReference" type:"string" enum:"H264GopBReference"` 13793 13794 // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that 13795 // this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame 13796 // as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. 13797 GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"` 13798 13799 // Number of B-frames between reference frames. 13800 GopNumBFrames *int64 `locationName:"gopNumBFrames" type:"integer"` 13801 13802 // GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per gopSizeUnits.If 13803 // gopSizeUnits is frames, gopSize must be an integer and must be greater than 13804 // or equal to 1.If gopSizeUnits is seconds, gopSize must be greater than 0, 13805 // but need not be an integer. 13806 GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"` 13807 13808 // Indicates if the gopSize is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the 13809 // system will convert the gopSize into a frame count at run time. 13810 GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H264GopSizeUnits"` 13811 13812 // H.264 Level. 13813 Level *string `locationName:"level" type:"string" enum:"H264Level"` 13814 13815 // Amount of lookahead. A value of low can decrease latency and memory usage, 13816 // while high can produce better quality for certain content. 13817 LookAheadRateControl *string `locationName:"lookAheadRateControl" type:"string" enum:"H264LookAheadRateControl"` 13818 13819 // For QVBR: See the tooltip for Quality levelFor VBR: Set the maximum bitrate 13820 // in order to accommodate expected spikes in the complexity of the video. 13821 MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"1000" type:"integer"` 13822 13823 // Only meaningful if sceneChangeDetect is set to enabled. Defaults to 5 if 13824 // multiplex rate control is used. Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) 13825 // I-frames and I-frames inserted by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change 13826 // I-frame is within I-interval frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk 13827 // and/or stretched to the scene change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling 13828 // lookahead as well as setting I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the 13829 // next GOP. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1 13830 MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"` 13831 13832 // Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested 13833 // if using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding. 13834 NumRefFrames *int64 `locationName:"numRefFrames" min:"1" type:"integer"` 13835 13836 // This field indicates how the output pixel aspect ratio is specified. If "specified" 13837 // is selected then the output video pixel aspect ratio is determined by parNumerator 13838 // and parDenominator, else if "initializeFromSource" is selected then the output 13839 // pixsel aspect ratio will be set equal to the input video pixel aspect ratio 13840 // of the first input. 13841 ParControl *string `locationName:"parControl" type:"string" enum:"H264ParControl"` 13842 13843 // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. 13844 ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"` 13845 13846 // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. 13847 ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"` 13848 13849 // H.264 Profile. 13850 Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"H264Profile"` 13851 13852 // Leave as STANDARD_QUALITY or choose a different value (which might result 13853 // in additional costs to run the channel).- ENHANCED_QUALITY: Produces a slightly 13854 // better video quality without an increase in the bitrate. Has an effect only 13855 // when the Rate control mode is QVBR or CBR. If this channel is in a MediaLive 13856 // multiplex, the value must be ENHANCED_QUALITY.- STANDARD_QUALITY: Valid for 13857 // any Rate control mode. 13858 QualityLevel *string `locationName:"qualityLevel" type:"string" enum:"H264QualityLevel"` 13859 13860 // Controls the target quality for the video encode. Applies only when the rate 13861 // control mode is QVBR. Set values for the QVBR quality level field and Max 13862 // bitrate field that suit your most important viewing devices. Recommended 13863 // values are:- Primary screen: Quality level: 8 to 10. Max bitrate: 4M- PC 13864 // or tablet: Quality level: 7. Max bitrate: 1.5M to 3M- Smartphone: Quality 13865 // level: 6. Max bitrate: 1M to 1.5M 13866 QvbrQualityLevel *int64 `locationName:"qvbrQualityLevel" min:"1" type:"integer"` 13867 13868 // Rate control mode.QVBR: Quality will match the specified quality level except 13869 // when it is constrained by themaximum bitrate. Recommended if you or your 13870 // viewers pay for bandwidth.VBR: Quality and bitrate vary, depending on the 13871 // video complexity. Recommended instead of QVBRif you want to maintain a specific 13872 // average bitrate over the duration of the channel.CBR: Quality varies, depending 13873 // on the video complexity. Recommended only if you distributeyour assets to 13874 // devices that cannot handle variable bitrates.Multiplex: This rate control 13875 // mode is only supported (and is required) when the video is beingdelivered 13876 // to a MediaLive Multiplex in which case the rate control configuration is 13877 // controlledby the properties within the Multiplex Program. 13878 RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H264RateControlMode"` 13879 13880 // Sets the scan type of the output to progressive or top-field-first interlaced. 13881 ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"H264ScanType"` 13882 13883 // Scene change detection.- On: inserts I-frames when scene change is detected.- 13884 // Off: does not force an I-frame when scene change is detected. 13885 SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H264SceneChangeDetect"` 13886 13887 // Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of 13888 // macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half 13889 // the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.This field is optional; 13890 // when no value is specified the encoder will choose the number of slices based 13891 // on encode resolution. 13892 Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" min:"1" type:"integer"` 13893 13894 // Softness. Selects quantizer matrix, larger values reduce high-frequency content 13895 // in the encoded image. 13896 Softness *int64 `locationName:"softness" type:"integer"` 13897 13898 // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame based on spatial 13899 // variation of content complexity. 13900 SpatialAq *string `locationName:"spatialAq" type:"string" enum:"H264SpatialAq"` 13901 13902 // If set to fixed, use gopNumBFrames B-frames per sub-GOP. If set to dynamic, 13903 // optimize the number of B-frames used for each sub-GOP to improve visual quality. 13904 SubgopLength *string `locationName:"subgopLength" type:"string" enum:"H264SubGopLength"` 13905 13906 // Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027. 13907 Syntax *string `locationName:"syntax" type:"string" enum:"H264Syntax"` 13908 13909 // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame based on temporal 13910 // variation of content complexity. 13911 TemporalAq *string `locationName:"temporalAq" type:"string" enum:"H264TemporalAq"` 13912 13913 // Determines how timecodes should be inserted into the video elementary stream.- 13914 // 'disabled': Do not include timecodes- 'picTimingSei': Pass through picture 13915 // timing SEI messages from the source specified in Timecode Config 13916 TimecodeInsertion *string `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior"` 13917} 13918 13919// String returns the string representation 13920func (s H264Settings) String() string { 13921 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 13922} 13923 13924// GoString returns the string representation 13925func (s H264Settings) GoString() string { 13926 return s.String() 13927} 13928 13929// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 13930func (s *H264Settings) Validate() error { 13931 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "H264Settings"} 13932 if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 1000 { 13933 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 1000)) 13934 } 13935 if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 { 13936 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1)) 13937 } 13938 if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 { 13939 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1)) 13940 } 13941 if s.MaxBitrate != nil && *s.MaxBitrate < 1000 { 13942 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxBitrate", 1000)) 13943 } 13944 if s.NumRefFrames != nil && *s.NumRefFrames < 1 { 13945 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("NumRefFrames", 1)) 13946 } 13947 if s.ParDenominator != nil && *s.ParDenominator < 1 { 13948 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParDenominator", 1)) 13949 } 13950 if s.ParNumerator != nil && *s.ParNumerator < 1 { 13951 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParNumerator", 1)) 13952 } 13953 if s.QvbrQualityLevel != nil && *s.QvbrQualityLevel < 1 { 13954 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("QvbrQualityLevel", 1)) 13955 } 13956 if s.Slices != nil && *s.Slices < 1 { 13957 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Slices", 1)) 13958 } 13959 13960 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 13961 return invalidParams 13962 } 13963 return nil 13964} 13965 13966// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value. 13967func (s *H264Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H264Settings { 13968 s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v 13969 return s 13970} 13971 13972// SetAfdSignaling sets the AfdSignaling field's value. 13973func (s *H264Settings) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *H264Settings { 13974 s.AfdSignaling = &v 13975 return s 13976} 13977 13978// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 13979func (s *H264Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings { 13980 s.Bitrate = &v 13981 return s 13982} 13983 13984// SetBufFillPct sets the BufFillPct field's value. 13985func (s *H264Settings) SetBufFillPct(v int64) *H264Settings { 13986 s.BufFillPct = &v 13987 return s 13988} 13989 13990// SetBufSize sets the BufSize field's value. 13991func (s *H264Settings) SetBufSize(v int64) *H264Settings { 13992 s.BufSize = &v 13993 return s 13994} 13995 13996// SetColorMetadata sets the ColorMetadata field's value. 13997func (s *H264Settings) SetColorMetadata(v string) *H264Settings { 13998 s.ColorMetadata = &v 13999 return s 14000} 14001 14002// SetColorSpaceSettings sets the ColorSpaceSettings field's value. 14003func (s *H264Settings) SetColorSpaceSettings(v *H264ColorSpaceSettings) *H264Settings { 14004 s.ColorSpaceSettings = v 14005 return s 14006} 14007 14008// SetEntropyEncoding sets the EntropyEncoding field's value. 14009func (s *H264Settings) SetEntropyEncoding(v string) *H264Settings { 14010 s.EntropyEncoding = &v 14011 return s 14012} 14013 14014// SetFilterSettings sets the FilterSettings field's value. 14015func (s *H264Settings) SetFilterSettings(v *H264FilterSettings) *H264Settings { 14016 s.FilterSettings = v 14017 return s 14018} 14019 14020// SetFixedAfd sets the FixedAfd field's value. 14021func (s *H264Settings) SetFixedAfd(v string) *H264Settings { 14022 s.FixedAfd = &v 14023 return s 14024} 14025 14026// SetFlickerAq sets the FlickerAq field's value. 14027func (s *H264Settings) SetFlickerAq(v string) *H264Settings { 14028 s.FlickerAq = &v 14029 return s 14030} 14031 14032// SetForceFieldPictures sets the ForceFieldPictures field's value. 14033func (s *H264Settings) SetForceFieldPictures(v string) *H264Settings { 14034 s.ForceFieldPictures = &v 14035 return s 14036} 14037 14038// SetFramerateControl sets the FramerateControl field's value. 14039func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateControl(v string) *H264Settings { 14040 s.FramerateControl = &v 14041 return s 14042} 14043 14044// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value. 14045func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings { 14046 s.FramerateDenominator = &v 14047 return s 14048} 14049 14050// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value. 14051func (s *H264Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings { 14052 s.FramerateNumerator = &v 14053 return s 14054} 14055 14056// SetGopBReference sets the GopBReference field's value. 14057func (s *H264Settings) SetGopBReference(v string) *H264Settings { 14058 s.GopBReference = &v 14059 return s 14060} 14061 14062// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value. 14063func (s *H264Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H264Settings { 14064 s.GopClosedCadence = &v 14065 return s 14066} 14067 14068// SetGopNumBFrames sets the GopNumBFrames field's value. 14069func (s *H264Settings) SetGopNumBFrames(v int64) *H264Settings { 14070 s.GopNumBFrames = &v 14071 return s 14072} 14073 14074// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value. 14075func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H264Settings { 14076 s.GopSize = &v 14077 return s 14078} 14079 14080// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value. 14081func (s *H264Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H264Settings { 14082 s.GopSizeUnits = &v 14083 return s 14084} 14085 14086// SetLevel sets the Level field's value. 14087func (s *H264Settings) SetLevel(v string) *H264Settings { 14088 s.Level = &v 14089 return s 14090} 14091 14092// SetLookAheadRateControl sets the LookAheadRateControl field's value. 14093func (s *H264Settings) SetLookAheadRateControl(v string) *H264Settings { 14094 s.LookAheadRateControl = &v 14095 return s 14096} 14097 14098// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. 14099func (s *H264Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H264Settings { 14100 s.MaxBitrate = &v 14101 return s 14102} 14103 14104// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value. 14105func (s *H264Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H264Settings { 14106 s.MinIInterval = &v 14107 return s 14108} 14109 14110// SetNumRefFrames sets the NumRefFrames field's value. 14111func (s *H264Settings) SetNumRefFrames(v int64) *H264Settings { 14112 s.NumRefFrames = &v 14113 return s 14114} 14115 14116// SetParControl sets the ParControl field's value. 14117func (s *H264Settings) SetParControl(v string) *H264Settings { 14118 s.ParControl = &v 14119 return s 14120} 14121 14122// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value. 14123func (s *H264Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H264Settings { 14124 s.ParDenominator = &v 14125 return s 14126} 14127 14128// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value. 14129func (s *H264Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H264Settings { 14130 s.ParNumerator = &v 14131 return s 14132} 14133 14134// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value. 14135func (s *H264Settings) SetProfile(v string) *H264Settings { 14136 s.Profile = &v 14137 return s 14138} 14139 14140// SetQualityLevel sets the QualityLevel field's value. 14141func (s *H264Settings) SetQualityLevel(v string) *H264Settings { 14142 s.QualityLevel = &v 14143 return s 14144} 14145 14146// SetQvbrQualityLevel sets the QvbrQualityLevel field's value. 14147func (s *H264Settings) SetQvbrQualityLevel(v int64) *H264Settings { 14148 s.QvbrQualityLevel = &v 14149 return s 14150} 14151 14152// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. 14153func (s *H264Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H264Settings { 14154 s.RateControlMode = &v 14155 return s 14156} 14157 14158// SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value. 14159func (s *H264Settings) SetScanType(v string) *H264Settings { 14160 s.ScanType = &v 14161 return s 14162} 14163 14164// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value. 14165func (s *H264Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H264Settings { 14166 s.SceneChangeDetect = &v 14167 return s 14168} 14169 14170// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value. 14171func (s *H264Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H264Settings { 14172 s.Slices = &v 14173 return s 14174} 14175 14176// SetSoftness sets the Softness field's value. 14177func (s *H264Settings) SetSoftness(v int64) *H264Settings { 14178 s.Softness = &v 14179 return s 14180} 14181 14182// SetSpatialAq sets the SpatialAq field's value. 14183func (s *H264Settings) SetSpatialAq(v string) *H264Settings { 14184 s.SpatialAq = &v 14185 return s 14186} 14187 14188// SetSubgopLength sets the SubgopLength field's value. 14189func (s *H264Settings) SetSubgopLength(v string) *H264Settings { 14190 s.SubgopLength = &v 14191 return s 14192} 14193 14194// SetSyntax sets the Syntax field's value. 14195func (s *H264Settings) SetSyntax(v string) *H264Settings { 14196 s.Syntax = &v 14197 return s 14198} 14199 14200// SetTemporalAq sets the TemporalAq field's value. 14201func (s *H264Settings) SetTemporalAq(v string) *H264Settings { 14202 s.TemporalAq = &v 14203 return s 14204} 14205 14206// SetTimecodeInsertion sets the TimecodeInsertion field's value. 14207func (s *H264Settings) SetTimecodeInsertion(v string) *H264Settings { 14208 s.TimecodeInsertion = &v 14209 return s 14210} 14211 14212// H265 Color Space Settings 14213type H265ColorSpaceSettings struct { 14214 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14215 14216 // Passthrough applies no color space conversion to the output 14217 ColorSpacePassthroughSettings *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings `locationName:"colorSpacePassthroughSettings" type:"structure"` 14218 14219 // Hdr10 Settings 14220 Hdr10Settings *Hdr10Settings `locationName:"hdr10Settings" type:"structure"` 14221 14222 // Rec601 Settings 14223 Rec601Settings *Rec601Settings `locationName:"rec601Settings" type:"structure"` 14224 14225 // Rec709 Settings 14226 Rec709Settings *Rec709Settings `locationName:"rec709Settings" type:"structure"` 14227} 14228 14229// String returns the string representation 14230func (s H265ColorSpaceSettings) String() string { 14231 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14232} 14233 14234// GoString returns the string representation 14235func (s H265ColorSpaceSettings) GoString() string { 14236 return s.String() 14237} 14238 14239// SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings sets the ColorSpacePassthroughSettings field's value. 14240func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetColorSpacePassthroughSettings(v *ColorSpacePassthroughSettings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings { 14241 s.ColorSpacePassthroughSettings = v 14242 return s 14243} 14244 14245// SetHdr10Settings sets the Hdr10Settings field's value. 14246func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetHdr10Settings(v *Hdr10Settings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings { 14247 s.Hdr10Settings = v 14248 return s 14249} 14250 14251// SetRec601Settings sets the Rec601Settings field's value. 14252func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec601Settings(v *Rec601Settings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings { 14253 s.Rec601Settings = v 14254 return s 14255} 14256 14257// SetRec709Settings sets the Rec709Settings field's value. 14258func (s *H265ColorSpaceSettings) SetRec709Settings(v *Rec709Settings) *H265ColorSpaceSettings { 14259 s.Rec709Settings = v 14260 return s 14261} 14262 14263// H265 Filter Settings 14264type H265FilterSettings struct { 14265 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14266 14267 // Temporal Filter Settings 14268 TemporalFilterSettings *TemporalFilterSettings `locationName:"temporalFilterSettings" type:"structure"` 14269} 14270 14271// String returns the string representation 14272func (s H265FilterSettings) String() string { 14273 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14274} 14275 14276// GoString returns the string representation 14277func (s H265FilterSettings) GoString() string { 14278 return s.String() 14279} 14280 14281// SetTemporalFilterSettings sets the TemporalFilterSettings field's value. 14282func (s *H265FilterSettings) SetTemporalFilterSettings(v *TemporalFilterSettings) *H265FilterSettings { 14283 s.TemporalFilterSettings = v 14284 return s 14285} 14286 14287// H265 Settings 14288type H265Settings struct { 14289 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14290 14291 // Adaptive quantization. Allows intra-frame quantizers to vary to improve visual 14292 // quality. 14293 AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"H265AdaptiveQuantization"` 14294 14295 // Indicates that AFD values will be written into the output stream. If afdSignaling 14296 // is "auto", the system will try to preserve the input AFD value (in cases 14297 // where multiple AFD values are valid). If set to "fixed", the AFD value will 14298 // be the value configured in the fixedAfd parameter. 14299 AfdSignaling *string `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"AfdSignaling"` 14300 14301 // Whether or not EML should insert an Alternative Transfer Function SEI message 14302 // to support backwards compatibility with non-HDR decoders and displays. 14303 AlternativeTransferFunction *string `locationName:"alternativeTransferFunction" type:"string" enum:"H265AlternativeTransferFunction"` 14304 14305 // Average bitrate in bits/second. Required when the rate control mode is VBR 14306 // or CBR. Not used for QVBR. In an MS Smooth output group, each output must 14307 // have a unique value when its bitrate is rounded down to the nearest multiple 14308 // of 1000. 14309 Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"` 14310 14311 // Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. 14312 BufSize *int64 `locationName:"bufSize" min:"100000" type:"integer"` 14313 14314 // Includes colorspace metadata in the output. 14315 ColorMetadata *string `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"H265ColorMetadata"` 14316 14317 // Color Space settings 14318 ColorSpaceSettings *H265ColorSpaceSettings `locationName:"colorSpaceSettings" type:"structure"` 14319 14320 // Optional filters that you can apply to an encode. 14321 FilterSettings *H265FilterSettings `locationName:"filterSettings" type:"structure"` 14322 14323 // Four bit AFD value to write on all frames of video in the output stream. 14324 // Only valid when afdSignaling is set to 'Fixed'. 14325 FixedAfd *string `locationName:"fixedAfd" type:"string" enum:"FixedAfd"` 14326 14327 // If set to enabled, adjust quantization within each frame to reduce flicker 14328 // or 'pop' on I-frames. 14329 FlickerAq *string `locationName:"flickerAq" type:"string" enum:"H265FlickerAq"` 14330 14331 // Framerate denominator. 14332 // 14333 // FramerateDenominator is a required field 14334 FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 14335 14336 // Framerate numerator - framerate is a fraction, e.g. 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 14337 // fps. 14338 // 14339 // FramerateNumerator is a required field 14340 FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 14341 14342 // Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that 14343 // this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame 14344 // as quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting. 14345 GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"` 14346 14347 // GOP size (keyframe interval) in units of either frames or seconds per gopSizeUnits.If 14348 // gopSizeUnits is frames, gopSize must be an integer and must be greater than 14349 // or equal to 1.If gopSizeUnits is seconds, gopSize must be greater than 0, 14350 // but need not be an integer. 14351 GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"` 14352 14353 // Indicates if the gopSize is specified in frames or seconds. If seconds the 14354 // system will convert the gopSize into a frame count at run time. 14355 GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"H265GopSizeUnits"` 14356 14357 // H.265 Level. 14358 Level *string `locationName:"level" type:"string" enum:"H265Level"` 14359 14360 // Amount of lookahead. A value of low can decrease latency and memory usage, 14361 // while high can produce better quality for certain content. 14362 LookAheadRateControl *string `locationName:"lookAheadRateControl" type:"string" enum:"H265LookAheadRateControl"` 14363 14364 // For QVBR: See the tooltip for Quality level 14365 MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"` 14366 14367 // Only meaningful if sceneChangeDetect is set to enabled. Defaults to 5 if 14368 // multiplex rate control is used. Enforces separation between repeated (cadence) 14369 // I-frames and I-frames inserted by Scene Change Detection. If a scene change 14370 // I-frame is within I-interval frames of a cadence I-frame, the GOP is shrunk 14371 // and/or stretched to the scene change I-frame. GOP stretch requires enabling 14372 // lookahead as well as setting I-interval. The normal cadence resumes for the 14373 // next GOP. Note: Maximum GOP stretch = GOP size + Min-I-interval - 1 14374 MinIInterval *int64 `locationName:"minIInterval" type:"integer"` 14375 14376 // Pixel Aspect Ratio denominator. 14377 ParDenominator *int64 `locationName:"parDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer"` 14378 14379 // Pixel Aspect Ratio numerator. 14380 ParNumerator *int64 `locationName:"parNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer"` 14381 14382 // H.265 Profile. 14383 Profile *string `locationName:"profile" type:"string" enum:"H265Profile"` 14384 14385 // Controls the target quality for the video encode. Applies only when the rate 14386 // control mode is QVBR. Set values for the QVBR quality level field and Max 14387 // bitrate field that suit your most important viewing devices. Recommended 14388 // values are:- Primary screen: Quality level: 8 to 10. Max bitrate: 4M- PC 14389 // or tablet: Quality level: 7. Max bitrate: 1.5M to 3M- Smartphone: Quality 14390 // level: 6. Max bitrate: 1M to 1.5M 14391 QvbrQualityLevel *int64 `locationName:"qvbrQualityLevel" min:"1" type:"integer"` 14392 14393 // Rate control mode.QVBR: Quality will match the specified quality level except 14394 // when it is constrained by themaximum bitrate. Recommended if you or your 14395 // viewers pay for bandwidth.CBR: Quality varies, depending on the video complexity. 14396 // Recommended only if you distributeyour assets to devices that cannot handle 14397 // variable bitrates.Multiplex: This rate control mode is only supported (and 14398 // is required) when the video is beingdelivered to a MediaLive Multiplex in 14399 // which case the rate control configuration is controlledby the properties 14400 // within the Multiplex Program. 14401 RateControlMode *string `locationName:"rateControlMode" type:"string" enum:"H265RateControlMode"` 14402 14403 // Sets the scan type of the output to progressive or top-field-first interlaced. 14404 ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"H265ScanType"` 14405 14406 // Scene change detection. 14407 SceneChangeDetect *string `locationName:"sceneChangeDetect" type:"string" enum:"H265SceneChangeDetect"` 14408 14409 // Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of 14410 // macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half 14411 // the number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.This field is optional; 14412 // when no value is specified the encoder will choose the number of slices based 14413 // on encode resolution. 14414 Slices *int64 `locationName:"slices" min:"1" type:"integer"` 14415 14416 // H.265 Tier. 14417 Tier *string `locationName:"tier" type:"string" enum:"H265Tier"` 14418 14419 // Determines how timecodes should be inserted into the video elementary stream.- 14420 // 'disabled': Do not include timecodes- 'picTimingSei': Pass through picture 14421 // timing SEI messages from the source specified in Timecode Config 14422 TimecodeInsertion *string `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior"` 14423} 14424 14425// String returns the string representation 14426func (s H265Settings) String() string { 14427 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14428} 14429 14430// GoString returns the string representation 14431func (s H265Settings) GoString() string { 14432 return s.String() 14433} 14434 14435// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 14436func (s *H265Settings) Validate() error { 14437 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "H265Settings"} 14438 if s.Bitrate != nil && *s.Bitrate < 100000 { 14439 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Bitrate", 100000)) 14440 } 14441 if s.BufSize != nil && *s.BufSize < 100000 { 14442 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("BufSize", 100000)) 14443 } 14444 if s.FramerateDenominator == nil { 14445 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FramerateDenominator")) 14446 } 14447 if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 { 14448 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1)) 14449 } 14450 if s.FramerateNumerator == nil { 14451 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FramerateNumerator")) 14452 } 14453 if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 { 14454 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1)) 14455 } 14456 if s.MaxBitrate != nil && *s.MaxBitrate < 100000 { 14457 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxBitrate", 100000)) 14458 } 14459 if s.ParDenominator != nil && *s.ParDenominator < 1 { 14460 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParDenominator", 1)) 14461 } 14462 if s.ParNumerator != nil && *s.ParNumerator < 1 { 14463 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ParNumerator", 1)) 14464 } 14465 if s.QvbrQualityLevel != nil && *s.QvbrQualityLevel < 1 { 14466 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("QvbrQualityLevel", 1)) 14467 } 14468 if s.Slices != nil && *s.Slices < 1 { 14469 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Slices", 1)) 14470 } 14471 14472 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 14473 return invalidParams 14474 } 14475 return nil 14476} 14477 14478// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value. 14479func (s *H265Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *H265Settings { 14480 s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v 14481 return s 14482} 14483 14484// SetAfdSignaling sets the AfdSignaling field's value. 14485func (s *H265Settings) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *H265Settings { 14486 s.AfdSignaling = &v 14487 return s 14488} 14489 14490// SetAlternativeTransferFunction sets the AlternativeTransferFunction field's value. 14491func (s *H265Settings) SetAlternativeTransferFunction(v string) *H265Settings { 14492 s.AlternativeTransferFunction = &v 14493 return s 14494} 14495 14496// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 14497func (s *H265Settings) SetBitrate(v int64) *H265Settings { 14498 s.Bitrate = &v 14499 return s 14500} 14501 14502// SetBufSize sets the BufSize field's value. 14503func (s *H265Settings) SetBufSize(v int64) *H265Settings { 14504 s.BufSize = &v 14505 return s 14506} 14507 14508// SetColorMetadata sets the ColorMetadata field's value. 14509func (s *H265Settings) SetColorMetadata(v string) *H265Settings { 14510 s.ColorMetadata = &v 14511 return s 14512} 14513 14514// SetColorSpaceSettings sets the ColorSpaceSettings field's value. 14515func (s *H265Settings) SetColorSpaceSettings(v *H265ColorSpaceSettings) *H265Settings { 14516 s.ColorSpaceSettings = v 14517 return s 14518} 14519 14520// SetFilterSettings sets the FilterSettings field's value. 14521func (s *H265Settings) SetFilterSettings(v *H265FilterSettings) *H265Settings { 14522 s.FilterSettings = v 14523 return s 14524} 14525 14526// SetFixedAfd sets the FixedAfd field's value. 14527func (s *H265Settings) SetFixedAfd(v string) *H265Settings { 14528 s.FixedAfd = &v 14529 return s 14530} 14531 14532// SetFlickerAq sets the FlickerAq field's value. 14533func (s *H265Settings) SetFlickerAq(v string) *H265Settings { 14534 s.FlickerAq = &v 14535 return s 14536} 14537 14538// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value. 14539func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *H265Settings { 14540 s.FramerateDenominator = &v 14541 return s 14542} 14543 14544// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value. 14545func (s *H265Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *H265Settings { 14546 s.FramerateNumerator = &v 14547 return s 14548} 14549 14550// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value. 14551func (s *H265Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *H265Settings { 14552 s.GopClosedCadence = &v 14553 return s 14554} 14555 14556// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value. 14557func (s *H265Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *H265Settings { 14558 s.GopSize = &v 14559 return s 14560} 14561 14562// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value. 14563func (s *H265Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *H265Settings { 14564 s.GopSizeUnits = &v 14565 return s 14566} 14567 14568// SetLevel sets the Level field's value. 14569func (s *H265Settings) SetLevel(v string) *H265Settings { 14570 s.Level = &v 14571 return s 14572} 14573 14574// SetLookAheadRateControl sets the LookAheadRateControl field's value. 14575func (s *H265Settings) SetLookAheadRateControl(v string) *H265Settings { 14576 s.LookAheadRateControl = &v 14577 return s 14578} 14579 14580// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. 14581func (s *H265Settings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *H265Settings { 14582 s.MaxBitrate = &v 14583 return s 14584} 14585 14586// SetMinIInterval sets the MinIInterval field's value. 14587func (s *H265Settings) SetMinIInterval(v int64) *H265Settings { 14588 s.MinIInterval = &v 14589 return s 14590} 14591 14592// SetParDenominator sets the ParDenominator field's value. 14593func (s *H265Settings) SetParDenominator(v int64) *H265Settings { 14594 s.ParDenominator = &v 14595 return s 14596} 14597 14598// SetParNumerator sets the ParNumerator field's value. 14599func (s *H265Settings) SetParNumerator(v int64) *H265Settings { 14600 s.ParNumerator = &v 14601 return s 14602} 14603 14604// SetProfile sets the Profile field's value. 14605func (s *H265Settings) SetProfile(v string) *H265Settings { 14606 s.Profile = &v 14607 return s 14608} 14609 14610// SetQvbrQualityLevel sets the QvbrQualityLevel field's value. 14611func (s *H265Settings) SetQvbrQualityLevel(v int64) *H265Settings { 14612 s.QvbrQualityLevel = &v 14613 return s 14614} 14615 14616// SetRateControlMode sets the RateControlMode field's value. 14617func (s *H265Settings) SetRateControlMode(v string) *H265Settings { 14618 s.RateControlMode = &v 14619 return s 14620} 14621 14622// SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value. 14623func (s *H265Settings) SetScanType(v string) *H265Settings { 14624 s.ScanType = &v 14625 return s 14626} 14627 14628// SetSceneChangeDetect sets the SceneChangeDetect field's value. 14629func (s *H265Settings) SetSceneChangeDetect(v string) *H265Settings { 14630 s.SceneChangeDetect = &v 14631 return s 14632} 14633 14634// SetSlices sets the Slices field's value. 14635func (s *H265Settings) SetSlices(v int64) *H265Settings { 14636 s.Slices = &v 14637 return s 14638} 14639 14640// SetTier sets the Tier field's value. 14641func (s *H265Settings) SetTier(v string) *H265Settings { 14642 s.Tier = &v 14643 return s 14644} 14645 14646// SetTimecodeInsertion sets the TimecodeInsertion field's value. 14647func (s *H265Settings) SetTimecodeInsertion(v string) *H265Settings { 14648 s.TimecodeInsertion = &v 14649 return s 14650} 14651 14652// Hdr10 Settings 14653type Hdr10Settings struct { 14654 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14655 14656 // Maximum Content Light LevelAn integer metadata value defining the maximum 14657 // light level, in nits,of any single pixel within an encoded HDR video stream 14658 // or file. 14659 MaxCll *int64 `locationName:"maxCll" type:"integer"` 14660 14661 // Maximum Frame Average Light LevelAn integer metadata value defining the maximum 14662 // average light level, in nits,for any single frame within an encoded HDR video 14663 // stream or file. 14664 MaxFall *int64 `locationName:"maxFall" type:"integer"` 14665} 14666 14667// String returns the string representation 14668func (s Hdr10Settings) String() string { 14669 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14670} 14671 14672// GoString returns the string representation 14673func (s Hdr10Settings) GoString() string { 14674 return s.String() 14675} 14676 14677// SetMaxCll sets the MaxCll field's value. 14678func (s *Hdr10Settings) SetMaxCll(v int64) *Hdr10Settings { 14679 s.MaxCll = &v 14680 return s 14681} 14682 14683// SetMaxFall sets the MaxFall field's value. 14684func (s *Hdr10Settings) SetMaxFall(v int64) *Hdr10Settings { 14685 s.MaxFall = &v 14686 return s 14687} 14688 14689// Hls Akamai Settings 14690type HlsAkamaiSettings struct { 14691 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14692 14693 // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection 14694 // is lost. 14695 ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` 14696 14697 // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. 14698 FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` 14699 14700 // Specify whether or not to use chunked transfer encoding to Akamai. User should 14701 // contact Akamai to enable this feature. 14702 HttpTransferMode *string `locationName:"httpTransferMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode"` 14703 14704 // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into 14705 // an error state. 14706 NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` 14707 14708 // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is 14709 // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. 14710 RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` 14711 14712 // Salt for authenticated Akamai. 14713 Salt *string `locationName:"salt" type:"string"` 14714 14715 // Token parameter for authenticated akamai. If not specified, _gda_ is used. 14716 Token *string `locationName:"token" type:"string"` 14717} 14718 14719// String returns the string representation 14720func (s HlsAkamaiSettings) String() string { 14721 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14722} 14723 14724// GoString returns the string representation 14725func (s HlsAkamaiSettings) GoString() string { 14726 return s.String() 14727} 14728 14729// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. 14730func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 14731 s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v 14732 return s 14733} 14734 14735// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. 14736func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 14737 s.FilecacheDuration = &v 14738 return s 14739} 14740 14741// SetHttpTransferMode sets the HttpTransferMode field's value. 14742func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetHttpTransferMode(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 14743 s.HttpTransferMode = &v 14744 return s 14745} 14746 14747// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. 14748func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 14749 s.NumRetries = &v 14750 return s 14751} 14752 14753// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. 14754func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 14755 s.RestartDelay = &v 14756 return s 14757} 14758 14759// SetSalt sets the Salt field's value. 14760func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetSalt(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 14761 s.Salt = &v 14762 return s 14763} 14764 14765// SetToken sets the Token field's value. 14766func (s *HlsAkamaiSettings) SetToken(v string) *HlsAkamaiSettings { 14767 s.Token = &v 14768 return s 14769} 14770 14771// Hls Basic Put Settings 14772type HlsBasicPutSettings struct { 14773 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14774 14775 // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection 14776 // is lost. 14777 ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` 14778 14779 // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. 14780 FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` 14781 14782 // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into 14783 // an error state. 14784 NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` 14785 14786 // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is 14787 // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. 14788 RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` 14789} 14790 14791// String returns the string representation 14792func (s HlsBasicPutSettings) String() string { 14793 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14794} 14795 14796// GoString returns the string representation 14797func (s HlsBasicPutSettings) GoString() string { 14798 return s.String() 14799} 14800 14801// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. 14802func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings { 14803 s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v 14804 return s 14805} 14806 14807// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. 14808func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings { 14809 s.FilecacheDuration = &v 14810 return s 14811} 14812 14813// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. 14814func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings { 14815 s.NumRetries = &v 14816 return s 14817} 14818 14819// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. 14820func (s *HlsBasicPutSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsBasicPutSettings { 14821 s.RestartDelay = &v 14822 return s 14823} 14824 14825// Hls Cdn Settings 14826type HlsCdnSettings struct { 14827 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14828 14829 // Hls Akamai Settings 14830 HlsAkamaiSettings *HlsAkamaiSettings `locationName:"hlsAkamaiSettings" type:"structure"` 14831 14832 // Hls Basic Put Settings 14833 HlsBasicPutSettings *HlsBasicPutSettings `locationName:"hlsBasicPutSettings" type:"structure"` 14834 14835 // Hls Media Store Settings 14836 HlsMediaStoreSettings *HlsMediaStoreSettings `locationName:"hlsMediaStoreSettings" type:"structure"` 14837 14838 // Hls Webdav Settings 14839 HlsWebdavSettings *HlsWebdavSettings `locationName:"hlsWebdavSettings" type:"structure"` 14840} 14841 14842// String returns the string representation 14843func (s HlsCdnSettings) String() string { 14844 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 14845} 14846 14847// GoString returns the string representation 14848func (s HlsCdnSettings) GoString() string { 14849 return s.String() 14850} 14851 14852// SetHlsAkamaiSettings sets the HlsAkamaiSettings field's value. 14853func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsAkamaiSettings(v *HlsAkamaiSettings) *HlsCdnSettings { 14854 s.HlsAkamaiSettings = v 14855 return s 14856} 14857 14858// SetHlsBasicPutSettings sets the HlsBasicPutSettings field's value. 14859func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsBasicPutSettings(v *HlsBasicPutSettings) *HlsCdnSettings { 14860 s.HlsBasicPutSettings = v 14861 return s 14862} 14863 14864// SetHlsMediaStoreSettings sets the HlsMediaStoreSettings field's value. 14865func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsMediaStoreSettings(v *HlsMediaStoreSettings) *HlsCdnSettings { 14866 s.HlsMediaStoreSettings = v 14867 return s 14868} 14869 14870// SetHlsWebdavSettings sets the HlsWebdavSettings field's value. 14871func (s *HlsCdnSettings) SetHlsWebdavSettings(v *HlsWebdavSettings) *HlsCdnSettings { 14872 s.HlsWebdavSettings = v 14873 return s 14874} 14875 14876// Hls Group Settings 14877type HlsGroupSettings struct { 14878 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 14879 14880 // Choose one or more ad marker types to pass SCTE35 signals through to this 14881 // group of Apple HLS outputs. 14882 AdMarkers []*string `locationName:"adMarkers" type:"list"` 14883 14884 // A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8 14885 // file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than 14886 // the main .m3u8 file. 14887 BaseUrlContent *string `locationName:"baseUrlContent" type:"string"` 14888 14889 // Optional. One value per output group.This field is required only if you are 14890 // completing Base URL content A, and the downstream system has notified you 14891 // that the media files for pipeline 1 of all outputs are in a location different 14892 // from the media files for pipeline 0. 14893 BaseUrlContent1 *string `locationName:"baseUrlContent1" type:"string"` 14894 14895 // A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8 14896 // file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than 14897 // the main .m3u8 file. 14898 BaseUrlManifest *string `locationName:"baseUrlManifest" type:"string"` 14899 14900 // Optional. One value per output group.Complete this field only if you are 14901 // completing Base URL manifest A, and the downstream system has notified you 14902 // that the child manifest files for pipeline 1 of all outputs are in a location 14903 // different from the child manifest files for pipeline 0. 14904 BaseUrlManifest1 *string `locationName:"baseUrlManifest1" type:"string"` 14905 14906 // Mapping of up to 4 caption channels to caption languages. Is only meaningful 14907 // if captionLanguageSetting is set to "insert". 14908 CaptionLanguageMappings []*CaptionLanguageMapping `locationName:"captionLanguageMappings" type:"list"` 14909 14910 // Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions.insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS 14911 // lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language 14912 // Code field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify. 14913 // Make sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the 14914 // original source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption 14915 // selectors (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in 14916 // the manifest will not match up properly with the output captions.none: Include 14917 // CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest.omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS 14918 // line from the manifest. 14919 CaptionLanguageSetting *string `locationName:"captionLanguageSetting" type:"string" enum:"HlsCaptionLanguageSetting"` 14920 14921 // When set to "disabled", sets the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no tag in the manifest, 14922 // which prevents clients from saving media segments for later replay. 14923 ClientCache *string `locationName:"clientCache" type:"string" enum:"HlsClientCache"` 14924 14925 // Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist 14926 // generation. 14927 CodecSpecification *string `locationName:"codecSpecification" type:"string" enum:"HlsCodecSpecification"` 14928 14929 // For use with encryptionType. This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented 14930 // by a 32-character text string. If ivSource is set to "explicit" then this 14931 // parameter is required and is used as the IV for encryption. 14932 ConstantIv *string `locationName:"constantIv" min:"32" type:"string"` 14933 14934 // A directory or HTTP destination for the HLS segments, manifest files, and 14935 // encryption keys (if enabled). 14936 // 14937 // Destination is a required field 14938 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 14939 14940 // Place segments in subdirectories. 14941 DirectoryStructure *string `locationName:"directoryStructure" type:"string" enum:"HlsDirectoryStructure"` 14942 14943 // Specifies whether to insert EXT-X-DISCONTINUITY tags in the HLS child manifests 14944 // for this output group.Typically, choose Insert because these tags are required 14945 // in the manifest (according to the HLS specification) and serve an important 14946 // purpose.Choose Never Insert only if the downstream system is doing real-time 14947 // failover (without using the MediaLive automatic failover feature) and only 14948 // if that downstream system has advised you to exclude the tags. 14949 DiscontinuityTags *string `locationName:"discontinuityTags" type:"string" enum:"HlsDiscontinuityTags"` 14950 14951 // Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Exclude this parameter 14952 // if no encryption is desired. 14953 EncryptionType *string `locationName:"encryptionType" type:"string" enum:"HlsEncryptionType"` 14954 14955 // Parameters that control interactions with the CDN. 14956 HlsCdnSettings *HlsCdnSettings `locationName:"hlsCdnSettings" type:"structure"` 14957 14958 // State of HLS ID3 Segment Tagging 14959 HlsId3SegmentTagging *string `locationName:"hlsId3SegmentTagging" type:"string" enum:"HlsId3SegmentTaggingState"` 14960 14961 // DISABLED: Do not create an I-frame-only manifest, but do create the master 14962 // and media manifests (according to the Output Selection field).STANDARD: Create 14963 // an I-frame-only manifest for each output that contains video, as well as 14964 // the other manifests (according to the Output Selection field). The I-frame 14965 // manifest contains a #EXT-X-I-FRAMES-ONLY tag to indicate it is I-frame only, 14966 // and one or more #EXT-X-BYTERANGE entries identifying the I-frame position. 14967 // For example, #EXT-X-BYTERANGE:160364@1461888" 14968 IFrameOnlyPlaylists *string `locationName:"iFrameOnlyPlaylists" type:"string" enum:"IFrameOnlyPlaylistType"` 14969 14970 // Specifies whether to include the final (incomplete) segment in the media 14971 // output when the pipeline stops producing output because of a channel stop, 14972 // a channel pause or a loss of input to the pipeline.Auto means that MediaLive 14973 // decides whether to include the final segment, depending on the channel class 14974 // and the types of output groups.Suppress means to never include the incomplete 14975 // segment. We recommend you choose Auto and let MediaLive control the behavior. 14976 IncompleteSegmentBehavior *string `locationName:"incompleteSegmentBehavior" type:"string" enum:"HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior"` 14977 14978 // Applies only if Mode field is LIVE.Specifies the maximum number of segments 14979 // in the media manifest file. After this maximum, older segments are removed 14980 // from the media manifest. This number must be smaller than the number in the 14981 // Keep Segments field. 14982 IndexNSegments *int64 `locationName:"indexNSegments" min:"3" type:"integer"` 14983 14984 // Parameter that control output group behavior on input loss. 14985 InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForHlsOut"` 14986 14987 // For use with encryptionType. The IV (Initialization Vector) is a 128-bit 14988 // number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If set to 14989 // "include", IV is listed in the manifest, otherwise the IV is not in the manifest. 14990 IvInManifest *string `locationName:"ivInManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsIvInManifest"` 14991 14992 // For use with encryptionType. The IV (Initialization Vector) is a 128-bit 14993 // number used in conjunction with the key for encrypting blocks. If this setting 14994 // is "followsSegmentNumber", it will cause the IV to change every segment (to 14995 // match the segment number). If this is set to "explicit", you must enter a 14996 // constantIv value. 14997 IvSource *string `locationName:"ivSource" type:"string" enum:"HlsIvSource"` 14998 14999 // Applies only if Mode field is LIVE.Specifies the number of media segments 15000 // to retain in the destination directory. This number should be bigger than 15001 // indexNSegments (Num segments). We recommend (value = (2 x indexNsegments) 15002 // + 1).If this "keep segments" number is too low, the following might happen: 15003 // the player is still reading a media manifest file that lists this segment, 15004 // but that segment has been removed from the destination directory (as directed 15005 // by indexNSegments). This situation would result in a 404 HTTP error on the 15006 // player. 15007 KeepSegments *int64 `locationName:"keepSegments" min:"1" type:"integer"` 15008 15009 // The value specifies how the key is represented in the resource identified 15010 // by the URI. If parameter is absent, an implicit value of "identity" is used. 15011 // A reverse DNS string can also be given. 15012 KeyFormat *string `locationName:"keyFormat" type:"string"` 15013 15014 // Either a single positive integer version value or a slash delimited list 15015 // of version values (1/2/3). 15016 KeyFormatVersions *string `locationName:"keyFormatVersions" type:"string"` 15017 15018 // The key provider settings. 15019 KeyProviderSettings *KeyProviderSettings `locationName:"keyProviderSettings" type:"structure"` 15020 15021 // When set to gzip, compresses HLS playlist. 15022 ManifestCompression *string `locationName:"manifestCompression" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestCompression"` 15023 15024 // Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point or integer 15025 // values for segment duration. 15026 ManifestDurationFormat *string `locationName:"manifestDurationFormat" type:"string" enum:"HlsManifestDurationFormat"` 15027 15028 // When set, minimumSegmentLength is enforced by looking ahead and back within 15029 // the specified range for a nearby avail and extending the segment size if 15030 // needed. 15031 MinSegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"minSegmentLength" type:"integer"` 15032 15033 // If "vod", all segments are indexed and kept permanently in the destination 15034 // and manifest. If "live", only the number segments specified in keepSegments 15035 // and indexNSegments are kept; newer segments replace older segments, which 15036 // may prevent players from rewinding all the way to the beginning of the event.VOD 15037 // mode uses HLS EXT-X-PLAYLIST-TYPE of EVENT while the channel is running, 15038 // converting it to a "VOD" type manifest on completion of the stream. 15039 Mode *string `locationName:"mode" type:"string" enum:"HlsMode"` 15040 15041 // MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS: Generates manifests (master manifest, if applicable, 15042 // and media manifests) for this output group.VARIANT_MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS: 15043 // Generates media manifests for this output group, but not a master manifest.SEGMENTS_ONLY: 15044 // Does not generate any manifests for this output group. 15045 OutputSelection *string `locationName:"outputSelection" type:"string" enum:"HlsOutputSelection"` 15046 15047 // Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files. 15048 // The value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are 15049 // initialized using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using 15050 // the input timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestampOffset. 15051 ProgramDateTime *string `locationName:"programDateTime" type:"string" enum:"HlsProgramDateTime"` 15052 15053 // Period of insertion of EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME entry, in seconds. 15054 ProgramDateTimePeriod *int64 `locationName:"programDateTimePeriod" type:"integer"` 15055 15056 // ENABLED: The master manifest (.m3u8 file) for each pipeline includes information 15057 // about both pipelines: first its own media files, then the media files of 15058 // the other pipeline. This feature allows playout device that support stale 15059 // manifest detection to switch from one manifest to the other, when the current 15060 // manifest seems to be stale. There are still two destinations and two master 15061 // manifests, but both master manifests reference the media files from both 15062 // pipelines.DISABLED: The master manifest (.m3u8 file) for each pipeline includes 15063 // information about its own pipeline only.For an HLS output group with MediaPackage 15064 // as the destination, the DISABLED behavior is always followed. MediaPackage 15065 // regenerates the manifests it serves to players so a redundant manifest from 15066 // MediaLive is irrelevant. 15067 RedundantManifest *string `locationName:"redundantManifest" type:"string" enum:"HlsRedundantManifest"` 15068 15069 // Length of MPEG-2 Transport Stream segments to create (in seconds). Note that 15070 // segments will end on the next keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual 15071 // segment length may be longer. 15072 SegmentLength *int64 `locationName:"segmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"` 15073 15074 // useInputSegmentation has been deprecated. The configured segment size is 15075 // always used. 15076 SegmentationMode *string `locationName:"segmentationMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsSegmentationMode"` 15077 15078 // Number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new one. 15079 // directoryStructure must be subdirectoryPerStream for this setting to have 15080 // an effect. 15081 SegmentsPerSubdirectory *int64 `locationName:"segmentsPerSubdirectory" min:"1" type:"integer"` 15082 15083 // Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag 15084 // of variant manifest. 15085 StreamInfResolution *string `locationName:"streamInfResolution" type:"string" enum:"HlsStreamInfResolution"` 15086 15087 // Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode. 15088 TimedMetadataId3Frame *string `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Frame" type:"string" enum:"HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame"` 15089 15090 // Timed Metadata interval in seconds. 15091 TimedMetadataId3Period *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Period" type:"integer"` 15092 15093 // Provides an extra millisecond delta offset to fine tune the timestamps. 15094 TimestampDeltaMilliseconds *int64 `locationName:"timestampDeltaMilliseconds" type:"integer"` 15095 15096 // SEGMENTED_FILES: Emit the program as segments - multiple .ts media files.SINGLE_FILE: 15097 // Applies only if Mode field is VOD. Emit the program as a single .ts media 15098 // file. The media manifest includes #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segments 15099 // for playback. A typical use for this value is when sending the output to 15100 // AWS Elemental MediaConvert, which can accept only a single media file. Playback 15101 // while the channel is running is not guaranteed due to HTTP server caching. 15102 TsFileMode *string `locationName:"tsFileMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsTsFileMode"` 15103} 15104 15105// String returns the string representation 15106func (s HlsGroupSettings) String() string { 15107 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15108} 15109 15110// GoString returns the string representation 15111func (s HlsGroupSettings) GoString() string { 15112 return s.String() 15113} 15114 15115// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15116func (s *HlsGroupSettings) Validate() error { 15117 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsGroupSettings"} 15118 if s.ConstantIv != nil && len(*s.ConstantIv) < 32 { 15119 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ConstantIv", 32)) 15120 } 15121 if s.Destination == nil { 15122 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 15123 } 15124 if s.IndexNSegments != nil && *s.IndexNSegments < 3 { 15125 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("IndexNSegments", 3)) 15126 } 15127 if s.KeepSegments != nil && *s.KeepSegments < 1 { 15128 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("KeepSegments", 1)) 15129 } 15130 if s.SegmentLength != nil && *s.SegmentLength < 1 { 15131 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SegmentLength", 1)) 15132 } 15133 if s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory != nil && *s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory < 1 { 15134 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SegmentsPerSubdirectory", 1)) 15135 } 15136 if s.CaptionLanguageMappings != nil { 15137 for i, v := range s.CaptionLanguageMappings { 15138 if v == nil { 15139 continue 15140 } 15141 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 15142 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionLanguageMappings", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 15143 } 15144 } 15145 } 15146 if s.KeyProviderSettings != nil { 15147 if err := s.KeyProviderSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 15148 invalidParams.AddNested("KeyProviderSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 15149 } 15150 } 15151 15152 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15153 return invalidParams 15154 } 15155 return nil 15156} 15157 15158// SetAdMarkers sets the AdMarkers field's value. 15159func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetAdMarkers(v []*string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15160 s.AdMarkers = v 15161 return s 15162} 15163 15164// SetBaseUrlContent sets the BaseUrlContent field's value. 15165func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlContent(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15166 s.BaseUrlContent = &v 15167 return s 15168} 15169 15170// SetBaseUrlContent1 sets the BaseUrlContent1 field's value. 15171func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlContent1(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15172 s.BaseUrlContent1 = &v 15173 return s 15174} 15175 15176// SetBaseUrlManifest sets the BaseUrlManifest field's value. 15177func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15178 s.BaseUrlManifest = &v 15179 return s 15180} 15181 15182// SetBaseUrlManifest1 sets the BaseUrlManifest1 field's value. 15183func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetBaseUrlManifest1(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15184 s.BaseUrlManifest1 = &v 15185 return s 15186} 15187 15188// SetCaptionLanguageMappings sets the CaptionLanguageMappings field's value. 15189func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageMappings(v []*CaptionLanguageMapping) *HlsGroupSettings { 15190 s.CaptionLanguageMappings = v 15191 return s 15192} 15193 15194// SetCaptionLanguageSetting sets the CaptionLanguageSetting field's value. 15195func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCaptionLanguageSetting(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15196 s.CaptionLanguageSetting = &v 15197 return s 15198} 15199 15200// SetClientCache sets the ClientCache field's value. 15201func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetClientCache(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15202 s.ClientCache = &v 15203 return s 15204} 15205 15206// SetCodecSpecification sets the CodecSpecification field's value. 15207func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetCodecSpecification(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15208 s.CodecSpecification = &v 15209 return s 15210} 15211 15212// SetConstantIv sets the ConstantIv field's value. 15213func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetConstantIv(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15214 s.ConstantIv = &v 15215 return s 15216} 15217 15218// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 15219func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *HlsGroupSettings { 15220 s.Destination = v 15221 return s 15222} 15223 15224// SetDirectoryStructure sets the DirectoryStructure field's value. 15225func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDirectoryStructure(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15226 s.DirectoryStructure = &v 15227 return s 15228} 15229 15230// SetDiscontinuityTags sets the DiscontinuityTags field's value. 15231func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetDiscontinuityTags(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15232 s.DiscontinuityTags = &v 15233 return s 15234} 15235 15236// SetEncryptionType sets the EncryptionType field's value. 15237func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetEncryptionType(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15238 s.EncryptionType = &v 15239 return s 15240} 15241 15242// SetHlsCdnSettings sets the HlsCdnSettings field's value. 15243func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetHlsCdnSettings(v *HlsCdnSettings) *HlsGroupSettings { 15244 s.HlsCdnSettings = v 15245 return s 15246} 15247 15248// SetHlsId3SegmentTagging sets the HlsId3SegmentTagging field's value. 15249func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetHlsId3SegmentTagging(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15250 s.HlsId3SegmentTagging = &v 15251 return s 15252} 15253 15254// SetIFrameOnlyPlaylists sets the IFrameOnlyPlaylists field's value. 15255func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIFrameOnlyPlaylists(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15256 s.IFrameOnlyPlaylists = &v 15257 return s 15258} 15259 15260// SetIncompleteSegmentBehavior sets the IncompleteSegmentBehavior field's value. 15261func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIncompleteSegmentBehavior(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15262 s.IncompleteSegmentBehavior = &v 15263 return s 15264} 15265 15266// SetIndexNSegments sets the IndexNSegments field's value. 15267func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIndexNSegments(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 15268 s.IndexNSegments = &v 15269 return s 15270} 15271 15272// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value. 15273func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15274 s.InputLossAction = &v 15275 return s 15276} 15277 15278// SetIvInManifest sets the IvInManifest field's value. 15279func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIvInManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15280 s.IvInManifest = &v 15281 return s 15282} 15283 15284// SetIvSource sets the IvSource field's value. 15285func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetIvSource(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15286 s.IvSource = &v 15287 return s 15288} 15289 15290// SetKeepSegments sets the KeepSegments field's value. 15291func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeepSegments(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 15292 s.KeepSegments = &v 15293 return s 15294} 15295 15296// SetKeyFormat sets the KeyFormat field's value. 15297func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyFormat(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15298 s.KeyFormat = &v 15299 return s 15300} 15301 15302// SetKeyFormatVersions sets the KeyFormatVersions field's value. 15303func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyFormatVersions(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15304 s.KeyFormatVersions = &v 15305 return s 15306} 15307 15308// SetKeyProviderSettings sets the KeyProviderSettings field's value. 15309func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetKeyProviderSettings(v *KeyProviderSettings) *HlsGroupSettings { 15310 s.KeyProviderSettings = v 15311 return s 15312} 15313 15314// SetManifestCompression sets the ManifestCompression field's value. 15315func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestCompression(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15316 s.ManifestCompression = &v 15317 return s 15318} 15319 15320// SetManifestDurationFormat sets the ManifestDurationFormat field's value. 15321func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetManifestDurationFormat(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15322 s.ManifestDurationFormat = &v 15323 return s 15324} 15325 15326// SetMinSegmentLength sets the MinSegmentLength field's value. 15327func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetMinSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 15328 s.MinSegmentLength = &v 15329 return s 15330} 15331 15332// SetMode sets the Mode field's value. 15333func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15334 s.Mode = &v 15335 return s 15336} 15337 15338// SetOutputSelection sets the OutputSelection field's value. 15339func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetOutputSelection(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15340 s.OutputSelection = &v 15341 return s 15342} 15343 15344// SetProgramDateTime sets the ProgramDateTime field's value. 15345func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTime(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15346 s.ProgramDateTime = &v 15347 return s 15348} 15349 15350// SetProgramDateTimePeriod sets the ProgramDateTimePeriod field's value. 15351func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetProgramDateTimePeriod(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 15352 s.ProgramDateTimePeriod = &v 15353 return s 15354} 15355 15356// SetRedundantManifest sets the RedundantManifest field's value. 15357func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetRedundantManifest(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15358 s.RedundantManifest = &v 15359 return s 15360} 15361 15362// SetSegmentLength sets the SegmentLength field's value. 15363func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentLength(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 15364 s.SegmentLength = &v 15365 return s 15366} 15367 15368// SetSegmentationMode sets the SegmentationMode field's value. 15369func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentationMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15370 s.SegmentationMode = &v 15371 return s 15372} 15373 15374// SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory sets the SegmentsPerSubdirectory field's value. 15375func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetSegmentsPerSubdirectory(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 15376 s.SegmentsPerSubdirectory = &v 15377 return s 15378} 15379 15380// SetStreamInfResolution sets the StreamInfResolution field's value. 15381func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetStreamInfResolution(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15382 s.StreamInfResolution = &v 15383 return s 15384} 15385 15386// SetTimedMetadataId3Frame sets the TimedMetadataId3Frame field's value. 15387func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Frame(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15388 s.TimedMetadataId3Frame = &v 15389 return s 15390} 15391 15392// SetTimedMetadataId3Period sets the TimedMetadataId3Period field's value. 15393func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Period(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 15394 s.TimedMetadataId3Period = &v 15395 return s 15396} 15397 15398// SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds sets the TimestampDeltaMilliseconds field's value. 15399func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTimestampDeltaMilliseconds(v int64) *HlsGroupSettings { 15400 s.TimestampDeltaMilliseconds = &v 15401 return s 15402} 15403 15404// SetTsFileMode sets the TsFileMode field's value. 15405func (s *HlsGroupSettings) SetTsFileMode(v string) *HlsGroupSettings { 15406 s.TsFileMode = &v 15407 return s 15408} 15409 15410// Settings for the action to insert a user-defined ID3 tag in each HLS segment 15411type HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings struct { 15412 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15413 15414 // ID3 tag to insert into each segment. Supports special keyword identifiers 15415 // to substitute in segment-related values.\nSupported keyword identifiers: 15416 // https://docs.aws.amazon.com/medialive/latest/ug/variable-data-identifiers.html 15417 // 15418 // Tag is a required field 15419 Tag *string `locationName:"tag" type:"string" required:"true"` 15420} 15421 15422// String returns the string representation 15423func (s HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 15424 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15425} 15426 15427// GoString returns the string representation 15428func (s HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 15429 return s.String() 15430} 15431 15432// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15433func (s *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 15434 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings"} 15435 if s.Tag == nil { 15436 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tag")) 15437 } 15438 15439 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15440 return invalidParams 15441 } 15442 return nil 15443} 15444 15445// SetTag sets the Tag field's value. 15446func (s *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) SetTag(v string) *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings { 15447 s.Tag = &v 15448 return s 15449} 15450 15451// Hls Input Settings 15452type HlsInputSettings struct { 15453 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15454 15455 // When specified the HLS stream with the m3u8 BANDWIDTH that most closely matches 15456 // this value will be chosen, otherwise the highest bandwidth stream in the 15457 // m3u8 will be chosen. The bitrate is specified in bits per second, as in an 15458 // HLS manifest. 15459 Bandwidth *int64 `locationName:"bandwidth" type:"integer"` 15460 15461 // When specified, reading of the HLS input will begin this many buffer segments 15462 // from the end (most recently written segment). When not specified, the HLS 15463 // input will begin with the first segment specified in the m3u8. 15464 BufferSegments *int64 `locationName:"bufferSegments" type:"integer"` 15465 15466 // The number of consecutive times that attempts to read a manifest or segment 15467 // must fail before the input is considered unavailable. 15468 Retries *int64 `locationName:"retries" type:"integer"` 15469 15470 // The number of seconds between retries when an attempt to read a manifest 15471 // or segment fails. 15472 RetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"retryInterval" type:"integer"` 15473} 15474 15475// String returns the string representation 15476func (s HlsInputSettings) String() string { 15477 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15478} 15479 15480// GoString returns the string representation 15481func (s HlsInputSettings) GoString() string { 15482 return s.String() 15483} 15484 15485// SetBandwidth sets the Bandwidth field's value. 15486func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetBandwidth(v int64) *HlsInputSettings { 15487 s.Bandwidth = &v 15488 return s 15489} 15490 15491// SetBufferSegments sets the BufferSegments field's value. 15492func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetBufferSegments(v int64) *HlsInputSettings { 15493 s.BufferSegments = &v 15494 return s 15495} 15496 15497// SetRetries sets the Retries field's value. 15498func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetRetries(v int64) *HlsInputSettings { 15499 s.Retries = &v 15500 return s 15501} 15502 15503// SetRetryInterval sets the RetryInterval field's value. 15504func (s *HlsInputSettings) SetRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsInputSettings { 15505 s.RetryInterval = &v 15506 return s 15507} 15508 15509// Hls Media Store Settings 15510type HlsMediaStoreSettings struct { 15511 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15512 15513 // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection 15514 // is lost. 15515 ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` 15516 15517 // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. 15518 FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` 15519 15520 // When set to temporal, output files are stored in non-persistent memory for 15521 // faster reading and writing. 15522 MediaStoreStorageClass *string `locationName:"mediaStoreStorageClass" type:"string" enum:"HlsMediaStoreStorageClass"` 15523 15524 // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into 15525 // an error state. 15526 NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` 15527 15528 // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is 15529 // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. 15530 RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` 15531} 15532 15533// String returns the string representation 15534func (s HlsMediaStoreSettings) String() string { 15535 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15536} 15537 15538// GoString returns the string representation 15539func (s HlsMediaStoreSettings) GoString() string { 15540 return s.String() 15541} 15542 15543// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. 15544func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { 15545 s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v 15546 return s 15547} 15548 15549// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. 15550func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { 15551 s.FilecacheDuration = &v 15552 return s 15553} 15554 15555// SetMediaStoreStorageClass sets the MediaStoreStorageClass field's value. 15556func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetMediaStoreStorageClass(v string) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { 15557 s.MediaStoreStorageClass = &v 15558 return s 15559} 15560 15561// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. 15562func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { 15563 s.NumRetries = &v 15564 return s 15565} 15566 15567// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. 15568func (s *HlsMediaStoreSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsMediaStoreSettings { 15569 s.RestartDelay = &v 15570 return s 15571} 15572 15573// Hls Output Settings 15574type HlsOutputSettings struct { 15575 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15576 15577 // Only applicable when this output is referencing an H.265 video description.Specifies 15578 // whether MP4 segments should be packaged as HEV1 or HVC1. 15579 H265PackagingType *string `locationName:"h265PackagingType" type:"string" enum:"HlsH265PackagingType"` 15580 15581 // Settings regarding the underlying stream. These settings are different for 15582 // audio-only outputs. 15583 // 15584 // HlsSettings is a required field 15585 HlsSettings *HlsSettings `locationName:"hlsSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 15586 15587 // String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Accepts \"Format 15588 // Identifiers\":#formatIdentifierParameters. 15589 NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" min:"1" type:"string"` 15590 15591 // String concatenated to end of segment filenames. 15592 SegmentModifier *string `locationName:"segmentModifier" type:"string"` 15593} 15594 15595// String returns the string representation 15596func (s HlsOutputSettings) String() string { 15597 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15598} 15599 15600// GoString returns the string representation 15601func (s HlsOutputSettings) GoString() string { 15602 return s.String() 15603} 15604 15605// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15606func (s *HlsOutputSettings) Validate() error { 15607 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsOutputSettings"} 15608 if s.HlsSettings == nil { 15609 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("HlsSettings")) 15610 } 15611 if s.NameModifier != nil && len(*s.NameModifier) < 1 { 15612 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("NameModifier", 1)) 15613 } 15614 if s.HlsSettings != nil { 15615 if err := s.HlsSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 15616 invalidParams.AddNested("HlsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 15617 } 15618 } 15619 15620 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15621 return invalidParams 15622 } 15623 return nil 15624} 15625 15626// SetH265PackagingType sets the H265PackagingType field's value. 15627func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetH265PackagingType(v string) *HlsOutputSettings { 15628 s.H265PackagingType = &v 15629 return s 15630} 15631 15632// SetHlsSettings sets the HlsSettings field's value. 15633func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetHlsSettings(v *HlsSettings) *HlsOutputSettings { 15634 s.HlsSettings = v 15635 return s 15636} 15637 15638// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value. 15639func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *HlsOutputSettings { 15640 s.NameModifier = &v 15641 return s 15642} 15643 15644// SetSegmentModifier sets the SegmentModifier field's value. 15645func (s *HlsOutputSettings) SetSegmentModifier(v string) *HlsOutputSettings { 15646 s.SegmentModifier = &v 15647 return s 15648} 15649 15650// Hls Settings 15651type HlsSettings struct { 15652 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15653 15654 // Audio Only Hls Settings 15655 AudioOnlyHlsSettings *AudioOnlyHlsSettings `locationName:"audioOnlyHlsSettings" type:"structure"` 15656 15657 // Fmp4 Hls Settings 15658 Fmp4HlsSettings *Fmp4HlsSettings `locationName:"fmp4HlsSettings" type:"structure"` 15659 15660 // Standard Hls Settings 15661 StandardHlsSettings *StandardHlsSettings `locationName:"standardHlsSettings" type:"structure"` 15662} 15663 15664// String returns the string representation 15665func (s HlsSettings) String() string { 15666 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15667} 15668 15669// GoString returns the string representation 15670func (s HlsSettings) GoString() string { 15671 return s.String() 15672} 15673 15674// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15675func (s *HlsSettings) Validate() error { 15676 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsSettings"} 15677 if s.AudioOnlyHlsSettings != nil { 15678 if err := s.AudioOnlyHlsSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 15679 invalidParams.AddNested("AudioOnlyHlsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 15680 } 15681 } 15682 if s.StandardHlsSettings != nil { 15683 if err := s.StandardHlsSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 15684 invalidParams.AddNested("StandardHlsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 15685 } 15686 } 15687 15688 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15689 return invalidParams 15690 } 15691 return nil 15692} 15693 15694// SetAudioOnlyHlsSettings sets the AudioOnlyHlsSettings field's value. 15695func (s *HlsSettings) SetAudioOnlyHlsSettings(v *AudioOnlyHlsSettings) *HlsSettings { 15696 s.AudioOnlyHlsSettings = v 15697 return s 15698} 15699 15700// SetFmp4HlsSettings sets the Fmp4HlsSettings field's value. 15701func (s *HlsSettings) SetFmp4HlsSettings(v *Fmp4HlsSettings) *HlsSettings { 15702 s.Fmp4HlsSettings = v 15703 return s 15704} 15705 15706// SetStandardHlsSettings sets the StandardHlsSettings field's value. 15707func (s *HlsSettings) SetStandardHlsSettings(v *StandardHlsSettings) *HlsSettings { 15708 s.StandardHlsSettings = v 15709 return s 15710} 15711 15712// Settings for the action to emit HLS metadata 15713type HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings struct { 15714 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15715 15716 // Base64 string formatted according to the ID3 specification: http://id3.org/id3v2.4.0-structure 15717 // 15718 // Id3 is a required field 15719 Id3 *string `locationName:"id3" type:"string" required:"true"` 15720} 15721 15722// String returns the string representation 15723func (s HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 15724 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15725} 15726 15727// GoString returns the string representation 15728func (s HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 15729 return s.String() 15730} 15731 15732// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 15733func (s *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 15734 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings"} 15735 if s.Id3 == nil { 15736 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Id3")) 15737 } 15738 15739 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 15740 return invalidParams 15741 } 15742 return nil 15743} 15744 15745// SetId3 sets the Id3 field's value. 15746func (s *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) SetId3(v string) *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings { 15747 s.Id3 = &v 15748 return s 15749} 15750 15751// Hls Webdav Settings 15752type HlsWebdavSettings struct { 15753 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15754 15755 // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the CDN if the connection 15756 // is lost. 15757 ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` 15758 15759 // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. 15760 FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` 15761 15762 // Specify whether or not to use chunked transfer encoding to WebDAV. 15763 HttpTransferMode *string `locationName:"httpTransferMode" type:"string" enum:"HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode"` 15764 15765 // Number of retry attempts that will be made before the Live Event is put into 15766 // an error state. 15767 NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` 15768 15769 // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is 15770 // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. 15771 RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` 15772} 15773 15774// String returns the string representation 15775func (s HlsWebdavSettings) String() string { 15776 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15777} 15778 15779// GoString returns the string representation 15780func (s HlsWebdavSettings) GoString() string { 15781 return s.String() 15782} 15783 15784// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. 15785func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings { 15786 s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v 15787 return s 15788} 15789 15790// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. 15791func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings { 15792 s.FilecacheDuration = &v 15793 return s 15794} 15795 15796// SetHttpTransferMode sets the HttpTransferMode field's value. 15797func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetHttpTransferMode(v string) *HlsWebdavSettings { 15798 s.HttpTransferMode = &v 15799 return s 15800} 15801 15802// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. 15803func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings { 15804 s.NumRetries = &v 15805 return s 15806} 15807 15808// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. 15809func (s *HlsWebdavSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *HlsWebdavSettings { 15810 s.RestartDelay = &v 15811 return s 15812} 15813 15814// Settings to configure an action so that it occurs as soon as possible. 15815type ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings struct { 15816 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15817} 15818 15819// String returns the string representation 15820func (s ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string { 15821 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15822} 15823 15824// GoString returns the string representation 15825func (s ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string { 15826 return s.String() 15827} 15828 15829type Input struct { 15830 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15831 15832 // The Unique ARN of the input (generated, immutable). 15833 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 15834 15835 // A list of channel IDs that that input is attached to (currently an input 15836 // can only be attached to one channel). 15837 AttachedChannels []*string `locationName:"attachedChannels" type:"list"` 15838 15839 // A list of the destinations of the input (PUSH-type). 15840 Destinations []*InputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 15841 15842 // The generated ID of the input (unique for user account, immutable). 15843 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 15844 15845 // STANDARD - MediaLive expects two sources to be connected to this input. If 15846 // the channel is also STANDARD, both sources will be ingested. If the channel 15847 // is SINGLE_PIPELINE, only the first source will be ingested; the second source 15848 // will always be ignored, even if the first source fails.SINGLE_PIPELINE - 15849 // You can connect only one source to this input. If the ChannelClass is also 15850 // SINGLE_PIPELINE, this value is valid. If the ChannelClass is STANDARD, this 15851 // value is not valid because the channel requires two sources in the input. 15852 InputClass *string `locationName:"inputClass" type:"string" enum:"InputClass"` 15853 15854 // Settings for the input devices. 15855 InputDevices []*InputDeviceSettings `locationName:"inputDevices" type:"list"` 15856 15857 // Certain pull input sources can be dynamic, meaning that they can have their 15858 // URL's dynamically changesduring input switch actions. Presently, this functionality 15859 // only works with MP4_FILE inputs. 15860 InputSourceType *string `locationName:"inputSourceType" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceType"` 15861 15862 // A list of MediaConnect Flows for this input. 15863 MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlow `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"` 15864 15865 // The user-assigned name (This is a mutable value). 15866 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 15867 15868 // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role this input assumes during and 15869 // after creation. 15870 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 15871 15872 // A list of IDs for all the Input Security Groups attached to the input. 15873 SecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"securityGroups" type:"list"` 15874 15875 // A list of the sources of the input (PULL-type). 15876 Sources []*InputSource `locationName:"sources" type:"list"` 15877 15878 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputState"` 15879 15880 // A collection of key-value pairs. 15881 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 15882 15883 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputType"` 15884} 15885 15886// String returns the string representation 15887func (s Input) String() string { 15888 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 15889} 15890 15891// GoString returns the string representation 15892func (s Input) GoString() string { 15893 return s.String() 15894} 15895 15896// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 15897func (s *Input) SetArn(v string) *Input { 15898 s.Arn = &v 15899 return s 15900} 15901 15902// SetAttachedChannels sets the AttachedChannels field's value. 15903func (s *Input) SetAttachedChannels(v []*string) *Input { 15904 s.AttachedChannels = v 15905 return s 15906} 15907 15908// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 15909func (s *Input) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestination) *Input { 15910 s.Destinations = v 15911 return s 15912} 15913 15914// SetId sets the Id field's value. 15915func (s *Input) SetId(v string) *Input { 15916 s.Id = &v 15917 return s 15918} 15919 15920// SetInputClass sets the InputClass field's value. 15921func (s *Input) SetInputClass(v string) *Input { 15922 s.InputClass = &v 15923 return s 15924} 15925 15926// SetInputDevices sets the InputDevices field's value. 15927func (s *Input) SetInputDevices(v []*InputDeviceSettings) *Input { 15928 s.InputDevices = v 15929 return s 15930} 15931 15932// SetInputSourceType sets the InputSourceType field's value. 15933func (s *Input) SetInputSourceType(v string) *Input { 15934 s.InputSourceType = &v 15935 return s 15936} 15937 15938// SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value. 15939func (s *Input) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlow) *Input { 15940 s.MediaConnectFlows = v 15941 return s 15942} 15943 15944// SetName sets the Name field's value. 15945func (s *Input) SetName(v string) *Input { 15946 s.Name = &v 15947 return s 15948} 15949 15950// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 15951func (s *Input) SetRoleArn(v string) *Input { 15952 s.RoleArn = &v 15953 return s 15954} 15955 15956// SetSecurityGroups sets the SecurityGroups field's value. 15957func (s *Input) SetSecurityGroups(v []*string) *Input { 15958 s.SecurityGroups = v 15959 return s 15960} 15961 15962// SetSources sets the Sources field's value. 15963func (s *Input) SetSources(v []*InputSource) *Input { 15964 s.Sources = v 15965 return s 15966} 15967 15968// SetState sets the State field's value. 15969func (s *Input) SetState(v string) *Input { 15970 s.State = &v 15971 return s 15972} 15973 15974// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 15975func (s *Input) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Input { 15976 s.Tags = v 15977 return s 15978} 15979 15980// SetType sets the Type field's value. 15981func (s *Input) SetType(v string) *Input { 15982 s.Type = &v 15983 return s 15984} 15985 15986type InputAttachment struct { 15987 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 15988 15989 // User-specified settings for defining what the conditions are for declaring 15990 // the input unhealthy and failing over to a different input. 15991 AutomaticInputFailoverSettings *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings `locationName:"automaticInputFailoverSettings" type:"structure"` 15992 15993 // User-specified name for the attachment. This is required if the user wants 15994 // to use this input in an input switch action. 15995 InputAttachmentName *string `locationName:"inputAttachmentName" type:"string"` 15996 15997 // The ID of the input 15998 InputId *string `locationName:"inputId" type:"string"` 15999 16000 // Settings of an input (caption selector, etc.) 16001 InputSettings *InputSettings `locationName:"inputSettings" type:"structure"` 16002} 16003 16004// String returns the string representation 16005func (s InputAttachment) String() string { 16006 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16007} 16008 16009// GoString returns the string representation 16010func (s InputAttachment) GoString() string { 16011 return s.String() 16012} 16013 16014// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16015func (s *InputAttachment) Validate() error { 16016 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputAttachment"} 16017 if s.AutomaticInputFailoverSettings != nil { 16018 if err := s.AutomaticInputFailoverSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 16019 invalidParams.AddNested("AutomaticInputFailoverSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 16020 } 16021 } 16022 if s.InputSettings != nil { 16023 if err := s.InputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 16024 invalidParams.AddNested("InputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 16025 } 16026 } 16027 16028 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16029 return invalidParams 16030 } 16031 return nil 16032} 16033 16034// SetAutomaticInputFailoverSettings sets the AutomaticInputFailoverSettings field's value. 16035func (s *InputAttachment) SetAutomaticInputFailoverSettings(v *AutomaticInputFailoverSettings) *InputAttachment { 16036 s.AutomaticInputFailoverSettings = v 16037 return s 16038} 16039 16040// SetInputAttachmentName sets the InputAttachmentName field's value. 16041func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputAttachmentName(v string) *InputAttachment { 16042 s.InputAttachmentName = &v 16043 return s 16044} 16045 16046// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value. 16047func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputId(v string) *InputAttachment { 16048 s.InputId = &v 16049 return s 16050} 16051 16052// SetInputSettings sets the InputSettings field's value. 16053func (s *InputAttachment) SetInputSettings(v *InputSettings) *InputAttachment { 16054 s.InputSettings = v 16055 return s 16056} 16057 16058// Input Channel Level 16059type InputChannelLevel struct { 16060 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16061 16062 // Remixing value. Units are in dB and acceptable values are within the range 16063 // from -60 (mute) and 6 dB. 16064 // 16065 // Gain is a required field 16066 Gain *int64 `locationName:"gain" type:"integer" required:"true"` 16067 16068 // The index of the input channel used as a source. 16069 // 16070 // InputChannel is a required field 16071 InputChannel *int64 `locationName:"inputChannel" type:"integer" required:"true"` 16072} 16073 16074// String returns the string representation 16075func (s InputChannelLevel) String() string { 16076 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16077} 16078 16079// GoString returns the string representation 16080func (s InputChannelLevel) GoString() string { 16081 return s.String() 16082} 16083 16084// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16085func (s *InputChannelLevel) Validate() error { 16086 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputChannelLevel"} 16087 if s.Gain == nil { 16088 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Gain")) 16089 } 16090 if s.Gain != nil && *s.Gain < -60 { 16091 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Gain", -60)) 16092 } 16093 if s.InputChannel == nil { 16094 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputChannel")) 16095 } 16096 16097 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16098 return invalidParams 16099 } 16100 return nil 16101} 16102 16103// SetGain sets the Gain field's value. 16104func (s *InputChannelLevel) SetGain(v int64) *InputChannelLevel { 16105 s.Gain = &v 16106 return s 16107} 16108 16109// SetInputChannel sets the InputChannel field's value. 16110func (s *InputChannelLevel) SetInputChannel(v int64) *InputChannelLevel { 16111 s.InputChannel = &v 16112 return s 16113} 16114 16115// Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the 16116// input to ingest only a portion of the file. 16117type InputClippingSettings struct { 16118 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16119 16120 // The source of the timecodes in the source being clipped. 16121 // 16122 // InputTimecodeSource is a required field 16123 InputTimecodeSource *string `locationName:"inputTimecodeSource" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"InputTimecodeSource"` 16124 16125 // Settings to identify the start of the clip. 16126 StartTimecode *StartTimecode `locationName:"startTimecode" type:"structure"` 16127 16128 // Settings to identify the end of the clip. 16129 StopTimecode *StopTimecode `locationName:"stopTimecode" type:"structure"` 16130} 16131 16132// String returns the string representation 16133func (s InputClippingSettings) String() string { 16134 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16135} 16136 16137// GoString returns the string representation 16138func (s InputClippingSettings) GoString() string { 16139 return s.String() 16140} 16141 16142// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16143func (s *InputClippingSettings) Validate() error { 16144 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputClippingSettings"} 16145 if s.InputTimecodeSource == nil { 16146 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputTimecodeSource")) 16147 } 16148 16149 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16150 return invalidParams 16151 } 16152 return nil 16153} 16154 16155// SetInputTimecodeSource sets the InputTimecodeSource field's value. 16156func (s *InputClippingSettings) SetInputTimecodeSource(v string) *InputClippingSettings { 16157 s.InputTimecodeSource = &v 16158 return s 16159} 16160 16161// SetStartTimecode sets the StartTimecode field's value. 16162func (s *InputClippingSettings) SetStartTimecode(v *StartTimecode) *InputClippingSettings { 16163 s.StartTimecode = v 16164 return s 16165} 16166 16167// SetStopTimecode sets the StopTimecode field's value. 16168func (s *InputClippingSettings) SetStopTimecode(v *StopTimecode) *InputClippingSettings { 16169 s.StopTimecode = v 16170 return s 16171} 16172 16173// The settings for a PUSH type input. 16174type InputDestination struct { 16175 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16176 16177 // The system-generated static IP address of endpoint.It remains fixed for the 16178 // lifetime of the input. 16179 Ip *string `locationName:"ip" type:"string"` 16180 16181 // The port number for the input. 16182 Port *string `locationName:"port" type:"string"` 16183 16184 // This represents the endpoint that the customer stream will bepushed to. 16185 Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` 16186 16187 // The properties for a VPC type input destination. 16188 Vpc *InputDestinationVpc `locationName:"vpc" type:"structure"` 16189} 16190 16191// String returns the string representation 16192func (s InputDestination) String() string { 16193 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16194} 16195 16196// GoString returns the string representation 16197func (s InputDestination) GoString() string { 16198 return s.String() 16199} 16200 16201// SetIp sets the Ip field's value. 16202func (s *InputDestination) SetIp(v string) *InputDestination { 16203 s.Ip = &v 16204 return s 16205} 16206 16207// SetPort sets the Port field's value. 16208func (s *InputDestination) SetPort(v string) *InputDestination { 16209 s.Port = &v 16210 return s 16211} 16212 16213// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. 16214func (s *InputDestination) SetUrl(v string) *InputDestination { 16215 s.Url = &v 16216 return s 16217} 16218 16219// SetVpc sets the Vpc field's value. 16220func (s *InputDestination) SetVpc(v *InputDestinationVpc) *InputDestination { 16221 s.Vpc = v 16222 return s 16223} 16224 16225// Endpoint settings for a PUSH type input. 16226type InputDestinationRequest struct { 16227 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16228 16229 // A unique name for the location the RTMP stream is being pushedto. 16230 StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"` 16231} 16232 16233// String returns the string representation 16234func (s InputDestinationRequest) String() string { 16235 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16236} 16237 16238// GoString returns the string representation 16239func (s InputDestinationRequest) GoString() string { 16240 return s.String() 16241} 16242 16243// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value. 16244func (s *InputDestinationRequest) SetStreamName(v string) *InputDestinationRequest { 16245 s.StreamName = &v 16246 return s 16247} 16248 16249// The properties for a VPC type input destination. 16250type InputDestinationVpc struct { 16251 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16252 16253 // The availability zone of the Input destination. 16254 AvailabilityZone *string `locationName:"availabilityZone" type:"string"` 16255 16256 // The network interface ID of the Input destination in the VPC. 16257 NetworkInterfaceId *string `locationName:"networkInterfaceId" type:"string"` 16258} 16259 16260// String returns the string representation 16261func (s InputDestinationVpc) String() string { 16262 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16263} 16264 16265// GoString returns the string representation 16266func (s InputDestinationVpc) GoString() string { 16267 return s.String() 16268} 16269 16270// SetAvailabilityZone sets the AvailabilityZone field's value. 16271func (s *InputDestinationVpc) SetAvailabilityZone(v string) *InputDestinationVpc { 16272 s.AvailabilityZone = &v 16273 return s 16274} 16275 16276// SetNetworkInterfaceId sets the NetworkInterfaceId field's value. 16277func (s *InputDestinationVpc) SetNetworkInterfaceId(v string) *InputDestinationVpc { 16278 s.NetworkInterfaceId = &v 16279 return s 16280} 16281 16282// Configurable settings for the input device. 16283type InputDeviceConfigurableSettings struct { 16284 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16285 16286 // The input source that you want to use. If the device has a source connected 16287 // to only one of its input ports, or if you don't care which source the device 16288 // sends, specify Auto. If the device has sources connected to both its input 16289 // ports, and you want to use a specific source, specify the source. 16290 ConfiguredInput *string `locationName:"configuredInput" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceConfiguredInput"` 16291 16292 // The maximum bitrate in bits per second. Set a value here to throttle the 16293 // bitrate of the source video. 16294 MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"` 16295} 16296 16297// String returns the string representation 16298func (s InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) String() string { 16299 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16300} 16301 16302// GoString returns the string representation 16303func (s InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) GoString() string { 16304 return s.String() 16305} 16306 16307// SetConfiguredInput sets the ConfiguredInput field's value. 16308func (s *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) SetConfiguredInput(v string) *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings { 16309 s.ConfiguredInput = &v 16310 return s 16311} 16312 16313// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. 16314func (s *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings { 16315 s.MaxBitrate = &v 16316 return s 16317} 16318 16319// Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video 16320// characteristics of that source. 16321type InputDeviceHdSettings struct { 16322 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16323 16324 // If you specified Auto as the configured input, specifies which of the sources 16325 // is currently active (SDI or HDMI). 16326 ActiveInput *string `locationName:"activeInput" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceActiveInput"` 16327 16328 // The source at the input device that is currently active. You can specify 16329 // this source. 16330 ConfiguredInput *string `locationName:"configuredInput" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceConfiguredInput"` 16331 16332 // The state of the input device. 16333 DeviceState *string `locationName:"deviceState" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceState"` 16334 16335 // The frame rate of the video source. 16336 Framerate *float64 `locationName:"framerate" type:"double"` 16337 16338 // The height of the video source, in pixels. 16339 Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"` 16340 16341 // The current maximum bitrate for ingesting this source, in bits per second. 16342 // You can specify this maximum. 16343 MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"` 16344 16345 // The scan type of the video source. 16346 ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceScanType"` 16347 16348 // The width of the video source, in pixels. 16349 Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"` 16350} 16351 16352// String returns the string representation 16353func (s InputDeviceHdSettings) String() string { 16354 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16355} 16356 16357// GoString returns the string representation 16358func (s InputDeviceHdSettings) GoString() string { 16359 return s.String() 16360} 16361 16362// SetActiveInput sets the ActiveInput field's value. 16363func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetActiveInput(v string) *InputDeviceHdSettings { 16364 s.ActiveInput = &v 16365 return s 16366} 16367 16368// SetConfiguredInput sets the ConfiguredInput field's value. 16369func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetConfiguredInput(v string) *InputDeviceHdSettings { 16370 s.ConfiguredInput = &v 16371 return s 16372} 16373 16374// SetDeviceState sets the DeviceState field's value. 16375func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetDeviceState(v string) *InputDeviceHdSettings { 16376 s.DeviceState = &v 16377 return s 16378} 16379 16380// SetFramerate sets the Framerate field's value. 16381func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetFramerate(v float64) *InputDeviceHdSettings { 16382 s.Framerate = &v 16383 return s 16384} 16385 16386// SetHeight sets the Height field's value. 16387func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetHeight(v int64) *InputDeviceHdSettings { 16388 s.Height = &v 16389 return s 16390} 16391 16392// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. 16393func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *InputDeviceHdSettings { 16394 s.MaxBitrate = &v 16395 return s 16396} 16397 16398// SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value. 16399func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetScanType(v string) *InputDeviceHdSettings { 16400 s.ScanType = &v 16401 return s 16402} 16403 16404// SetWidth sets the Width field's value. 16405func (s *InputDeviceHdSettings) SetWidth(v int64) *InputDeviceHdSettings { 16406 s.Width = &v 16407 return s 16408} 16409 16410// The network settings for the input device. 16411type InputDeviceNetworkSettings struct { 16412 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16413 16414 // The DNS addresses of the input device. 16415 DnsAddresses []*string `locationName:"dnsAddresses" type:"list"` 16416 16417 // The network gateway IP address. 16418 Gateway *string `locationName:"gateway" type:"string"` 16419 16420 // The IP address of the input device. 16421 IpAddress *string `locationName:"ipAddress" type:"string"` 16422 16423 // Specifies whether the input device has been configured (outside of MediaLive) 16424 // to use a dynamic IP address assignment (DHCP) or a static IP address. 16425 IpScheme *string `locationName:"ipScheme" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceIpScheme"` 16426 16427 // The subnet mask of the input device. 16428 SubnetMask *string `locationName:"subnetMask" type:"string"` 16429} 16430 16431// String returns the string representation 16432func (s InputDeviceNetworkSettings) String() string { 16433 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16434} 16435 16436// GoString returns the string representation 16437func (s InputDeviceNetworkSettings) GoString() string { 16438 return s.String() 16439} 16440 16441// SetDnsAddresses sets the DnsAddresses field's value. 16442func (s *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetDnsAddresses(v []*string) *InputDeviceNetworkSettings { 16443 s.DnsAddresses = v 16444 return s 16445} 16446 16447// SetGateway sets the Gateway field's value. 16448func (s *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetGateway(v string) *InputDeviceNetworkSettings { 16449 s.Gateway = &v 16450 return s 16451} 16452 16453// SetIpAddress sets the IpAddress field's value. 16454func (s *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetIpAddress(v string) *InputDeviceNetworkSettings { 16455 s.IpAddress = &v 16456 return s 16457} 16458 16459// SetIpScheme sets the IpScheme field's value. 16460func (s *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetIpScheme(v string) *InputDeviceNetworkSettings { 16461 s.IpScheme = &v 16462 return s 16463} 16464 16465// SetSubnetMask sets the SubnetMask field's value. 16466func (s *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) SetSubnetMask(v string) *InputDeviceNetworkSettings { 16467 s.SubnetMask = &v 16468 return s 16469} 16470 16471// Settings for an input device. 16472type InputDeviceRequest struct { 16473 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16474 16475 // The unique ID for the device. 16476 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 16477} 16478 16479// String returns the string representation 16480func (s InputDeviceRequest) String() string { 16481 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16482} 16483 16484// GoString returns the string representation 16485func (s InputDeviceRequest) GoString() string { 16486 return s.String() 16487} 16488 16489// SetId sets the Id field's value. 16490func (s *InputDeviceRequest) SetId(v string) *InputDeviceRequest { 16491 s.Id = &v 16492 return s 16493} 16494 16495// Settings for an input device. 16496type InputDeviceSettings struct { 16497 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16498 16499 // The unique ID for the device. 16500 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 16501} 16502 16503// String returns the string representation 16504func (s InputDeviceSettings) String() string { 16505 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16506} 16507 16508// GoString returns the string representation 16509func (s InputDeviceSettings) GoString() string { 16510 return s.String() 16511} 16512 16513// SetId sets the Id field's value. 16514func (s *InputDeviceSettings) SetId(v string) *InputDeviceSettings { 16515 s.Id = &v 16516 return s 16517} 16518 16519// Details of the input device. 16520type InputDeviceSummary struct { 16521 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16522 16523 // The unique ARN of the input device. 16524 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 16525 16526 // The state of the connection between the input device and AWS. 16527 ConnectionState *string `locationName:"connectionState" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceConnectionState"` 16528 16529 // The status of the action to synchronize the device configuration. If you 16530 // change the configuration of the input device (for example, the maximum bitrate), 16531 // MediaLive sends the new data to the device. The device might not update itself 16532 // immediately. SYNCED means the device has updated its configuration. SYNCING 16533 // means that it has not updated its configuration. 16534 DeviceSettingsSyncState *string `locationName:"deviceSettingsSyncState" type:"string" enum:"DeviceSettingsSyncState"` 16535 16536 // The status of software on the input device. 16537 DeviceUpdateStatus *string `locationName:"deviceUpdateStatus" type:"string" enum:"DeviceUpdateStatus"` 16538 16539 // Settings that describe an input device that is type HD. 16540 HdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceHdSettings `locationName:"hdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"` 16541 16542 // The unique ID of the input device. 16543 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 16544 16545 // The network MAC address of the input device. 16546 MacAddress *string `locationName:"macAddress" type:"string"` 16547 16548 // A name that you specify for the input device. 16549 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 16550 16551 // Network settings for the input device. 16552 NetworkSettings *InputDeviceNetworkSettings `locationName:"networkSettings" type:"structure"` 16553 16554 // The unique serial number of the input device. 16555 SerialNumber *string `locationName:"serialNumber" type:"string"` 16556 16557 // The type of the input device. 16558 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceType"` 16559 16560 // Settings that describe an input device that is type UHD. 16561 UhdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceUhdSettings `locationName:"uhdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"` 16562} 16563 16564// String returns the string representation 16565func (s InputDeviceSummary) String() string { 16566 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16567} 16568 16569// GoString returns the string representation 16570func (s InputDeviceSummary) GoString() string { 16571 return s.String() 16572} 16573 16574// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 16575func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetArn(v string) *InputDeviceSummary { 16576 s.Arn = &v 16577 return s 16578} 16579 16580// SetConnectionState sets the ConnectionState field's value. 16581func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetConnectionState(v string) *InputDeviceSummary { 16582 s.ConnectionState = &v 16583 return s 16584} 16585 16586// SetDeviceSettingsSyncState sets the DeviceSettingsSyncState field's value. 16587func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetDeviceSettingsSyncState(v string) *InputDeviceSummary { 16588 s.DeviceSettingsSyncState = &v 16589 return s 16590} 16591 16592// SetDeviceUpdateStatus sets the DeviceUpdateStatus field's value. 16593func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetDeviceUpdateStatus(v string) *InputDeviceSummary { 16594 s.DeviceUpdateStatus = &v 16595 return s 16596} 16597 16598// SetHdDeviceSettings sets the HdDeviceSettings field's value. 16599func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetHdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceHdSettings) *InputDeviceSummary { 16600 s.HdDeviceSettings = v 16601 return s 16602} 16603 16604// SetId sets the Id field's value. 16605func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetId(v string) *InputDeviceSummary { 16606 s.Id = &v 16607 return s 16608} 16609 16610// SetMacAddress sets the MacAddress field's value. 16611func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetMacAddress(v string) *InputDeviceSummary { 16612 s.MacAddress = &v 16613 return s 16614} 16615 16616// SetName sets the Name field's value. 16617func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetName(v string) *InputDeviceSummary { 16618 s.Name = &v 16619 return s 16620} 16621 16622// SetNetworkSettings sets the NetworkSettings field's value. 16623func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetNetworkSettings(v *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) *InputDeviceSummary { 16624 s.NetworkSettings = v 16625 return s 16626} 16627 16628// SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value. 16629func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetSerialNumber(v string) *InputDeviceSummary { 16630 s.SerialNumber = &v 16631 return s 16632} 16633 16634// SetType sets the Type field's value. 16635func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetType(v string) *InputDeviceSummary { 16636 s.Type = &v 16637 return s 16638} 16639 16640// SetUhdDeviceSettings sets the UhdDeviceSettings field's value. 16641func (s *InputDeviceSummary) SetUhdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceUhdSettings) *InputDeviceSummary { 16642 s.UhdDeviceSettings = v 16643 return s 16644} 16645 16646// Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video 16647// characteristics of that source. 16648type InputDeviceUhdSettings struct { 16649 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16650 16651 // If you specified Auto as the configured input, specifies which of the sources 16652 // is currently active (SDI or HDMI). 16653 ActiveInput *string `locationName:"activeInput" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceActiveInput"` 16654 16655 // The source at the input device that is currently active. You can specify 16656 // this source. 16657 ConfiguredInput *string `locationName:"configuredInput" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceConfiguredInput"` 16658 16659 // The state of the input device. 16660 DeviceState *string `locationName:"deviceState" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceState"` 16661 16662 // The frame rate of the video source. 16663 Framerate *float64 `locationName:"framerate" type:"double"` 16664 16665 // The height of the video source, in pixels. 16666 Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"` 16667 16668 // The current maximum bitrate for ingesting this source, in bits per second. 16669 // You can specify this maximum. 16670 MaxBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maxBitrate" type:"integer"` 16671 16672 // The scan type of the video source. 16673 ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceScanType"` 16674 16675 // The width of the video source, in pixels. 16676 Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"` 16677} 16678 16679// String returns the string representation 16680func (s InputDeviceUhdSettings) String() string { 16681 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16682} 16683 16684// GoString returns the string representation 16685func (s InputDeviceUhdSettings) GoString() string { 16686 return s.String() 16687} 16688 16689// SetActiveInput sets the ActiveInput field's value. 16690func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetActiveInput(v string) *InputDeviceUhdSettings { 16691 s.ActiveInput = &v 16692 return s 16693} 16694 16695// SetConfiguredInput sets the ConfiguredInput field's value. 16696func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetConfiguredInput(v string) *InputDeviceUhdSettings { 16697 s.ConfiguredInput = &v 16698 return s 16699} 16700 16701// SetDeviceState sets the DeviceState field's value. 16702func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetDeviceState(v string) *InputDeviceUhdSettings { 16703 s.DeviceState = &v 16704 return s 16705} 16706 16707// SetFramerate sets the Framerate field's value. 16708func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetFramerate(v float64) *InputDeviceUhdSettings { 16709 s.Framerate = &v 16710 return s 16711} 16712 16713// SetHeight sets the Height field's value. 16714func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetHeight(v int64) *InputDeviceUhdSettings { 16715 s.Height = &v 16716 return s 16717} 16718 16719// SetMaxBitrate sets the MaxBitrate field's value. 16720func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetMaxBitrate(v int64) *InputDeviceUhdSettings { 16721 s.MaxBitrate = &v 16722 return s 16723} 16724 16725// SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value. 16726func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetScanType(v string) *InputDeviceUhdSettings { 16727 s.ScanType = &v 16728 return s 16729} 16730 16731// SetWidth sets the Width field's value. 16732func (s *InputDeviceUhdSettings) SetWidth(v int64) *InputDeviceUhdSettings { 16733 s.Width = &v 16734 return s 16735} 16736 16737// Input Location 16738type InputLocation struct { 16739 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16740 16741 // key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store 16742 PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"` 16743 16744 // Uniform Resource Identifier - This should be a path to a file accessible 16745 // to the Live system (eg. a http:// URI) depending on the output type. For 16746 // example, a RTMP destination should have a uri simliar to: "rtmp://fmsserver/live". 16747 // 16748 // Uri is a required field 16749 Uri *string `locationName:"uri" type:"string" required:"true"` 16750 16751 // Username if credentials are required to access a file or publishing point. 16752 // This can be either a plaintext username, or a reference to an AWS parameter 16753 // store name from which the username can be retrieved. AWS Parameter store 16754 // format: "ssm://" 16755 Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"` 16756} 16757 16758// String returns the string representation 16759func (s InputLocation) String() string { 16760 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16761} 16762 16763// GoString returns the string representation 16764func (s InputLocation) GoString() string { 16765 return s.String() 16766} 16767 16768// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16769func (s *InputLocation) Validate() error { 16770 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputLocation"} 16771 if s.Uri == nil { 16772 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Uri")) 16773 } 16774 16775 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16776 return invalidParams 16777 } 16778 return nil 16779} 16780 16781// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value. 16782func (s *InputLocation) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputLocation { 16783 s.PasswordParam = &v 16784 return s 16785} 16786 16787// SetUri sets the Uri field's value. 16788func (s *InputLocation) SetUri(v string) *InputLocation { 16789 s.Uri = &v 16790 return s 16791} 16792 16793// SetUsername sets the Username field's value. 16794func (s *InputLocation) SetUsername(v string) *InputLocation { 16795 s.Username = &v 16796 return s 16797} 16798 16799// Input Loss Behavior 16800type InputLossBehavior struct { 16801 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16802 16803 // On input loss, the number of milliseconds to substitute black into the output 16804 // before switching to the frame specified by inputLossImageType. A value x, 16805 // where 0 <= x <= 1,000,000 and a value of 1,000,000 will be interpreted as 16806 // infinite. 16807 BlackFrameMsec *int64 `locationName:"blackFrameMsec" type:"integer"` 16808 16809 // When input loss image type is "color" this field specifies the color to use. 16810 // Value: 6 hex characters representing the values of RGB. 16811 InputLossImageColor *string `locationName:"inputLossImageColor" min:"6" type:"string"` 16812 16813 // When input loss image type is "slate" these fields specify the parameters 16814 // for accessing the slate. 16815 InputLossImageSlate *InputLocation `locationName:"inputLossImageSlate" type:"structure"` 16816 16817 // Indicates whether to substitute a solid color or a slate into the output 16818 // after input loss exceeds blackFrameMsec. 16819 InputLossImageType *string `locationName:"inputLossImageType" type:"string" enum:"InputLossImageType"` 16820 16821 // On input loss, the number of milliseconds to repeat the previous picture 16822 // before substituting black into the output. A value x, where 0 <= x <= 1,000,000 16823 // and a value of 1,000,000 will be interpreted as infinite. 16824 RepeatFrameMsec *int64 `locationName:"repeatFrameMsec" type:"integer"` 16825} 16826 16827// String returns the string representation 16828func (s InputLossBehavior) String() string { 16829 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16830} 16831 16832// GoString returns the string representation 16833func (s InputLossBehavior) GoString() string { 16834 return s.String() 16835} 16836 16837// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16838func (s *InputLossBehavior) Validate() error { 16839 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputLossBehavior"} 16840 if s.InputLossImageColor != nil && len(*s.InputLossImageColor) < 6 { 16841 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputLossImageColor", 6)) 16842 } 16843 if s.InputLossImageSlate != nil { 16844 if err := s.InputLossImageSlate.Validate(); err != nil { 16845 invalidParams.AddNested("InputLossImageSlate", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 16846 } 16847 } 16848 16849 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16850 return invalidParams 16851 } 16852 return nil 16853} 16854 16855// SetBlackFrameMsec sets the BlackFrameMsec field's value. 16856func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetBlackFrameMsec(v int64) *InputLossBehavior { 16857 s.BlackFrameMsec = &v 16858 return s 16859} 16860 16861// SetInputLossImageColor sets the InputLossImageColor field's value. 16862func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageColor(v string) *InputLossBehavior { 16863 s.InputLossImageColor = &v 16864 return s 16865} 16866 16867// SetInputLossImageSlate sets the InputLossImageSlate field's value. 16868func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageSlate(v *InputLocation) *InputLossBehavior { 16869 s.InputLossImageSlate = v 16870 return s 16871} 16872 16873// SetInputLossImageType sets the InputLossImageType field's value. 16874func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetInputLossImageType(v string) *InputLossBehavior { 16875 s.InputLossImageType = &v 16876 return s 16877} 16878 16879// SetRepeatFrameMsec sets the RepeatFrameMsec field's value. 16880func (s *InputLossBehavior) SetRepeatFrameMsec(v int64) *InputLossBehavior { 16881 s.RepeatFrameMsec = &v 16882 return s 16883} 16884 16885// MediaLive will perform a failover if content is not detected in this input 16886// for the specified period. 16887type InputLossFailoverSettings struct { 16888 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16889 16890 // The amount of time (in milliseconds) that no input is detected. After that 16891 // time, an input failover will occur. 16892 InputLossThresholdMsec *int64 `locationName:"inputLossThresholdMsec" min:"100" type:"integer"` 16893} 16894 16895// String returns the string representation 16896func (s InputLossFailoverSettings) String() string { 16897 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16898} 16899 16900// GoString returns the string representation 16901func (s InputLossFailoverSettings) GoString() string { 16902 return s.String() 16903} 16904 16905// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16906func (s *InputLossFailoverSettings) Validate() error { 16907 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputLossFailoverSettings"} 16908 if s.InputLossThresholdMsec != nil && *s.InputLossThresholdMsec < 100 { 16909 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("InputLossThresholdMsec", 100)) 16910 } 16911 16912 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16913 return invalidParams 16914 } 16915 return nil 16916} 16917 16918// SetInputLossThresholdMsec sets the InputLossThresholdMsec field's value. 16919func (s *InputLossFailoverSettings) SetInputLossThresholdMsec(v int64) *InputLossFailoverSettings { 16920 s.InputLossThresholdMsec = &v 16921 return s 16922} 16923 16924// Action to prepare an input for a future immediate input switch. 16925type InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings struct { 16926 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16927 16928 // The name of the input attachment that should be prepared by this action. 16929 // If no name is provided, the action will stop the most recent prepare (if 16930 // any) when activated. 16931 InputAttachmentNameReference *string `locationName:"inputAttachmentNameReference" type:"string"` 16932 16933 // Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the 16934 // input to ingest only a portion of the file. 16935 InputClippingSettings *InputClippingSettings `locationName:"inputClippingSettings" type:"structure"` 16936 16937 // The value for the variable portion of the URL for the dynamic input, for 16938 // this instance of the input. Each time you use the same dynamic input in an 16939 // input switch action, you can provide a different value, in order to connect 16940 // the input to a different content source. 16941 UrlPath []*string `locationName:"urlPath" type:"list"` 16942} 16943 16944// String returns the string representation 16945func (s InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 16946 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 16947} 16948 16949// GoString returns the string representation 16950func (s InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 16951 return s.String() 16952} 16953 16954// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 16955func (s *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 16956 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings"} 16957 if s.InputClippingSettings != nil { 16958 if err := s.InputClippingSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 16959 invalidParams.AddNested("InputClippingSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 16960 } 16961 } 16962 16963 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 16964 return invalidParams 16965 } 16966 return nil 16967} 16968 16969// SetInputAttachmentNameReference sets the InputAttachmentNameReference field's value. 16970func (s *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) SetInputAttachmentNameReference(v string) *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings { 16971 s.InputAttachmentNameReference = &v 16972 return s 16973} 16974 16975// SetInputClippingSettings sets the InputClippingSettings field's value. 16976func (s *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) SetInputClippingSettings(v *InputClippingSettings) *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings { 16977 s.InputClippingSettings = v 16978 return s 16979} 16980 16981// SetUrlPath sets the UrlPath field's value. 16982func (s *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) SetUrlPath(v []*string) *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings { 16983 s.UrlPath = v 16984 return s 16985} 16986 16987// An Input Security Group 16988type InputSecurityGroup struct { 16989 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 16990 16991 // Unique ARN of Input Security Group 16992 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 16993 16994 // The Id of the Input Security Group 16995 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 16996 16997 // The list of inputs currently using this Input Security Group. 16998 Inputs []*string `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"` 16999 17000 // The current state of the Input Security Group. 17001 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"InputSecurityGroupState"` 17002 17003 // A collection of key-value pairs. 17004 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 17005 17006 // Whitelist rules and their sync status 17007 WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRule `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"` 17008} 17009 17010// String returns the string representation 17011func (s InputSecurityGroup) String() string { 17012 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17013} 17014 17015// GoString returns the string representation 17016func (s InputSecurityGroup) GoString() string { 17017 return s.String() 17018} 17019 17020// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 17021func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetArn(v string) *InputSecurityGroup { 17022 s.Arn = &v 17023 return s 17024} 17025 17026// SetId sets the Id field's value. 17027func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetId(v string) *InputSecurityGroup { 17028 s.Id = &v 17029 return s 17030} 17031 17032// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value. 17033func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetInputs(v []*string) *InputSecurityGroup { 17034 s.Inputs = v 17035 return s 17036} 17037 17038// SetState sets the State field's value. 17039func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetState(v string) *InputSecurityGroup { 17040 s.State = &v 17041 return s 17042} 17043 17044// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 17045func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *InputSecurityGroup { 17046 s.Tags = v 17047 return s 17048} 17049 17050// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value. 17051func (s *InputSecurityGroup) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRule) *InputSecurityGroup { 17052 s.WhitelistRules = v 17053 return s 17054} 17055 17056// Live Event input parameters. There can be multiple inputs in a single Live 17057// Event. 17058type InputSettings struct { 17059 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17060 17061 // Used to select the audio stream to decode for inputs that have multiple available. 17062 AudioSelectors []*AudioSelector `locationName:"audioSelectors" type:"list"` 17063 17064 // Used to select the caption input to use for inputs that have multiple available. 17065 CaptionSelectors []*CaptionSelector `locationName:"captionSelectors" type:"list"` 17066 17067 // Enable or disable the deblock filter when filtering. 17068 DeblockFilter *string `locationName:"deblockFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDeblockFilter"` 17069 17070 // Enable or disable the denoise filter when filtering. 17071 DenoiseFilter *string `locationName:"denoiseFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputDenoiseFilter"` 17072 17073 // Adjusts the magnitude of filtering from 1 (minimal) to 5 (strongest). 17074 FilterStrength *int64 `locationName:"filterStrength" min:"1" type:"integer"` 17075 17076 // Turns on the filter for this input. MPEG-2 inputs have the deblocking filter 17077 // enabled by default.1) auto - filtering will be applied depending on input 17078 // type/quality2) disabled - no filtering will be applied to the input3) forced 17079 // - filtering will be applied regardless of input type 17080 InputFilter *string `locationName:"inputFilter" type:"string" enum:"InputFilter"` 17081 17082 // Input settings. 17083 NetworkInputSettings *NetworkInputSettings `locationName:"networkInputSettings" type:"structure"` 17084 17085 // Specifies whether to extract applicable ancillary data from a SMPTE-2038 17086 // source in this input. Applicable data types are captions, timecode, AFD, 17087 // and SCTE-104 messages.- PREFER: Extract from SMPTE-2038 if present in this 17088 // input, otherwise extract from another source (if any).- IGNORE: Never extract 17089 // any ancillary data from SMPTE-2038. 17090 Smpte2038DataPreference *string `locationName:"smpte2038DataPreference" type:"string" enum:"Smpte2038DataPreference"` 17091 17092 // Loop input if it is a file. This allows a file input to be streamed indefinitely. 17093 SourceEndBehavior *string `locationName:"sourceEndBehavior" type:"string" enum:"InputSourceEndBehavior"` 17094 17095 // Informs which video elementary stream to decode for input types that have 17096 // multiple available. 17097 VideoSelector *VideoSelector `locationName:"videoSelector" type:"structure"` 17098} 17099 17100// String returns the string representation 17101func (s InputSettings) String() string { 17102 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17103} 17104 17105// GoString returns the string representation 17106func (s InputSettings) GoString() string { 17107 return s.String() 17108} 17109 17110// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17111func (s *InputSettings) Validate() error { 17112 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputSettings"} 17113 if s.FilterStrength != nil && *s.FilterStrength < 1 { 17114 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FilterStrength", 1)) 17115 } 17116 if s.AudioSelectors != nil { 17117 for i, v := range s.AudioSelectors { 17118 if v == nil { 17119 continue 17120 } 17121 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 17122 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "AudioSelectors", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17123 } 17124 } 17125 } 17126 if s.CaptionSelectors != nil { 17127 for i, v := range s.CaptionSelectors { 17128 if v == nil { 17129 continue 17130 } 17131 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 17132 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "CaptionSelectors", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17133 } 17134 } 17135 } 17136 17137 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17138 return invalidParams 17139 } 17140 return nil 17141} 17142 17143// SetAudioSelectors sets the AudioSelectors field's value. 17144func (s *InputSettings) SetAudioSelectors(v []*AudioSelector) *InputSettings { 17145 s.AudioSelectors = v 17146 return s 17147} 17148 17149// SetCaptionSelectors sets the CaptionSelectors field's value. 17150func (s *InputSettings) SetCaptionSelectors(v []*CaptionSelector) *InputSettings { 17151 s.CaptionSelectors = v 17152 return s 17153} 17154 17155// SetDeblockFilter sets the DeblockFilter field's value. 17156func (s *InputSettings) SetDeblockFilter(v string) *InputSettings { 17157 s.DeblockFilter = &v 17158 return s 17159} 17160 17161// SetDenoiseFilter sets the DenoiseFilter field's value. 17162func (s *InputSettings) SetDenoiseFilter(v string) *InputSettings { 17163 s.DenoiseFilter = &v 17164 return s 17165} 17166 17167// SetFilterStrength sets the FilterStrength field's value. 17168func (s *InputSettings) SetFilterStrength(v int64) *InputSettings { 17169 s.FilterStrength = &v 17170 return s 17171} 17172 17173// SetInputFilter sets the InputFilter field's value. 17174func (s *InputSettings) SetInputFilter(v string) *InputSettings { 17175 s.InputFilter = &v 17176 return s 17177} 17178 17179// SetNetworkInputSettings sets the NetworkInputSettings field's value. 17180func (s *InputSettings) SetNetworkInputSettings(v *NetworkInputSettings) *InputSettings { 17181 s.NetworkInputSettings = v 17182 return s 17183} 17184 17185// SetSmpte2038DataPreference sets the Smpte2038DataPreference field's value. 17186func (s *InputSettings) SetSmpte2038DataPreference(v string) *InputSettings { 17187 s.Smpte2038DataPreference = &v 17188 return s 17189} 17190 17191// SetSourceEndBehavior sets the SourceEndBehavior field's value. 17192func (s *InputSettings) SetSourceEndBehavior(v string) *InputSettings { 17193 s.SourceEndBehavior = &v 17194 return s 17195} 17196 17197// SetVideoSelector sets the VideoSelector field's value. 17198func (s *InputSettings) SetVideoSelector(v *VideoSelector) *InputSettings { 17199 s.VideoSelector = v 17200 return s 17201} 17202 17203// The settings for a PULL type input. 17204type InputSource struct { 17205 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17206 17207 // The key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store. 17208 PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"` 17209 17210 // This represents the customer's source URL where stream ispulled from. 17211 Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` 17212 17213 // The username for the input source. 17214 Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"` 17215} 17216 17217// String returns the string representation 17218func (s InputSource) String() string { 17219 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17220} 17221 17222// GoString returns the string representation 17223func (s InputSource) GoString() string { 17224 return s.String() 17225} 17226 17227// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value. 17228func (s *InputSource) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputSource { 17229 s.PasswordParam = &v 17230 return s 17231} 17232 17233// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. 17234func (s *InputSource) SetUrl(v string) *InputSource { 17235 s.Url = &v 17236 return s 17237} 17238 17239// SetUsername sets the Username field's value. 17240func (s *InputSource) SetUsername(v string) *InputSource { 17241 s.Username = &v 17242 return s 17243} 17244 17245// Settings for for a PULL type input. 17246type InputSourceRequest struct { 17247 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17248 17249 // The key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store. 17250 PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"` 17251 17252 // This represents the customer's source URL where stream ispulled from. 17253 Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` 17254 17255 // The username for the input source. 17256 Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"` 17257} 17258 17259// String returns the string representation 17260func (s InputSourceRequest) String() string { 17261 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17262} 17263 17264// GoString returns the string representation 17265func (s InputSourceRequest) GoString() string { 17266 return s.String() 17267} 17268 17269// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value. 17270func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetPasswordParam(v string) *InputSourceRequest { 17271 s.PasswordParam = &v 17272 return s 17273} 17274 17275// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. 17276func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetUrl(v string) *InputSourceRequest { 17277 s.Url = &v 17278 return s 17279} 17280 17281// SetUsername sets the Username field's value. 17282func (s *InputSourceRequest) SetUsername(v string) *InputSourceRequest { 17283 s.Username = &v 17284 return s 17285} 17286 17287type InputSpecification struct { 17288 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17289 17290 // Input codec 17291 Codec *string `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"InputCodec"` 17292 17293 // Maximum input bitrate, categorized coarsely 17294 MaximumBitrate *string `locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string" enum:"InputMaximumBitrate"` 17295 17296 // Input resolution, categorized coarsely 17297 Resolution *string `locationName:"resolution" type:"string" enum:"InputResolution"` 17298} 17299 17300// String returns the string representation 17301func (s InputSpecification) String() string { 17302 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17303} 17304 17305// GoString returns the string representation 17306func (s InputSpecification) GoString() string { 17307 return s.String() 17308} 17309 17310// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value. 17311func (s *InputSpecification) SetCodec(v string) *InputSpecification { 17312 s.Codec = &v 17313 return s 17314} 17315 17316// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value. 17317func (s *InputSpecification) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *InputSpecification { 17318 s.MaximumBitrate = &v 17319 return s 17320} 17321 17322// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value. 17323func (s *InputSpecification) SetResolution(v string) *InputSpecification { 17324 s.Resolution = &v 17325 return s 17326} 17327 17328// Settings for the "switch input" action: to switch from ingesting one input 17329// to ingesting another input. 17330type InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings struct { 17331 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17332 17333 // The name of the input attachment (not the name of the input!) to switch to. 17334 // The name is specified in the channel configuration. 17335 // 17336 // InputAttachmentNameReference is a required field 17337 InputAttachmentNameReference *string `locationName:"inputAttachmentNameReference" type:"string" required:"true"` 17338 17339 // Settings to let you create a clip of the file input, in order to set up the 17340 // input to ingest only a portion of the file. 17341 InputClippingSettings *InputClippingSettings `locationName:"inputClippingSettings" type:"structure"` 17342 17343 // The value for the variable portion of the URL for the dynamic input, for 17344 // this instance of the input. Each time you use the same dynamic input in an 17345 // input switch action, you can provide a different value, in order to connect 17346 // the input to a different content source. 17347 UrlPath []*string `locationName:"urlPath" type:"list"` 17348} 17349 17350// String returns the string representation 17351func (s InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 17352 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17353} 17354 17355// GoString returns the string representation 17356func (s InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 17357 return s.String() 17358} 17359 17360// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17361func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 17362 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings"} 17363 if s.InputAttachmentNameReference == nil { 17364 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputAttachmentNameReference")) 17365 } 17366 if s.InputClippingSettings != nil { 17367 if err := s.InputClippingSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 17368 invalidParams.AddNested("InputClippingSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17369 } 17370 } 17371 17372 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17373 return invalidParams 17374 } 17375 return nil 17376} 17377 17378// SetInputAttachmentNameReference sets the InputAttachmentNameReference field's value. 17379func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetInputAttachmentNameReference(v string) *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings { 17380 s.InputAttachmentNameReference = &v 17381 return s 17382} 17383 17384// SetInputClippingSettings sets the InputClippingSettings field's value. 17385func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetInputClippingSettings(v *InputClippingSettings) *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings { 17386 s.InputClippingSettings = v 17387 return s 17388} 17389 17390// SetUrlPath sets the UrlPath field's value. 17391func (s *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) SetUrlPath(v []*string) *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings { 17392 s.UrlPath = v 17393 return s 17394} 17395 17396// Settings for a private VPC Input.When this property is specified, the input 17397// destination addresses will be created in a VPC rather than with public Internet 17398// addresses.This property requires setting the roleArn property on Input creation.Not 17399// compatible with the inputSecurityGroups property. 17400type InputVpcRequest struct { 17401 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17402 17403 // A list of up to 5 EC2 VPC security group IDs to attach to the Input VPC network 17404 // interfaces.Requires subnetIds. If none are specified then the VPC default 17405 // security group will be used. 17406 SecurityGroupIds []*string `locationName:"securityGroupIds" type:"list"` 17407 17408 // A list of 2 VPC subnet IDs from the same VPC.Subnet IDs must be mapped to 17409 // two unique availability zones (AZ). 17410 // 17411 // SubnetIds is a required field 17412 SubnetIds []*string `locationName:"subnetIds" type:"list" required:"true"` 17413} 17414 17415// String returns the string representation 17416func (s InputVpcRequest) String() string { 17417 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17418} 17419 17420// GoString returns the string representation 17421func (s InputVpcRequest) GoString() string { 17422 return s.String() 17423} 17424 17425// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17426func (s *InputVpcRequest) Validate() error { 17427 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "InputVpcRequest"} 17428 if s.SubnetIds == nil { 17429 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SubnetIds")) 17430 } 17431 17432 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17433 return invalidParams 17434 } 17435 return nil 17436} 17437 17438// SetSecurityGroupIds sets the SecurityGroupIds field's value. 17439func (s *InputVpcRequest) SetSecurityGroupIds(v []*string) *InputVpcRequest { 17440 s.SecurityGroupIds = v 17441 return s 17442} 17443 17444// SetSubnetIds sets the SubnetIds field's value. 17445func (s *InputVpcRequest) SetSubnetIds(v []*string) *InputVpcRequest { 17446 s.SubnetIds = v 17447 return s 17448} 17449 17450// Whitelist rule 17451type InputWhitelistRule struct { 17452 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17453 17454 // The IPv4 CIDR that's whitelisted. 17455 Cidr *string `locationName:"cidr" type:"string"` 17456} 17457 17458// String returns the string representation 17459func (s InputWhitelistRule) String() string { 17460 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17461} 17462 17463// GoString returns the string representation 17464func (s InputWhitelistRule) GoString() string { 17465 return s.String() 17466} 17467 17468// SetCidr sets the Cidr field's value. 17469func (s *InputWhitelistRule) SetCidr(v string) *InputWhitelistRule { 17470 s.Cidr = &v 17471 return s 17472} 17473 17474// An IPv4 CIDR to whitelist. 17475type InputWhitelistRuleCidr struct { 17476 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17477 17478 // The IPv4 CIDR to whitelist. 17479 Cidr *string `locationName:"cidr" type:"string"` 17480} 17481 17482// String returns the string representation 17483func (s InputWhitelistRuleCidr) String() string { 17484 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17485} 17486 17487// GoString returns the string representation 17488func (s InputWhitelistRuleCidr) GoString() string { 17489 return s.String() 17490} 17491 17492// SetCidr sets the Cidr field's value. 17493func (s *InputWhitelistRuleCidr) SetCidr(v string) *InputWhitelistRuleCidr { 17494 s.Cidr = &v 17495 return s 17496} 17497 17498type InternalServerErrorException struct { 17499 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17500 RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` 17501 17502 Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 17503} 17504 17505// String returns the string representation 17506func (s InternalServerErrorException) String() string { 17507 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17508} 17509 17510// GoString returns the string representation 17511func (s InternalServerErrorException) GoString() string { 17512 return s.String() 17513} 17514 17515func newErrorInternalServerErrorException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { 17516 return &InternalServerErrorException{ 17517 RespMetadata: v, 17518 } 17519} 17520 17521// Code returns the exception type name. 17522func (s *InternalServerErrorException) Code() string { 17523 return "InternalServerErrorException" 17524} 17525 17526// Message returns the exception's message. 17527func (s *InternalServerErrorException) Message() string { 17528 if s.Message_ != nil { 17529 return *s.Message_ 17530 } 17531 return "" 17532} 17533 17534// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. 17535func (s *InternalServerErrorException) OrigErr() error { 17536 return nil 17537} 17538 17539func (s *InternalServerErrorException) Error() string { 17540 return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) 17541} 17542 17543// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. 17544func (s *InternalServerErrorException) StatusCode() int { 17545 return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode 17546} 17547 17548// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. 17549func (s *InternalServerErrorException) RequestID() string { 17550 return s.RespMetadata.RequestID 17551} 17552 17553// Key Provider Settings 17554type KeyProviderSettings struct { 17555 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17556 17557 // Static Key Settings 17558 StaticKeySettings *StaticKeySettings `locationName:"staticKeySettings" type:"structure"` 17559} 17560 17561// String returns the string representation 17562func (s KeyProviderSettings) String() string { 17563 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17564} 17565 17566// GoString returns the string representation 17567func (s KeyProviderSettings) GoString() string { 17568 return s.String() 17569} 17570 17571// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17572func (s *KeyProviderSettings) Validate() error { 17573 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "KeyProviderSettings"} 17574 if s.StaticKeySettings != nil { 17575 if err := s.StaticKeySettings.Validate(); err != nil { 17576 invalidParams.AddNested("StaticKeySettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 17577 } 17578 } 17579 17580 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17581 return invalidParams 17582 } 17583 return nil 17584} 17585 17586// SetStaticKeySettings sets the StaticKeySettings field's value. 17587func (s *KeyProviderSettings) SetStaticKeySettings(v *StaticKeySettings) *KeyProviderSettings { 17588 s.StaticKeySettings = v 17589 return s 17590} 17591 17592type ListChannelsInput struct { 17593 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17594 17595 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 17596 17597 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 17598} 17599 17600// String returns the string representation 17601func (s ListChannelsInput) String() string { 17602 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17603} 17604 17605// GoString returns the string representation 17606func (s ListChannelsInput) GoString() string { 17607 return s.String() 17608} 17609 17610// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17611func (s *ListChannelsInput) Validate() error { 17612 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListChannelsInput"} 17613 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 17614 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 17615 } 17616 17617 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17618 return invalidParams 17619 } 17620 return nil 17621} 17622 17623// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 17624func (s *ListChannelsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListChannelsInput { 17625 s.MaxResults = &v 17626 return s 17627} 17628 17629// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 17630func (s *ListChannelsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListChannelsInput { 17631 s.NextToken = &v 17632 return s 17633} 17634 17635type ListChannelsOutput struct { 17636 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17637 17638 Channels []*ChannelSummary `locationName:"channels" type:"list"` 17639 17640 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 17641} 17642 17643// String returns the string representation 17644func (s ListChannelsOutput) String() string { 17645 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17646} 17647 17648// GoString returns the string representation 17649func (s ListChannelsOutput) GoString() string { 17650 return s.String() 17651} 17652 17653// SetChannels sets the Channels field's value. 17654func (s *ListChannelsOutput) SetChannels(v []*ChannelSummary) *ListChannelsOutput { 17655 s.Channels = v 17656 return s 17657} 17658 17659// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 17660func (s *ListChannelsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListChannelsOutput { 17661 s.NextToken = &v 17662 return s 17663} 17664 17665type ListInputDeviceTransfersInput struct { 17666 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17667 17668 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 17669 17670 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 17671 17672 // TransferType is a required field 17673 TransferType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"transferType" type:"string" required:"true"` 17674} 17675 17676// String returns the string representation 17677func (s ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) String() string { 17678 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17679} 17680 17681// GoString returns the string representation 17682func (s ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) GoString() string { 17683 return s.String() 17684} 17685 17686// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17687func (s *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) Validate() error { 17688 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListInputDeviceTransfersInput"} 17689 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 17690 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 17691 } 17692 if s.TransferType == nil { 17693 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransferType")) 17694 } 17695 17696 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17697 return invalidParams 17698 } 17699 return nil 17700} 17701 17702// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 17703func (s *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput { 17704 s.MaxResults = &v 17705 return s 17706} 17707 17708// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 17709func (s *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput { 17710 s.NextToken = &v 17711 return s 17712} 17713 17714// SetTransferType sets the TransferType field's value. 17715func (s *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput) SetTransferType(v string) *ListInputDeviceTransfersInput { 17716 s.TransferType = &v 17717 return s 17718} 17719 17720type ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput struct { 17721 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17722 17723 InputDeviceTransfers []*TransferringInputDeviceSummary `locationName:"inputDeviceTransfers" type:"list"` 17724 17725 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 17726} 17727 17728// String returns the string representation 17729func (s ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput) String() string { 17730 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17731} 17732 17733// GoString returns the string representation 17734func (s ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput) GoString() string { 17735 return s.String() 17736} 17737 17738// SetInputDeviceTransfers sets the InputDeviceTransfers field's value. 17739func (s *ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput) SetInputDeviceTransfers(v []*TransferringInputDeviceSummary) *ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput { 17740 s.InputDeviceTransfers = v 17741 return s 17742} 17743 17744// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 17745func (s *ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputDeviceTransfersOutput { 17746 s.NextToken = &v 17747 return s 17748} 17749 17750type ListInputDevicesInput struct { 17751 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17752 17753 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 17754 17755 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 17756} 17757 17758// String returns the string representation 17759func (s ListInputDevicesInput) String() string { 17760 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17761} 17762 17763// GoString returns the string representation 17764func (s ListInputDevicesInput) GoString() string { 17765 return s.String() 17766} 17767 17768// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17769func (s *ListInputDevicesInput) Validate() error { 17770 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListInputDevicesInput"} 17771 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 17772 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 17773 } 17774 17775 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17776 return invalidParams 17777 } 17778 return nil 17779} 17780 17781// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 17782func (s *ListInputDevicesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputDevicesInput { 17783 s.MaxResults = &v 17784 return s 17785} 17786 17787// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 17788func (s *ListInputDevicesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputDevicesInput { 17789 s.NextToken = &v 17790 return s 17791} 17792 17793type ListInputDevicesOutput struct { 17794 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17795 17796 InputDevices []*InputDeviceSummary `locationName:"inputDevices" type:"list"` 17797 17798 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 17799} 17800 17801// String returns the string representation 17802func (s ListInputDevicesOutput) String() string { 17803 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17804} 17805 17806// GoString returns the string representation 17807func (s ListInputDevicesOutput) GoString() string { 17808 return s.String() 17809} 17810 17811// SetInputDevices sets the InputDevices field's value. 17812func (s *ListInputDevicesOutput) SetInputDevices(v []*InputDeviceSummary) *ListInputDevicesOutput { 17813 s.InputDevices = v 17814 return s 17815} 17816 17817// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 17818func (s *ListInputDevicesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputDevicesOutput { 17819 s.NextToken = &v 17820 return s 17821} 17822 17823type ListInputSecurityGroupsInput struct { 17824 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17825 17826 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 17827 17828 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 17829} 17830 17831// String returns the string representation 17832func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) String() string { 17833 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17834} 17835 17836// GoString returns the string representation 17837func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) GoString() string { 17838 return s.String() 17839} 17840 17841// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17842func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) Validate() error { 17843 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListInputSecurityGroupsInput"} 17844 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 17845 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 17846 } 17847 17848 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17849 return invalidParams 17850 } 17851 return nil 17852} 17853 17854// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 17855func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput { 17856 s.MaxResults = &v 17857 return s 17858} 17859 17860// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 17861func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputSecurityGroupsInput { 17862 s.NextToken = &v 17863 return s 17864} 17865 17866type ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput struct { 17867 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17868 17869 InputSecurityGroups []*InputSecurityGroup `locationName:"inputSecurityGroups" type:"list"` 17870 17871 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 17872} 17873 17874// String returns the string representation 17875func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) String() string { 17876 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17877} 17878 17879// GoString returns the string representation 17880func (s ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) GoString() string { 17881 return s.String() 17882} 17883 17884// SetInputSecurityGroups sets the InputSecurityGroups field's value. 17885func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) SetInputSecurityGroups(v []*InputSecurityGroup) *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput { 17886 s.InputSecurityGroups = v 17887 return s 17888} 17889 17890// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 17891func (s *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputSecurityGroupsOutput { 17892 s.NextToken = &v 17893 return s 17894} 17895 17896type ListInputsInput struct { 17897 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17898 17899 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 17900 17901 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 17902} 17903 17904// String returns the string representation 17905func (s ListInputsInput) String() string { 17906 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17907} 17908 17909// GoString returns the string representation 17910func (s ListInputsInput) GoString() string { 17911 return s.String() 17912} 17913 17914// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17915func (s *ListInputsInput) Validate() error { 17916 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListInputsInput"} 17917 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 17918 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 17919 } 17920 17921 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 17922 return invalidParams 17923 } 17924 return nil 17925} 17926 17927// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 17928func (s *ListInputsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListInputsInput { 17929 s.MaxResults = &v 17930 return s 17931} 17932 17933// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 17934func (s *ListInputsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputsInput { 17935 s.NextToken = &v 17936 return s 17937} 17938 17939type ListInputsOutput struct { 17940 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17941 17942 Inputs []*Input `locationName:"inputs" type:"list"` 17943 17944 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 17945} 17946 17947// String returns the string representation 17948func (s ListInputsOutput) String() string { 17949 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17950} 17951 17952// GoString returns the string representation 17953func (s ListInputsOutput) GoString() string { 17954 return s.String() 17955} 17956 17957// SetInputs sets the Inputs field's value. 17958func (s *ListInputsOutput) SetInputs(v []*Input) *ListInputsOutput { 17959 s.Inputs = v 17960 return s 17961} 17962 17963// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 17964func (s *ListInputsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListInputsOutput { 17965 s.NextToken = &v 17966 return s 17967} 17968 17969type ListMultiplexProgramsInput struct { 17970 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 17971 17972 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 17973 17974 // MultiplexId is a required field 17975 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 17976 17977 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 17978} 17979 17980// String returns the string representation 17981func (s ListMultiplexProgramsInput) String() string { 17982 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 17983} 17984 17985// GoString returns the string representation 17986func (s ListMultiplexProgramsInput) GoString() string { 17987 return s.String() 17988} 17989 17990// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 17991func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) Validate() error { 17992 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMultiplexProgramsInput"} 17993 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 17994 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 17995 } 17996 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 17997 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 17998 } 17999 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 18000 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 18001 } 18002 18003 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18004 return invalidParams 18005 } 18006 return nil 18007} 18008 18009// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 18010func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListMultiplexProgramsInput { 18011 s.MaxResults = &v 18012 return s 18013} 18014 18015// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 18016func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *ListMultiplexProgramsInput { 18017 s.MultiplexId = &v 18018 return s 18019} 18020 18021// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 18022func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexProgramsInput { 18023 s.NextToken = &v 18024 return s 18025} 18026 18027type ListMultiplexProgramsOutput struct { 18028 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18029 18030 MultiplexPrograms []*MultiplexProgramSummary `locationName:"multiplexPrograms" type:"list"` 18031 18032 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 18033} 18034 18035// String returns the string representation 18036func (s ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) String() string { 18037 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18038} 18039 18040// GoString returns the string representation 18041func (s ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) GoString() string { 18042 return s.String() 18043} 18044 18045// SetMultiplexPrograms sets the MultiplexPrograms field's value. 18046func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) SetMultiplexPrograms(v []*MultiplexProgramSummary) *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput { 18047 s.MultiplexPrograms = v 18048 return s 18049} 18050 18051// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 18052func (s *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexProgramsOutput { 18053 s.NextToken = &v 18054 return s 18055} 18056 18057type ListMultiplexesInput struct { 18058 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18059 18060 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 18061 18062 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 18063} 18064 18065// String returns the string representation 18066func (s ListMultiplexesInput) String() string { 18067 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18068} 18069 18070// GoString returns the string representation 18071func (s ListMultiplexesInput) GoString() string { 18072 return s.String() 18073} 18074 18075// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18076func (s *ListMultiplexesInput) Validate() error { 18077 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListMultiplexesInput"} 18078 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 18079 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 18080 } 18081 18082 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18083 return invalidParams 18084 } 18085 return nil 18086} 18087 18088// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 18089func (s *ListMultiplexesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListMultiplexesInput { 18090 s.MaxResults = &v 18091 return s 18092} 18093 18094// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 18095func (s *ListMultiplexesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexesInput { 18096 s.NextToken = &v 18097 return s 18098} 18099 18100type ListMultiplexesOutput struct { 18101 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18102 18103 Multiplexes []*MultiplexSummary `locationName:"multiplexes" type:"list"` 18104 18105 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 18106} 18107 18108// String returns the string representation 18109func (s ListMultiplexesOutput) String() string { 18110 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18111} 18112 18113// GoString returns the string representation 18114func (s ListMultiplexesOutput) GoString() string { 18115 return s.String() 18116} 18117 18118// SetMultiplexes sets the Multiplexes field's value. 18119func (s *ListMultiplexesOutput) SetMultiplexes(v []*MultiplexSummary) *ListMultiplexesOutput { 18120 s.Multiplexes = v 18121 return s 18122} 18123 18124// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 18125func (s *ListMultiplexesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListMultiplexesOutput { 18126 s.NextToken = &v 18127 return s 18128} 18129 18130type ListOfferingsInput struct { 18131 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18132 18133 ChannelClass *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelClass" type:"string"` 18134 18135 ChannelConfiguration *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelConfiguration" type:"string"` 18136 18137 Codec *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"codec" type:"string"` 18138 18139 Duration *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"duration" type:"string"` 18140 18141 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 18142 18143 MaximumBitrate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string"` 18144 18145 MaximumFramerate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumFramerate" type:"string"` 18146 18147 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 18148 18149 Resolution *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resolution" type:"string"` 18150 18151 ResourceType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"` 18152 18153 SpecialFeature *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"specialFeature" type:"string"` 18154 18155 VideoQuality *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"videoQuality" type:"string"` 18156} 18157 18158// String returns the string representation 18159func (s ListOfferingsInput) String() string { 18160 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18161} 18162 18163// GoString returns the string representation 18164func (s ListOfferingsInput) GoString() string { 18165 return s.String() 18166} 18167 18168// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18169func (s *ListOfferingsInput) Validate() error { 18170 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListOfferingsInput"} 18171 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 18172 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 18173 } 18174 18175 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18176 return invalidParams 18177 } 18178 return nil 18179} 18180 18181// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 18182func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 18183 s.ChannelClass = &v 18184 return s 18185} 18186 18187// SetChannelConfiguration sets the ChannelConfiguration field's value. 18188func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetChannelConfiguration(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 18189 s.ChannelConfiguration = &v 18190 return s 18191} 18192 18193// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value. 18194func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetCodec(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 18195 s.Codec = &v 18196 return s 18197} 18198 18199// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 18200func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetDuration(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 18201 s.Duration = &v 18202 return s 18203} 18204 18205// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 18206func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListOfferingsInput { 18207 s.MaxResults = &v 18208 return s 18209} 18210 18211// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value. 18212func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 18213 s.MaximumBitrate = &v 18214 return s 18215} 18216 18217// SetMaximumFramerate sets the MaximumFramerate field's value. 18218func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetMaximumFramerate(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 18219 s.MaximumFramerate = &v 18220 return s 18221} 18222 18223// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 18224func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 18225 s.NextToken = &v 18226 return s 18227} 18228 18229// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value. 18230func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetResolution(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 18231 s.Resolution = &v 18232 return s 18233} 18234 18235// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value. 18236func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetResourceType(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 18237 s.ResourceType = &v 18238 return s 18239} 18240 18241// SetSpecialFeature sets the SpecialFeature field's value. 18242func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetSpecialFeature(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 18243 s.SpecialFeature = &v 18244 return s 18245} 18246 18247// SetVideoQuality sets the VideoQuality field's value. 18248func (s *ListOfferingsInput) SetVideoQuality(v string) *ListOfferingsInput { 18249 s.VideoQuality = &v 18250 return s 18251} 18252 18253type ListOfferingsOutput struct { 18254 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18255 18256 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 18257 18258 Offerings []*Offering `locationName:"offerings" type:"list"` 18259} 18260 18261// String returns the string representation 18262func (s ListOfferingsOutput) String() string { 18263 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18264} 18265 18266// GoString returns the string representation 18267func (s ListOfferingsOutput) GoString() string { 18268 return s.String() 18269} 18270 18271// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 18272func (s *ListOfferingsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListOfferingsOutput { 18273 s.NextToken = &v 18274 return s 18275} 18276 18277// SetOfferings sets the Offerings field's value. 18278func (s *ListOfferingsOutput) SetOfferings(v []*Offering) *ListOfferingsOutput { 18279 s.Offerings = v 18280 return s 18281} 18282 18283type ListReservationsInput struct { 18284 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18285 18286 ChannelClass *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"channelClass" type:"string"` 18287 18288 Codec *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"codec" type:"string"` 18289 18290 MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"` 18291 18292 MaximumBitrate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string"` 18293 18294 MaximumFramerate *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"maximumFramerate" type:"string"` 18295 18296 NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 18297 18298 Resolution *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resolution" type:"string"` 18299 18300 ResourceType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"` 18301 18302 SpecialFeature *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"specialFeature" type:"string"` 18303 18304 VideoQuality *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"videoQuality" type:"string"` 18305} 18306 18307// String returns the string representation 18308func (s ListReservationsInput) String() string { 18309 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18310} 18311 18312// GoString returns the string representation 18313func (s ListReservationsInput) GoString() string { 18314 return s.String() 18315} 18316 18317// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18318func (s *ListReservationsInput) Validate() error { 18319 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListReservationsInput"} 18320 if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 { 18321 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1)) 18322 } 18323 18324 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18325 return invalidParams 18326 } 18327 return nil 18328} 18329 18330// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 18331func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 18332 s.ChannelClass = &v 18333 return s 18334} 18335 18336// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value. 18337func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetCodec(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 18338 s.Codec = &v 18339 return s 18340} 18341 18342// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value. 18343func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListReservationsInput { 18344 s.MaxResults = &v 18345 return s 18346} 18347 18348// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value. 18349func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 18350 s.MaximumBitrate = &v 18351 return s 18352} 18353 18354// SetMaximumFramerate sets the MaximumFramerate field's value. 18355func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetMaximumFramerate(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 18356 s.MaximumFramerate = &v 18357 return s 18358} 18359 18360// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 18361func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 18362 s.NextToken = &v 18363 return s 18364} 18365 18366// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value. 18367func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetResolution(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 18368 s.Resolution = &v 18369 return s 18370} 18371 18372// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value. 18373func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetResourceType(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 18374 s.ResourceType = &v 18375 return s 18376} 18377 18378// SetSpecialFeature sets the SpecialFeature field's value. 18379func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetSpecialFeature(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 18380 s.SpecialFeature = &v 18381 return s 18382} 18383 18384// SetVideoQuality sets the VideoQuality field's value. 18385func (s *ListReservationsInput) SetVideoQuality(v string) *ListReservationsInput { 18386 s.VideoQuality = &v 18387 return s 18388} 18389 18390type ListReservationsOutput struct { 18391 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18392 18393 NextToken *string `locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"` 18394 18395 Reservations []*Reservation `locationName:"reservations" type:"list"` 18396} 18397 18398// String returns the string representation 18399func (s ListReservationsOutput) String() string { 18400 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18401} 18402 18403// GoString returns the string representation 18404func (s ListReservationsOutput) GoString() string { 18405 return s.String() 18406} 18407 18408// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value. 18409func (s *ListReservationsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListReservationsOutput { 18410 s.NextToken = &v 18411 return s 18412} 18413 18414// SetReservations sets the Reservations field's value. 18415func (s *ListReservationsOutput) SetReservations(v []*Reservation) *ListReservationsOutput { 18416 s.Reservations = v 18417 return s 18418} 18419 18420type ListTagsForResourceInput struct { 18421 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18422 18423 // ResourceArn is a required field 18424 ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resource-arn" type:"string" required:"true"` 18425} 18426 18427// String returns the string representation 18428func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) String() string { 18429 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18430} 18431 18432// GoString returns the string representation 18433func (s ListTagsForResourceInput) GoString() string { 18434 return s.String() 18435} 18436 18437// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18438func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) Validate() error { 18439 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsForResourceInput"} 18440 if s.ResourceArn == nil { 18441 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn")) 18442 } 18443 if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 { 18444 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1)) 18445 } 18446 18447 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18448 return invalidParams 18449 } 18450 return nil 18451} 18452 18453// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value. 18454func (s *ListTagsForResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *ListTagsForResourceInput { 18455 s.ResourceArn = &v 18456 return s 18457} 18458 18459type ListTagsForResourceOutput struct { 18460 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18461 18462 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 18463} 18464 18465// String returns the string representation 18466func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) String() string { 18467 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18468} 18469 18470// GoString returns the string representation 18471func (s ListTagsForResourceOutput) GoString() string { 18472 return s.String() 18473} 18474 18475// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 18476func (s *ListTagsForResourceOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListTagsForResourceOutput { 18477 s.Tags = v 18478 return s 18479} 18480 18481// M2ts Settings 18482type M2tsSettings struct { 18483 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 18484 18485 // When set to drop, output audio streams will be removed from the program if 18486 // the selected input audio stream is removed from the input. This allows the 18487 // output audio configuration to dynamically change based on input configuration. 18488 // If this is set to encodeSilence, all output audio streams will output encoded 18489 // silence when not connected to an active input stream. 18490 AbsentInputAudioBehavior *string `locationName:"absentInputAudioBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior"` 18491 18492 // When set to enabled, uses ARIB-compliant field muxing and removes video descriptor. 18493 Arib *string `locationName:"arib" type:"string" enum:"M2tsArib"` 18494 18495 // Packet Identifier (PID) for ARIB Captions in the transport stream. Can be 18496 // entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 18497 // (or 0x1ff6). 18498 AribCaptionsPid *string `locationName:"aribCaptionsPid" type:"string"` 18499 18500 // If set to auto, pid number used for ARIB Captions will be auto-selected from 18501 // unused pids. If set to useConfigured, ARIB Captions will be on the configured 18502 // pid number. 18503 AribCaptionsPidControl *string `locationName:"aribCaptionsPidControl" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl"` 18504 18505 // When set to dvb, uses DVB buffer model for Dolby Digital audio. When set 18506 // to atsc, the ATSC model is used. 18507 AudioBufferModel *string `locationName:"audioBufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioBufferModel"` 18508 18509 // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet. 18510 AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"` 18511 18512 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport 18513 // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or 18514 // by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each 18515 // PID specified must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 18516 AudioPids *string `locationName:"audioPids" type:"string"` 18517 18518 // When set to atsc, uses stream type = 0x81 for AC3 and stream type = 0x87 18519 // for EAC3. When set to dvb, uses stream type = 0x06. 18520 AudioStreamType *string `locationName:"audioStreamType" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioStreamType"` 18521 18522 // The output bitrate of the transport stream in bits per second. Setting to 18523 // 0 lets the muxer automatically determine the appropriate bitrate. 18524 Bitrate *int64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"integer"` 18525 18526 // Controls the timing accuracy for output network traffic. Leave as MULTIPLEX 18527 // to ensure accurate network packet timing. Or set to NONE, which might result 18528 // in lower latency but will result in more variability in output network packet 18529 // timing. This variability might cause interruptions, jitter, or bursty behavior 18530 // in your playback or receiving devices. 18531 BufferModel *string `locationName:"bufferModel" type:"string" enum:"M2tsBufferModel"` 18532 18533 // When set to enabled, generates captionServiceDescriptor in PMT. 18534 CcDescriptor *string `locationName:"ccDescriptor" type:"string" enum:"M2tsCcDescriptor"` 18535 18536 // Inserts DVB Network Information Table (NIT) at the specified table repetition 18537 // interval. 18538 DvbNitSettings *DvbNitSettings `locationName:"dvbNitSettings" type:"structure"` 18539 18540 // Inserts DVB Service Description Table (SDT) at the specified table repetition 18541 // interval. 18542 DvbSdtSettings *DvbSdtSettings `locationName:"dvbSdtSettings" type:"structure"` 18543 18544 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Subtitle data to this output. 18545 // Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma 18546 // separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified 18547 // must be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 18548 DvbSubPids *string `locationName:"dvbSubPids" type:"string"` 18549 18550 // Inserts DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) at the specified table repetition interval. 18551 DvbTdtSettings *DvbTdtSettings `locationName:"dvbTdtSettings" type:"structure"` 18552 18553 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source DVB Teletext data to this output. 18554 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 18555 // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 18556 DvbTeletextPid *string `locationName:"dvbTeletextPid" type:"string"` 18557 18558 // If set to passthrough, passes any EBIF data from the input source to this 18559 // output. 18560 Ebif *string `locationName:"ebif" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbifControl"` 18561 18562 // When videoAndFixedIntervals is selected, audio EBP markers will be added 18563 // to partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will 18564 // be fixed, and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. 18565 // Only available when EBP Cablelabs segmentation markers are selected. Partitions 18566 // 1 and 2 will always follow the video interval. 18567 EbpAudioInterval *string `locationName:"ebpAudioInterval" type:"string" enum:"M2tsAudioInterval"` 18568 18569 // When set, enforces that Encoder Boundary Points do not come within the specified 18570 // time interval of each other by looking ahead at input video. If another EBP 18571 // is going to come in within the specified time interval, the current EBP is 18572 // not emitted, and the segment is "stretched" to the next marker. The lookahead 18573 // value does not add latency to the system. The Live Event must be configured 18574 // elsewhere to create sufficient latency to make the lookahead accurate. 18575 EbpLookaheadMs *int64 `locationName:"ebpLookaheadMs" type:"integer"` 18576 18577 // Controls placement of EBP on Audio PIDs. If set to videoAndAudioPids, EBP 18578 // markers will be placed on the video PID and all audio PIDs. If set to videoPid, 18579 // EBP markers will be placed on only the video PID. 18580 EbpPlacement *string `locationName:"ebpPlacement" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEbpPlacement"` 18581 18582 // This field is unused and deprecated. 18583 EcmPid *string `locationName:"ecmPid" type:"string"` 18584 18585 // Include or exclude the ES Rate field in the PES header. 18586 EsRateInPes *string `locationName:"esRateInPes" type:"string" enum:"M2tsEsRateInPes"` 18587 18588 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source ETV Platform data to this output. 18589 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 18590 // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 18591 EtvPlatformPid *string `locationName:"etvPlatformPid" type:"string"` 18592 18593 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source ETV Signal data to this output. 18594 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 18595 // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 18596 EtvSignalPid *string `locationName:"etvSignalPid" type:"string"` 18597 18598 // The length in seconds of each fragment. Only used with EBP markers. 18599 FragmentTime *float64 `locationName:"fragmentTime" type:"double"` 18600 18601 // If set to passthrough, passes any KLV data from the input source to this 18602 // output. 18603 Klv *string `locationName:"klv" type:"string" enum:"M2tsKlv"` 18604 18605 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source KLV data to this output. Multiple 18606 // values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation. 18607 // Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified must 18608 // be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 18609 KlvDataPids *string `locationName:"klvDataPids" type:"string"` 18610 18611 // If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be 18612 // detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in 18613 // the output. 18614 NielsenId3Behavior *string `locationName:"nielsenId3Behavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsNielsenId3Behavior"` 18615 18616 // Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport 18617 // stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic 18618 // null packets. 18619 NullPacketBitrate *float64 `locationName:"nullPacketBitrate" type:"double"` 18620 18621 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 18622 // transport stream. Valid values are 0, 10..1000. 18623 PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"` 18624 18625 // When set to pcrEveryPesPacket, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted 18626 // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective 18627 // only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. 18628 PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M2tsPcrControl"` 18629 18630 // Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock Reference (PCRs) inserted 18631 // into the transport stream. 18632 PcrPeriod *int64 `locationName:"pcrPeriod" type:"integer"` 18633 18634 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport 18635 // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as 18636 // the Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values 18637 // are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 18638 PcrPid *string `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"string"` 18639 18640 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 18641 // transport stream. Valid values are 0, 10..1000. 18642 PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"` 18643 18644 // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport 18645 // stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 18646 // 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 18647 PmtPid *string `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"string"` 18648 18649 // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table. 18650 ProgramNum *int64 `locationName:"programNum" type:"integer"` 18651 18652 // When vbr, does not insert null packets into transport stream to fill specified 18653 // bitrate. The bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate when vbr is set. 18654 RateMode *string `locationName:"rateMode" type:"string" enum:"M2tsRateMode"` 18655 18656 // Packet Identifier (PID) for input source SCTE-27 data to this output. Multiple 18657 // values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by comma separation. 18658 // Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. Each PID specified must 18659 // be in the range of 32 (or 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 18660 Scte27Pids *string `locationName:"scte27Pids" type:"string"` 18661 18662 // Optionally pass SCTE-35 signals from the input source to this output. 18663 Scte35Control *string `locationName:"scte35Control" type:"string" enum:"M2tsScte35Control"` 18664 18665 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can 18666 // be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 0x20)..8182 18667 // (or 0x1ff6). 18668 Scte35Pid *string `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"string"` 18669 18670 // Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentationTime period. raiSegstart 18671 // sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. raiAdapt sets 18672 // the RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psiSegstart 18673 // inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary 18674 // Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification 18675 // OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebpLegacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information to 18676 // the adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format. 18677 SegmentationMarkers *string `locationName:"segmentationMarkers" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationMarkers"` 18678 18679 // The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted 18680 // into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may 18681 // be truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted.When 18682 // a segmentation style of "resetCadence" is selected and a segment is truncated 18683 // due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent 18684 // segment will have a duration of $segmentationTime seconds.When a segmentation 18685 // style of "maintainCadence" is selected and a segment is truncated due to 18686 // an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. This means the subsequent 18687 // segment will likely be truncated as well. However, all segments after that 18688 // will have a duration of $segmentationTime seconds. Note that EBP lookahead 18689 // is a slight exception to this rule. 18690 SegmentationStyle *string `locationName:"segmentationStyle" type:"string" enum:"M2tsSegmentationStyle"` 18691 18692 // The length in seconds of each segment. Required unless markers is set to 18693 // _none_. 18694 SegmentationTime *float64 `locationName:"segmentationTime" type:"double"` 18695 18696 // When set to passthrough, timed metadata will be passed through from input 18697 // to output. 18698 TimedMetadataBehavior *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior"` 18699 18700 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream. 18701 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 18702 // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 18703 TimedMetadataPid *string `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"string"` 18704 18705 // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table. 18706 TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"` 18707 18708 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream. 18709 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 18710 // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 18711 VideoPid *string `locationName:"videoPid" type:"string"` 18712} 18713 18714// String returns the string representation 18715func (s M2tsSettings) String() string { 18716 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 18717} 18718 18719// GoString returns the string representation 18720func (s M2tsSettings) GoString() string { 18721 return s.String() 18722} 18723 18724// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 18725func (s *M2tsSettings) Validate() error { 18726 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "M2tsSettings"} 18727 if s.DvbNitSettings != nil { 18728 if err := s.DvbNitSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18729 invalidParams.AddNested("DvbNitSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18730 } 18731 } 18732 if s.DvbSdtSettings != nil { 18733 if err := s.DvbSdtSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18734 invalidParams.AddNested("DvbSdtSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18735 } 18736 } 18737 if s.DvbTdtSettings != nil { 18738 if err := s.DvbTdtSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 18739 invalidParams.AddNested("DvbTdtSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 18740 } 18741 } 18742 18743 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 18744 return invalidParams 18745 } 18746 return nil 18747} 18748 18749// SetAbsentInputAudioBehavior sets the AbsentInputAudioBehavior field's value. 18750func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAbsentInputAudioBehavior(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18751 s.AbsentInputAudioBehavior = &v 18752 return s 18753} 18754 18755// SetArib sets the Arib field's value. 18756func (s *M2tsSettings) SetArib(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18757 s.Arib = &v 18758 return s 18759} 18760 18761// SetAribCaptionsPid sets the AribCaptionsPid field's value. 18762func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAribCaptionsPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18763 s.AribCaptionsPid = &v 18764 return s 18765} 18766 18767// SetAribCaptionsPidControl sets the AribCaptionsPidControl field's value. 18768func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAribCaptionsPidControl(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18769 s.AribCaptionsPidControl = &v 18770 return s 18771} 18772 18773// SetAudioBufferModel sets the AudioBufferModel field's value. 18774func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18775 s.AudioBufferModel = &v 18776 return s 18777} 18778 18779// SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value. 18780func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 18781 s.AudioFramesPerPes = &v 18782 return s 18783} 18784 18785// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value. 18786func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioPids(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18787 s.AudioPids = &v 18788 return s 18789} 18790 18791// SetAudioStreamType sets the AudioStreamType field's value. 18792func (s *M2tsSettings) SetAudioStreamType(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18793 s.AudioStreamType = &v 18794 return s 18795} 18796 18797// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 18798func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBitrate(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 18799 s.Bitrate = &v 18800 return s 18801} 18802 18803// SetBufferModel sets the BufferModel field's value. 18804func (s *M2tsSettings) SetBufferModel(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18805 s.BufferModel = &v 18806 return s 18807} 18808 18809// SetCcDescriptor sets the CcDescriptor field's value. 18810func (s *M2tsSettings) SetCcDescriptor(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18811 s.CcDescriptor = &v 18812 return s 18813} 18814 18815// SetDvbNitSettings sets the DvbNitSettings field's value. 18816func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbNitSettings(v *DvbNitSettings) *M2tsSettings { 18817 s.DvbNitSettings = v 18818 return s 18819} 18820 18821// SetDvbSdtSettings sets the DvbSdtSettings field's value. 18822func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSdtSettings(v *DvbSdtSettings) *M2tsSettings { 18823 s.DvbSdtSettings = v 18824 return s 18825} 18826 18827// SetDvbSubPids sets the DvbSubPids field's value. 18828func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbSubPids(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18829 s.DvbSubPids = &v 18830 return s 18831} 18832 18833// SetDvbTdtSettings sets the DvbTdtSettings field's value. 18834func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTdtSettings(v *DvbTdtSettings) *M2tsSettings { 18835 s.DvbTdtSettings = v 18836 return s 18837} 18838 18839// SetDvbTeletextPid sets the DvbTeletextPid field's value. 18840func (s *M2tsSettings) SetDvbTeletextPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18841 s.DvbTeletextPid = &v 18842 return s 18843} 18844 18845// SetEbif sets the Ebif field's value. 18846func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbif(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18847 s.Ebif = &v 18848 return s 18849} 18850 18851// SetEbpAudioInterval sets the EbpAudioInterval field's value. 18852func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpAudioInterval(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18853 s.EbpAudioInterval = &v 18854 return s 18855} 18856 18857// SetEbpLookaheadMs sets the EbpLookaheadMs field's value. 18858func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpLookaheadMs(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 18859 s.EbpLookaheadMs = &v 18860 return s 18861} 18862 18863// SetEbpPlacement sets the EbpPlacement field's value. 18864func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEbpPlacement(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18865 s.EbpPlacement = &v 18866 return s 18867} 18868 18869// SetEcmPid sets the EcmPid field's value. 18870func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEcmPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18871 s.EcmPid = &v 18872 return s 18873} 18874 18875// SetEsRateInPes sets the EsRateInPes field's value. 18876func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEsRateInPes(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18877 s.EsRateInPes = &v 18878 return s 18879} 18880 18881// SetEtvPlatformPid sets the EtvPlatformPid field's value. 18882func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEtvPlatformPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18883 s.EtvPlatformPid = &v 18884 return s 18885} 18886 18887// SetEtvSignalPid sets the EtvSignalPid field's value. 18888func (s *M2tsSettings) SetEtvSignalPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18889 s.EtvSignalPid = &v 18890 return s 18891} 18892 18893// SetFragmentTime sets the FragmentTime field's value. 18894func (s *M2tsSettings) SetFragmentTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings { 18895 s.FragmentTime = &v 18896 return s 18897} 18898 18899// SetKlv sets the Klv field's value. 18900func (s *M2tsSettings) SetKlv(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18901 s.Klv = &v 18902 return s 18903} 18904 18905// SetKlvDataPids sets the KlvDataPids field's value. 18906func (s *M2tsSettings) SetKlvDataPids(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18907 s.KlvDataPids = &v 18908 return s 18909} 18910 18911// SetNielsenId3Behavior sets the NielsenId3Behavior field's value. 18912func (s *M2tsSettings) SetNielsenId3Behavior(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18913 s.NielsenId3Behavior = &v 18914 return s 18915} 18916 18917// SetNullPacketBitrate sets the NullPacketBitrate field's value. 18918func (s *M2tsSettings) SetNullPacketBitrate(v float64) *M2tsSettings { 18919 s.NullPacketBitrate = &v 18920 return s 18921} 18922 18923// SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value. 18924func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 18925 s.PatInterval = &v 18926 return s 18927} 18928 18929// SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value. 18930func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18931 s.PcrControl = &v 18932 return s 18933} 18934 18935// SetPcrPeriod sets the PcrPeriod field's value. 18936func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrPeriod(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 18937 s.PcrPeriod = &v 18938 return s 18939} 18940 18941// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value. 18942func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPcrPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18943 s.PcrPid = &v 18944 return s 18945} 18946 18947// SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value. 18948func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 18949 s.PmtInterval = &v 18950 return s 18951} 18952 18953// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value. 18954func (s *M2tsSettings) SetPmtPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18955 s.PmtPid = &v 18956 return s 18957} 18958 18959// SetProgramNum sets the ProgramNum field's value. 18960func (s *M2tsSettings) SetProgramNum(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 18961 s.ProgramNum = &v 18962 return s 18963} 18964 18965// SetRateMode sets the RateMode field's value. 18966func (s *M2tsSettings) SetRateMode(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18967 s.RateMode = &v 18968 return s 18969} 18970 18971// SetScte27Pids sets the Scte27Pids field's value. 18972func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte27Pids(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18973 s.Scte27Pids = &v 18974 return s 18975} 18976 18977// SetScte35Control sets the Scte35Control field's value. 18978func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Control(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18979 s.Scte35Control = &v 18980 return s 18981} 18982 18983// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value. 18984func (s *M2tsSettings) SetScte35Pid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18985 s.Scte35Pid = &v 18986 return s 18987} 18988 18989// SetSegmentationMarkers sets the SegmentationMarkers field's value. 18990func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationMarkers(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18991 s.SegmentationMarkers = &v 18992 return s 18993} 18994 18995// SetSegmentationStyle sets the SegmentationStyle field's value. 18996func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationStyle(v string) *M2tsSettings { 18997 s.SegmentationStyle = &v 18998 return s 18999} 19000 19001// SetSegmentationTime sets the SegmentationTime field's value. 19002func (s *M2tsSettings) SetSegmentationTime(v float64) *M2tsSettings { 19003 s.SegmentationTime = &v 19004 return s 19005} 19006 19007// SetTimedMetadataBehavior sets the TimedMetadataBehavior field's value. 19008func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior(v string) *M2tsSettings { 19009 s.TimedMetadataBehavior = &v 19010 return s 19011} 19012 19013// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value. 19014func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTimedMetadataPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 19015 s.TimedMetadataPid = &v 19016 return s 19017} 19018 19019// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value. 19020func (s *M2tsSettings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M2tsSettings { 19021 s.TransportStreamId = &v 19022 return s 19023} 19024 19025// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value. 19026func (s *M2tsSettings) SetVideoPid(v string) *M2tsSettings { 19027 s.VideoPid = &v 19028 return s 19029} 19030 19031// Settings information for the .m3u8 container 19032type M3u8Settings struct { 19033 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19034 19035 // The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet. 19036 AudioFramesPerPes *int64 `locationName:"audioFramesPerPes" type:"integer"` 19037 19038 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport 19039 // stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or 19040 // by comma separation. Can be entered as decimal or hexadecimal values. 19041 AudioPids *string `locationName:"audioPids" type:"string"` 19042 19043 // This parameter is unused and deprecated. 19044 EcmPid *string `locationName:"ecmPid" type:"string"` 19045 19046 // If set to passthrough, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be 19047 // detected in the input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in 19048 // the output. 19049 NielsenId3Behavior *string `locationName:"nielsenId3Behavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8NielsenId3Behavior"` 19050 19051 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 19052 // transport stream. A value of \"0\" writes out the PMT once per segment file. 19053 PatInterval *int64 `locationName:"patInterval" type:"integer"` 19054 19055 // When set to pcrEveryPesPacket, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted 19056 // for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective 19057 // only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream. 19058 PcrControl *string `locationName:"pcrControl" type:"string" enum:"M3u8PcrControl"` 19059 19060 // Maximum time in milliseconds between Program Clock References (PCRs) inserted 19061 // into the transport stream. 19062 PcrPeriod *int64 `locationName:"pcrPeriod" type:"integer"` 19063 19064 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport 19065 // stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as 19066 // the Video PID. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. 19067 PcrPid *string `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"string"` 19068 19069 // The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output 19070 // transport stream. A value of \"0\" writes out the PMT once per segment file. 19071 PmtInterval *int64 `locationName:"pmtInterval" type:"integer"` 19072 19073 // Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport 19074 // stream. Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. 19075 PmtPid *string `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"string"` 19076 19077 // The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table. 19078 ProgramNum *int64 `locationName:"programNum" type:"integer"` 19079 19080 // If set to passthrough, passes any SCTE-35 signals from the input source to 19081 // this output. 19082 Scte35Behavior *string `locationName:"scte35Behavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8Scte35Behavior"` 19083 19084 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream. Can 19085 // be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. 19086 Scte35Pid *string `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"string"` 19087 19088 // When set to passthrough, timed metadata is passed through from input to output. 19089 TimedMetadataBehavior *string `locationName:"timedMetadataBehavior" type:"string" enum:"M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior"` 19090 19091 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the timed metadata stream in the transport stream. 19092 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. Valid values are 32 (or 19093 // 0x20)..8182 (or 0x1ff6). 19094 TimedMetadataPid *string `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"string"` 19095 19096 // The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table. 19097 TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer"` 19098 19099 // Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream. 19100 // Can be entered as a decimal or hexadecimal value. 19101 VideoPid *string `locationName:"videoPid" type:"string"` 19102} 19103 19104// String returns the string representation 19105func (s M3u8Settings) String() string { 19106 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19107} 19108 19109// GoString returns the string representation 19110func (s M3u8Settings) GoString() string { 19111 return s.String() 19112} 19113 19114// SetAudioFramesPerPes sets the AudioFramesPerPes field's value. 19115func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioFramesPerPes(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 19116 s.AudioFramesPerPes = &v 19117 return s 19118} 19119 19120// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value. 19121func (s *M3u8Settings) SetAudioPids(v string) *M3u8Settings { 19122 s.AudioPids = &v 19123 return s 19124} 19125 19126// SetEcmPid sets the EcmPid field's value. 19127func (s *M3u8Settings) SetEcmPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { 19128 s.EcmPid = &v 19129 return s 19130} 19131 19132// SetNielsenId3Behavior sets the NielsenId3Behavior field's value. 19133func (s *M3u8Settings) SetNielsenId3Behavior(v string) *M3u8Settings { 19134 s.NielsenId3Behavior = &v 19135 return s 19136} 19137 19138// SetPatInterval sets the PatInterval field's value. 19139func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPatInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 19140 s.PatInterval = &v 19141 return s 19142} 19143 19144// SetPcrControl sets the PcrControl field's value. 19145func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrControl(v string) *M3u8Settings { 19146 s.PcrControl = &v 19147 return s 19148} 19149 19150// SetPcrPeriod sets the PcrPeriod field's value. 19151func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrPeriod(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 19152 s.PcrPeriod = &v 19153 return s 19154} 19155 19156// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value. 19157func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPcrPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { 19158 s.PcrPid = &v 19159 return s 19160} 19161 19162// SetPmtInterval sets the PmtInterval field's value. 19163func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtInterval(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 19164 s.PmtInterval = &v 19165 return s 19166} 19167 19168// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value. 19169func (s *M3u8Settings) SetPmtPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { 19170 s.PmtPid = &v 19171 return s 19172} 19173 19174// SetProgramNum sets the ProgramNum field's value. 19175func (s *M3u8Settings) SetProgramNum(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 19176 s.ProgramNum = &v 19177 return s 19178} 19179 19180// SetScte35Behavior sets the Scte35Behavior field's value. 19181func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Behavior(v string) *M3u8Settings { 19182 s.Scte35Behavior = &v 19183 return s 19184} 19185 19186// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value. 19187func (s *M3u8Settings) SetScte35Pid(v string) *M3u8Settings { 19188 s.Scte35Pid = &v 19189 return s 19190} 19191 19192// SetTimedMetadataBehavior sets the TimedMetadataBehavior field's value. 19193func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadataBehavior(v string) *M3u8Settings { 19194 s.TimedMetadataBehavior = &v 19195 return s 19196} 19197 19198// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value. 19199func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTimedMetadataPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { 19200 s.TimedMetadataPid = &v 19201 return s 19202} 19203 19204// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value. 19205func (s *M3u8Settings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *M3u8Settings { 19206 s.TransportStreamId = &v 19207 return s 19208} 19209 19210// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value. 19211func (s *M3u8Settings) SetVideoPid(v string) *M3u8Settings { 19212 s.VideoPid = &v 19213 return s 19214} 19215 19216// The settings for a MediaConnect Flow. 19217type MediaConnectFlow struct { 19218 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19219 19220 // The unique ARN of the MediaConnect Flow being used as a source. 19221 FlowArn *string `locationName:"flowArn" type:"string"` 19222} 19223 19224// String returns the string representation 19225func (s MediaConnectFlow) String() string { 19226 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19227} 19228 19229// GoString returns the string representation 19230func (s MediaConnectFlow) GoString() string { 19231 return s.String() 19232} 19233 19234// SetFlowArn sets the FlowArn field's value. 19235func (s *MediaConnectFlow) SetFlowArn(v string) *MediaConnectFlow { 19236 s.FlowArn = &v 19237 return s 19238} 19239 19240// The settings for a MediaConnect Flow. 19241type MediaConnectFlowRequest struct { 19242 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19243 19244 // The ARN of the MediaConnect Flow that you want to use as a source. 19245 FlowArn *string `locationName:"flowArn" type:"string"` 19246} 19247 19248// String returns the string representation 19249func (s MediaConnectFlowRequest) String() string { 19250 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19251} 19252 19253// GoString returns the string representation 19254func (s MediaConnectFlowRequest) GoString() string { 19255 return s.String() 19256} 19257 19258// SetFlowArn sets the FlowArn field's value. 19259func (s *MediaConnectFlowRequest) SetFlowArn(v string) *MediaConnectFlowRequest { 19260 s.FlowArn = &v 19261 return s 19262} 19263 19264// Media Package Group Settings 19265type MediaPackageGroupSettings struct { 19266 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19267 19268 // MediaPackage channel destination. 19269 // 19270 // Destination is a required field 19271 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 19272} 19273 19274// String returns the string representation 19275func (s MediaPackageGroupSettings) String() string { 19276 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19277} 19278 19279// GoString returns the string representation 19280func (s MediaPackageGroupSettings) GoString() string { 19281 return s.String() 19282} 19283 19284// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19285func (s *MediaPackageGroupSettings) Validate() error { 19286 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MediaPackageGroupSettings"} 19287 if s.Destination == nil { 19288 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 19289 } 19290 19291 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19292 return invalidParams 19293 } 19294 return nil 19295} 19296 19297// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 19298func (s *MediaPackageGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *MediaPackageGroupSettings { 19299 s.Destination = v 19300 return s 19301} 19302 19303// MediaPackage Output Destination Settings 19304type MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings struct { 19305 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19306 19307 // ID of the channel in MediaPackage that is the destination for this output 19308 // group. You do not need to specify the individual inputs in MediaPackage; 19309 // MediaLive will handle the connection of the two MediaLive pipelines to the 19310 // two MediaPackage inputs. The MediaPackage channel and MediaLive channel must 19311 // be in the same region. 19312 ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" min:"1" type:"string"` 19313} 19314 19315// String returns the string representation 19316func (s MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) String() string { 19317 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19318} 19319 19320// GoString returns the string representation 19321func (s MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 19322 return s.String() 19323} 19324 19325// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19326func (s *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) Validate() error { 19327 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings"} 19328 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 19329 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 19330 } 19331 19332 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19333 return invalidParams 19334 } 19335 return nil 19336} 19337 19338// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 19339func (s *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) SetChannelId(v string) *MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings { 19340 s.ChannelId = &v 19341 return s 19342} 19343 19344// Media Package Output Settings 19345type MediaPackageOutputSettings struct { 19346 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19347} 19348 19349// String returns the string representation 19350func (s MediaPackageOutputSettings) String() string { 19351 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19352} 19353 19354// GoString returns the string representation 19355func (s MediaPackageOutputSettings) GoString() string { 19356 return s.String() 19357} 19358 19359// Mp2 Settings 19360type Mp2Settings struct { 19361 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19362 19363 // Average bitrate in bits/second. 19364 Bitrate *float64 `locationName:"bitrate" type:"double"` 19365 19366 // The MPEG2 Audio coding mode. Valid values are codingMode10 (for mono) or 19367 // codingMode20 (for stereo). 19368 CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"Mp2CodingMode"` 19369 19370 // Sample rate in Hz. 19371 SampleRate *float64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"double"` 19372} 19373 19374// String returns the string representation 19375func (s Mp2Settings) String() string { 19376 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19377} 19378 19379// GoString returns the string representation 19380func (s Mp2Settings) GoString() string { 19381 return s.String() 19382} 19383 19384// SetBitrate sets the Bitrate field's value. 19385func (s *Mp2Settings) SetBitrate(v float64) *Mp2Settings { 19386 s.Bitrate = &v 19387 return s 19388} 19389 19390// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. 19391func (s *Mp2Settings) SetCodingMode(v string) *Mp2Settings { 19392 s.CodingMode = &v 19393 return s 19394} 19395 19396// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. 19397func (s *Mp2Settings) SetSampleRate(v float64) *Mp2Settings { 19398 s.SampleRate = &v 19399 return s 19400} 19401 19402// Mpeg2 Filter Settings 19403type Mpeg2FilterSettings struct { 19404 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19405 19406 // Temporal Filter Settings 19407 TemporalFilterSettings *TemporalFilterSettings `locationName:"temporalFilterSettings" type:"structure"` 19408} 19409 19410// String returns the string representation 19411func (s Mpeg2FilterSettings) String() string { 19412 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19413} 19414 19415// GoString returns the string representation 19416func (s Mpeg2FilterSettings) GoString() string { 19417 return s.String() 19418} 19419 19420// SetTemporalFilterSettings sets the TemporalFilterSettings field's value. 19421func (s *Mpeg2FilterSettings) SetTemporalFilterSettings(v *TemporalFilterSettings) *Mpeg2FilterSettings { 19422 s.TemporalFilterSettings = v 19423 return s 19424} 19425 19426// Mpeg2 Settings 19427type Mpeg2Settings struct { 19428 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19429 19430 // Choose Off to disable adaptive quantization. Or choose another value to enable 19431 // the quantizer and set its strength. The strengths are: Auto, Off, Low, Medium, 19432 // High. When you enable this field, MediaLive allows intra-frame quantizers 19433 // to vary, which might improve visual quality. 19434 AdaptiveQuantization *string `locationName:"adaptiveQuantization" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization"` 19435 19436 // Indicates the AFD values that MediaLive will write into the video encode. 19437 // If you do not know what AFD signaling is, or if your downstream system has 19438 // not given you guidance, choose AUTO.AUTO: MediaLive will try to preserve 19439 // the input AFD value (in cases where multiple AFD values are valid).FIXED: 19440 // MediaLive will use the value you specify in fixedAFD. 19441 AfdSignaling *string `locationName:"afdSignaling" type:"string" enum:"AfdSignaling"` 19442 19443 // Specifies whether to include the color space metadata. The metadata describes 19444 // the color space that applies to the video (the colorSpace field). We recommend 19445 // that you insert the metadata. 19446 ColorMetadata *string `locationName:"colorMetadata" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2ColorMetadata"` 19447 19448 // Choose the type of color space conversion to apply to the output. For detailed 19449 // information on setting up both the input and the output to obtain the desired 19450 // color space in the output, see the section on \"MediaLive Features - Video 19451 // - color space\" in the MediaLive User Guide.PASSTHROUGH: Keep the color space 19452 // of the input content - do not convert it.AUTO:Convert all content that is 19453 // SD to rec 601, and convert all content that is HD to rec 709. 19454 ColorSpace *string `locationName:"colorSpace" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2ColorSpace"` 19455 19456 // Sets the pixel aspect ratio for the encode. 19457 DisplayAspectRatio *string `locationName:"displayAspectRatio" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2DisplayRatio"` 19458 19459 // Optionally specify a noise reduction filter, which can improve quality of 19460 // compressed content. If you do not choose a filter, no filter will be applied.TEMPORAL: 19461 // This filter is useful for both source content that is noisy (when it has 19462 // excessive digital artifacts) and source content that is clean.When the content 19463 // is noisy, the filter cleans up the source content before the encoding phase, 19464 // with these two effects: First, it improves the output video quality because 19465 // the content has been cleaned up. Secondly, it decreases the bandwidth because 19466 // MediaLive does not waste bits on encoding noise.When the content is reasonably 19467 // clean, the filter tends to decrease the bitrate. 19468 FilterSettings *Mpeg2FilterSettings `locationName:"filterSettings" type:"structure"` 19469 19470 // Complete this field only when afdSignaling is set to FIXED. Enter the AFD 19471 // value (4 bits) to write on all frames of the video encode. 19472 FixedAfd *string `locationName:"fixedAfd" type:"string" enum:"FixedAfd"` 19473 19474 // description": "The framerate denominator. For example, 1001. The framerate 19475 // is the numerator divided by the denominator. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 19476 // 23.976 FPS. 19477 // 19478 // FramerateDenominator is a required field 19479 FramerateDenominator *int64 `locationName:"framerateDenominator" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 19480 19481 // The framerate numerator. For example, 24000. The framerate is the numerator 19482 // divided by the denominator. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 FPS. 19483 // 19484 // FramerateNumerator is a required field 19485 FramerateNumerator *int64 `locationName:"framerateNumerator" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 19486 19487 // MPEG2: default is open GOP. 19488 GopClosedCadence *int64 `locationName:"gopClosedCadence" type:"integer"` 19489 19490 // Relates to the GOP structure. The number of B-frames between reference frames. 19491 // If you do not know what a B-frame is, use the default. 19492 GopNumBFrames *int64 `locationName:"gopNumBFrames" type:"integer"` 19493 19494 // Relates to the GOP structure. The GOP size (keyframe interval) in the units 19495 // specified in gopSizeUnits. If you do not know what GOP is, use the default.If 19496 // gopSizeUnits is frames, then the gopSize must be an integer and must be greater 19497 // than or equal to 1.If gopSizeUnits is seconds, the gopSize must be greater 19498 // than 0, but does not need to be an integer. 19499 GopSize *float64 `locationName:"gopSize" type:"double"` 19500 19501 // Relates to the GOP structure. Specifies whether the gopSize is specified 19502 // in frames or seconds. If you do not plan to change the default gopSize, leave 19503 // the default. If you specify SECONDS, MediaLive will internally convert the 19504 // gop size to a frame count. 19505 GopSizeUnits *string `locationName:"gopSizeUnits" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2GopSizeUnits"` 19506 19507 // Set the scan type of the output to PROGRESSIVE or INTERLACED (top field first). 19508 ScanType *string `locationName:"scanType" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2ScanType"` 19509 19510 // Relates to the GOP structure. If you do not know what GOP is, use the default.FIXED: 19511 // Set the number of B-frames in each sub-GOP to the value in gopNumBFrames.DYNAMIC: 19512 // Let MediaLive optimize the number of B-frames in each sub-GOP, to improve 19513 // visual quality. 19514 SubgopLength *string `locationName:"subgopLength" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2SubGopLength"` 19515 19516 // Determines how MediaLive inserts timecodes in the output video. For detailed 19517 // information about setting up the input and the output for a timecode, see 19518 // the section on \"MediaLive Features - Timecode configuration\" in the MediaLive 19519 // User Guide.DISABLED: do not include timecodes.GOP_TIMECODE: Include timecode 19520 // metadata in the GOP header. 19521 TimecodeInsertion *string `locationName:"timecodeInsertion" type:"string" enum:"Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior"` 19522} 19523 19524// String returns the string representation 19525func (s Mpeg2Settings) String() string { 19526 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19527} 19528 19529// GoString returns the string representation 19530func (s Mpeg2Settings) GoString() string { 19531 return s.String() 19532} 19533 19534// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19535func (s *Mpeg2Settings) Validate() error { 19536 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Mpeg2Settings"} 19537 if s.FramerateDenominator == nil { 19538 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FramerateDenominator")) 19539 } 19540 if s.FramerateDenominator != nil && *s.FramerateDenominator < 1 { 19541 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateDenominator", 1)) 19542 } 19543 if s.FramerateNumerator == nil { 19544 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("FramerateNumerator")) 19545 } 19546 if s.FramerateNumerator != nil && *s.FramerateNumerator < 1 { 19547 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FramerateNumerator", 1)) 19548 } 19549 19550 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19551 return invalidParams 19552 } 19553 return nil 19554} 19555 19556// SetAdaptiveQuantization sets the AdaptiveQuantization field's value. 19557func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetAdaptiveQuantization(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 19558 s.AdaptiveQuantization = &v 19559 return s 19560} 19561 19562// SetAfdSignaling sets the AfdSignaling field's value. 19563func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetAfdSignaling(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 19564 s.AfdSignaling = &v 19565 return s 19566} 19567 19568// SetColorMetadata sets the ColorMetadata field's value. 19569func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetColorMetadata(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 19570 s.ColorMetadata = &v 19571 return s 19572} 19573 19574// SetColorSpace sets the ColorSpace field's value. 19575func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetColorSpace(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 19576 s.ColorSpace = &v 19577 return s 19578} 19579 19580// SetDisplayAspectRatio sets the DisplayAspectRatio field's value. 19581func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetDisplayAspectRatio(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 19582 s.DisplayAspectRatio = &v 19583 return s 19584} 19585 19586// SetFilterSettings sets the FilterSettings field's value. 19587func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFilterSettings(v *Mpeg2FilterSettings) *Mpeg2Settings { 19588 s.FilterSettings = v 19589 return s 19590} 19591 19592// SetFixedAfd sets the FixedAfd field's value. 19593func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFixedAfd(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 19594 s.FixedAfd = &v 19595 return s 19596} 19597 19598// SetFramerateDenominator sets the FramerateDenominator field's value. 19599func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFramerateDenominator(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { 19600 s.FramerateDenominator = &v 19601 return s 19602} 19603 19604// SetFramerateNumerator sets the FramerateNumerator field's value. 19605func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetFramerateNumerator(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { 19606 s.FramerateNumerator = &v 19607 return s 19608} 19609 19610// SetGopClosedCadence sets the GopClosedCadence field's value. 19611func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetGopClosedCadence(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { 19612 s.GopClosedCadence = &v 19613 return s 19614} 19615 19616// SetGopNumBFrames sets the GopNumBFrames field's value. 19617func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetGopNumBFrames(v int64) *Mpeg2Settings { 19618 s.GopNumBFrames = &v 19619 return s 19620} 19621 19622// SetGopSize sets the GopSize field's value. 19623func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetGopSize(v float64) *Mpeg2Settings { 19624 s.GopSize = &v 19625 return s 19626} 19627 19628// SetGopSizeUnits sets the GopSizeUnits field's value. 19629func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetGopSizeUnits(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 19630 s.GopSizeUnits = &v 19631 return s 19632} 19633 19634// SetScanType sets the ScanType field's value. 19635func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetScanType(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 19636 s.ScanType = &v 19637 return s 19638} 19639 19640// SetSubgopLength sets the SubgopLength field's value. 19641func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetSubgopLength(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 19642 s.SubgopLength = &v 19643 return s 19644} 19645 19646// SetTimecodeInsertion sets the TimecodeInsertion field's value. 19647func (s *Mpeg2Settings) SetTimecodeInsertion(v string) *Mpeg2Settings { 19648 s.TimecodeInsertion = &v 19649 return s 19650} 19651 19652// Ms Smooth Group Settings 19653type MsSmoothGroupSettings struct { 19654 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19655 19656 // The ID to include in each message in the sparse track. Ignored if sparseTrackType 19657 // is NONE. 19658 AcquisitionPointId *string `locationName:"acquisitionPointId" type:"string"` 19659 19660 // If set to passthrough for an audio-only MS Smooth output, the fragment absolute 19661 // time will be set to the current timecode. This option does not write timecodes 19662 // to the audio elementary stream. 19663 AudioOnlyTimecodeControl *string `locationName:"audioOnlyTimecodeControl" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl"` 19664 19665 // If set to verifyAuthenticity, verify the https certificate chain to a trusted 19666 // Certificate Authority (CA). This will cause https outputs to self-signed 19667 // certificates to fail. 19668 CertificateMode *string `locationName:"certificateMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupCertificateMode"` 19669 19670 // Number of seconds to wait before retrying connection to the IIS server if 19671 // the connection is lost. Content will be cached during this time and the cache 19672 // will be be delivered to the IIS server once the connection is re-established. 19673 ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" type:"integer"` 19674 19675 // Smooth Streaming publish point on an IIS server. Elemental Live acts as a 19676 // "Push" encoder to IIS. 19677 // 19678 // Destination is a required field 19679 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 19680 19681 // MS Smooth event ID to be sent to the IIS server.Should only be specified 19682 // if eventIdMode is set to useConfigured. 19683 EventId *string `locationName:"eventId" type:"string"` 19684 19685 // Specifies whether or not to send an event ID to the IIS server. If no event 19686 // ID is sent and the same Live Event is used without changing the publishing 19687 // point, clients might see cached video from the previous run.Options:- "useConfigured" 19688 // - use the value provided in eventId- "useTimestamp" - generate and send an 19689 // event ID based on the current timestamp- "noEventId" - do not send an event 19690 // ID to the IIS server. 19691 EventIdMode *string `locationName:"eventIdMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupEventIdMode"` 19692 19693 // When set to sendEos, send EOS signal to IIS server when stopping the event 19694 EventStopBehavior *string `locationName:"eventStopBehavior" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior"` 19695 19696 // Size in seconds of file cache for streaming outputs. 19697 FilecacheDuration *int64 `locationName:"filecacheDuration" type:"integer"` 19698 19699 // Length of mp4 fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be 19700 // compatible with GOP size and framerate. 19701 FragmentLength *int64 `locationName:"fragmentLength" min:"1" type:"integer"` 19702 19703 // Parameter that control output group behavior on input loss. 19704 InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut"` 19705 19706 // Number of retry attempts. 19707 NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` 19708 19709 // Number of seconds before initiating a restart due to output failure, due 19710 // to exhausting the numRetries on one segment, or exceeding filecacheDuration. 19711 RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` 19712 19713 // useInputSegmentation has been deprecated. The configured segment size is 19714 // always used. 19715 SegmentationMode *string `locationName:"segmentationMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupSegmentationMode"` 19716 19717 // Number of milliseconds to delay the output from the second pipeline. 19718 SendDelayMs *int64 `locationName:"sendDelayMs" type:"integer"` 19719 19720 // Identifies the type of data to place in the sparse track:- SCTE35: Insert 19721 // SCTE-35 messages from the source content. With each message, insert an IDR 19722 // frame to start a new segment.- SCTE35_WITHOUT_SEGMENTATION: Insert SCTE-35 19723 // messages from the source content. With each message, insert an IDR frame 19724 // but don't start a new segment.- NONE: Don't generate a sparse track for any 19725 // outputs in this output group. 19726 SparseTrackType *string `locationName:"sparseTrackType" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupSparseTrackType"` 19727 19728 // When set to send, send stream manifest so publishing point doesn't start 19729 // until all streams start. 19730 StreamManifestBehavior *string `locationName:"streamManifestBehavior" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior"` 19731 19732 // Timestamp offset for the event. Only used if timestampOffsetMode is set to 19733 // useConfiguredOffset. 19734 TimestampOffset *string `locationName:"timestampOffset" type:"string"` 19735 19736 // Type of timestamp date offset to use.- useEventStartDate: Use the date the 19737 // event was started as the offset- useConfiguredOffset: Use an explicitly configured 19738 // date as the offset 19739 TimestampOffsetMode *string `locationName:"timestampOffsetMode" type:"string" enum:"SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode"` 19740} 19741 19742// String returns the string representation 19743func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) String() string { 19744 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19745} 19746 19747// GoString returns the string representation 19748func (s MsSmoothGroupSettings) GoString() string { 19749 return s.String() 19750} 19751 19752// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 19753func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) Validate() error { 19754 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MsSmoothGroupSettings"} 19755 if s.Destination == nil { 19756 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 19757 } 19758 if s.FragmentLength != nil && *s.FragmentLength < 1 { 19759 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("FragmentLength", 1)) 19760 } 19761 19762 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 19763 return invalidParams 19764 } 19765 return nil 19766} 19767 19768// SetAcquisitionPointId sets the AcquisitionPointId field's value. 19769func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAcquisitionPointId(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19770 s.AcquisitionPointId = &v 19771 return s 19772} 19773 19774// SetAudioOnlyTimecodeControl sets the AudioOnlyTimecodeControl field's value. 19775func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetAudioOnlyTimecodeControl(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19776 s.AudioOnlyTimecodeControl = &v 19777 return s 19778} 19779 19780// SetCertificateMode sets the CertificateMode field's value. 19781func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetCertificateMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19782 s.CertificateMode = &v 19783 return s 19784} 19785 19786// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. 19787func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19788 s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v 19789 return s 19790} 19791 19792// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 19793func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19794 s.Destination = v 19795 return s 19796} 19797 19798// SetEventId sets the EventId field's value. 19799func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventId(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19800 s.EventId = &v 19801 return s 19802} 19803 19804// SetEventIdMode sets the EventIdMode field's value. 19805func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventIdMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19806 s.EventIdMode = &v 19807 return s 19808} 19809 19810// SetEventStopBehavior sets the EventStopBehavior field's value. 19811func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetEventStopBehavior(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19812 s.EventStopBehavior = &v 19813 return s 19814} 19815 19816// SetFilecacheDuration sets the FilecacheDuration field's value. 19817func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFilecacheDuration(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19818 s.FilecacheDuration = &v 19819 return s 19820} 19821 19822// SetFragmentLength sets the FragmentLength field's value. 19823func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetFragmentLength(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19824 s.FragmentLength = &v 19825 return s 19826} 19827 19828// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value. 19829func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19830 s.InputLossAction = &v 19831 return s 19832} 19833 19834// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. 19835func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19836 s.NumRetries = &v 19837 return s 19838} 19839 19840// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. 19841func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19842 s.RestartDelay = &v 19843 return s 19844} 19845 19846// SetSegmentationMode sets the SegmentationMode field's value. 19847func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSegmentationMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19848 s.SegmentationMode = &v 19849 return s 19850} 19851 19852// SetSendDelayMs sets the SendDelayMs field's value. 19853func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSendDelayMs(v int64) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19854 s.SendDelayMs = &v 19855 return s 19856} 19857 19858// SetSparseTrackType sets the SparseTrackType field's value. 19859func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetSparseTrackType(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19860 s.SparseTrackType = &v 19861 return s 19862} 19863 19864// SetStreamManifestBehavior sets the StreamManifestBehavior field's value. 19865func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetStreamManifestBehavior(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19866 s.StreamManifestBehavior = &v 19867 return s 19868} 19869 19870// SetTimestampOffset sets the TimestampOffset field's value. 19871func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetTimestampOffset(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19872 s.TimestampOffset = &v 19873 return s 19874} 19875 19876// SetTimestampOffsetMode sets the TimestampOffsetMode field's value. 19877func (s *MsSmoothGroupSettings) SetTimestampOffsetMode(v string) *MsSmoothGroupSettings { 19878 s.TimestampOffsetMode = &v 19879 return s 19880} 19881 19882// Ms Smooth Output Settings 19883type MsSmoothOutputSettings struct { 19884 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19885 19886 // Only applicable when this output is referencing an H.265 video description.Specifies 19887 // whether MP4 segments should be packaged as HEV1 or HVC1. 19888 H265PackagingType *string `locationName:"h265PackagingType" type:"string" enum:"MsSmoothH265PackagingType"` 19889 19890 // String concatenated to the end of the destination filename. Required for 19891 // multiple outputs of the same type. 19892 NameModifier *string `locationName:"nameModifier" type:"string"` 19893} 19894 19895// String returns the string representation 19896func (s MsSmoothOutputSettings) String() string { 19897 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19898} 19899 19900// GoString returns the string representation 19901func (s MsSmoothOutputSettings) GoString() string { 19902 return s.String() 19903} 19904 19905// SetH265PackagingType sets the H265PackagingType field's value. 19906func (s *MsSmoothOutputSettings) SetH265PackagingType(v string) *MsSmoothOutputSettings { 19907 s.H265PackagingType = &v 19908 return s 19909} 19910 19911// SetNameModifier sets the NameModifier field's value. 19912func (s *MsSmoothOutputSettings) SetNameModifier(v string) *MsSmoothOutputSettings { 19913 s.NameModifier = &v 19914 return s 19915} 19916 19917// The multiplex object. 19918type Multiplex struct { 19919 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 19920 19921 // The unique arn of the multiplex. 19922 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 19923 19924 // A list of availability zones for the multiplex. 19925 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"` 19926 19927 // A list of the multiplex output destinations. 19928 Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 19929 19930 // The unique id of the multiplex. 19931 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 19932 19933 // Configuration for a multiplex event. 19934 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 19935 19936 // The name of the multiplex. 19937 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 19938 19939 // The number of currently healthy pipelines. 19940 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 19941 19942 // The number of programs in the multiplex. 19943 ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"` 19944 19945 // The current state of the multiplex. 19946 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"` 19947 19948 // A collection of key-value pairs. 19949 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 19950} 19951 19952// String returns the string representation 19953func (s Multiplex) String() string { 19954 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 19955} 19956 19957// GoString returns the string representation 19958func (s Multiplex) GoString() string { 19959 return s.String() 19960} 19961 19962// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 19963func (s *Multiplex) SetArn(v string) *Multiplex { 19964 s.Arn = &v 19965 return s 19966} 19967 19968// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 19969func (s *Multiplex) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *Multiplex { 19970 s.AvailabilityZones = v 19971 return s 19972} 19973 19974// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 19975func (s *Multiplex) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *Multiplex { 19976 s.Destinations = v 19977 return s 19978} 19979 19980// SetId sets the Id field's value. 19981func (s *Multiplex) SetId(v string) *Multiplex { 19982 s.Id = &v 19983 return s 19984} 19985 19986// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 19987func (s *Multiplex) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *Multiplex { 19988 s.MultiplexSettings = v 19989 return s 19990} 19991 19992// SetName sets the Name field's value. 19993func (s *Multiplex) SetName(v string) *Multiplex { 19994 s.Name = &v 19995 return s 19996} 19997 19998// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 19999func (s *Multiplex) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *Multiplex { 20000 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 20001 return s 20002} 20003 20004// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value. 20005func (s *Multiplex) SetProgramCount(v int64) *Multiplex { 20006 s.ProgramCount = &v 20007 return s 20008} 20009 20010// SetState sets the State field's value. 20011func (s *Multiplex) SetState(v string) *Multiplex { 20012 s.State = &v 20013 return s 20014} 20015 20016// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 20017func (s *Multiplex) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Multiplex { 20018 s.Tags = v 20019 return s 20020} 20021 20022// Multiplex Group Settings 20023type MultiplexGroupSettings struct { 20024 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20025} 20026 20027// String returns the string representation 20028func (s MultiplexGroupSettings) String() string { 20029 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20030} 20031 20032// GoString returns the string representation 20033func (s MultiplexGroupSettings) GoString() string { 20034 return s.String() 20035} 20036 20037// Multiplex MediaConnect output destination settings. 20038type MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings struct { 20039 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20040 20041 // The MediaConnect entitlement ARN available as a Flow source. 20042 EntitlementArn *string `locationName:"entitlementArn" min:"1" type:"string"` 20043} 20044 20045// String returns the string representation 20046func (s MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) String() string { 20047 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20048} 20049 20050// GoString returns the string representation 20051func (s MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 20052 return s.String() 20053} 20054 20055// SetEntitlementArn sets the EntitlementArn field's value. 20056func (s *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) SetEntitlementArn(v string) *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings { 20057 s.EntitlementArn = &v 20058 return s 20059} 20060 20061// Multiplex output destination settings 20062type MultiplexOutputDestination struct { 20063 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20064 20065 // Multiplex MediaConnect output destination settings. 20066 MediaConnectSettings *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings `locationName:"mediaConnectSettings" type:"structure"` 20067} 20068 20069// String returns the string representation 20070func (s MultiplexOutputDestination) String() string { 20071 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20072} 20073 20074// GoString returns the string representation 20075func (s MultiplexOutputDestination) GoString() string { 20076 return s.String() 20077} 20078 20079// SetMediaConnectSettings sets the MediaConnectSettings field's value. 20080func (s *MultiplexOutputDestination) SetMediaConnectSettings(v *MultiplexMediaConnectOutputDestinationSettings) *MultiplexOutputDestination { 20081 s.MediaConnectSettings = v 20082 return s 20083} 20084 20085// Multiplex Output Settings 20086type MultiplexOutputSettings struct { 20087 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20088 20089 // Destination is a Multiplex. 20090 // 20091 // Destination is a required field 20092 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 20093} 20094 20095// String returns the string representation 20096func (s MultiplexOutputSettings) String() string { 20097 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20098} 20099 20100// GoString returns the string representation 20101func (s MultiplexOutputSettings) GoString() string { 20102 return s.String() 20103} 20104 20105// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20106func (s *MultiplexOutputSettings) Validate() error { 20107 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexOutputSettings"} 20108 if s.Destination == nil { 20109 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 20110 } 20111 20112 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20113 return invalidParams 20114 } 20115 return nil 20116} 20117 20118// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 20119func (s *MultiplexOutputSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *MultiplexOutputSettings { 20120 s.Destination = v 20121 return s 20122} 20123 20124// The multiplex program object. 20125type MultiplexProgram struct { 20126 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20127 20128 // The MediaLive channel associated with the program. 20129 ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"` 20130 20131 // The settings for this multiplex program. 20132 MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"` 20133 20134 // The packet identifier map for this multiplex program. 20135 PacketIdentifiersMap *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap `locationName:"packetIdentifiersMap" type:"structure"` 20136 20137 // Contains information about the current sources for the specified program 20138 // in the specified multiplex. Keep in mind that each multiplex pipeline connects 20139 // to both pipelines in a given source channel (the channel identified by the 20140 // program). But only one of those channel pipelines is ever active at one time. 20141 PipelineDetails []*MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"` 20142 20143 // The name of the multiplex program. 20144 ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"` 20145} 20146 20147// String returns the string representation 20148func (s MultiplexProgram) String() string { 20149 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20150} 20151 20152// GoString returns the string representation 20153func (s MultiplexProgram) GoString() string { 20154 return s.String() 20155} 20156 20157// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 20158func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetChannelId(v string) *MultiplexProgram { 20159 s.ChannelId = &v 20160 return s 20161} 20162 20163// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value. 20164func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *MultiplexProgram { 20165 s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v 20166 return s 20167} 20168 20169// SetPacketIdentifiersMap sets the PacketIdentifiersMap field's value. 20170func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetPacketIdentifiersMap(v *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) *MultiplexProgram { 20171 s.PacketIdentifiersMap = v 20172 return s 20173} 20174 20175// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value. 20176func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetPipelineDetails(v []*MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail) *MultiplexProgram { 20177 s.PipelineDetails = v 20178 return s 20179} 20180 20181// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 20182func (s *MultiplexProgram) SetProgramName(v string) *MultiplexProgram { 20183 s.ProgramName = &v 20184 return s 20185} 20186 20187// Multiplex Program Input Destination Settings for outputting a Channel to 20188// a Multiplex 20189type MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings struct { 20190 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20191 20192 // The ID of the Multiplex that the encoder is providing output to. You do not 20193 // need to specify the individual inputs to the Multiplex; MediaLive will handle 20194 // the connection of the two MediaLive pipelines to the two Multiplex instances.The 20195 // Multiplex must be in the same region as the Channel. 20196 MultiplexId *string `locationName:"multiplexId" min:"1" type:"string"` 20197 20198 // The program name of the Multiplex program that the encoder is providing output 20199 // to. 20200 ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" min:"1" type:"string"` 20201} 20202 20203// String returns the string representation 20204func (s MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) String() string { 20205 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20206} 20207 20208// GoString returns the string representation 20209func (s MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 20210 return s.String() 20211} 20212 20213// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20214func (s *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) Validate() error { 20215 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings"} 20216 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 20217 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 20218 } 20219 if s.ProgramName != nil && len(*s.ProgramName) < 1 { 20220 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProgramName", 1)) 20221 } 20222 20223 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20224 return invalidParams 20225 } 20226 return nil 20227} 20228 20229// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 20230func (s *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) SetMultiplexId(v string) *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings { 20231 s.MultiplexId = &v 20232 return s 20233} 20234 20235// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 20236func (s *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) SetProgramName(v string) *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings { 20237 s.ProgramName = &v 20238 return s 20239} 20240 20241// Packet identifiers map for a given Multiplex program. 20242type MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap struct { 20243 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20244 20245 AudioPids []*int64 `locationName:"audioPids" type:"list"` 20246 20247 DvbSubPids []*int64 `locationName:"dvbSubPids" type:"list"` 20248 20249 DvbTeletextPid *int64 `locationName:"dvbTeletextPid" type:"integer"` 20250 20251 EtvPlatformPid *int64 `locationName:"etvPlatformPid" type:"integer"` 20252 20253 EtvSignalPid *int64 `locationName:"etvSignalPid" type:"integer"` 20254 20255 KlvDataPids []*int64 `locationName:"klvDataPids" type:"list"` 20256 20257 PcrPid *int64 `locationName:"pcrPid" type:"integer"` 20258 20259 PmtPid *int64 `locationName:"pmtPid" type:"integer"` 20260 20261 PrivateMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"privateMetadataPid" type:"integer"` 20262 20263 Scte27Pids []*int64 `locationName:"scte27Pids" type:"list"` 20264 20265 Scte35Pid *int64 `locationName:"scte35Pid" type:"integer"` 20266 20267 TimedMetadataPid *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataPid" type:"integer"` 20268 20269 VideoPid *int64 `locationName:"videoPid" type:"integer"` 20270} 20271 20272// String returns the string representation 20273func (s MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) String() string { 20274 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20275} 20276 20277// GoString returns the string representation 20278func (s MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) GoString() string { 20279 return s.String() 20280} 20281 20282// SetAudioPids sets the AudioPids field's value. 20283func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetAudioPids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 20284 s.AudioPids = v 20285 return s 20286} 20287 20288// SetDvbSubPids sets the DvbSubPids field's value. 20289func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetDvbSubPids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 20290 s.DvbSubPids = v 20291 return s 20292} 20293 20294// SetDvbTeletextPid sets the DvbTeletextPid field's value. 20295func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetDvbTeletextPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 20296 s.DvbTeletextPid = &v 20297 return s 20298} 20299 20300// SetEtvPlatformPid sets the EtvPlatformPid field's value. 20301func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetEtvPlatformPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 20302 s.EtvPlatformPid = &v 20303 return s 20304} 20305 20306// SetEtvSignalPid sets the EtvSignalPid field's value. 20307func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetEtvSignalPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 20308 s.EtvSignalPid = &v 20309 return s 20310} 20311 20312// SetKlvDataPids sets the KlvDataPids field's value. 20313func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetKlvDataPids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 20314 s.KlvDataPids = v 20315 return s 20316} 20317 20318// SetPcrPid sets the PcrPid field's value. 20319func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetPcrPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 20320 s.PcrPid = &v 20321 return s 20322} 20323 20324// SetPmtPid sets the PmtPid field's value. 20325func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetPmtPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 20326 s.PmtPid = &v 20327 return s 20328} 20329 20330// SetPrivateMetadataPid sets the PrivateMetadataPid field's value. 20331func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetPrivateMetadataPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 20332 s.PrivateMetadataPid = &v 20333 return s 20334} 20335 20336// SetScte27Pids sets the Scte27Pids field's value. 20337func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetScte27Pids(v []*int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 20338 s.Scte27Pids = v 20339 return s 20340} 20341 20342// SetScte35Pid sets the Scte35Pid field's value. 20343func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetScte35Pid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 20344 s.Scte35Pid = &v 20345 return s 20346} 20347 20348// SetTimedMetadataPid sets the TimedMetadataPid field's value. 20349func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetTimedMetadataPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 20350 s.TimedMetadataPid = &v 20351 return s 20352} 20353 20354// SetVideoPid sets the VideoPid field's value. 20355func (s *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap) SetVideoPid(v int64) *MultiplexProgramPacketIdentifiersMap { 20356 s.VideoPid = &v 20357 return s 20358} 20359 20360// The current source for one of the pipelines in the multiplex. 20361type MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail struct { 20362 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20363 20364 // Identifies the channel pipeline that is currently active for the pipeline 20365 // (identified by PipelineId) in the multiplex. 20366 ActiveChannelPipeline *string `locationName:"activeChannelPipeline" type:"string"` 20367 20368 // Identifies a specific pipeline in the multiplex. 20369 PipelineId *string `locationName:"pipelineId" type:"string"` 20370} 20371 20372// String returns the string representation 20373func (s MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail) String() string { 20374 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20375} 20376 20377// GoString returns the string representation 20378func (s MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail) GoString() string { 20379 return s.String() 20380} 20381 20382// SetActiveChannelPipeline sets the ActiveChannelPipeline field's value. 20383func (s *MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail) SetActiveChannelPipeline(v string) *MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail { 20384 s.ActiveChannelPipeline = &v 20385 return s 20386} 20387 20388// SetPipelineId sets the PipelineId field's value. 20389func (s *MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail) SetPipelineId(v string) *MultiplexProgramPipelineDetail { 20390 s.PipelineId = &v 20391 return s 20392} 20393 20394// Transport stream service descriptor configuration for the Multiplex program. 20395type MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor struct { 20396 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20397 20398 // Name of the provider. 20399 // 20400 // ProviderName is a required field 20401 ProviderName *string `locationName:"providerName" type:"string" required:"true"` 20402 20403 // Name of the service. 20404 // 20405 // ServiceName is a required field 20406 ServiceName *string `locationName:"serviceName" type:"string" required:"true"` 20407} 20408 20409// String returns the string representation 20410func (s MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) String() string { 20411 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20412} 20413 20414// GoString returns the string representation 20415func (s MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) GoString() string { 20416 return s.String() 20417} 20418 20419// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20420func (s *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) Validate() error { 20421 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor"} 20422 if s.ProviderName == nil { 20423 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProviderName")) 20424 } 20425 if s.ServiceName == nil { 20426 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ServiceName")) 20427 } 20428 20429 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20430 return invalidParams 20431 } 20432 return nil 20433} 20434 20435// SetProviderName sets the ProviderName field's value. 20436func (s *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) SetProviderName(v string) *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor { 20437 s.ProviderName = &v 20438 return s 20439} 20440 20441// SetServiceName sets the ServiceName field's value. 20442func (s *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) SetServiceName(v string) *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor { 20443 s.ServiceName = &v 20444 return s 20445} 20446 20447// Multiplex Program settings configuration. 20448type MultiplexProgramSettings struct { 20449 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20450 20451 // Indicates which pipeline is preferred by the multiplex for program ingest. 20452 PreferredChannelPipeline *string `locationName:"preferredChannelPipeline" type:"string" enum:"PreferredChannelPipeline"` 20453 20454 // Unique program number. 20455 // 20456 // ProgramNumber is a required field 20457 ProgramNumber *int64 `locationName:"programNumber" type:"integer" required:"true"` 20458 20459 // Transport stream service descriptor configuration for the Multiplex program. 20460 ServiceDescriptor *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor `locationName:"serviceDescriptor" type:"structure"` 20461 20462 // Program video settings configuration. 20463 VideoSettings *MultiplexVideoSettings `locationName:"videoSettings" type:"structure"` 20464} 20465 20466// String returns the string representation 20467func (s MultiplexProgramSettings) String() string { 20468 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20469} 20470 20471// GoString returns the string representation 20472func (s MultiplexProgramSettings) GoString() string { 20473 return s.String() 20474} 20475 20476// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20477func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) Validate() error { 20478 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexProgramSettings"} 20479 if s.ProgramNumber == nil { 20480 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramNumber")) 20481 } 20482 if s.ServiceDescriptor != nil { 20483 if err := s.ServiceDescriptor.Validate(); err != nil { 20484 invalidParams.AddNested("ServiceDescriptor", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20485 } 20486 } 20487 if s.VideoSettings != nil { 20488 if err := s.VideoSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20489 invalidParams.AddNested("VideoSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20490 } 20491 } 20492 20493 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20494 return invalidParams 20495 } 20496 return nil 20497} 20498 20499// SetPreferredChannelPipeline sets the PreferredChannelPipeline field's value. 20500func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) SetPreferredChannelPipeline(v string) *MultiplexProgramSettings { 20501 s.PreferredChannelPipeline = &v 20502 return s 20503} 20504 20505// SetProgramNumber sets the ProgramNumber field's value. 20506func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) SetProgramNumber(v int64) *MultiplexProgramSettings { 20507 s.ProgramNumber = &v 20508 return s 20509} 20510 20511// SetServiceDescriptor sets the ServiceDescriptor field's value. 20512func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) SetServiceDescriptor(v *MultiplexProgramServiceDescriptor) *MultiplexProgramSettings { 20513 s.ServiceDescriptor = v 20514 return s 20515} 20516 20517// SetVideoSettings sets the VideoSettings field's value. 20518func (s *MultiplexProgramSettings) SetVideoSettings(v *MultiplexVideoSettings) *MultiplexProgramSettings { 20519 s.VideoSettings = v 20520 return s 20521} 20522 20523type MultiplexProgramSummary struct { 20524 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20525 20526 // The MediaLive Channel associated with the program. 20527 ChannelId *string `locationName:"channelId" type:"string"` 20528 20529 // The name of the multiplex program. 20530 ProgramName *string `locationName:"programName" type:"string"` 20531} 20532 20533// String returns the string representation 20534func (s MultiplexProgramSummary) String() string { 20535 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20536} 20537 20538// GoString returns the string representation 20539func (s MultiplexProgramSummary) GoString() string { 20540 return s.String() 20541} 20542 20543// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 20544func (s *MultiplexProgramSummary) SetChannelId(v string) *MultiplexProgramSummary { 20545 s.ChannelId = &v 20546 return s 20547} 20548 20549// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 20550func (s *MultiplexProgramSummary) SetProgramName(v string) *MultiplexProgramSummary { 20551 s.ProgramName = &v 20552 return s 20553} 20554 20555// Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 20556type MultiplexSettings struct { 20557 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20558 20559 // Maximum video buffer delay in milliseconds. 20560 MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds *int64 `locationName:"maximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds" min:"800" type:"integer"` 20561 20562 // Transport stream bit rate. 20563 // 20564 // TransportStreamBitrate is a required field 20565 TransportStreamBitrate *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamBitrate" min:"1e+06" type:"integer" required:"true"` 20566 20567 // Transport stream ID. 20568 // 20569 // TransportStreamId is a required field 20570 TransportStreamId *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamId" type:"integer" required:"true"` 20571 20572 // Transport stream reserved bit rate. 20573 TransportStreamReservedBitrate *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamReservedBitrate" type:"integer"` 20574} 20575 20576// String returns the string representation 20577func (s MultiplexSettings) String() string { 20578 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20579} 20580 20581// GoString returns the string representation 20582func (s MultiplexSettings) GoString() string { 20583 return s.String() 20584} 20585 20586// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20587func (s *MultiplexSettings) Validate() error { 20588 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexSettings"} 20589 if s.MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds != nil && *s.MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds < 800 { 20590 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds", 800)) 20591 } 20592 if s.TransportStreamBitrate == nil { 20593 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransportStreamBitrate")) 20594 } 20595 if s.TransportStreamBitrate != nil && *s.TransportStreamBitrate < 1e+06 { 20596 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("TransportStreamBitrate", 1e+06)) 20597 } 20598 if s.TransportStreamId == nil { 20599 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TransportStreamId")) 20600 } 20601 20602 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20603 return invalidParams 20604 } 20605 return nil 20606} 20607 20608// SetMaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds sets the MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds field's value. 20609func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetMaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds(v int64) *MultiplexSettings { 20610 s.MaximumVideoBufferDelayMilliseconds = &v 20611 return s 20612} 20613 20614// SetTransportStreamBitrate sets the TransportStreamBitrate field's value. 20615func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetTransportStreamBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexSettings { 20616 s.TransportStreamBitrate = &v 20617 return s 20618} 20619 20620// SetTransportStreamId sets the TransportStreamId field's value. 20621func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetTransportStreamId(v int64) *MultiplexSettings { 20622 s.TransportStreamId = &v 20623 return s 20624} 20625 20626// SetTransportStreamReservedBitrate sets the TransportStreamReservedBitrate field's value. 20627func (s *MultiplexSettings) SetTransportStreamReservedBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexSettings { 20628 s.TransportStreamReservedBitrate = &v 20629 return s 20630} 20631 20632// Contains summary configuration for a Multiplex event. 20633type MultiplexSettingsSummary struct { 20634 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20635 20636 // Transport stream bit rate. 20637 TransportStreamBitrate *int64 `locationName:"transportStreamBitrate" min:"1e+06" type:"integer"` 20638} 20639 20640// String returns the string representation 20641func (s MultiplexSettingsSummary) String() string { 20642 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20643} 20644 20645// GoString returns the string representation 20646func (s MultiplexSettingsSummary) GoString() string { 20647 return s.String() 20648} 20649 20650// SetTransportStreamBitrate sets the TransportStreamBitrate field's value. 20651func (s *MultiplexSettingsSummary) SetTransportStreamBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexSettingsSummary { 20652 s.TransportStreamBitrate = &v 20653 return s 20654} 20655 20656// Statmux rate control settings 20657type MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings struct { 20658 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20659 20660 // Maximum statmux bitrate. 20661 MaximumBitrate *int64 `locationName:"maximumBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"` 20662 20663 // Minimum statmux bitrate. 20664 MinimumBitrate *int64 `locationName:"minimumBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"` 20665 20666 // The purpose of the priority is to use a combination of the\nmultiplex rate 20667 // control algorithm and the QVBR capability of the\nencoder to prioritize the 20668 // video quality of some channels in a\nmultiplex over others. Channels that 20669 // have a higher priority will\nget higher video quality at the expense of the 20670 // video quality of\nother channels in the multiplex with lower priority. 20671 Priority *int64 `locationName:"priority" type:"integer"` 20672} 20673 20674// String returns the string representation 20675func (s MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) String() string { 20676 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20677} 20678 20679// GoString returns the string representation 20680func (s MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) GoString() string { 20681 return s.String() 20682} 20683 20684// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20685func (s *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) Validate() error { 20686 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings"} 20687 if s.MaximumBitrate != nil && *s.MaximumBitrate < 100000 { 20688 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaximumBitrate", 100000)) 20689 } 20690 if s.MinimumBitrate != nil && *s.MinimumBitrate < 100000 { 20691 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MinimumBitrate", 100000)) 20692 } 20693 if s.Priority != nil && *s.Priority < -5 { 20694 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Priority", -5)) 20695 } 20696 20697 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20698 return invalidParams 20699 } 20700 return nil 20701} 20702 20703// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value. 20704func (s *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) SetMaximumBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings { 20705 s.MaximumBitrate = &v 20706 return s 20707} 20708 20709// SetMinimumBitrate sets the MinimumBitrate field's value. 20710func (s *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) SetMinimumBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings { 20711 s.MinimumBitrate = &v 20712 return s 20713} 20714 20715// SetPriority sets the Priority field's value. 20716func (s *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) SetPriority(v int64) *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings { 20717 s.Priority = &v 20718 return s 20719} 20720 20721type MultiplexSummary struct { 20722 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20723 20724 // The unique arn of the multiplex. 20725 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 20726 20727 // A list of availability zones for the multiplex. 20728 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"` 20729 20730 // The unique id of the multiplex. 20731 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 20732 20733 // Configuration for a multiplex event. 20734 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettingsSummary `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 20735 20736 // The name of the multiplex. 20737 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 20738 20739 // The number of currently healthy pipelines. 20740 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 20741 20742 // The number of programs in the multiplex. 20743 ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"` 20744 20745 // The current state of the multiplex. 20746 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"` 20747 20748 // A collection of key-value pairs. 20749 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 20750} 20751 20752// String returns the string representation 20753func (s MultiplexSummary) String() string { 20754 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20755} 20756 20757// GoString returns the string representation 20758func (s MultiplexSummary) GoString() string { 20759 return s.String() 20760} 20761 20762// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 20763func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetArn(v string) *MultiplexSummary { 20764 s.Arn = &v 20765 return s 20766} 20767 20768// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 20769func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *MultiplexSummary { 20770 s.AvailabilityZones = v 20771 return s 20772} 20773 20774// SetId sets the Id field's value. 20775func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetId(v string) *MultiplexSummary { 20776 s.Id = &v 20777 return s 20778} 20779 20780// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 20781func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettingsSummary) *MultiplexSummary { 20782 s.MultiplexSettings = v 20783 return s 20784} 20785 20786// SetName sets the Name field's value. 20787func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetName(v string) *MultiplexSummary { 20788 s.Name = &v 20789 return s 20790} 20791 20792// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 20793func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *MultiplexSummary { 20794 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 20795 return s 20796} 20797 20798// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value. 20799func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetProgramCount(v int64) *MultiplexSummary { 20800 s.ProgramCount = &v 20801 return s 20802} 20803 20804// SetState sets the State field's value. 20805func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetState(v string) *MultiplexSummary { 20806 s.State = &v 20807 return s 20808} 20809 20810// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 20811func (s *MultiplexSummary) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *MultiplexSummary { 20812 s.Tags = v 20813 return s 20814} 20815 20816// The video configuration for each program in a multiplex. 20817type MultiplexVideoSettings struct { 20818 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20819 20820 // The constant bitrate configuration for the video encode.When this field is 20821 // defined, StatmuxSettings must be undefined. 20822 ConstantBitrate *int64 `locationName:"constantBitrate" min:"100000" type:"integer"` 20823 20824 // Statmux rate control settings.When this field is defined, ConstantBitrate 20825 // must be undefined. 20826 StatmuxSettings *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings `locationName:"statmuxSettings" type:"structure"` 20827} 20828 20829// String returns the string representation 20830func (s MultiplexVideoSettings) String() string { 20831 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20832} 20833 20834// GoString returns the string representation 20835func (s MultiplexVideoSettings) GoString() string { 20836 return s.String() 20837} 20838 20839// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 20840func (s *MultiplexVideoSettings) Validate() error { 20841 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "MultiplexVideoSettings"} 20842 if s.ConstantBitrate != nil && *s.ConstantBitrate < 100000 { 20843 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ConstantBitrate", 100000)) 20844 } 20845 if s.StatmuxSettings != nil { 20846 if err := s.StatmuxSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 20847 invalidParams.AddNested("StatmuxSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 20848 } 20849 } 20850 20851 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 20852 return invalidParams 20853 } 20854 return nil 20855} 20856 20857// SetConstantBitrate sets the ConstantBitrate field's value. 20858func (s *MultiplexVideoSettings) SetConstantBitrate(v int64) *MultiplexVideoSettings { 20859 s.ConstantBitrate = &v 20860 return s 20861} 20862 20863// SetStatmuxSettings sets the StatmuxSettings field's value. 20864func (s *MultiplexVideoSettings) SetStatmuxSettings(v *MultiplexStatmuxVideoSettings) *MultiplexVideoSettings { 20865 s.StatmuxSettings = v 20866 return s 20867} 20868 20869// Network source to transcode. Must be accessible to the Elemental Live node 20870// that is running the live event through a network connection. 20871type NetworkInputSettings struct { 20872 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20873 20874 // Specifies HLS input settings when the uri is for a HLS manifest. 20875 HlsInputSettings *HlsInputSettings `locationName:"hlsInputSettings" type:"structure"` 20876 20877 // Check HTTPS server certificates. When set to checkCryptographyOnly, cryptography 20878 // in the certificate will be checked, but not the server's name. Certain subdomains 20879 // (notably S3 buckets that use dots in the bucket name) do not strictly match 20880 // the corresponding certificate's wildcard pattern and would otherwise cause 20881 // the event to error. This setting is ignored for protocols that do not use 20882 // https. 20883 ServerValidation *string `locationName:"serverValidation" type:"string" enum:"NetworkInputServerValidation"` 20884} 20885 20886// String returns the string representation 20887func (s NetworkInputSettings) String() string { 20888 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20889} 20890 20891// GoString returns the string representation 20892func (s NetworkInputSettings) GoString() string { 20893 return s.String() 20894} 20895 20896// SetHlsInputSettings sets the HlsInputSettings field's value. 20897func (s *NetworkInputSettings) SetHlsInputSettings(v *HlsInputSettings) *NetworkInputSettings { 20898 s.HlsInputSettings = v 20899 return s 20900} 20901 20902// SetServerValidation sets the ServerValidation field's value. 20903func (s *NetworkInputSettings) SetServerValidation(v string) *NetworkInputSettings { 20904 s.ServerValidation = &v 20905 return s 20906} 20907 20908// Nielsen Configuration 20909type NielsenConfiguration struct { 20910 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20911 20912 // Enter the Distributor ID assigned to your organization by Nielsen. 20913 DistributorId *string `locationName:"distributorId" type:"string"` 20914 20915 // Enables Nielsen PCM to ID3 tagging 20916 NielsenPcmToId3Tagging *string `locationName:"nielsenPcmToId3Tagging" type:"string" enum:"NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState"` 20917} 20918 20919// String returns the string representation 20920func (s NielsenConfiguration) String() string { 20921 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20922} 20923 20924// GoString returns the string representation 20925func (s NielsenConfiguration) GoString() string { 20926 return s.String() 20927} 20928 20929// SetDistributorId sets the DistributorId field's value. 20930func (s *NielsenConfiguration) SetDistributorId(v string) *NielsenConfiguration { 20931 s.DistributorId = &v 20932 return s 20933} 20934 20935// SetNielsenPcmToId3Tagging sets the NielsenPcmToId3Tagging field's value. 20936func (s *NielsenConfiguration) SetNielsenPcmToId3Tagging(v string) *NielsenConfiguration { 20937 s.NielsenPcmToId3Tagging = &v 20938 return s 20939} 20940 20941type NotFoundException struct { 20942 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20943 RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` 20944 20945 Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 20946} 20947 20948// String returns the string representation 20949func (s NotFoundException) String() string { 20950 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 20951} 20952 20953// GoString returns the string representation 20954func (s NotFoundException) GoString() string { 20955 return s.String() 20956} 20957 20958func newErrorNotFoundException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { 20959 return &NotFoundException{ 20960 RespMetadata: v, 20961 } 20962} 20963 20964// Code returns the exception type name. 20965func (s *NotFoundException) Code() string { 20966 return "NotFoundException" 20967} 20968 20969// Message returns the exception's message. 20970func (s *NotFoundException) Message() string { 20971 if s.Message_ != nil { 20972 return *s.Message_ 20973 } 20974 return "" 20975} 20976 20977// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. 20978func (s *NotFoundException) OrigErr() error { 20979 return nil 20980} 20981 20982func (s *NotFoundException) Error() string { 20983 return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) 20984} 20985 20986// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. 20987func (s *NotFoundException) StatusCode() int { 20988 return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode 20989} 20990 20991// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. 20992func (s *NotFoundException) RequestID() string { 20993 return s.RespMetadata.RequestID 20994} 20995 20996// Reserved resources available for purchase 20997type Offering struct { 20998 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 20999 21000 // Unique offering ARN, e.g. 'arn:aws:medialive:us-west-2:123456789012:offering:87654321' 21001 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 21002 21003 // Currency code for usagePrice and fixedPrice in ISO-4217 format, e.g. 'USD' 21004 CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"` 21005 21006 // Lease duration, e.g. '12' 21007 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 21008 21009 // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS' 21010 DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"` 21011 21012 // One-time charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '0.0' for a NO_UPFRONT offering 21013 FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"` 21014 21015 // Offering description, e.g. 'HD AVC output at 10-20 Mbps, 30 fps, and standard 21016 // VQ in US West (Oregon)' 21017 OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"` 21018 21019 // Unique offering ID, e.g. '87654321' 21020 OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"` 21021 21022 // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT' 21023 OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"` 21024 21025 // AWS region, e.g. 'us-west-2' 21026 Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"` 21027 21028 // Resource configuration details 21029 ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"` 21030 21031 // Recurring usage charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '157.0' 21032 UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"` 21033} 21034 21035// String returns the string representation 21036func (s Offering) String() string { 21037 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21038} 21039 21040// GoString returns the string representation 21041func (s Offering) GoString() string { 21042 return s.String() 21043} 21044 21045// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 21046func (s *Offering) SetArn(v string) *Offering { 21047 s.Arn = &v 21048 return s 21049} 21050 21051// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 21052func (s *Offering) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *Offering { 21053 s.CurrencyCode = &v 21054 return s 21055} 21056 21057// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 21058func (s *Offering) SetDuration(v int64) *Offering { 21059 s.Duration = &v 21060 return s 21061} 21062 21063// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value. 21064func (s *Offering) SetDurationUnits(v string) *Offering { 21065 s.DurationUnits = &v 21066 return s 21067} 21068 21069// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 21070func (s *Offering) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *Offering { 21071 s.FixedPrice = &v 21072 return s 21073} 21074 21075// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value. 21076func (s *Offering) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *Offering { 21077 s.OfferingDescription = &v 21078 return s 21079} 21080 21081// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 21082func (s *Offering) SetOfferingId(v string) *Offering { 21083 s.OfferingId = &v 21084 return s 21085} 21086 21087// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 21088func (s *Offering) SetOfferingType(v string) *Offering { 21089 s.OfferingType = &v 21090 return s 21091} 21092 21093// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. 21094func (s *Offering) SetRegion(v string) *Offering { 21095 s.Region = &v 21096 return s 21097} 21098 21099// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value. 21100func (s *Offering) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *Offering { 21101 s.ResourceSpecification = v 21102 return s 21103} 21104 21105// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 21106func (s *Offering) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *Offering { 21107 s.UsagePrice = &v 21108 return s 21109} 21110 21111// Output settings. There can be multiple outputs within a group. 21112type Output struct { 21113 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21114 21115 // The names of the AudioDescriptions used as audio sources for this output. 21116 AudioDescriptionNames []*string `locationName:"audioDescriptionNames" type:"list"` 21117 21118 // The names of the CaptionDescriptions used as caption sources for this output. 21119 CaptionDescriptionNames []*string `locationName:"captionDescriptionNames" type:"list"` 21120 21121 // The name used to identify an output. 21122 OutputName *string `locationName:"outputName" min:"1" type:"string"` 21123 21124 // Output type-specific settings. 21125 // 21126 // OutputSettings is a required field 21127 OutputSettings *OutputSettings `locationName:"outputSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 21128 21129 // The name of the VideoDescription used as the source for this output. 21130 VideoDescriptionName *string `locationName:"videoDescriptionName" type:"string"` 21131} 21132 21133// String returns the string representation 21134func (s Output) String() string { 21135 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21136} 21137 21138// GoString returns the string representation 21139func (s Output) GoString() string { 21140 return s.String() 21141} 21142 21143// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21144func (s *Output) Validate() error { 21145 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Output"} 21146 if s.OutputName != nil && len(*s.OutputName) < 1 { 21147 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OutputName", 1)) 21148 } 21149 if s.OutputSettings == nil { 21150 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputSettings")) 21151 } 21152 if s.OutputSettings != nil { 21153 if err := s.OutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 21154 invalidParams.AddNested("OutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21155 } 21156 } 21157 21158 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21159 return invalidParams 21160 } 21161 return nil 21162} 21163 21164// SetAudioDescriptionNames sets the AudioDescriptionNames field's value. 21165func (s *Output) SetAudioDescriptionNames(v []*string) *Output { 21166 s.AudioDescriptionNames = v 21167 return s 21168} 21169 21170// SetCaptionDescriptionNames sets the CaptionDescriptionNames field's value. 21171func (s *Output) SetCaptionDescriptionNames(v []*string) *Output { 21172 s.CaptionDescriptionNames = v 21173 return s 21174} 21175 21176// SetOutputName sets the OutputName field's value. 21177func (s *Output) SetOutputName(v string) *Output { 21178 s.OutputName = &v 21179 return s 21180} 21181 21182// SetOutputSettings sets the OutputSettings field's value. 21183func (s *Output) SetOutputSettings(v *OutputSettings) *Output { 21184 s.OutputSettings = v 21185 return s 21186} 21187 21188// SetVideoDescriptionName sets the VideoDescriptionName field's value. 21189func (s *Output) SetVideoDescriptionName(v string) *Output { 21190 s.VideoDescriptionName = &v 21191 return s 21192} 21193 21194type OutputDestination struct { 21195 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21196 21197 // User-specified id. This is used in an output group or an output. 21198 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 21199 21200 // Destination settings for a MediaPackage output; one destination for both 21201 // encoders. 21202 MediaPackageSettings []*MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings `locationName:"mediaPackageSettings" type:"list"` 21203 21204 // Destination settings for a Multiplex output; one destination for both encoders. 21205 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 21206 21207 // Destination settings for a standard output; one destination for each redundant 21208 // encoder. 21209 Settings []*OutputDestinationSettings `locationName:"settings" type:"list"` 21210} 21211 21212// String returns the string representation 21213func (s OutputDestination) String() string { 21214 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21215} 21216 21217// GoString returns the string representation 21218func (s OutputDestination) GoString() string { 21219 return s.String() 21220} 21221 21222// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21223func (s *OutputDestination) Validate() error { 21224 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputDestination"} 21225 if s.MediaPackageSettings != nil { 21226 for i, v := range s.MediaPackageSettings { 21227 if v == nil { 21228 continue 21229 } 21230 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 21231 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "MediaPackageSettings", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21232 } 21233 } 21234 } 21235 if s.MultiplexSettings != nil { 21236 if err := s.MultiplexSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 21237 invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21238 } 21239 } 21240 21241 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21242 return invalidParams 21243 } 21244 return nil 21245} 21246 21247// SetId sets the Id field's value. 21248func (s *OutputDestination) SetId(v string) *OutputDestination { 21249 s.Id = &v 21250 return s 21251} 21252 21253// SetMediaPackageSettings sets the MediaPackageSettings field's value. 21254func (s *OutputDestination) SetMediaPackageSettings(v []*MediaPackageOutputDestinationSettings) *OutputDestination { 21255 s.MediaPackageSettings = v 21256 return s 21257} 21258 21259// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 21260func (s *OutputDestination) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexProgramChannelDestinationSettings) *OutputDestination { 21261 s.MultiplexSettings = v 21262 return s 21263} 21264 21265// SetSettings sets the Settings field's value. 21266func (s *OutputDestination) SetSettings(v []*OutputDestinationSettings) *OutputDestination { 21267 s.Settings = v 21268 return s 21269} 21270 21271type OutputDestinationSettings struct { 21272 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21273 21274 // key used to extract the password from EC2 Parameter store 21275 PasswordParam *string `locationName:"passwordParam" type:"string"` 21276 21277 // Stream name for RTMP destinations (URLs of type rtmp://) 21278 StreamName *string `locationName:"streamName" type:"string"` 21279 21280 // A URL specifying a destination 21281 Url *string `locationName:"url" type:"string"` 21282 21283 // username for destination 21284 Username *string `locationName:"username" type:"string"` 21285} 21286 21287// String returns the string representation 21288func (s OutputDestinationSettings) String() string { 21289 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21290} 21291 21292// GoString returns the string representation 21293func (s OutputDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 21294 return s.String() 21295} 21296 21297// SetPasswordParam sets the PasswordParam field's value. 21298func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetPasswordParam(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings { 21299 s.PasswordParam = &v 21300 return s 21301} 21302 21303// SetStreamName sets the StreamName field's value. 21304func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetStreamName(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings { 21305 s.StreamName = &v 21306 return s 21307} 21308 21309// SetUrl sets the Url field's value. 21310func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetUrl(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings { 21311 s.Url = &v 21312 return s 21313} 21314 21315// SetUsername sets the Username field's value. 21316func (s *OutputDestinationSettings) SetUsername(v string) *OutputDestinationSettings { 21317 s.Username = &v 21318 return s 21319} 21320 21321// Output groups for this Live Event. Output groups contain information about 21322// where streams should be distributed. 21323type OutputGroup struct { 21324 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21325 21326 // Custom output group name optionally defined by the user. Only letters, numbers, 21327 // and the underscore character allowed; only 32 characters allowed. 21328 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 21329 21330 // Settings associated with the output group. 21331 // 21332 // OutputGroupSettings is a required field 21333 OutputGroupSettings *OutputGroupSettings `locationName:"outputGroupSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 21334 21335 // Outputs is a required field 21336 Outputs []*Output `locationName:"outputs" type:"list" required:"true"` 21337} 21338 21339// String returns the string representation 21340func (s OutputGroup) String() string { 21341 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21342} 21343 21344// GoString returns the string representation 21345func (s OutputGroup) GoString() string { 21346 return s.String() 21347} 21348 21349// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21350func (s *OutputGroup) Validate() error { 21351 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputGroup"} 21352 if s.OutputGroupSettings == nil { 21353 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OutputGroupSettings")) 21354 } 21355 if s.Outputs == nil { 21356 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Outputs")) 21357 } 21358 if s.OutputGroupSettings != nil { 21359 if err := s.OutputGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 21360 invalidParams.AddNested("OutputGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21361 } 21362 } 21363 if s.Outputs != nil { 21364 for i, v := range s.Outputs { 21365 if v == nil { 21366 continue 21367 } 21368 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 21369 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Outputs", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21370 } 21371 } 21372 } 21373 21374 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21375 return invalidParams 21376 } 21377 return nil 21378} 21379 21380// SetName sets the Name field's value. 21381func (s *OutputGroup) SetName(v string) *OutputGroup { 21382 s.Name = &v 21383 return s 21384} 21385 21386// SetOutputGroupSettings sets the OutputGroupSettings field's value. 21387func (s *OutputGroup) SetOutputGroupSettings(v *OutputGroupSettings) *OutputGroup { 21388 s.OutputGroupSettings = v 21389 return s 21390} 21391 21392// SetOutputs sets the Outputs field's value. 21393func (s *OutputGroup) SetOutputs(v []*Output) *OutputGroup { 21394 s.Outputs = v 21395 return s 21396} 21397 21398// Output Group Settings 21399type OutputGroupSettings struct { 21400 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21401 21402 // Archive Group Settings 21403 ArchiveGroupSettings *ArchiveGroupSettings `locationName:"archiveGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 21404 21405 // Frame Capture Group Settings 21406 FrameCaptureGroupSettings *FrameCaptureGroupSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 21407 21408 // Hls Group Settings 21409 HlsGroupSettings *HlsGroupSettings `locationName:"hlsGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 21410 21411 // Media Package Group Settings 21412 MediaPackageGroupSettings *MediaPackageGroupSettings `locationName:"mediaPackageGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 21413 21414 // Ms Smooth Group Settings 21415 MsSmoothGroupSettings *MsSmoothGroupSettings `locationName:"msSmoothGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 21416 21417 // Multiplex Group Settings 21418 MultiplexGroupSettings *MultiplexGroupSettings `locationName:"multiplexGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 21419 21420 // Rtmp Group Settings 21421 RtmpGroupSettings *RtmpGroupSettings `locationName:"rtmpGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 21422 21423 // Udp Group Settings 21424 UdpGroupSettings *UdpGroupSettings `locationName:"udpGroupSettings" type:"structure"` 21425} 21426 21427// String returns the string representation 21428func (s OutputGroupSettings) String() string { 21429 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21430} 21431 21432// GoString returns the string representation 21433func (s OutputGroupSettings) GoString() string { 21434 return s.String() 21435} 21436 21437// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21438func (s *OutputGroupSettings) Validate() error { 21439 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputGroupSettings"} 21440 if s.ArchiveGroupSettings != nil { 21441 if err := s.ArchiveGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 21442 invalidParams.AddNested("ArchiveGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21443 } 21444 } 21445 if s.FrameCaptureGroupSettings != nil { 21446 if err := s.FrameCaptureGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 21447 invalidParams.AddNested("FrameCaptureGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21448 } 21449 } 21450 if s.HlsGroupSettings != nil { 21451 if err := s.HlsGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 21452 invalidParams.AddNested("HlsGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21453 } 21454 } 21455 if s.MediaPackageGroupSettings != nil { 21456 if err := s.MediaPackageGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 21457 invalidParams.AddNested("MediaPackageGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21458 } 21459 } 21460 if s.MsSmoothGroupSettings != nil { 21461 if err := s.MsSmoothGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 21462 invalidParams.AddNested("MsSmoothGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21463 } 21464 } 21465 if s.RtmpGroupSettings != nil { 21466 if err := s.RtmpGroupSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 21467 invalidParams.AddNested("RtmpGroupSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21468 } 21469 } 21470 21471 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21472 return invalidParams 21473 } 21474 return nil 21475} 21476 21477// SetArchiveGroupSettings sets the ArchiveGroupSettings field's value. 21478func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetArchiveGroupSettings(v *ArchiveGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 21479 s.ArchiveGroupSettings = v 21480 return s 21481} 21482 21483// SetFrameCaptureGroupSettings sets the FrameCaptureGroupSettings field's value. 21484func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetFrameCaptureGroupSettings(v *FrameCaptureGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 21485 s.FrameCaptureGroupSettings = v 21486 return s 21487} 21488 21489// SetHlsGroupSettings sets the HlsGroupSettings field's value. 21490func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetHlsGroupSettings(v *HlsGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 21491 s.HlsGroupSettings = v 21492 return s 21493} 21494 21495// SetMediaPackageGroupSettings sets the MediaPackageGroupSettings field's value. 21496func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetMediaPackageGroupSettings(v *MediaPackageGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 21497 s.MediaPackageGroupSettings = v 21498 return s 21499} 21500 21501// SetMsSmoothGroupSettings sets the MsSmoothGroupSettings field's value. 21502func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetMsSmoothGroupSettings(v *MsSmoothGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 21503 s.MsSmoothGroupSettings = v 21504 return s 21505} 21506 21507// SetMultiplexGroupSettings sets the MultiplexGroupSettings field's value. 21508func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetMultiplexGroupSettings(v *MultiplexGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 21509 s.MultiplexGroupSettings = v 21510 return s 21511} 21512 21513// SetRtmpGroupSettings sets the RtmpGroupSettings field's value. 21514func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetRtmpGroupSettings(v *RtmpGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 21515 s.RtmpGroupSettings = v 21516 return s 21517} 21518 21519// SetUdpGroupSettings sets the UdpGroupSettings field's value. 21520func (s *OutputGroupSettings) SetUdpGroupSettings(v *UdpGroupSettings) *OutputGroupSettings { 21521 s.UdpGroupSettings = v 21522 return s 21523} 21524 21525// Reference to an OutputDestination ID defined in the channel 21526type OutputLocationRef struct { 21527 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21528 21529 DestinationRefId *string `locationName:"destinationRefId" type:"string"` 21530} 21531 21532// String returns the string representation 21533func (s OutputLocationRef) String() string { 21534 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21535} 21536 21537// GoString returns the string representation 21538func (s OutputLocationRef) GoString() string { 21539 return s.String() 21540} 21541 21542// SetDestinationRefId sets the DestinationRefId field's value. 21543func (s *OutputLocationRef) SetDestinationRefId(v string) *OutputLocationRef { 21544 s.DestinationRefId = &v 21545 return s 21546} 21547 21548// Output Settings 21549type OutputSettings struct { 21550 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21551 21552 // Archive Output Settings 21553 ArchiveOutputSettings *ArchiveOutputSettings `locationName:"archiveOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 21554 21555 // Frame Capture Output Settings 21556 FrameCaptureOutputSettings *FrameCaptureOutputSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 21557 21558 // Hls Output Settings 21559 HlsOutputSettings *HlsOutputSettings `locationName:"hlsOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 21560 21561 // Media Package Output Settings 21562 MediaPackageOutputSettings *MediaPackageOutputSettings `locationName:"mediaPackageOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 21563 21564 // Ms Smooth Output Settings 21565 MsSmoothOutputSettings *MsSmoothOutputSettings `locationName:"msSmoothOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 21566 21567 // Multiplex Output Settings 21568 MultiplexOutputSettings *MultiplexOutputSettings `locationName:"multiplexOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 21569 21570 // Rtmp Output Settings 21571 RtmpOutputSettings *RtmpOutputSettings `locationName:"rtmpOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 21572 21573 // Udp Output Settings 21574 UdpOutputSettings *UdpOutputSettings `locationName:"udpOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 21575} 21576 21577// String returns the string representation 21578func (s OutputSettings) String() string { 21579 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21580} 21581 21582// GoString returns the string representation 21583func (s OutputSettings) GoString() string { 21584 return s.String() 21585} 21586 21587// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21588func (s *OutputSettings) Validate() error { 21589 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "OutputSettings"} 21590 if s.ArchiveOutputSettings != nil { 21591 if err := s.ArchiveOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 21592 invalidParams.AddNested("ArchiveOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21593 } 21594 } 21595 if s.HlsOutputSettings != nil { 21596 if err := s.HlsOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 21597 invalidParams.AddNested("HlsOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21598 } 21599 } 21600 if s.MultiplexOutputSettings != nil { 21601 if err := s.MultiplexOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 21602 invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21603 } 21604 } 21605 if s.RtmpOutputSettings != nil { 21606 if err := s.RtmpOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 21607 invalidParams.AddNested("RtmpOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21608 } 21609 } 21610 if s.UdpOutputSettings != nil { 21611 if err := s.UdpOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 21612 invalidParams.AddNested("UdpOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21613 } 21614 } 21615 21616 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21617 return invalidParams 21618 } 21619 return nil 21620} 21621 21622// SetArchiveOutputSettings sets the ArchiveOutputSettings field's value. 21623func (s *OutputSettings) SetArchiveOutputSettings(v *ArchiveOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 21624 s.ArchiveOutputSettings = v 21625 return s 21626} 21627 21628// SetFrameCaptureOutputSettings sets the FrameCaptureOutputSettings field's value. 21629func (s *OutputSettings) SetFrameCaptureOutputSettings(v *FrameCaptureOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 21630 s.FrameCaptureOutputSettings = v 21631 return s 21632} 21633 21634// SetHlsOutputSettings sets the HlsOutputSettings field's value. 21635func (s *OutputSettings) SetHlsOutputSettings(v *HlsOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 21636 s.HlsOutputSettings = v 21637 return s 21638} 21639 21640// SetMediaPackageOutputSettings sets the MediaPackageOutputSettings field's value. 21641func (s *OutputSettings) SetMediaPackageOutputSettings(v *MediaPackageOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 21642 s.MediaPackageOutputSettings = v 21643 return s 21644} 21645 21646// SetMsSmoothOutputSettings sets the MsSmoothOutputSettings field's value. 21647func (s *OutputSettings) SetMsSmoothOutputSettings(v *MsSmoothOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 21648 s.MsSmoothOutputSettings = v 21649 return s 21650} 21651 21652// SetMultiplexOutputSettings sets the MultiplexOutputSettings field's value. 21653func (s *OutputSettings) SetMultiplexOutputSettings(v *MultiplexOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 21654 s.MultiplexOutputSettings = v 21655 return s 21656} 21657 21658// SetRtmpOutputSettings sets the RtmpOutputSettings field's value. 21659func (s *OutputSettings) SetRtmpOutputSettings(v *RtmpOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 21660 s.RtmpOutputSettings = v 21661 return s 21662} 21663 21664// SetUdpOutputSettings sets the UdpOutputSettings field's value. 21665func (s *OutputSettings) SetUdpOutputSettings(v *UdpOutputSettings) *OutputSettings { 21666 s.UdpOutputSettings = v 21667 return s 21668} 21669 21670// Pass Through Settings 21671type PassThroughSettings struct { 21672 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21673} 21674 21675// String returns the string representation 21676func (s PassThroughSettings) String() string { 21677 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21678} 21679 21680// GoString returns the string representation 21681func (s PassThroughSettings) GoString() string { 21682 return s.String() 21683} 21684 21685// Settings for the action to set pause state of a channel. 21686type PauseStateScheduleActionSettings struct { 21687 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21688 21689 Pipelines []*PipelinePauseStateSettings `locationName:"pipelines" type:"list"` 21690} 21691 21692// String returns the string representation 21693func (s PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 21694 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21695} 21696 21697// GoString returns the string representation 21698func (s PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 21699 return s.String() 21700} 21701 21702// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21703func (s *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 21704 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PauseStateScheduleActionSettings"} 21705 if s.Pipelines != nil { 21706 for i, v := range s.Pipelines { 21707 if v == nil { 21708 continue 21709 } 21710 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 21711 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Pipelines", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 21712 } 21713 } 21714 } 21715 21716 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21717 return invalidParams 21718 } 21719 return nil 21720} 21721 21722// SetPipelines sets the Pipelines field's value. 21723func (s *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) SetPipelines(v []*PipelinePauseStateSettings) *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings { 21724 s.Pipelines = v 21725 return s 21726} 21727 21728// Runtime details of a pipeline when a channel is running. 21729type PipelineDetail struct { 21730 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21731 21732 // The name of the active input attachment currently being ingested by this 21733 // pipeline. 21734 ActiveInputAttachmentName *string `locationName:"activeInputAttachmentName" type:"string"` 21735 21736 // The name of the input switch schedule action that occurred most recently 21737 // and that resulted in the switch to the current input attachment for this 21738 // pipeline. 21739 ActiveInputSwitchActionName *string `locationName:"activeInputSwitchActionName" type:"string"` 21740 21741 // Pipeline ID 21742 PipelineId *string `locationName:"pipelineId" type:"string"` 21743} 21744 21745// String returns the string representation 21746func (s PipelineDetail) String() string { 21747 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21748} 21749 21750// GoString returns the string representation 21751func (s PipelineDetail) GoString() string { 21752 return s.String() 21753} 21754 21755// SetActiveInputAttachmentName sets the ActiveInputAttachmentName field's value. 21756func (s *PipelineDetail) SetActiveInputAttachmentName(v string) *PipelineDetail { 21757 s.ActiveInputAttachmentName = &v 21758 return s 21759} 21760 21761// SetActiveInputSwitchActionName sets the ActiveInputSwitchActionName field's value. 21762func (s *PipelineDetail) SetActiveInputSwitchActionName(v string) *PipelineDetail { 21763 s.ActiveInputSwitchActionName = &v 21764 return s 21765} 21766 21767// SetPipelineId sets the PipelineId field's value. 21768func (s *PipelineDetail) SetPipelineId(v string) *PipelineDetail { 21769 s.PipelineId = &v 21770 return s 21771} 21772 21773// Settings for pausing a pipeline. 21774type PipelinePauseStateSettings struct { 21775 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21776 21777 // Pipeline ID to pause ("PIPELINE_0" or "PIPELINE_1"). 21778 // 21779 // PipelineId is a required field 21780 PipelineId *string `locationName:"pipelineId" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"PipelineId"` 21781} 21782 21783// String returns the string representation 21784func (s PipelinePauseStateSettings) String() string { 21785 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21786} 21787 21788// GoString returns the string representation 21789func (s PipelinePauseStateSettings) GoString() string { 21790 return s.String() 21791} 21792 21793// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21794func (s *PipelinePauseStateSettings) Validate() error { 21795 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PipelinePauseStateSettings"} 21796 if s.PipelineId == nil { 21797 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("PipelineId")) 21798 } 21799 21800 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21801 return invalidParams 21802 } 21803 return nil 21804} 21805 21806// SetPipelineId sets the PipelineId field's value. 21807func (s *PipelinePauseStateSettings) SetPipelineId(v string) *PipelinePauseStateSettings { 21808 s.PipelineId = &v 21809 return s 21810} 21811 21812type PurchaseOfferingInput struct { 21813 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21814 21815 // Count is a required field 21816 Count *int64 `locationName:"count" min:"1" type:"integer" required:"true"` 21817 21818 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 21819 21820 // OfferingId is a required field 21821 OfferingId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"offeringId" type:"string" required:"true"` 21822 21823 RequestId *string `locationName:"requestId" type:"string" idempotencyToken:"true"` 21824 21825 Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"` 21826 21827 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 21828} 21829 21830// String returns the string representation 21831func (s PurchaseOfferingInput) String() string { 21832 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21833} 21834 21835// GoString returns the string representation 21836func (s PurchaseOfferingInput) GoString() string { 21837 return s.String() 21838} 21839 21840// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21841func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) Validate() error { 21842 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PurchaseOfferingInput"} 21843 if s.Count == nil { 21844 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Count")) 21845 } 21846 if s.Count != nil && *s.Count < 1 { 21847 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Count", 1)) 21848 } 21849 if s.OfferingId == nil { 21850 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("OfferingId")) 21851 } 21852 if s.OfferingId != nil && len(*s.OfferingId) < 1 { 21853 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("OfferingId", 1)) 21854 } 21855 21856 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21857 return invalidParams 21858 } 21859 return nil 21860} 21861 21862// SetCount sets the Count field's value. 21863func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetCount(v int64) *PurchaseOfferingInput { 21864 s.Count = &v 21865 return s 21866} 21867 21868// SetName sets the Name field's value. 21869func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetName(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { 21870 s.Name = &v 21871 return s 21872} 21873 21874// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 21875func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetOfferingId(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { 21876 s.OfferingId = &v 21877 return s 21878} 21879 21880// SetRequestId sets the RequestId field's value. 21881func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetRequestId(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { 21882 s.RequestId = &v 21883 return s 21884} 21885 21886// SetStart sets the Start field's value. 21887func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetStart(v string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { 21888 s.Start = &v 21889 return s 21890} 21891 21892// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 21893func (s *PurchaseOfferingInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *PurchaseOfferingInput { 21894 s.Tags = v 21895 return s 21896} 21897 21898type PurchaseOfferingOutput struct { 21899 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21900 21901 // Reserved resources available to use 21902 Reservation *Reservation `locationName:"reservation" type:"structure"` 21903} 21904 21905// String returns the string representation 21906func (s PurchaseOfferingOutput) String() string { 21907 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21908} 21909 21910// GoString returns the string representation 21911func (s PurchaseOfferingOutput) GoString() string { 21912 return s.String() 21913} 21914 21915// SetReservation sets the Reservation field's value. 21916func (s *PurchaseOfferingOutput) SetReservation(v *Reservation) *PurchaseOfferingOutput { 21917 s.Reservation = v 21918 return s 21919} 21920 21921// Raw Settings 21922type RawSettings struct { 21923 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21924} 21925 21926// String returns the string representation 21927func (s RawSettings) String() string { 21928 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21929} 21930 21931// GoString returns the string representation 21932func (s RawSettings) GoString() string { 21933 return s.String() 21934} 21935 21936// Rec601 Settings 21937type Rec601Settings struct { 21938 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21939} 21940 21941// String returns the string representation 21942func (s Rec601Settings) String() string { 21943 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21944} 21945 21946// GoString returns the string representation 21947func (s Rec601Settings) GoString() string { 21948 return s.String() 21949} 21950 21951// Rec709 Settings 21952type Rec709Settings struct { 21953 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21954} 21955 21956// String returns the string representation 21957func (s Rec709Settings) String() string { 21958 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21959} 21960 21961// GoString returns the string representation 21962func (s Rec709Settings) GoString() string { 21963 return s.String() 21964} 21965 21966type RejectInputDeviceTransferInput struct { 21967 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 21968 21969 // InputDeviceId is a required field 21970 InputDeviceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputDeviceId" type:"string" required:"true"` 21971} 21972 21973// String returns the string representation 21974func (s RejectInputDeviceTransferInput) String() string { 21975 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 21976} 21977 21978// GoString returns the string representation 21979func (s RejectInputDeviceTransferInput) GoString() string { 21980 return s.String() 21981} 21982 21983// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 21984func (s *RejectInputDeviceTransferInput) Validate() error { 21985 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RejectInputDeviceTransferInput"} 21986 if s.InputDeviceId == nil { 21987 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputDeviceId")) 21988 } 21989 if s.InputDeviceId != nil && len(*s.InputDeviceId) < 1 { 21990 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputDeviceId", 1)) 21991 } 21992 21993 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 21994 return invalidParams 21995 } 21996 return nil 21997} 21998 21999// SetInputDeviceId sets the InputDeviceId field's value. 22000func (s *RejectInputDeviceTransferInput) SetInputDeviceId(v string) *RejectInputDeviceTransferInput { 22001 s.InputDeviceId = &v 22002 return s 22003} 22004 22005type RejectInputDeviceTransferOutput struct { 22006 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22007} 22008 22009// String returns the string representation 22010func (s RejectInputDeviceTransferOutput) String() string { 22011 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22012} 22013 22014// GoString returns the string representation 22015func (s RejectInputDeviceTransferOutput) GoString() string { 22016 return s.String() 22017} 22018 22019// Remix Settings 22020type RemixSettings struct { 22021 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22022 22023 // Mapping of input channels to output channels, with appropriate gain adjustments. 22024 // 22025 // ChannelMappings is a required field 22026 ChannelMappings []*AudioChannelMapping `locationName:"channelMappings" type:"list" required:"true"` 22027 22028 // Number of input channels to be used. 22029 ChannelsIn *int64 `locationName:"channelsIn" min:"1" type:"integer"` 22030 22031 // Number of output channels to be produced.Valid values: 1, 2, 4, 6, 8 22032 ChannelsOut *int64 `locationName:"channelsOut" min:"1" type:"integer"` 22033} 22034 22035// String returns the string representation 22036func (s RemixSettings) String() string { 22037 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22038} 22039 22040// GoString returns the string representation 22041func (s RemixSettings) GoString() string { 22042 return s.String() 22043} 22044 22045// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22046func (s *RemixSettings) Validate() error { 22047 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RemixSettings"} 22048 if s.ChannelMappings == nil { 22049 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelMappings")) 22050 } 22051 if s.ChannelsIn != nil && *s.ChannelsIn < 1 { 22052 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ChannelsIn", 1)) 22053 } 22054 if s.ChannelsOut != nil && *s.ChannelsOut < 1 { 22055 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ChannelsOut", 1)) 22056 } 22057 if s.ChannelMappings != nil { 22058 for i, v := range s.ChannelMappings { 22059 if v == nil { 22060 continue 22061 } 22062 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 22063 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ChannelMappings", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22064 } 22065 } 22066 } 22067 22068 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22069 return invalidParams 22070 } 22071 return nil 22072} 22073 22074// SetChannelMappings sets the ChannelMappings field's value. 22075func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelMappings(v []*AudioChannelMapping) *RemixSettings { 22076 s.ChannelMappings = v 22077 return s 22078} 22079 22080// SetChannelsIn sets the ChannelsIn field's value. 22081func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelsIn(v int64) *RemixSettings { 22082 s.ChannelsIn = &v 22083 return s 22084} 22085 22086// SetChannelsOut sets the ChannelsOut field's value. 22087func (s *RemixSettings) SetChannelsOut(v int64) *RemixSettings { 22088 s.ChannelsOut = &v 22089 return s 22090} 22091 22092// Reserved resources available to use 22093type Reservation struct { 22094 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22095 22096 // Unique reservation ARN, e.g. 'arn:aws:medialive:us-west-2:123456789012:reservation:1234567' 22097 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 22098 22099 // Number of reserved resources 22100 Count *int64 `locationName:"count" type:"integer"` 22101 22102 // Currency code for usagePrice and fixedPrice in ISO-4217 format, e.g. 'USD' 22103 CurrencyCode *string `locationName:"currencyCode" type:"string"` 22104 22105 // Lease duration, e.g. '12' 22106 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 22107 22108 // Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS' 22109 DurationUnits *string `locationName:"durationUnits" type:"string" enum:"OfferingDurationUnits"` 22110 22111 // Reservation UTC end date and time in ISO-8601 format, e.g. '2019-03-01T00:00:00' 22112 End *string `locationName:"end" type:"string"` 22113 22114 // One-time charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '0.0' for a NO_UPFRONT offering 22115 FixedPrice *float64 `locationName:"fixedPrice" type:"double"` 22116 22117 // User specified reservation name 22118 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 22119 22120 // Offering description, e.g. 'HD AVC output at 10-20 Mbps, 30 fps, and standard 22121 // VQ in US West (Oregon)' 22122 OfferingDescription *string `locationName:"offeringDescription" type:"string"` 22123 22124 // Unique offering ID, e.g. '87654321' 22125 OfferingId *string `locationName:"offeringId" type:"string"` 22126 22127 // Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT' 22128 OfferingType *string `locationName:"offeringType" type:"string" enum:"OfferingType"` 22129 22130 // AWS region, e.g. 'us-west-2' 22131 Region *string `locationName:"region" type:"string"` 22132 22133 // Unique reservation ID, e.g. '1234567' 22134 ReservationId *string `locationName:"reservationId" type:"string"` 22135 22136 // Resource configuration details 22137 ResourceSpecification *ReservationResourceSpecification `locationName:"resourceSpecification" type:"structure"` 22138 22139 // Reservation UTC start date and time in ISO-8601 format, e.g. '2018-03-01T00:00:00' 22140 Start *string `locationName:"start" type:"string"` 22141 22142 // Current state of reservation, e.g. 'ACTIVE' 22143 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ReservationState"` 22144 22145 // A collection of key-value pairs 22146 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 22147 22148 // Recurring usage charge for each reserved resource, e.g. '157.0' 22149 UsagePrice *float64 `locationName:"usagePrice" type:"double"` 22150} 22151 22152// String returns the string representation 22153func (s Reservation) String() string { 22154 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22155} 22156 22157// GoString returns the string representation 22158func (s Reservation) GoString() string { 22159 return s.String() 22160} 22161 22162// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 22163func (s *Reservation) SetArn(v string) *Reservation { 22164 s.Arn = &v 22165 return s 22166} 22167 22168// SetCount sets the Count field's value. 22169func (s *Reservation) SetCount(v int64) *Reservation { 22170 s.Count = &v 22171 return s 22172} 22173 22174// SetCurrencyCode sets the CurrencyCode field's value. 22175func (s *Reservation) SetCurrencyCode(v string) *Reservation { 22176 s.CurrencyCode = &v 22177 return s 22178} 22179 22180// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 22181func (s *Reservation) SetDuration(v int64) *Reservation { 22182 s.Duration = &v 22183 return s 22184} 22185 22186// SetDurationUnits sets the DurationUnits field's value. 22187func (s *Reservation) SetDurationUnits(v string) *Reservation { 22188 s.DurationUnits = &v 22189 return s 22190} 22191 22192// SetEnd sets the End field's value. 22193func (s *Reservation) SetEnd(v string) *Reservation { 22194 s.End = &v 22195 return s 22196} 22197 22198// SetFixedPrice sets the FixedPrice field's value. 22199func (s *Reservation) SetFixedPrice(v float64) *Reservation { 22200 s.FixedPrice = &v 22201 return s 22202} 22203 22204// SetName sets the Name field's value. 22205func (s *Reservation) SetName(v string) *Reservation { 22206 s.Name = &v 22207 return s 22208} 22209 22210// SetOfferingDescription sets the OfferingDescription field's value. 22211func (s *Reservation) SetOfferingDescription(v string) *Reservation { 22212 s.OfferingDescription = &v 22213 return s 22214} 22215 22216// SetOfferingId sets the OfferingId field's value. 22217func (s *Reservation) SetOfferingId(v string) *Reservation { 22218 s.OfferingId = &v 22219 return s 22220} 22221 22222// SetOfferingType sets the OfferingType field's value. 22223func (s *Reservation) SetOfferingType(v string) *Reservation { 22224 s.OfferingType = &v 22225 return s 22226} 22227 22228// SetRegion sets the Region field's value. 22229func (s *Reservation) SetRegion(v string) *Reservation { 22230 s.Region = &v 22231 return s 22232} 22233 22234// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value. 22235func (s *Reservation) SetReservationId(v string) *Reservation { 22236 s.ReservationId = &v 22237 return s 22238} 22239 22240// SetResourceSpecification sets the ResourceSpecification field's value. 22241func (s *Reservation) SetResourceSpecification(v *ReservationResourceSpecification) *Reservation { 22242 s.ResourceSpecification = v 22243 return s 22244} 22245 22246// SetStart sets the Start field's value. 22247func (s *Reservation) SetStart(v string) *Reservation { 22248 s.Start = &v 22249 return s 22250} 22251 22252// SetState sets the State field's value. 22253func (s *Reservation) SetState(v string) *Reservation { 22254 s.State = &v 22255 return s 22256} 22257 22258// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 22259func (s *Reservation) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *Reservation { 22260 s.Tags = v 22261 return s 22262} 22263 22264// SetUsagePrice sets the UsagePrice field's value. 22265func (s *Reservation) SetUsagePrice(v float64) *Reservation { 22266 s.UsagePrice = &v 22267 return s 22268} 22269 22270// Resource configuration (codec, resolution, bitrate, ...) 22271type ReservationResourceSpecification struct { 22272 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22273 22274 // Channel class, e.g. 'STANDARD' 22275 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 22276 22277 // Codec, e.g. 'AVC' 22278 Codec *string `locationName:"codec" type:"string" enum:"ReservationCodec"` 22279 22280 // Maximum bitrate, e.g. 'MAX_20_MBPS' 22281 MaximumBitrate *string `locationName:"maximumBitrate" type:"string" enum:"ReservationMaximumBitrate"` 22282 22283 // Maximum framerate, e.g. 'MAX_30_FPS' (Outputs only) 22284 MaximumFramerate *string `locationName:"maximumFramerate" type:"string" enum:"ReservationMaximumFramerate"` 22285 22286 // Resolution, e.g. 'HD' 22287 Resolution *string `locationName:"resolution" type:"string" enum:"ReservationResolution"` 22288 22289 // Resource type, 'INPUT', 'OUTPUT', 'MULTIPLEX', or 'CHANNEL' 22290 ResourceType *string `locationName:"resourceType" type:"string" enum:"ReservationResourceType"` 22291 22292 // Special feature, e.g. 'AUDIO_NORMALIZATION' (Channels only) 22293 SpecialFeature *string `locationName:"specialFeature" type:"string" enum:"ReservationSpecialFeature"` 22294 22295 // Video quality, e.g. 'STANDARD' (Outputs only) 22296 VideoQuality *string `locationName:"videoQuality" type:"string" enum:"ReservationVideoQuality"` 22297} 22298 22299// String returns the string representation 22300func (s ReservationResourceSpecification) String() string { 22301 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22302} 22303 22304// GoString returns the string representation 22305func (s ReservationResourceSpecification) GoString() string { 22306 return s.String() 22307} 22308 22309// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 22310func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetChannelClass(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 22311 s.ChannelClass = &v 22312 return s 22313} 22314 22315// SetCodec sets the Codec field's value. 22316func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetCodec(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 22317 s.Codec = &v 22318 return s 22319} 22320 22321// SetMaximumBitrate sets the MaximumBitrate field's value. 22322func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetMaximumBitrate(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 22323 s.MaximumBitrate = &v 22324 return s 22325} 22326 22327// SetMaximumFramerate sets the MaximumFramerate field's value. 22328func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetMaximumFramerate(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 22329 s.MaximumFramerate = &v 22330 return s 22331} 22332 22333// SetResolution sets the Resolution field's value. 22334func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetResolution(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 22335 s.Resolution = &v 22336 return s 22337} 22338 22339// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value. 22340func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetResourceType(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 22341 s.ResourceType = &v 22342 return s 22343} 22344 22345// SetSpecialFeature sets the SpecialFeature field's value. 22346func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetSpecialFeature(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 22347 s.SpecialFeature = &v 22348 return s 22349} 22350 22351// SetVideoQuality sets the VideoQuality field's value. 22352func (s *ReservationResourceSpecification) SetVideoQuality(v string) *ReservationResourceSpecification { 22353 s.VideoQuality = &v 22354 return s 22355} 22356 22357// Rtmp Caption Info Destination Settings 22358type RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings struct { 22359 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22360} 22361 22362// String returns the string representation 22363func (s RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings) String() string { 22364 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22365} 22366 22367// GoString returns the string representation 22368func (s RtmpCaptionInfoDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 22369 return s.String() 22370} 22371 22372// Rtmp Group Settings 22373type RtmpGroupSettings struct { 22374 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22375 22376 // Choose the ad marker type for this output group. MediaLive will create a 22377 // message based on the content of each SCTE-35 message, format it for that 22378 // marker type, and insert it in the datastream. 22379 AdMarkers []*string `locationName:"adMarkers" type:"list"` 22380 22381 // Authentication scheme to use when connecting with CDN 22382 AuthenticationScheme *string `locationName:"authenticationScheme" type:"string" enum:"AuthenticationScheme"` 22383 22384 // Controls behavior when content cache fills up. If remote origin server stalls 22385 // the RTMP connection and does not accept content fast enough the 'Media Cache' 22386 // will fill up. When the cache reaches the duration specified by cacheLength 22387 // the cache will stop accepting new content. If set to disconnectImmediately, 22388 // the RTMP output will force a disconnect. Clear the media cache, and reconnect 22389 // after restartDelay seconds. If set to waitForServer, the RTMP output will 22390 // wait up to 5 minutes to allow the origin server to begin accepting data again. 22391 CacheFullBehavior *string `locationName:"cacheFullBehavior" type:"string" enum:"RtmpCacheFullBehavior"` 22392 22393 // Cache length, in seconds, is used to calculate buffer size. 22394 CacheLength *int64 `locationName:"cacheLength" min:"30" type:"integer"` 22395 22396 // Controls the types of data that passes to onCaptionInfo outputs. If set to 22397 // 'all' then 608 and 708 carried DTVCC data will be passed. If set to 'field1AndField2608' 22398 // then DTVCC data will be stripped out, but 608 data from both fields will 22399 // be passed. If set to 'field1608' then only the data carried in 608 from field 22400 // 1 video will be passed. 22401 CaptionData *string `locationName:"captionData" type:"string" enum:"RtmpCaptionData"` 22402 22403 // Controls the behavior of this RTMP group if input becomes unavailable.- emitOutput: 22404 // Emit a slate until input returns.- pauseOutput: Stop transmitting data until 22405 // input returns. This does not close the underlying RTMP connection. 22406 InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForRtmpOut"` 22407 22408 // If a streaming output fails, number of seconds to wait until a restart is 22409 // initiated. A value of 0 means never restart. 22410 RestartDelay *int64 `locationName:"restartDelay" type:"integer"` 22411} 22412 22413// String returns the string representation 22414func (s RtmpGroupSettings) String() string { 22415 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22416} 22417 22418// GoString returns the string representation 22419func (s RtmpGroupSettings) GoString() string { 22420 return s.String() 22421} 22422 22423// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22424func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) Validate() error { 22425 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RtmpGroupSettings"} 22426 if s.CacheLength != nil && *s.CacheLength < 30 { 22427 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("CacheLength", 30)) 22428 } 22429 22430 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22431 return invalidParams 22432 } 22433 return nil 22434} 22435 22436// SetAdMarkers sets the AdMarkers field's value. 22437func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetAdMarkers(v []*string) *RtmpGroupSettings { 22438 s.AdMarkers = v 22439 return s 22440} 22441 22442// SetAuthenticationScheme sets the AuthenticationScheme field's value. 22443func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetAuthenticationScheme(v string) *RtmpGroupSettings { 22444 s.AuthenticationScheme = &v 22445 return s 22446} 22447 22448// SetCacheFullBehavior sets the CacheFullBehavior field's value. 22449func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetCacheFullBehavior(v string) *RtmpGroupSettings { 22450 s.CacheFullBehavior = &v 22451 return s 22452} 22453 22454// SetCacheLength sets the CacheLength field's value. 22455func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetCacheLength(v int64) *RtmpGroupSettings { 22456 s.CacheLength = &v 22457 return s 22458} 22459 22460// SetCaptionData sets the CaptionData field's value. 22461func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetCaptionData(v string) *RtmpGroupSettings { 22462 s.CaptionData = &v 22463 return s 22464} 22465 22466// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value. 22467func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *RtmpGroupSettings { 22468 s.InputLossAction = &v 22469 return s 22470} 22471 22472// SetRestartDelay sets the RestartDelay field's value. 22473func (s *RtmpGroupSettings) SetRestartDelay(v int64) *RtmpGroupSettings { 22474 s.RestartDelay = &v 22475 return s 22476} 22477 22478// Rtmp Output Settings 22479type RtmpOutputSettings struct { 22480 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22481 22482 // If set to verifyAuthenticity, verify the tls certificate chain to a trusted 22483 // Certificate Authority (CA). This will cause rtmps outputs with self-signed 22484 // certificates to fail. 22485 CertificateMode *string `locationName:"certificateMode" type:"string" enum:"RtmpOutputCertificateMode"` 22486 22487 // Number of seconds to wait before retrying a connection to the Flash Media 22488 // server if the connection is lost. 22489 ConnectionRetryInterval *int64 `locationName:"connectionRetryInterval" min:"1" type:"integer"` 22490 22491 // The RTMP endpoint excluding the stream name (eg. rtmp://host/appname). For 22492 // connection to Akamai, a username and password must be supplied. URI fields 22493 // accept format identifiers. 22494 // 22495 // Destination is a required field 22496 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 22497 22498 // Number of retry attempts. 22499 NumRetries *int64 `locationName:"numRetries" type:"integer"` 22500} 22501 22502// String returns the string representation 22503func (s RtmpOutputSettings) String() string { 22504 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22505} 22506 22507// GoString returns the string representation 22508func (s RtmpOutputSettings) GoString() string { 22509 return s.String() 22510} 22511 22512// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22513func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) Validate() error { 22514 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RtmpOutputSettings"} 22515 if s.ConnectionRetryInterval != nil && *s.ConnectionRetryInterval < 1 { 22516 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("ConnectionRetryInterval", 1)) 22517 } 22518 if s.Destination == nil { 22519 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 22520 } 22521 22522 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22523 return invalidParams 22524 } 22525 return nil 22526} 22527 22528// SetCertificateMode sets the CertificateMode field's value. 22529func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) SetCertificateMode(v string) *RtmpOutputSettings { 22530 s.CertificateMode = &v 22531 return s 22532} 22533 22534// SetConnectionRetryInterval sets the ConnectionRetryInterval field's value. 22535func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) SetConnectionRetryInterval(v int64) *RtmpOutputSettings { 22536 s.ConnectionRetryInterval = &v 22537 return s 22538} 22539 22540// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 22541func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *RtmpOutputSettings { 22542 s.Destination = v 22543 return s 22544} 22545 22546// SetNumRetries sets the NumRetries field's value. 22547func (s *RtmpOutputSettings) SetNumRetries(v int64) *RtmpOutputSettings { 22548 s.NumRetries = &v 22549 return s 22550} 22551 22552// Contains information on a single schedule action. 22553type ScheduleAction struct { 22554 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22555 22556 // The name of the action, must be unique within the schedule. This name provides 22557 // the main reference to an action once it is added to the schedule. A name 22558 // is unique if it is no longer in the schedule. The schedule is automatically 22559 // cleaned up to remove actions with a start time of more than 1 hour ago (approximately) 22560 // so at that point a name can be reused. 22561 // 22562 // ActionName is a required field 22563 ActionName *string `locationName:"actionName" type:"string" required:"true"` 22564 22565 // Settings for this schedule action. 22566 // 22567 // ScheduleActionSettings is a required field 22568 ScheduleActionSettings *ScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"scheduleActionSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 22569 22570 // The time for the action to start in the channel. 22571 // 22572 // ScheduleActionStartSettings is a required field 22573 ScheduleActionStartSettings *ScheduleActionStartSettings `locationName:"scheduleActionStartSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 22574} 22575 22576// String returns the string representation 22577func (s ScheduleAction) String() string { 22578 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22579} 22580 22581// GoString returns the string representation 22582func (s ScheduleAction) GoString() string { 22583 return s.String() 22584} 22585 22586// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22587func (s *ScheduleAction) Validate() error { 22588 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ScheduleAction"} 22589 if s.ActionName == nil { 22590 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ActionName")) 22591 } 22592 if s.ScheduleActionSettings == nil { 22593 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ScheduleActionSettings")) 22594 } 22595 if s.ScheduleActionStartSettings == nil { 22596 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ScheduleActionStartSettings")) 22597 } 22598 if s.ScheduleActionSettings != nil { 22599 if err := s.ScheduleActionSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 22600 invalidParams.AddNested("ScheduleActionSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22601 } 22602 } 22603 if s.ScheduleActionStartSettings != nil { 22604 if err := s.ScheduleActionStartSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 22605 invalidParams.AddNested("ScheduleActionStartSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22606 } 22607 } 22608 22609 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22610 return invalidParams 22611 } 22612 return nil 22613} 22614 22615// SetActionName sets the ActionName field's value. 22616func (s *ScheduleAction) SetActionName(v string) *ScheduleAction { 22617 s.ActionName = &v 22618 return s 22619} 22620 22621// SetScheduleActionSettings sets the ScheduleActionSettings field's value. 22622func (s *ScheduleAction) SetScheduleActionSettings(v *ScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleAction { 22623 s.ScheduleActionSettings = v 22624 return s 22625} 22626 22627// SetScheduleActionStartSettings sets the ScheduleActionStartSettings field's value. 22628func (s *ScheduleAction) SetScheduleActionStartSettings(v *ScheduleActionStartSettings) *ScheduleAction { 22629 s.ScheduleActionStartSettings = v 22630 return s 22631} 22632 22633// Holds the settings for a single schedule action. 22634type ScheduleActionSettings struct { 22635 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22636 22637 // Action to insert HLS ID3 segment tagging 22638 HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"hlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings" type:"structure"` 22639 22640 // Action to insert HLS metadata 22641 HlsTimedMetadataSettings *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"hlsTimedMetadataSettings" type:"structure"` 22642 22643 // Action to prepare an input for a future immediate input switch 22644 InputPrepareSettings *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"inputPrepareSettings" type:"structure"` 22645 22646 // Action to switch the input 22647 InputSwitchSettings *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"inputSwitchSettings" type:"structure"` 22648 22649 // Action to pause or unpause one or both channel pipelines 22650 PauseStateSettings *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"pauseStateSettings" type:"structure"` 22651 22652 // Action to insert SCTE-35 return_to_network message 22653 Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings" type:"structure"` 22654 22655 // Action to insert SCTE-35 splice_insert message 22656 Scte35SpliceInsertSettings *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"scte35SpliceInsertSettings" type:"structure"` 22657 22658 // Action to insert SCTE-35 time_signal message 22659 Scte35TimeSignalSettings *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"scte35TimeSignalSettings" type:"structure"` 22660 22661 // Action to activate a static image overlay 22662 StaticImageActivateSettings *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"staticImageActivateSettings" type:"structure"` 22663 22664 // Action to deactivate a static image overlay 22665 StaticImageDeactivateSettings *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings `locationName:"staticImageDeactivateSettings" type:"structure"` 22666} 22667 22668// String returns the string representation 22669func (s ScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 22670 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22671} 22672 22673// GoString returns the string representation 22674func (s ScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 22675 return s.String() 22676} 22677 22678// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22679func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 22680 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ScheduleActionSettings"} 22681 if s.HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings != nil { 22682 if err := s.HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 22683 invalidParams.AddNested("HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22684 } 22685 } 22686 if s.HlsTimedMetadataSettings != nil { 22687 if err := s.HlsTimedMetadataSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 22688 invalidParams.AddNested("HlsTimedMetadataSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22689 } 22690 } 22691 if s.InputPrepareSettings != nil { 22692 if err := s.InputPrepareSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 22693 invalidParams.AddNested("InputPrepareSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22694 } 22695 } 22696 if s.InputSwitchSettings != nil { 22697 if err := s.InputSwitchSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 22698 invalidParams.AddNested("InputSwitchSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22699 } 22700 } 22701 if s.PauseStateSettings != nil { 22702 if err := s.PauseStateSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 22703 invalidParams.AddNested("PauseStateSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22704 } 22705 } 22706 if s.Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings != nil { 22707 if err := s.Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 22708 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22709 } 22710 } 22711 if s.Scte35SpliceInsertSettings != nil { 22712 if err := s.Scte35SpliceInsertSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 22713 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35SpliceInsertSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22714 } 22715 } 22716 if s.Scte35TimeSignalSettings != nil { 22717 if err := s.Scte35TimeSignalSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 22718 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35TimeSignalSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22719 } 22720 } 22721 if s.StaticImageActivateSettings != nil { 22722 if err := s.StaticImageActivateSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 22723 invalidParams.AddNested("StaticImageActivateSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22724 } 22725 } 22726 22727 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22728 return invalidParams 22729 } 22730 return nil 22731} 22732 22733// SetHlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings sets the HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings field's value. 22734func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetHlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings(v *HlsId3SegmentTaggingScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 22735 s.HlsId3SegmentTaggingSettings = v 22736 return s 22737} 22738 22739// SetHlsTimedMetadataSettings sets the HlsTimedMetadataSettings field's value. 22740func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetHlsTimedMetadataSettings(v *HlsTimedMetadataScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 22741 s.HlsTimedMetadataSettings = v 22742 return s 22743} 22744 22745// SetInputPrepareSettings sets the InputPrepareSettings field's value. 22746func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetInputPrepareSettings(v *InputPrepareScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 22747 s.InputPrepareSettings = v 22748 return s 22749} 22750 22751// SetInputSwitchSettings sets the InputSwitchSettings field's value. 22752func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetInputSwitchSettings(v *InputSwitchScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 22753 s.InputSwitchSettings = v 22754 return s 22755} 22756 22757// SetPauseStateSettings sets the PauseStateSettings field's value. 22758func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetPauseStateSettings(v *PauseStateScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 22759 s.PauseStateSettings = v 22760 return s 22761} 22762 22763// SetScte35ReturnToNetworkSettings sets the Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings field's value. 22764func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35ReturnToNetworkSettings(v *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 22765 s.Scte35ReturnToNetworkSettings = v 22766 return s 22767} 22768 22769// SetScte35SpliceInsertSettings sets the Scte35SpliceInsertSettings field's value. 22770func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35SpliceInsertSettings(v *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 22771 s.Scte35SpliceInsertSettings = v 22772 return s 22773} 22774 22775// SetScte35TimeSignalSettings sets the Scte35TimeSignalSettings field's value. 22776func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35TimeSignalSettings(v *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 22777 s.Scte35TimeSignalSettings = v 22778 return s 22779} 22780 22781// SetStaticImageActivateSettings sets the StaticImageActivateSettings field's value. 22782func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetStaticImageActivateSettings(v *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 22783 s.StaticImageActivateSettings = v 22784 return s 22785} 22786 22787// SetStaticImageDeactivateSettings sets the StaticImageDeactivateSettings field's value. 22788func (s *ScheduleActionSettings) SetStaticImageDeactivateSettings(v *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) *ScheduleActionSettings { 22789 s.StaticImageDeactivateSettings = v 22790 return s 22791} 22792 22793// Settings to specify when an action should occur. Only one of the options 22794// must be selected. 22795type ScheduleActionStartSettings struct { 22796 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22797 22798 // Option for specifying the start time for an action. 22799 FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings `locationName:"fixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings" type:"structure"` 22800 22801 // Option for specifying an action as relative to another action. 22802 FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings `locationName:"followModeScheduleActionStartSettings" type:"structure"` 22803 22804 // Option for specifying an action that should be applied immediately. 22805 ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings *ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings `locationName:"immediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings" type:"structure"` 22806} 22807 22808// String returns the string representation 22809func (s ScheduleActionStartSettings) String() string { 22810 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22811} 22812 22813// GoString returns the string representation 22814func (s ScheduleActionStartSettings) GoString() string { 22815 return s.String() 22816} 22817 22818// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22819func (s *ScheduleActionStartSettings) Validate() error { 22820 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ScheduleActionStartSettings"} 22821 if s.FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings != nil { 22822 if err := s.FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 22823 invalidParams.AddNested("FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22824 } 22825 } 22826 if s.FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings != nil { 22827 if err := s.FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 22828 invalidParams.AddNested("FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 22829 } 22830 } 22831 22832 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22833 return invalidParams 22834 } 22835 return nil 22836} 22837 22838// SetFixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings sets the FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings field's value. 22839func (s *ScheduleActionStartSettings) SetFixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings(v *FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings) *ScheduleActionStartSettings { 22840 s.FixedModeScheduleActionStartSettings = v 22841 return s 22842} 22843 22844// SetFollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings sets the FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings field's value. 22845func (s *ScheduleActionStartSettings) SetFollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings(v *FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings) *ScheduleActionStartSettings { 22846 s.FollowModeScheduleActionStartSettings = v 22847 return s 22848} 22849 22850// SetImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings sets the ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings field's value. 22851func (s *ScheduleActionStartSettings) SetImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings(v *ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings) *ScheduleActionStartSettings { 22852 s.ImmediateModeScheduleActionStartSettings = v 22853 return s 22854} 22855 22856// Scte20 Plus Embedded Destination Settings 22857type Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings struct { 22858 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22859} 22860 22861// String returns the string representation 22862func (s Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) String() string { 22863 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22864} 22865 22866// GoString returns the string representation 22867func (s Scte20PlusEmbeddedDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 22868 return s.String() 22869} 22870 22871// Scte20 Source Settings 22872type Scte20SourceSettings struct { 22873 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22874 22875 // If upconvert, 608 data is both passed through via the "608 compatibility 22876 // bytes" fields of the 708 wrapper as well as translated into 708. 708 data 22877 // present in the source content will be discarded. 22878 Convert608To708 *string `locationName:"convert608To708" type:"string" enum:"Scte20Convert608To708"` 22879 22880 // Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to 22881 // extract captions. Unused for passthrough. 22882 Source608ChannelNumber *int64 `locationName:"source608ChannelNumber" min:"1" type:"integer"` 22883} 22884 22885// String returns the string representation 22886func (s Scte20SourceSettings) String() string { 22887 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22888} 22889 22890// GoString returns the string representation 22891func (s Scte20SourceSettings) GoString() string { 22892 return s.String() 22893} 22894 22895// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22896func (s *Scte20SourceSettings) Validate() error { 22897 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte20SourceSettings"} 22898 if s.Source608ChannelNumber != nil && *s.Source608ChannelNumber < 1 { 22899 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Source608ChannelNumber", 1)) 22900 } 22901 22902 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22903 return invalidParams 22904 } 22905 return nil 22906} 22907 22908// SetConvert608To708 sets the Convert608To708 field's value. 22909func (s *Scte20SourceSettings) SetConvert608To708(v string) *Scte20SourceSettings { 22910 s.Convert608To708 = &v 22911 return s 22912} 22913 22914// SetSource608ChannelNumber sets the Source608ChannelNumber field's value. 22915func (s *Scte20SourceSettings) SetSource608ChannelNumber(v int64) *Scte20SourceSettings { 22916 s.Source608ChannelNumber = &v 22917 return s 22918} 22919 22920// Scte27 Destination Settings 22921type Scte27DestinationSettings struct { 22922 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22923} 22924 22925// String returns the string representation 22926func (s Scte27DestinationSettings) String() string { 22927 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22928} 22929 22930// GoString returns the string representation 22931func (s Scte27DestinationSettings) GoString() string { 22932 return s.String() 22933} 22934 22935// Scte27 Source Settings 22936type Scte27SourceSettings struct { 22937 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22938 22939 // The pid field is used in conjunction with the caption selector languageCode 22940 // field as follows: - Specify PID and Language: Extracts captions from that 22941 // PID; the language is "informational". - Specify PID and omit Language: Extracts 22942 // the specified PID. - Omit PID and specify Language: Extracts the specified 22943 // language, whichever PID that happens to be. - Omit PID and omit Language: 22944 // Valid only if source is DVB-Sub that is being passed through; all languages 22945 // will be passed through. 22946 Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" min:"1" type:"integer"` 22947} 22948 22949// String returns the string representation 22950func (s Scte27SourceSettings) String() string { 22951 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 22952} 22953 22954// GoString returns the string representation 22955func (s Scte27SourceSettings) GoString() string { 22956 return s.String() 22957} 22958 22959// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 22960func (s *Scte27SourceSettings) Validate() error { 22961 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte27SourceSettings"} 22962 if s.Pid != nil && *s.Pid < 1 { 22963 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Pid", 1)) 22964 } 22965 22966 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 22967 return invalidParams 22968 } 22969 return nil 22970} 22971 22972// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. 22973func (s *Scte27SourceSettings) SetPid(v int64) *Scte27SourceSettings { 22974 s.Pid = &v 22975 return s 22976} 22977 22978// Corresponds to SCTE-35 delivery_not_restricted_flag parameter. To declare 22979// delivery restrictions, include this element and its four "restriction" flags. 22980// To declare that there are no restrictions, omit this element. 22981type Scte35DeliveryRestrictions struct { 22982 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 22983 22984 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 archive_allowed_flag. 22985 // 22986 // ArchiveAllowedFlag is a required field 22987 ArchiveAllowedFlag *string `locationName:"archiveAllowedFlag" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag"` 22988 22989 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 device_restrictions parameter. 22990 // 22991 // DeviceRestrictions is a required field 22992 DeviceRestrictions *string `locationName:"deviceRestrictions" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35DeviceRestrictions"` 22993 22994 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 no_regional_blackout_flag parameter. 22995 // 22996 // NoRegionalBlackoutFlag is a required field 22997 NoRegionalBlackoutFlag *string `locationName:"noRegionalBlackoutFlag" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag"` 22998 22999 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 web_delivery_allowed_flag parameter. 23000 // 23001 // WebDeliveryAllowedFlag is a required field 23002 WebDeliveryAllowedFlag *string `locationName:"webDeliveryAllowedFlag" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag"` 23003} 23004 23005// String returns the string representation 23006func (s Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) String() string { 23007 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23008} 23009 23010// GoString returns the string representation 23011func (s Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) GoString() string { 23012 return s.String() 23013} 23014 23015// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23016func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) Validate() error { 23017 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35DeliveryRestrictions"} 23018 if s.ArchiveAllowedFlag == nil { 23019 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ArchiveAllowedFlag")) 23020 } 23021 if s.DeviceRestrictions == nil { 23022 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("DeviceRestrictions")) 23023 } 23024 if s.NoRegionalBlackoutFlag == nil { 23025 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("NoRegionalBlackoutFlag")) 23026 } 23027 if s.WebDeliveryAllowedFlag == nil { 23028 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("WebDeliveryAllowedFlag")) 23029 } 23030 23031 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23032 return invalidParams 23033 } 23034 return nil 23035} 23036 23037// SetArchiveAllowedFlag sets the ArchiveAllowedFlag field's value. 23038func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetArchiveAllowedFlag(v string) *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions { 23039 s.ArchiveAllowedFlag = &v 23040 return s 23041} 23042 23043// SetDeviceRestrictions sets the DeviceRestrictions field's value. 23044func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetDeviceRestrictions(v string) *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions { 23045 s.DeviceRestrictions = &v 23046 return s 23047} 23048 23049// SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag sets the NoRegionalBlackoutFlag field's value. 23050func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag(v string) *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions { 23051 s.NoRegionalBlackoutFlag = &v 23052 return s 23053} 23054 23055// SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag sets the WebDeliveryAllowedFlag field's value. 23056func (s *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag(v string) *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions { 23057 s.WebDeliveryAllowedFlag = &v 23058 return s 23059} 23060 23061// Holds one set of SCTE-35 Descriptor Settings. 23062type Scte35Descriptor struct { 23063 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23064 23065 // SCTE-35 Descriptor Settings. 23066 // 23067 // Scte35DescriptorSettings is a required field 23068 Scte35DescriptorSettings *Scte35DescriptorSettings `locationName:"scte35DescriptorSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 23069} 23070 23071// String returns the string representation 23072func (s Scte35Descriptor) String() string { 23073 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23074} 23075 23076// GoString returns the string representation 23077func (s Scte35Descriptor) GoString() string { 23078 return s.String() 23079} 23080 23081// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23082func (s *Scte35Descriptor) Validate() error { 23083 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35Descriptor"} 23084 if s.Scte35DescriptorSettings == nil { 23085 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Scte35DescriptorSettings")) 23086 } 23087 if s.Scte35DescriptorSettings != nil { 23088 if err := s.Scte35DescriptorSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 23089 invalidParams.AddNested("Scte35DescriptorSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 23090 } 23091 } 23092 23093 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23094 return invalidParams 23095 } 23096 return nil 23097} 23098 23099// SetScte35DescriptorSettings sets the Scte35DescriptorSettings field's value. 23100func (s *Scte35Descriptor) SetScte35DescriptorSettings(v *Scte35DescriptorSettings) *Scte35Descriptor { 23101 s.Scte35DescriptorSettings = v 23102 return s 23103} 23104 23105// SCTE-35 Descriptor settings. 23106type Scte35DescriptorSettings struct { 23107 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23108 23109 // SCTE-35 Segmentation Descriptor. 23110 // 23111 // SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings is a required field 23112 SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor `locationName:"segmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 23113} 23114 23115// String returns the string representation 23116func (s Scte35DescriptorSettings) String() string { 23117 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23118} 23119 23120// GoString returns the string representation 23121func (s Scte35DescriptorSettings) GoString() string { 23122 return s.String() 23123} 23124 23125// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23126func (s *Scte35DescriptorSettings) Validate() error { 23127 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35DescriptorSettings"} 23128 if s.SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings == nil { 23129 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings")) 23130 } 23131 if s.SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings != nil { 23132 if err := s.SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 23133 invalidParams.AddNested("SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 23134 } 23135 } 23136 23137 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23138 return invalidParams 23139 } 23140 return nil 23141} 23142 23143// SetSegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings sets the SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings field's value. 23144func (s *Scte35DescriptorSettings) SetSegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings(v *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) *Scte35DescriptorSettings { 23145 s.SegmentationDescriptorScte35DescriptorSettings = v 23146 return s 23147} 23148 23149// Settings for a SCTE-35 return_to_network message. 23150type Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings struct { 23151 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23152 23153 // The splice_event_id for the SCTE-35 splice_insert, as defined in SCTE-35. 23154 // 23155 // SpliceEventId is a required field 23156 SpliceEventId *int64 `locationName:"spliceEventId" type:"long" required:"true"` 23157} 23158 23159// String returns the string representation 23160func (s Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 23161 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23162} 23163 23164// GoString returns the string representation 23165func (s Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 23166 return s.String() 23167} 23168 23169// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23170func (s *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 23171 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings"} 23172 if s.SpliceEventId == nil { 23173 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SpliceEventId")) 23174 } 23175 23176 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23177 return invalidParams 23178 } 23179 return nil 23180} 23181 23182// SetSpliceEventId sets the SpliceEventId field's value. 23183func (s *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings) SetSpliceEventId(v int64) *Scte35ReturnToNetworkScheduleActionSettings { 23184 s.SpliceEventId = &v 23185 return s 23186} 23187 23188// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_descriptor. 23189type Scte35SegmentationDescriptor struct { 23190 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23191 23192 // Holds the four SCTE-35 delivery restriction parameters. 23193 DeliveryRestrictions *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions `locationName:"deliveryRestrictions" type:"structure"` 23194 23195 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segment_num. A value that is valid for the specified 23196 // segmentation_type_id. 23197 SegmentNum *int64 `locationName:"segmentNum" type:"integer"` 23198 23199 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_event_cancel_indicator. 23200 // 23201 // SegmentationCancelIndicator is a required field 23202 SegmentationCancelIndicator *string `locationName:"segmentationCancelIndicator" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator"` 23203 23204 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_duration. Optional. The duration for 23205 // the time_signal, in 90 KHz ticks. To convert seconds to ticks, multiple the 23206 // seconds by 90,000. Enter time in 90 KHz clock ticks. If you do not enter 23207 // a duration, the time_signal will continue until you insert a cancellation 23208 // message. 23209 SegmentationDuration *int64 `locationName:"segmentationDuration" type:"long"` 23210 23211 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_event_id. 23212 // 23213 // SegmentationEventId is a required field 23214 SegmentationEventId *int64 `locationName:"segmentationEventId" type:"long" required:"true"` 23215 23216 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_type_id. One of the segmentation_type_id 23217 // values listed in the SCTE-35 specification. On the console, enter the ID 23218 // in decimal (for example, "52"). In the CLI, API, or an SDK, enter the ID 23219 // in hex (for example, "0x34") or decimal (for example, "52"). 23220 SegmentationTypeId *int64 `locationName:"segmentationTypeId" type:"integer"` 23221 23222 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_upid. Enter a string containing the hexadecimal 23223 // representation of the characters that make up the SCTE-35 segmentation_upid 23224 // value. Must contain an even number of hex characters. Do not include spaces 23225 // between each hex pair. For example, the ASCII "ADS Information" becomes hex 23226 // "41445320496e666f726d6174696f6e. 23227 SegmentationUpid *string `locationName:"segmentationUpid" type:"string"` 23228 23229 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_upid_type. On the console, enter one 23230 // of the types listed in the SCTE-35 specification, converted to a decimal. 23231 // For example, "0x0C" hex from the specification is "12" in decimal. In the 23232 // CLI, API, or an SDK, enter one of the types listed in the SCTE-35 specification, 23233 // in either hex (for example, "0x0C" ) or in decimal (for example, "12"). 23234 SegmentationUpidType *int64 `locationName:"segmentationUpidType" type:"integer"` 23235 23236 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 segments_expected. A value that is valid for the specified 23237 // segmentation_type_id. 23238 SegmentsExpected *int64 `locationName:"segmentsExpected" type:"integer"` 23239 23240 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 sub_segment_num. A value that is valid for the specified 23241 // segmentation_type_id. 23242 SubSegmentNum *int64 `locationName:"subSegmentNum" type:"integer"` 23243 23244 // Corresponds to SCTE-35 sub_segments_expected. A value that is valid for the 23245 // specified segmentation_type_id. 23246 SubSegmentsExpected *int64 `locationName:"subSegmentsExpected" type:"integer"` 23247} 23248 23249// String returns the string representation 23250func (s Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) String() string { 23251 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23252} 23253 23254// GoString returns the string representation 23255func (s Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) GoString() string { 23256 return s.String() 23257} 23258 23259// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23260func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) Validate() error { 23261 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35SegmentationDescriptor"} 23262 if s.SegmentationCancelIndicator == nil { 23263 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SegmentationCancelIndicator")) 23264 } 23265 if s.SegmentationEventId == nil { 23266 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SegmentationEventId")) 23267 } 23268 if s.DeliveryRestrictions != nil { 23269 if err := s.DeliveryRestrictions.Validate(); err != nil { 23270 invalidParams.AddNested("DeliveryRestrictions", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 23271 } 23272 } 23273 23274 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23275 return invalidParams 23276 } 23277 return nil 23278} 23279 23280// SetDeliveryRestrictions sets the DeliveryRestrictions field's value. 23281func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetDeliveryRestrictions(v *Scte35DeliveryRestrictions) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 23282 s.DeliveryRestrictions = v 23283 return s 23284} 23285 23286// SetSegmentNum sets the SegmentNum field's value. 23287func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentNum(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 23288 s.SegmentNum = &v 23289 return s 23290} 23291 23292// SetSegmentationCancelIndicator sets the SegmentationCancelIndicator field's value. 23293func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationCancelIndicator(v string) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 23294 s.SegmentationCancelIndicator = &v 23295 return s 23296} 23297 23298// SetSegmentationDuration sets the SegmentationDuration field's value. 23299func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationDuration(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 23300 s.SegmentationDuration = &v 23301 return s 23302} 23303 23304// SetSegmentationEventId sets the SegmentationEventId field's value. 23305func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationEventId(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 23306 s.SegmentationEventId = &v 23307 return s 23308} 23309 23310// SetSegmentationTypeId sets the SegmentationTypeId field's value. 23311func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationTypeId(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 23312 s.SegmentationTypeId = &v 23313 return s 23314} 23315 23316// SetSegmentationUpid sets the SegmentationUpid field's value. 23317func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationUpid(v string) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 23318 s.SegmentationUpid = &v 23319 return s 23320} 23321 23322// SetSegmentationUpidType sets the SegmentationUpidType field's value. 23323func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentationUpidType(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 23324 s.SegmentationUpidType = &v 23325 return s 23326} 23327 23328// SetSegmentsExpected sets the SegmentsExpected field's value. 23329func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSegmentsExpected(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 23330 s.SegmentsExpected = &v 23331 return s 23332} 23333 23334// SetSubSegmentNum sets the SubSegmentNum field's value. 23335func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSubSegmentNum(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 23336 s.SubSegmentNum = &v 23337 return s 23338} 23339 23340// SetSubSegmentsExpected sets the SubSegmentsExpected field's value. 23341func (s *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor) SetSubSegmentsExpected(v int64) *Scte35SegmentationDescriptor { 23342 s.SubSegmentsExpected = &v 23343 return s 23344} 23345 23346// Scte35 Splice Insert 23347type Scte35SpliceInsert struct { 23348 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23349 23350 // When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail 23351 // PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not 23352 // apply to OOB messages. 23353 AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"` 23354 23355 // When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with noRegionalBlackoutFlag set to 23356 // 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates 23357 NoRegionalBlackoutFlag *string `locationName:"noRegionalBlackoutFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior"` 23358 23359 // When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with webDeliveryAllowedFlag set to 23360 // 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates 23361 WebDeliveryAllowedFlag *string `locationName:"webDeliveryAllowedFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior"` 23362} 23363 23364// String returns the string representation 23365func (s Scte35SpliceInsert) String() string { 23366 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23367} 23368 23369// GoString returns the string representation 23370func (s Scte35SpliceInsert) GoString() string { 23371 return s.String() 23372} 23373 23374// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23375func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) Validate() error { 23376 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35SpliceInsert"} 23377 if s.AdAvailOffset != nil && *s.AdAvailOffset < -1000 { 23378 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("AdAvailOffset", -1000)) 23379 } 23380 23381 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23382 return invalidParams 23383 } 23384 return nil 23385} 23386 23387// SetAdAvailOffset sets the AdAvailOffset field's value. 23388func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) SetAdAvailOffset(v int64) *Scte35SpliceInsert { 23389 s.AdAvailOffset = &v 23390 return s 23391} 23392 23393// SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag sets the NoRegionalBlackoutFlag field's value. 23394func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag(v string) *Scte35SpliceInsert { 23395 s.NoRegionalBlackoutFlag = &v 23396 return s 23397} 23398 23399// SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag sets the WebDeliveryAllowedFlag field's value. 23400func (s *Scte35SpliceInsert) SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag(v string) *Scte35SpliceInsert { 23401 s.WebDeliveryAllowedFlag = &v 23402 return s 23403} 23404 23405// Settings for a SCTE-35 splice_insert message. 23406type Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings struct { 23407 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23408 23409 // Optional, the duration for the splice_insert, in 90 KHz ticks. To convert 23410 // seconds to ticks, multiple the seconds by 90,000. If you enter a duration, 23411 // there is an expectation that the downstream system can read the duration 23412 // and cue in at that time. If you do not enter a duration, the splice_insert 23413 // will continue indefinitely and there is an expectation that you will enter 23414 // a return_to_network to end the splice_insert at the appropriate time. 23415 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"long"` 23416 23417 // The splice_event_id for the SCTE-35 splice_insert, as defined in SCTE-35. 23418 // 23419 // SpliceEventId is a required field 23420 SpliceEventId *int64 `locationName:"spliceEventId" type:"long" required:"true"` 23421} 23422 23423// String returns the string representation 23424func (s Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 23425 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23426} 23427 23428// GoString returns the string representation 23429func (s Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 23430 return s.String() 23431} 23432 23433// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23434func (s *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 23435 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings"} 23436 if s.SpliceEventId == nil { 23437 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SpliceEventId")) 23438 } 23439 23440 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23441 return invalidParams 23442 } 23443 return nil 23444} 23445 23446// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 23447func (s *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) SetDuration(v int64) *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings { 23448 s.Duration = &v 23449 return s 23450} 23451 23452// SetSpliceEventId sets the SpliceEventId field's value. 23453func (s *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings) SetSpliceEventId(v int64) *Scte35SpliceInsertScheduleActionSettings { 23454 s.SpliceEventId = &v 23455 return s 23456} 23457 23458// Scte35 Time Signal Apos 23459type Scte35TimeSignalApos struct { 23460 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23461 23462 // When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail 23463 // PTS time. This only applies to embedded SCTE 104/35 messages and does not 23464 // apply to OOB messages. 23465 AdAvailOffset *int64 `locationName:"adAvailOffset" type:"integer"` 23466 23467 // When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with noRegionalBlackoutFlag set to 23468 // 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates 23469 NoRegionalBlackoutFlag *string `locationName:"noRegionalBlackoutFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior"` 23470 23471 // When set to ignore, Segment Descriptors with webDeliveryAllowedFlag set to 23472 // 0 will no longer trigger blackouts or Ad Avail slates 23473 WebDeliveryAllowedFlag *string `locationName:"webDeliveryAllowedFlag" type:"string" enum:"Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior"` 23474} 23475 23476// String returns the string representation 23477func (s Scte35TimeSignalApos) String() string { 23478 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23479} 23480 23481// GoString returns the string representation 23482func (s Scte35TimeSignalApos) GoString() string { 23483 return s.String() 23484} 23485 23486// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23487func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) Validate() error { 23488 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35TimeSignalApos"} 23489 if s.AdAvailOffset != nil && *s.AdAvailOffset < -1000 { 23490 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("AdAvailOffset", -1000)) 23491 } 23492 23493 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23494 return invalidParams 23495 } 23496 return nil 23497} 23498 23499// SetAdAvailOffset sets the AdAvailOffset field's value. 23500func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) SetAdAvailOffset(v int64) *Scte35TimeSignalApos { 23501 s.AdAvailOffset = &v 23502 return s 23503} 23504 23505// SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag sets the NoRegionalBlackoutFlag field's value. 23506func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) SetNoRegionalBlackoutFlag(v string) *Scte35TimeSignalApos { 23507 s.NoRegionalBlackoutFlag = &v 23508 return s 23509} 23510 23511// SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag sets the WebDeliveryAllowedFlag field's value. 23512func (s *Scte35TimeSignalApos) SetWebDeliveryAllowedFlag(v string) *Scte35TimeSignalApos { 23513 s.WebDeliveryAllowedFlag = &v 23514 return s 23515} 23516 23517// Settings for a SCTE-35 time_signal. 23518type Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings struct { 23519 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23520 23521 // The list of SCTE-35 descriptors accompanying the SCTE-35 time_signal. 23522 // 23523 // Scte35Descriptors is a required field 23524 Scte35Descriptors []*Scte35Descriptor `locationName:"scte35Descriptors" type:"list" required:"true"` 23525} 23526 23527// String returns the string representation 23528func (s Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 23529 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23530} 23531 23532// GoString returns the string representation 23533func (s Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 23534 return s.String() 23535} 23536 23537// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23538func (s *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 23539 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings"} 23540 if s.Scte35Descriptors == nil { 23541 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Scte35Descriptors")) 23542 } 23543 if s.Scte35Descriptors != nil { 23544 for i, v := range s.Scte35Descriptors { 23545 if v == nil { 23546 continue 23547 } 23548 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 23549 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Scte35Descriptors", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 23550 } 23551 } 23552 } 23553 23554 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23555 return invalidParams 23556 } 23557 return nil 23558} 23559 23560// SetScte35Descriptors sets the Scte35Descriptors field's value. 23561func (s *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings) SetScte35Descriptors(v []*Scte35Descriptor) *Scte35TimeSignalScheduleActionSettings { 23562 s.Scte35Descriptors = v 23563 return s 23564} 23565 23566// Smpte Tt Destination Settings 23567type SmpteTtDestinationSettings struct { 23568 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23569} 23570 23571// String returns the string representation 23572func (s SmpteTtDestinationSettings) String() string { 23573 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23574} 23575 23576// GoString returns the string representation 23577func (s SmpteTtDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 23578 return s.String() 23579} 23580 23581// Standard Hls Settings 23582type StandardHlsSettings struct { 23583 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23584 23585 // List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input 23586 // all the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','. 23587 AudioRenditionSets *string `locationName:"audioRenditionSets" type:"string"` 23588 23589 // Settings information for the .m3u8 container 23590 // 23591 // M3u8Settings is a required field 23592 M3u8Settings *M3u8Settings `locationName:"m3u8Settings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 23593} 23594 23595// String returns the string representation 23596func (s StandardHlsSettings) String() string { 23597 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23598} 23599 23600// GoString returns the string representation 23601func (s StandardHlsSettings) GoString() string { 23602 return s.String() 23603} 23604 23605// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23606func (s *StandardHlsSettings) Validate() error { 23607 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StandardHlsSettings"} 23608 if s.M3u8Settings == nil { 23609 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("M3u8Settings")) 23610 } 23611 23612 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23613 return invalidParams 23614 } 23615 return nil 23616} 23617 23618// SetAudioRenditionSets sets the AudioRenditionSets field's value. 23619func (s *StandardHlsSettings) SetAudioRenditionSets(v string) *StandardHlsSettings { 23620 s.AudioRenditionSets = &v 23621 return s 23622} 23623 23624// SetM3u8Settings sets the M3u8Settings field's value. 23625func (s *StandardHlsSettings) SetM3u8Settings(v *M3u8Settings) *StandardHlsSettings { 23626 s.M3u8Settings = v 23627 return s 23628} 23629 23630type StartChannelInput struct { 23631 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23632 23633 // ChannelId is a required field 23634 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 23635} 23636 23637// String returns the string representation 23638func (s StartChannelInput) String() string { 23639 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23640} 23641 23642// GoString returns the string representation 23643func (s StartChannelInput) GoString() string { 23644 return s.String() 23645} 23646 23647// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23648func (s *StartChannelInput) Validate() error { 23649 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartChannelInput"} 23650 if s.ChannelId == nil { 23651 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 23652 } 23653 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 23654 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 23655 } 23656 23657 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23658 return invalidParams 23659 } 23660 return nil 23661} 23662 23663// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 23664func (s *StartChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *StartChannelInput { 23665 s.ChannelId = &v 23666 return s 23667} 23668 23669type StartChannelOutput struct { 23670 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23671 23672 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 23673 23674 CdiInputSpecification *CdiInputSpecification `locationName:"cdiInputSpecification" type:"structure"` 23675 23676 // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 23677 // only has one. 23678 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 23679 23680 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 23681 23682 EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` 23683 23684 // Encoder Settings 23685 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 23686 23687 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 23688 23689 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 23690 23691 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 23692 23693 // The log level the user wants for their channel. 23694 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 23695 23696 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 23697 23698 PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"` 23699 23700 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 23701 23702 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 23703 23704 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` 23705 23706 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 23707} 23708 23709// String returns the string representation 23710func (s StartChannelOutput) String() string { 23711 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23712} 23713 23714// GoString returns the string representation 23715func (s StartChannelOutput) GoString() string { 23716 return s.String() 23717} 23718 23719// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 23720func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 23721 s.Arn = &v 23722 return s 23723} 23724 23725// SetCdiInputSpecification sets the CdiInputSpecification field's value. 23726func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetCdiInputSpecification(v *CdiInputSpecification) *StartChannelOutput { 23727 s.CdiInputSpecification = v 23728 return s 23729} 23730 23731// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 23732func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 23733 s.ChannelClass = &v 23734 return s 23735} 23736 23737// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 23738func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *StartChannelOutput { 23739 s.Destinations = v 23740 return s 23741} 23742 23743// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. 23744func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *StartChannelOutput { 23745 s.EgressEndpoints = v 23746 return s 23747} 23748 23749// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 23750func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *StartChannelOutput { 23751 s.EncoderSettings = v 23752 return s 23753} 23754 23755// SetId sets the Id field's value. 23756func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 23757 s.Id = &v 23758 return s 23759} 23760 23761// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 23762func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *StartChannelOutput { 23763 s.InputAttachments = v 23764 return s 23765} 23766 23767// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 23768func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *StartChannelOutput { 23769 s.InputSpecification = v 23770 return s 23771} 23772 23773// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 23774func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 23775 s.LogLevel = &v 23776 return s 23777} 23778 23779// SetName sets the Name field's value. 23780func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 23781 s.Name = &v 23782 return s 23783} 23784 23785// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value. 23786func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *StartChannelOutput { 23787 s.PipelineDetails = v 23788 return s 23789} 23790 23791// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 23792func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StartChannelOutput { 23793 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 23794 return s 23795} 23796 23797// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 23798func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 23799 s.RoleArn = &v 23800 return s 23801} 23802 23803// SetState sets the State field's value. 23804func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *StartChannelOutput { 23805 s.State = &v 23806 return s 23807} 23808 23809// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 23810func (s *StartChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StartChannelOutput { 23811 s.Tags = v 23812 return s 23813} 23814 23815type StartMultiplexInput struct { 23816 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23817 23818 // MultiplexId is a required field 23819 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 23820} 23821 23822// String returns the string representation 23823func (s StartMultiplexInput) String() string { 23824 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23825} 23826 23827// GoString returns the string representation 23828func (s StartMultiplexInput) GoString() string { 23829 return s.String() 23830} 23831 23832// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 23833func (s *StartMultiplexInput) Validate() error { 23834 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartMultiplexInput"} 23835 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 23836 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 23837 } 23838 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 23839 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 23840 } 23841 23842 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 23843 return invalidParams 23844 } 23845 return nil 23846} 23847 23848// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 23849func (s *StartMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *StartMultiplexInput { 23850 s.MultiplexId = &v 23851 return s 23852} 23853 23854type StartMultiplexOutput struct { 23855 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23856 23857 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 23858 23859 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"` 23860 23861 Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 23862 23863 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 23864 23865 // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 23866 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 23867 23868 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 23869 23870 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 23871 23872 ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"` 23873 23874 // The current state of the multiplex. 23875 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"` 23876 23877 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 23878} 23879 23880// String returns the string representation 23881func (s StartMultiplexOutput) String() string { 23882 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23883} 23884 23885// GoString returns the string representation 23886func (s StartMultiplexOutput) GoString() string { 23887 return s.String() 23888} 23889 23890// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 23891func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput { 23892 s.Arn = &v 23893 return s 23894} 23895 23896// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 23897func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *StartMultiplexOutput { 23898 s.AvailabilityZones = v 23899 return s 23900} 23901 23902// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 23903func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *StartMultiplexOutput { 23904 s.Destinations = v 23905 return s 23906} 23907 23908// SetId sets the Id field's value. 23909func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput { 23910 s.Id = &v 23911 return s 23912} 23913 23914// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 23915func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *StartMultiplexOutput { 23916 s.MultiplexSettings = v 23917 return s 23918} 23919 23920// SetName sets the Name field's value. 23921func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput { 23922 s.Name = &v 23923 return s 23924} 23925 23926// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 23927func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StartMultiplexOutput { 23928 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 23929 return s 23930} 23931 23932// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value. 23933func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *StartMultiplexOutput { 23934 s.ProgramCount = &v 23935 return s 23936} 23937 23938// SetState sets the State field's value. 23939func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *StartMultiplexOutput { 23940 s.State = &v 23941 return s 23942} 23943 23944// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 23945func (s *StartMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StartMultiplexOutput { 23946 s.Tags = v 23947 return s 23948} 23949 23950// Settings to identify the start of the clip. 23951type StartTimecode struct { 23952 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23953 23954 // The timecode for the frame where you want to start the clip. Optional; if 23955 // not specified, the clip starts at first frame in the file. Enter the timecode 23956 // as HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF. 23957 Timecode *string `locationName:"timecode" type:"string"` 23958} 23959 23960// String returns the string representation 23961func (s StartTimecode) String() string { 23962 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 23963} 23964 23965// GoString returns the string representation 23966func (s StartTimecode) GoString() string { 23967 return s.String() 23968} 23969 23970// SetTimecode sets the Timecode field's value. 23971func (s *StartTimecode) SetTimecode(v string) *StartTimecode { 23972 s.Timecode = &v 23973 return s 23974} 23975 23976// Settings for the action to activate a static image. 23977type StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings struct { 23978 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 23979 23980 // The duration in milliseconds for the image to remain on the video. If omitted 23981 // or set to 0 the duration is unlimited and the image will remain until it 23982 // is explicitly deactivated. 23983 Duration *int64 `locationName:"duration" type:"integer"` 23984 23985 // The time in milliseconds for the image to fade in. The fade-in starts at 23986 // the start time of the overlay. Default is 0 (no fade-in). 23987 FadeIn *int64 `locationName:"fadeIn" type:"integer"` 23988 23989 // Applies only if a duration is specified. The time in milliseconds for the 23990 // image to fade out. The fade-out starts when the duration time is hit, so 23991 // it effectively extends the duration. Default is 0 (no fade-out). 23992 FadeOut *int64 `locationName:"fadeOut" type:"integer"` 23993 23994 // The height of the image when inserted into the video, in pixels. The overlay 23995 // will be scaled up or down to the specified height. Leave blank to use the 23996 // native height of the overlay. 23997 Height *int64 `locationName:"height" min:"1" type:"integer"` 23998 23999 // The location and filename of the image file to overlay on the video. The 24000 // file must be a 32-bit BMP, PNG, or TGA file, and must not be larger (in pixels) 24001 // than the input video. 24002 // 24003 // Image is a required field 24004 Image *InputLocation `locationName:"image" type:"structure" required:"true"` 24005 24006 // Placement of the left edge of the overlay relative to the left edge of the 24007 // video frame, in pixels. 0 (the default) is the left edge of the frame. If 24008 // the placement causes the overlay to extend beyond the right edge of the underlying 24009 // video, then the overlay is cropped on the right. 24010 ImageX *int64 `locationName:"imageX" type:"integer"` 24011 24012 // Placement of the top edge of the overlay relative to the top edge of the 24013 // video frame, in pixels. 0 (the default) is the top edge of the frame. If 24014 // the placement causes the overlay to extend beyond the bottom edge of the 24015 // underlying video, then the overlay is cropped on the bottom. 24016 ImageY *int64 `locationName:"imageY" type:"integer"` 24017 24018 // The number of the layer, 0 to 7. There are 8 layers that can be overlaid 24019 // on the video, each layer with a different image. The layers are in Z order, 24020 // which means that overlays with higher values of layer are inserted on top 24021 // of overlays with lower values of layer. Default is 0. 24022 Layer *int64 `locationName:"layer" type:"integer"` 24023 24024 // Opacity of image where 0 is transparent and 100 is fully opaque. Default 24025 // is 100. 24026 Opacity *int64 `locationName:"opacity" type:"integer"` 24027 24028 // The width of the image when inserted into the video, in pixels. The overlay 24029 // will be scaled up or down to the specified width. Leave blank to use the 24030 // native width of the overlay. 24031 Width *int64 `locationName:"width" min:"1" type:"integer"` 24032} 24033 24034// String returns the string representation 24035func (s StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 24036 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24037} 24038 24039// GoString returns the string representation 24040func (s StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 24041 return s.String() 24042} 24043 24044// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 24045func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) Validate() error { 24046 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings"} 24047 if s.Height != nil && *s.Height < 1 { 24048 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Height", 1)) 24049 } 24050 if s.Image == nil { 24051 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Image")) 24052 } 24053 if s.Width != nil && *s.Width < 1 { 24054 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("Width", 1)) 24055 } 24056 if s.Image != nil { 24057 if err := s.Image.Validate(); err != nil { 24058 invalidParams.AddNested("Image", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 24059 } 24060 } 24061 24062 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 24063 return invalidParams 24064 } 24065 return nil 24066} 24067 24068// SetDuration sets the Duration field's value. 24069func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetDuration(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 24070 s.Duration = &v 24071 return s 24072} 24073 24074// SetFadeIn sets the FadeIn field's value. 24075func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetFadeIn(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 24076 s.FadeIn = &v 24077 return s 24078} 24079 24080// SetFadeOut sets the FadeOut field's value. 24081func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetFadeOut(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 24082 s.FadeOut = &v 24083 return s 24084} 24085 24086// SetHeight sets the Height field's value. 24087func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetHeight(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 24088 s.Height = &v 24089 return s 24090} 24091 24092// SetImage sets the Image field's value. 24093func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetImage(v *InputLocation) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 24094 s.Image = v 24095 return s 24096} 24097 24098// SetImageX sets the ImageX field's value. 24099func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetImageX(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 24100 s.ImageX = &v 24101 return s 24102} 24103 24104// SetImageY sets the ImageY field's value. 24105func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetImageY(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 24106 s.ImageY = &v 24107 return s 24108} 24109 24110// SetLayer sets the Layer field's value. 24111func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetLayer(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 24112 s.Layer = &v 24113 return s 24114} 24115 24116// SetOpacity sets the Opacity field's value. 24117func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetOpacity(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 24118 s.Opacity = &v 24119 return s 24120} 24121 24122// SetWidth sets the Width field's value. 24123func (s *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings) SetWidth(v int64) *StaticImageActivateScheduleActionSettings { 24124 s.Width = &v 24125 return s 24126} 24127 24128// Settings for the action to deactivate the image in a specific layer. 24129type StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings struct { 24130 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24131 24132 // The time in milliseconds for the image to fade out. Default is 0 (no fade-out). 24133 FadeOut *int64 `locationName:"fadeOut" type:"integer"` 24134 24135 // The image overlay layer to deactivate, 0 to 7. Default is 0. 24136 Layer *int64 `locationName:"layer" type:"integer"` 24137} 24138 24139// String returns the string representation 24140func (s StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) String() string { 24141 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24142} 24143 24144// GoString returns the string representation 24145func (s StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) GoString() string { 24146 return s.String() 24147} 24148 24149// SetFadeOut sets the FadeOut field's value. 24150func (s *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) SetFadeOut(v int64) *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings { 24151 s.FadeOut = &v 24152 return s 24153} 24154 24155// SetLayer sets the Layer field's value. 24156func (s *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings) SetLayer(v int64) *StaticImageDeactivateScheduleActionSettings { 24157 s.Layer = &v 24158 return s 24159} 24160 24161// Static Key Settings 24162type StaticKeySettings struct { 24163 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24164 24165 // The URL of the license server used for protecting content. 24166 KeyProviderServer *InputLocation `locationName:"keyProviderServer" type:"structure"` 24167 24168 // Static key value as a 32 character hexadecimal string. 24169 // 24170 // StaticKeyValue is a required field 24171 StaticKeyValue *string `locationName:"staticKeyValue" min:"32" type:"string" required:"true"` 24172} 24173 24174// String returns the string representation 24175func (s StaticKeySettings) String() string { 24176 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24177} 24178 24179// GoString returns the string representation 24180func (s StaticKeySettings) GoString() string { 24181 return s.String() 24182} 24183 24184// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 24185func (s *StaticKeySettings) Validate() error { 24186 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StaticKeySettings"} 24187 if s.StaticKeyValue == nil { 24188 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("StaticKeyValue")) 24189 } 24190 if s.StaticKeyValue != nil && len(*s.StaticKeyValue) < 32 { 24191 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("StaticKeyValue", 32)) 24192 } 24193 if s.KeyProviderServer != nil { 24194 if err := s.KeyProviderServer.Validate(); err != nil { 24195 invalidParams.AddNested("KeyProviderServer", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 24196 } 24197 } 24198 24199 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 24200 return invalidParams 24201 } 24202 return nil 24203} 24204 24205// SetKeyProviderServer sets the KeyProviderServer field's value. 24206func (s *StaticKeySettings) SetKeyProviderServer(v *InputLocation) *StaticKeySettings { 24207 s.KeyProviderServer = v 24208 return s 24209} 24210 24211// SetStaticKeyValue sets the StaticKeyValue field's value. 24212func (s *StaticKeySettings) SetStaticKeyValue(v string) *StaticKeySettings { 24213 s.StaticKeyValue = &v 24214 return s 24215} 24216 24217type StopChannelInput struct { 24218 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24219 24220 // ChannelId is a required field 24221 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 24222} 24223 24224// String returns the string representation 24225func (s StopChannelInput) String() string { 24226 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24227} 24228 24229// GoString returns the string representation 24230func (s StopChannelInput) GoString() string { 24231 return s.String() 24232} 24233 24234// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 24235func (s *StopChannelInput) Validate() error { 24236 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopChannelInput"} 24237 if s.ChannelId == nil { 24238 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 24239 } 24240 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 24241 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 24242 } 24243 24244 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 24245 return invalidParams 24246 } 24247 return nil 24248} 24249 24250// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 24251func (s *StopChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *StopChannelInput { 24252 s.ChannelId = &v 24253 return s 24254} 24255 24256type StopChannelOutput struct { 24257 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24258 24259 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 24260 24261 CdiInputSpecification *CdiInputSpecification `locationName:"cdiInputSpecification" type:"structure"` 24262 24263 // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 24264 // only has one. 24265 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" enum:"ChannelClass"` 24266 24267 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 24268 24269 EgressEndpoints []*ChannelEgressEndpoint `locationName:"egressEndpoints" type:"list"` 24270 24271 // Encoder Settings 24272 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 24273 24274 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 24275 24276 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 24277 24278 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 24279 24280 // The log level the user wants for their channel. 24281 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 24282 24283 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 24284 24285 PipelineDetails []*PipelineDetail `locationName:"pipelineDetails" type:"list"` 24286 24287 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 24288 24289 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 24290 24291 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"ChannelState"` 24292 24293 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 24294} 24295 24296// String returns the string representation 24297func (s StopChannelOutput) String() string { 24298 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24299} 24300 24301// GoString returns the string representation 24302func (s StopChannelOutput) GoString() string { 24303 return s.String() 24304} 24305 24306// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 24307func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetArn(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 24308 s.Arn = &v 24309 return s 24310} 24311 24312// SetCdiInputSpecification sets the CdiInputSpecification field's value. 24313func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetCdiInputSpecification(v *CdiInputSpecification) *StopChannelOutput { 24314 s.CdiInputSpecification = v 24315 return s 24316} 24317 24318// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 24319func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetChannelClass(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 24320 s.ChannelClass = &v 24321 return s 24322} 24323 24324// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 24325func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *StopChannelOutput { 24326 s.Destinations = v 24327 return s 24328} 24329 24330// SetEgressEndpoints sets the EgressEndpoints field's value. 24331func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetEgressEndpoints(v []*ChannelEgressEndpoint) *StopChannelOutput { 24332 s.EgressEndpoints = v 24333 return s 24334} 24335 24336// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 24337func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *StopChannelOutput { 24338 s.EncoderSettings = v 24339 return s 24340} 24341 24342// SetId sets the Id field's value. 24343func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetId(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 24344 s.Id = &v 24345 return s 24346} 24347 24348// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 24349func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *StopChannelOutput { 24350 s.InputAttachments = v 24351 return s 24352} 24353 24354// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 24355func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *StopChannelOutput { 24356 s.InputSpecification = v 24357 return s 24358} 24359 24360// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 24361func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetLogLevel(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 24362 s.LogLevel = &v 24363 return s 24364} 24365 24366// SetName sets the Name field's value. 24367func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetName(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 24368 s.Name = &v 24369 return s 24370} 24371 24372// SetPipelineDetails sets the PipelineDetails field's value. 24373func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetPipelineDetails(v []*PipelineDetail) *StopChannelOutput { 24374 s.PipelineDetails = v 24375 return s 24376} 24377 24378// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 24379func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StopChannelOutput { 24380 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 24381 return s 24382} 24383 24384// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 24385func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetRoleArn(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 24386 s.RoleArn = &v 24387 return s 24388} 24389 24390// SetState sets the State field's value. 24391func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetState(v string) *StopChannelOutput { 24392 s.State = &v 24393 return s 24394} 24395 24396// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 24397func (s *StopChannelOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StopChannelOutput { 24398 s.Tags = v 24399 return s 24400} 24401 24402type StopMultiplexInput struct { 24403 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24404 24405 // MultiplexId is a required field 24406 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 24407} 24408 24409// String returns the string representation 24410func (s StopMultiplexInput) String() string { 24411 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24412} 24413 24414// GoString returns the string representation 24415func (s StopMultiplexInput) GoString() string { 24416 return s.String() 24417} 24418 24419// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 24420func (s *StopMultiplexInput) Validate() error { 24421 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopMultiplexInput"} 24422 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 24423 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 24424 } 24425 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 24426 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 24427 } 24428 24429 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 24430 return invalidParams 24431 } 24432 return nil 24433} 24434 24435// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 24436func (s *StopMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *StopMultiplexInput { 24437 s.MultiplexId = &v 24438 return s 24439} 24440 24441type StopMultiplexOutput struct { 24442 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24443 24444 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 24445 24446 AvailabilityZones []*string `locationName:"availabilityZones" type:"list"` 24447 24448 Destinations []*MultiplexOutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 24449 24450 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 24451 24452 // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 24453 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 24454 24455 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 24456 24457 PipelinesRunningCount *int64 `locationName:"pipelinesRunningCount" type:"integer"` 24458 24459 ProgramCount *int64 `locationName:"programCount" type:"integer"` 24460 24461 // The current state of the multiplex. 24462 State *string `locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"MultiplexState"` 24463 24464 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 24465} 24466 24467// String returns the string representation 24468func (s StopMultiplexOutput) String() string { 24469 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24470} 24471 24472// GoString returns the string representation 24473func (s StopMultiplexOutput) GoString() string { 24474 return s.String() 24475} 24476 24477// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 24478func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetArn(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput { 24479 s.Arn = &v 24480 return s 24481} 24482 24483// SetAvailabilityZones sets the AvailabilityZones field's value. 24484func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetAvailabilityZones(v []*string) *StopMultiplexOutput { 24485 s.AvailabilityZones = v 24486 return s 24487} 24488 24489// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 24490func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetDestinations(v []*MultiplexOutputDestination) *StopMultiplexOutput { 24491 s.Destinations = v 24492 return s 24493} 24494 24495// SetId sets the Id field's value. 24496func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetId(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput { 24497 s.Id = &v 24498 return s 24499} 24500 24501// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 24502func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *StopMultiplexOutput { 24503 s.MultiplexSettings = v 24504 return s 24505} 24506 24507// SetName sets the Name field's value. 24508func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetName(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput { 24509 s.Name = &v 24510 return s 24511} 24512 24513// SetPipelinesRunningCount sets the PipelinesRunningCount field's value. 24514func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetPipelinesRunningCount(v int64) *StopMultiplexOutput { 24515 s.PipelinesRunningCount = &v 24516 return s 24517} 24518 24519// SetProgramCount sets the ProgramCount field's value. 24520func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetProgramCount(v int64) *StopMultiplexOutput { 24521 s.ProgramCount = &v 24522 return s 24523} 24524 24525// SetState sets the State field's value. 24526func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetState(v string) *StopMultiplexOutput { 24527 s.State = &v 24528 return s 24529} 24530 24531// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 24532func (s *StopMultiplexOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *StopMultiplexOutput { 24533 s.Tags = v 24534 return s 24535} 24536 24537// Settings to identify the end of the clip. 24538type StopTimecode struct { 24539 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24540 24541 // If you specify a StopTimecode in an input (in order to clip the file), you 24542 // can specify if you want the clip to exclude (the default) or include the 24543 // frame specified by the timecode. 24544 LastFrameClippingBehavior *string `locationName:"lastFrameClippingBehavior" type:"string" enum:"LastFrameClippingBehavior"` 24545 24546 // The timecode for the frame where you want to stop the clip. Optional; if 24547 // not specified, the clip continues to the end of the file. Enter the timecode 24548 // as HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF. 24549 Timecode *string `locationName:"timecode" type:"string"` 24550} 24551 24552// String returns the string representation 24553func (s StopTimecode) String() string { 24554 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24555} 24556 24557// GoString returns the string representation 24558func (s StopTimecode) GoString() string { 24559 return s.String() 24560} 24561 24562// SetLastFrameClippingBehavior sets the LastFrameClippingBehavior field's value. 24563func (s *StopTimecode) SetLastFrameClippingBehavior(v string) *StopTimecode { 24564 s.LastFrameClippingBehavior = &v 24565 return s 24566} 24567 24568// SetTimecode sets the Timecode field's value. 24569func (s *StopTimecode) SetTimecode(v string) *StopTimecode { 24570 s.Timecode = &v 24571 return s 24572} 24573 24574// Teletext Destination Settings 24575type TeletextDestinationSettings struct { 24576 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24577} 24578 24579// String returns the string representation 24580func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) String() string { 24581 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24582} 24583 24584// GoString returns the string representation 24585func (s TeletextDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 24586 return s.String() 24587} 24588 24589// Teletext Source Settings 24590type TeletextSourceSettings struct { 24591 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24592 24593 // Specifies the teletext page number within the data stream from which to extract 24594 // captions. Range of 0x100 (256) to 0x8FF (2303). Unused for passthrough. Should 24595 // be specified as a hexadecimal string with no "0x" prefix. 24596 PageNumber *string `locationName:"pageNumber" type:"string"` 24597} 24598 24599// String returns the string representation 24600func (s TeletextSourceSettings) String() string { 24601 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24602} 24603 24604// GoString returns the string representation 24605func (s TeletextSourceSettings) GoString() string { 24606 return s.String() 24607} 24608 24609// SetPageNumber sets the PageNumber field's value. 24610func (s *TeletextSourceSettings) SetPageNumber(v string) *TeletextSourceSettings { 24611 s.PageNumber = &v 24612 return s 24613} 24614 24615// Temporal Filter Settings 24616type TemporalFilterSettings struct { 24617 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24618 24619 // If you enable this filter, the results are the following:- If the source 24620 // content is noisy (it contains excessive digital artifacts), the filter cleans 24621 // up the source.- If the source content is already clean, the filter tends 24622 // to decrease the bitrate, especially when the rate control mode is QVBR. 24623 PostFilterSharpening *string `locationName:"postFilterSharpening" type:"string" enum:"TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening"` 24624 24625 // Choose a filter strength. We recommend a strength of 1 or 2. A higher strength 24626 // might take out good information, resulting in an image that is overly soft. 24627 Strength *string `locationName:"strength" type:"string" enum:"TemporalFilterStrength"` 24628} 24629 24630// String returns the string representation 24631func (s TemporalFilterSettings) String() string { 24632 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24633} 24634 24635// GoString returns the string representation 24636func (s TemporalFilterSettings) GoString() string { 24637 return s.String() 24638} 24639 24640// SetPostFilterSharpening sets the PostFilterSharpening field's value. 24641func (s *TemporalFilterSettings) SetPostFilterSharpening(v string) *TemporalFilterSettings { 24642 s.PostFilterSharpening = &v 24643 return s 24644} 24645 24646// SetStrength sets the Strength field's value. 24647func (s *TemporalFilterSettings) SetStrength(v string) *TemporalFilterSettings { 24648 s.Strength = &v 24649 return s 24650} 24651 24652// Timecode Config 24653type TimecodeConfig struct { 24654 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24655 24656 // Identifies the source for the timecode that will be associated with the events 24657 // outputs.-Embedded (embedded): Initialize the output timecode with timecode 24658 // from the the source. If no embedded timecode is detected in the source, the 24659 // system falls back to using "Start at 0" (zerobased).-System Clock (systemclock): 24660 // Use the UTC time.-Start at 0 (zerobased): The time of the first frame of 24661 // the event will be 00:00:00:00. 24662 // 24663 // Source is a required field 24664 Source *string `locationName:"source" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"TimecodeConfigSource"` 24665 24666 // Threshold in frames beyond which output timecode is resynchronized to the 24667 // input timecode. Discrepancies below this threshold are permitted to avoid 24668 // unnecessary discontinuities in the output timecode. No timecode sync when 24669 // this is not specified. 24670 SyncThreshold *int64 `locationName:"syncThreshold" min:"1" type:"integer"` 24671} 24672 24673// String returns the string representation 24674func (s TimecodeConfig) String() string { 24675 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24676} 24677 24678// GoString returns the string representation 24679func (s TimecodeConfig) GoString() string { 24680 return s.String() 24681} 24682 24683// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 24684func (s *TimecodeConfig) Validate() error { 24685 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TimecodeConfig"} 24686 if s.Source == nil { 24687 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Source")) 24688 } 24689 if s.SyncThreshold != nil && *s.SyncThreshold < 1 { 24690 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("SyncThreshold", 1)) 24691 } 24692 24693 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 24694 return invalidParams 24695 } 24696 return nil 24697} 24698 24699// SetSource sets the Source field's value. 24700func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetSource(v string) *TimecodeConfig { 24701 s.Source = &v 24702 return s 24703} 24704 24705// SetSyncThreshold sets the SyncThreshold field's value. 24706func (s *TimecodeConfig) SetSyncThreshold(v int64) *TimecodeConfig { 24707 s.SyncThreshold = &v 24708 return s 24709} 24710 24711type TooManyRequestsException struct { 24712 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24713 RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` 24714 24715 Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 24716} 24717 24718// String returns the string representation 24719func (s TooManyRequestsException) String() string { 24720 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24721} 24722 24723// GoString returns the string representation 24724func (s TooManyRequestsException) GoString() string { 24725 return s.String() 24726} 24727 24728func newErrorTooManyRequestsException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { 24729 return &TooManyRequestsException{ 24730 RespMetadata: v, 24731 } 24732} 24733 24734// Code returns the exception type name. 24735func (s *TooManyRequestsException) Code() string { 24736 return "TooManyRequestsException" 24737} 24738 24739// Message returns the exception's message. 24740func (s *TooManyRequestsException) Message() string { 24741 if s.Message_ != nil { 24742 return *s.Message_ 24743 } 24744 return "" 24745} 24746 24747// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. 24748func (s *TooManyRequestsException) OrigErr() error { 24749 return nil 24750} 24751 24752func (s *TooManyRequestsException) Error() string { 24753 return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s", s.Code(), s.Message()) 24754} 24755 24756// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. 24757func (s *TooManyRequestsException) StatusCode() int { 24758 return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode 24759} 24760 24761// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. 24762func (s *TooManyRequestsException) RequestID() string { 24763 return s.RespMetadata.RequestID 24764} 24765 24766type TransferInputDeviceInput struct { 24767 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24768 24769 // InputDeviceId is a required field 24770 InputDeviceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputDeviceId" type:"string" required:"true"` 24771 24772 TargetCustomerId *string `locationName:"targetCustomerId" type:"string"` 24773 24774 TransferMessage *string `locationName:"transferMessage" type:"string"` 24775} 24776 24777// String returns the string representation 24778func (s TransferInputDeviceInput) String() string { 24779 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24780} 24781 24782// GoString returns the string representation 24783func (s TransferInputDeviceInput) GoString() string { 24784 return s.String() 24785} 24786 24787// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 24788func (s *TransferInputDeviceInput) Validate() error { 24789 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TransferInputDeviceInput"} 24790 if s.InputDeviceId == nil { 24791 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputDeviceId")) 24792 } 24793 if s.InputDeviceId != nil && len(*s.InputDeviceId) < 1 { 24794 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputDeviceId", 1)) 24795 } 24796 24797 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 24798 return invalidParams 24799 } 24800 return nil 24801} 24802 24803// SetInputDeviceId sets the InputDeviceId field's value. 24804func (s *TransferInputDeviceInput) SetInputDeviceId(v string) *TransferInputDeviceInput { 24805 s.InputDeviceId = &v 24806 return s 24807} 24808 24809// SetTargetCustomerId sets the TargetCustomerId field's value. 24810func (s *TransferInputDeviceInput) SetTargetCustomerId(v string) *TransferInputDeviceInput { 24811 s.TargetCustomerId = &v 24812 return s 24813} 24814 24815// SetTransferMessage sets the TransferMessage field's value. 24816func (s *TransferInputDeviceInput) SetTransferMessage(v string) *TransferInputDeviceInput { 24817 s.TransferMessage = &v 24818 return s 24819} 24820 24821type TransferInputDeviceOutput struct { 24822 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24823} 24824 24825// String returns the string representation 24826func (s TransferInputDeviceOutput) String() string { 24827 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24828} 24829 24830// GoString returns the string representation 24831func (s TransferInputDeviceOutput) GoString() string { 24832 return s.String() 24833} 24834 24835// Details about the input device that is being transferred. 24836type TransferringInputDeviceSummary struct { 24837 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24838 24839 // The unique ID of the input device. 24840 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 24841 24842 // The optional message that the sender has attached to the transfer. 24843 Message *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 24844 24845 // The AWS account ID for the recipient of the input device transfer. 24846 TargetCustomerId *string `locationName:"targetCustomerId" type:"string"` 24847 24848 // The type (direction) of the input device transfer. 24849 TransferType *string `locationName:"transferType" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceTransferType"` 24850} 24851 24852// String returns the string representation 24853func (s TransferringInputDeviceSummary) String() string { 24854 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24855} 24856 24857// GoString returns the string representation 24858func (s TransferringInputDeviceSummary) GoString() string { 24859 return s.String() 24860} 24861 24862// SetId sets the Id field's value. 24863func (s *TransferringInputDeviceSummary) SetId(v string) *TransferringInputDeviceSummary { 24864 s.Id = &v 24865 return s 24866} 24867 24868// SetMessage sets the Message field's value. 24869func (s *TransferringInputDeviceSummary) SetMessage(v string) *TransferringInputDeviceSummary { 24870 s.Message = &v 24871 return s 24872} 24873 24874// SetTargetCustomerId sets the TargetCustomerId field's value. 24875func (s *TransferringInputDeviceSummary) SetTargetCustomerId(v string) *TransferringInputDeviceSummary { 24876 s.TargetCustomerId = &v 24877 return s 24878} 24879 24880// SetTransferType sets the TransferType field's value. 24881func (s *TransferringInputDeviceSummary) SetTransferType(v string) *TransferringInputDeviceSummary { 24882 s.TransferType = &v 24883 return s 24884} 24885 24886// Ttml Destination Settings 24887type TtmlDestinationSettings struct { 24888 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24889 24890 // When set to passthrough, passes through style and position information from 24891 // a TTML-like input source (TTML, SMPTE-TT, CFF-TT) to the CFF-TT output or 24892 // TTML output. 24893 StyleControl *string `locationName:"styleControl" type:"string" enum:"TtmlDestinationStyleControl"` 24894} 24895 24896// String returns the string representation 24897func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) String() string { 24898 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24899} 24900 24901// GoString returns the string representation 24902func (s TtmlDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 24903 return s.String() 24904} 24905 24906// SetStyleControl sets the StyleControl field's value. 24907func (s *TtmlDestinationSettings) SetStyleControl(v string) *TtmlDestinationSettings { 24908 s.StyleControl = &v 24909 return s 24910} 24911 24912// Udp Container Settings 24913type UdpContainerSettings struct { 24914 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24915 24916 // M2ts Settings 24917 M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings `locationName:"m2tsSettings" type:"structure"` 24918} 24919 24920// String returns the string representation 24921func (s UdpContainerSettings) String() string { 24922 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24923} 24924 24925// GoString returns the string representation 24926func (s UdpContainerSettings) GoString() string { 24927 return s.String() 24928} 24929 24930// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 24931func (s *UdpContainerSettings) Validate() error { 24932 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UdpContainerSettings"} 24933 if s.M2tsSettings != nil { 24934 if err := s.M2tsSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 24935 invalidParams.AddNested("M2tsSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 24936 } 24937 } 24938 24939 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 24940 return invalidParams 24941 } 24942 return nil 24943} 24944 24945// SetM2tsSettings sets the M2tsSettings field's value. 24946func (s *UdpContainerSettings) SetM2tsSettings(v *M2tsSettings) *UdpContainerSettings { 24947 s.M2tsSettings = v 24948 return s 24949} 24950 24951// Udp Group Settings 24952type UdpGroupSettings struct { 24953 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 24954 24955 // Specifies behavior of last resort when input video is lost, and no more backup 24956 // inputs are available. When dropTs is selected the entire transport stream 24957 // will stop being emitted. When dropProgram is selected the program can be 24958 // dropped from the transport stream (and replaced with null packets to meet 24959 // the TS bitrate requirement). Or, when emitProgram is chosen the transport 24960 // stream will continue to be produced normally with repeat frames, black frames, 24961 // or slate frames substituted for the absent input video. 24962 InputLossAction *string `locationName:"inputLossAction" type:"string" enum:"InputLossActionForUdpOut"` 24963 24964 // Indicates ID3 frame that has the timecode. 24965 TimedMetadataId3Frame *string `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Frame" type:"string" enum:"UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame"` 24966 24967 // Timed Metadata interval in seconds. 24968 TimedMetadataId3Period *int64 `locationName:"timedMetadataId3Period" type:"integer"` 24969} 24970 24971// String returns the string representation 24972func (s UdpGroupSettings) String() string { 24973 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 24974} 24975 24976// GoString returns the string representation 24977func (s UdpGroupSettings) GoString() string { 24978 return s.String() 24979} 24980 24981// SetInputLossAction sets the InputLossAction field's value. 24982func (s *UdpGroupSettings) SetInputLossAction(v string) *UdpGroupSettings { 24983 s.InputLossAction = &v 24984 return s 24985} 24986 24987// SetTimedMetadataId3Frame sets the TimedMetadataId3Frame field's value. 24988func (s *UdpGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Frame(v string) *UdpGroupSettings { 24989 s.TimedMetadataId3Frame = &v 24990 return s 24991} 24992 24993// SetTimedMetadataId3Period sets the TimedMetadataId3Period field's value. 24994func (s *UdpGroupSettings) SetTimedMetadataId3Period(v int64) *UdpGroupSettings { 24995 s.TimedMetadataId3Period = &v 24996 return s 24997} 24998 24999// Udp Output Settings 25000type UdpOutputSettings struct { 25001 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25002 25003 // UDP output buffering in milliseconds. Larger values increase latency through 25004 // the transcoder but simultaneously assist the transcoder in maintaining a 25005 // constant, low-jitter UDP/RTP output while accommodating clock recovery, input 25006 // switching, input disruptions, picture reordering, etc. 25007 BufferMsec *int64 `locationName:"bufferMsec" type:"integer"` 25008 25009 // Udp Container Settings 25010 // 25011 // ContainerSettings is a required field 25012 ContainerSettings *UdpContainerSettings `locationName:"containerSettings" type:"structure" required:"true"` 25013 25014 // Destination address and port number for RTP or UDP packets. Can be unicast 25015 // or multicast RTP or UDP (eg. rtp://239.10.10.10:5001 or udp://10.100.100.100:5002). 25016 // 25017 // Destination is a required field 25018 Destination *OutputLocationRef `locationName:"destination" type:"structure" required:"true"` 25019 25020 // Settings for enabling and adjusting Forward Error Correction on UDP outputs. 25021 FecOutputSettings *FecOutputSettings `locationName:"fecOutputSettings" type:"structure"` 25022} 25023 25024// String returns the string representation 25025func (s UdpOutputSettings) String() string { 25026 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25027} 25028 25029// GoString returns the string representation 25030func (s UdpOutputSettings) GoString() string { 25031 return s.String() 25032} 25033 25034// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 25035func (s *UdpOutputSettings) Validate() error { 25036 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UdpOutputSettings"} 25037 if s.ContainerSettings == nil { 25038 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ContainerSettings")) 25039 } 25040 if s.Destination == nil { 25041 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Destination")) 25042 } 25043 if s.ContainerSettings != nil { 25044 if err := s.ContainerSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 25045 invalidParams.AddNested("ContainerSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 25046 } 25047 } 25048 if s.FecOutputSettings != nil { 25049 if err := s.FecOutputSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 25050 invalidParams.AddNested("FecOutputSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 25051 } 25052 } 25053 25054 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 25055 return invalidParams 25056 } 25057 return nil 25058} 25059 25060// SetBufferMsec sets the BufferMsec field's value. 25061func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetBufferMsec(v int64) *UdpOutputSettings { 25062 s.BufferMsec = &v 25063 return s 25064} 25065 25066// SetContainerSettings sets the ContainerSettings field's value. 25067func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetContainerSettings(v *UdpContainerSettings) *UdpOutputSettings { 25068 s.ContainerSettings = v 25069 return s 25070} 25071 25072// SetDestination sets the Destination field's value. 25073func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetDestination(v *OutputLocationRef) *UdpOutputSettings { 25074 s.Destination = v 25075 return s 25076} 25077 25078// SetFecOutputSettings sets the FecOutputSettings field's value. 25079func (s *UdpOutputSettings) SetFecOutputSettings(v *FecOutputSettings) *UdpOutputSettings { 25080 s.FecOutputSettings = v 25081 return s 25082} 25083 25084type UnprocessableEntityException struct { 25085 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25086 RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` 25087 25088 Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` 25089 25090 ValidationErrors []*ValidationError `locationName:"validationErrors" type:"list"` 25091} 25092 25093// String returns the string representation 25094func (s UnprocessableEntityException) String() string { 25095 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25096} 25097 25098// GoString returns the string representation 25099func (s UnprocessableEntityException) GoString() string { 25100 return s.String() 25101} 25102 25103func newErrorUnprocessableEntityException(v protocol.ResponseMetadata) error { 25104 return &UnprocessableEntityException{ 25105 RespMetadata: v, 25106 } 25107} 25108 25109// Code returns the exception type name. 25110func (s *UnprocessableEntityException) Code() string { 25111 return "UnprocessableEntityException" 25112} 25113 25114// Message returns the exception's message. 25115func (s *UnprocessableEntityException) Message() string { 25116 if s.Message_ != nil { 25117 return *s.Message_ 25118 } 25119 return "" 25120} 25121 25122// OrigErr always returns nil, satisfies awserr.Error interface. 25123func (s *UnprocessableEntityException) OrigErr() error { 25124 return nil 25125} 25126 25127func (s *UnprocessableEntityException) Error() string { 25128 return fmt.Sprintf("%s: %s\n%s", s.Code(), s.Message(), s.String()) 25129} 25130 25131// Status code returns the HTTP status code for the request's response error. 25132func (s *UnprocessableEntityException) StatusCode() int { 25133 return s.RespMetadata.StatusCode 25134} 25135 25136// RequestID returns the service's response RequestID for request. 25137func (s *UnprocessableEntityException) RequestID() string { 25138 return s.RespMetadata.RequestID 25139} 25140 25141type UpdateChannelClassInput struct { 25142 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25143 25144 // A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 25145 // only has one. 25146 // 25147 // ChannelClass is a required field 25148 ChannelClass *string `locationName:"channelClass" type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ChannelClass"` 25149 25150 // ChannelId is a required field 25151 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 25152 25153 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 25154} 25155 25156// String returns the string representation 25157func (s UpdateChannelClassInput) String() string { 25158 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25159} 25160 25161// GoString returns the string representation 25162func (s UpdateChannelClassInput) GoString() string { 25163 return s.String() 25164} 25165 25166// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 25167func (s *UpdateChannelClassInput) Validate() error { 25168 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateChannelClassInput"} 25169 if s.ChannelClass == nil { 25170 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelClass")) 25171 } 25172 if s.ChannelId == nil { 25173 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 25174 } 25175 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 25176 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 25177 } 25178 if s.Destinations != nil { 25179 for i, v := range s.Destinations { 25180 if v == nil { 25181 continue 25182 } 25183 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 25184 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Destinations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 25185 } 25186 } 25187 } 25188 25189 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 25190 return invalidParams 25191 } 25192 return nil 25193} 25194 25195// SetChannelClass sets the ChannelClass field's value. 25196func (s *UpdateChannelClassInput) SetChannelClass(v string) *UpdateChannelClassInput { 25197 s.ChannelClass = &v 25198 return s 25199} 25200 25201// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 25202func (s *UpdateChannelClassInput) SetChannelId(v string) *UpdateChannelClassInput { 25203 s.ChannelId = &v 25204 return s 25205} 25206 25207// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 25208func (s *UpdateChannelClassInput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *UpdateChannelClassInput { 25209 s.Destinations = v 25210 return s 25211} 25212 25213type UpdateChannelClassOutput struct { 25214 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25215 25216 Channel *Channel `locationName:"channel" type:"structure"` 25217} 25218 25219// String returns the string representation 25220func (s UpdateChannelClassOutput) String() string { 25221 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25222} 25223 25224// GoString returns the string representation 25225func (s UpdateChannelClassOutput) GoString() string { 25226 return s.String() 25227} 25228 25229// SetChannel sets the Channel field's value. 25230func (s *UpdateChannelClassOutput) SetChannel(v *Channel) *UpdateChannelClassOutput { 25231 s.Channel = v 25232 return s 25233} 25234 25235type UpdateChannelInput struct { 25236 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25237 25238 CdiInputSpecification *CdiInputSpecification `locationName:"cdiInputSpecification" type:"structure"` 25239 25240 // ChannelId is a required field 25241 ChannelId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"channelId" type:"string" required:"true"` 25242 25243 Destinations []*OutputDestination `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 25244 25245 // Encoder Settings 25246 EncoderSettings *EncoderSettings `locationName:"encoderSettings" type:"structure"` 25247 25248 InputAttachments []*InputAttachment `locationName:"inputAttachments" type:"list"` 25249 25250 InputSpecification *InputSpecification `locationName:"inputSpecification" type:"structure"` 25251 25252 // The log level the user wants for their channel. 25253 LogLevel *string `locationName:"logLevel" type:"string" enum:"LogLevel"` 25254 25255 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 25256 25257 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 25258} 25259 25260// String returns the string representation 25261func (s UpdateChannelInput) String() string { 25262 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25263} 25264 25265// GoString returns the string representation 25266func (s UpdateChannelInput) GoString() string { 25267 return s.String() 25268} 25269 25270// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 25271func (s *UpdateChannelInput) Validate() error { 25272 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateChannelInput"} 25273 if s.ChannelId == nil { 25274 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ChannelId")) 25275 } 25276 if s.ChannelId != nil && len(*s.ChannelId) < 1 { 25277 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ChannelId", 1)) 25278 } 25279 if s.Destinations != nil { 25280 for i, v := range s.Destinations { 25281 if v == nil { 25282 continue 25283 } 25284 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 25285 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Destinations", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 25286 } 25287 } 25288 } 25289 if s.EncoderSettings != nil { 25290 if err := s.EncoderSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 25291 invalidParams.AddNested("EncoderSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 25292 } 25293 } 25294 if s.InputAttachments != nil { 25295 for i, v := range s.InputAttachments { 25296 if v == nil { 25297 continue 25298 } 25299 if err := v.Validate(); err != nil { 25300 invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "InputAttachments", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 25301 } 25302 } 25303 } 25304 25305 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 25306 return invalidParams 25307 } 25308 return nil 25309} 25310 25311// SetCdiInputSpecification sets the CdiInputSpecification field's value. 25312func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetCdiInputSpecification(v *CdiInputSpecification) *UpdateChannelInput { 25313 s.CdiInputSpecification = v 25314 return s 25315} 25316 25317// SetChannelId sets the ChannelId field's value. 25318func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetChannelId(v string) *UpdateChannelInput { 25319 s.ChannelId = &v 25320 return s 25321} 25322 25323// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 25324func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetDestinations(v []*OutputDestination) *UpdateChannelInput { 25325 s.Destinations = v 25326 return s 25327} 25328 25329// SetEncoderSettings sets the EncoderSettings field's value. 25330func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetEncoderSettings(v *EncoderSettings) *UpdateChannelInput { 25331 s.EncoderSettings = v 25332 return s 25333} 25334 25335// SetInputAttachments sets the InputAttachments field's value. 25336func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetInputAttachments(v []*InputAttachment) *UpdateChannelInput { 25337 s.InputAttachments = v 25338 return s 25339} 25340 25341// SetInputSpecification sets the InputSpecification field's value. 25342func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetInputSpecification(v *InputSpecification) *UpdateChannelInput { 25343 s.InputSpecification = v 25344 return s 25345} 25346 25347// SetLogLevel sets the LogLevel field's value. 25348func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetLogLevel(v string) *UpdateChannelInput { 25349 s.LogLevel = &v 25350 return s 25351} 25352 25353// SetName sets the Name field's value. 25354func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateChannelInput { 25355 s.Name = &v 25356 return s 25357} 25358 25359// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 25360func (s *UpdateChannelInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *UpdateChannelInput { 25361 s.RoleArn = &v 25362 return s 25363} 25364 25365type UpdateChannelOutput struct { 25366 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25367 25368 Channel *Channel `locationName:"channel" type:"structure"` 25369} 25370 25371// String returns the string representation 25372func (s UpdateChannelOutput) String() string { 25373 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25374} 25375 25376// GoString returns the string representation 25377func (s UpdateChannelOutput) GoString() string { 25378 return s.String() 25379} 25380 25381// SetChannel sets the Channel field's value. 25382func (s *UpdateChannelOutput) SetChannel(v *Channel) *UpdateChannelOutput { 25383 s.Channel = v 25384 return s 25385} 25386 25387type UpdateInputDeviceInput struct { 25388 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25389 25390 // Configurable settings for the input device. 25391 HdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings `locationName:"hdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"` 25392 25393 // InputDeviceId is a required field 25394 InputDeviceId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputDeviceId" type:"string" required:"true"` 25395 25396 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 25397 25398 // Configurable settings for the input device. 25399 UhdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings `locationName:"uhdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"` 25400} 25401 25402// String returns the string representation 25403func (s UpdateInputDeviceInput) String() string { 25404 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25405} 25406 25407// GoString returns the string representation 25408func (s UpdateInputDeviceInput) GoString() string { 25409 return s.String() 25410} 25411 25412// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 25413func (s *UpdateInputDeviceInput) Validate() error { 25414 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateInputDeviceInput"} 25415 if s.InputDeviceId == nil { 25416 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputDeviceId")) 25417 } 25418 if s.InputDeviceId != nil && len(*s.InputDeviceId) < 1 { 25419 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputDeviceId", 1)) 25420 } 25421 25422 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 25423 return invalidParams 25424 } 25425 return nil 25426} 25427 25428// SetHdDeviceSettings sets the HdDeviceSettings field's value. 25429func (s *UpdateInputDeviceInput) SetHdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) *UpdateInputDeviceInput { 25430 s.HdDeviceSettings = v 25431 return s 25432} 25433 25434// SetInputDeviceId sets the InputDeviceId field's value. 25435func (s *UpdateInputDeviceInput) SetInputDeviceId(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceInput { 25436 s.InputDeviceId = &v 25437 return s 25438} 25439 25440// SetName sets the Name field's value. 25441func (s *UpdateInputDeviceInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceInput { 25442 s.Name = &v 25443 return s 25444} 25445 25446// SetUhdDeviceSettings sets the UhdDeviceSettings field's value. 25447func (s *UpdateInputDeviceInput) SetUhdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceConfigurableSettings) *UpdateInputDeviceInput { 25448 s.UhdDeviceSettings = v 25449 return s 25450} 25451 25452type UpdateInputDeviceOutput struct { 25453 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25454 25455 Arn *string `locationName:"arn" type:"string"` 25456 25457 // The state of the connection between the input device and AWS. 25458 ConnectionState *string `locationName:"connectionState" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceConnectionState"` 25459 25460 // The status of the action to synchronize the device configuration. If you 25461 // change the configuration of the input device (for example, the maximum bitrate), 25462 // MediaLive sends the new data to the device. The device might not update itself 25463 // immediately. SYNCED means the device has updated its configuration. SYNCING 25464 // means that it has not updated its configuration. 25465 DeviceSettingsSyncState *string `locationName:"deviceSettingsSyncState" type:"string" enum:"DeviceSettingsSyncState"` 25466 25467 // The status of software on the input device. 25468 DeviceUpdateStatus *string `locationName:"deviceUpdateStatus" type:"string" enum:"DeviceUpdateStatus"` 25469 25470 // Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video 25471 // characteristics of that source. 25472 HdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceHdSettings `locationName:"hdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"` 25473 25474 Id *string `locationName:"id" type:"string"` 25475 25476 MacAddress *string `locationName:"macAddress" type:"string"` 25477 25478 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 25479 25480 // The network settings for the input device. 25481 NetworkSettings *InputDeviceNetworkSettings `locationName:"networkSettings" type:"structure"` 25482 25483 SerialNumber *string `locationName:"serialNumber" type:"string"` 25484 25485 // The type of the input device. For an AWS Elemental Link device that outputs 25486 // resolutions up to 1080, choose "HD". 25487 Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"InputDeviceType"` 25488 25489 // Settings that describe the active source from the input device, and the video 25490 // characteristics of that source. 25491 UhdDeviceSettings *InputDeviceUhdSettings `locationName:"uhdDeviceSettings" type:"structure"` 25492} 25493 25494// String returns the string representation 25495func (s UpdateInputDeviceOutput) String() string { 25496 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25497} 25498 25499// GoString returns the string representation 25500func (s UpdateInputDeviceOutput) GoString() string { 25501 return s.String() 25502} 25503 25504// SetArn sets the Arn field's value. 25505func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetArn(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 25506 s.Arn = &v 25507 return s 25508} 25509 25510// SetConnectionState sets the ConnectionState field's value. 25511func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetConnectionState(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 25512 s.ConnectionState = &v 25513 return s 25514} 25515 25516// SetDeviceSettingsSyncState sets the DeviceSettingsSyncState field's value. 25517func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetDeviceSettingsSyncState(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 25518 s.DeviceSettingsSyncState = &v 25519 return s 25520} 25521 25522// SetDeviceUpdateStatus sets the DeviceUpdateStatus field's value. 25523func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetDeviceUpdateStatus(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 25524 s.DeviceUpdateStatus = &v 25525 return s 25526} 25527 25528// SetHdDeviceSettings sets the HdDeviceSettings field's value. 25529func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetHdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceHdSettings) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 25530 s.HdDeviceSettings = v 25531 return s 25532} 25533 25534// SetId sets the Id field's value. 25535func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetId(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 25536 s.Id = &v 25537 return s 25538} 25539 25540// SetMacAddress sets the MacAddress field's value. 25541func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetMacAddress(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 25542 s.MacAddress = &v 25543 return s 25544} 25545 25546// SetName sets the Name field's value. 25547func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetName(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 25548 s.Name = &v 25549 return s 25550} 25551 25552// SetNetworkSettings sets the NetworkSettings field's value. 25553func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetNetworkSettings(v *InputDeviceNetworkSettings) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 25554 s.NetworkSettings = v 25555 return s 25556} 25557 25558// SetSerialNumber sets the SerialNumber field's value. 25559func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetSerialNumber(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 25560 s.SerialNumber = &v 25561 return s 25562} 25563 25564// SetType sets the Type field's value. 25565func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetType(v string) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 25566 s.Type = &v 25567 return s 25568} 25569 25570// SetUhdDeviceSettings sets the UhdDeviceSettings field's value. 25571func (s *UpdateInputDeviceOutput) SetUhdDeviceSettings(v *InputDeviceUhdSettings) *UpdateInputDeviceOutput { 25572 s.UhdDeviceSettings = v 25573 return s 25574} 25575 25576type UpdateInputInput struct { 25577 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25578 25579 Destinations []*InputDestinationRequest `locationName:"destinations" type:"list"` 25580 25581 InputDevices []*InputDeviceRequest `locationName:"inputDevices" type:"list"` 25582 25583 // InputId is a required field 25584 InputId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputId" type:"string" required:"true"` 25585 25586 InputSecurityGroups []*string `locationName:"inputSecurityGroups" type:"list"` 25587 25588 MediaConnectFlows []*MediaConnectFlowRequest `locationName:"mediaConnectFlows" type:"list"` 25589 25590 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 25591 25592 RoleArn *string `locationName:"roleArn" type:"string"` 25593 25594 Sources []*InputSourceRequest `locationName:"sources" type:"list"` 25595} 25596 25597// String returns the string representation 25598func (s UpdateInputInput) String() string { 25599 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25600} 25601 25602// GoString returns the string representation 25603func (s UpdateInputInput) GoString() string { 25604 return s.String() 25605} 25606 25607// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 25608func (s *UpdateInputInput) Validate() error { 25609 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateInputInput"} 25610 if s.InputId == nil { 25611 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputId")) 25612 } 25613 if s.InputId != nil && len(*s.InputId) < 1 { 25614 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputId", 1)) 25615 } 25616 25617 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 25618 return invalidParams 25619 } 25620 return nil 25621} 25622 25623// SetDestinations sets the Destinations field's value. 25624func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetDestinations(v []*InputDestinationRequest) *UpdateInputInput { 25625 s.Destinations = v 25626 return s 25627} 25628 25629// SetInputDevices sets the InputDevices field's value. 25630func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetInputDevices(v []*InputDeviceRequest) *UpdateInputInput { 25631 s.InputDevices = v 25632 return s 25633} 25634 25635// SetInputId sets the InputId field's value. 25636func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetInputId(v string) *UpdateInputInput { 25637 s.InputId = &v 25638 return s 25639} 25640 25641// SetInputSecurityGroups sets the InputSecurityGroups field's value. 25642func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetInputSecurityGroups(v []*string) *UpdateInputInput { 25643 s.InputSecurityGroups = v 25644 return s 25645} 25646 25647// SetMediaConnectFlows sets the MediaConnectFlows field's value. 25648func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetMediaConnectFlows(v []*MediaConnectFlowRequest) *UpdateInputInput { 25649 s.MediaConnectFlows = v 25650 return s 25651} 25652 25653// SetName sets the Name field's value. 25654func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateInputInput { 25655 s.Name = &v 25656 return s 25657} 25658 25659// SetRoleArn sets the RoleArn field's value. 25660func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetRoleArn(v string) *UpdateInputInput { 25661 s.RoleArn = &v 25662 return s 25663} 25664 25665// SetSources sets the Sources field's value. 25666func (s *UpdateInputInput) SetSources(v []*InputSourceRequest) *UpdateInputInput { 25667 s.Sources = v 25668 return s 25669} 25670 25671type UpdateInputOutput struct { 25672 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25673 25674 Input *Input `locationName:"input" type:"structure"` 25675} 25676 25677// String returns the string representation 25678func (s UpdateInputOutput) String() string { 25679 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25680} 25681 25682// GoString returns the string representation 25683func (s UpdateInputOutput) GoString() string { 25684 return s.String() 25685} 25686 25687// SetInput sets the Input field's value. 25688func (s *UpdateInputOutput) SetInput(v *Input) *UpdateInputOutput { 25689 s.Input = v 25690 return s 25691} 25692 25693type UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput struct { 25694 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25695 25696 // InputSecurityGroupId is a required field 25697 InputSecurityGroupId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"inputSecurityGroupId" type:"string" required:"true"` 25698 25699 Tags map[string]*string `locationName:"tags" type:"map"` 25700 25701 WhitelistRules []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr `locationName:"whitelistRules" type:"list"` 25702} 25703 25704// String returns the string representation 25705func (s UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) String() string { 25706 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25707} 25708 25709// GoString returns the string representation 25710func (s UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) GoString() string { 25711 return s.String() 25712} 25713 25714// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 25715func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) Validate() error { 25716 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput"} 25717 if s.InputSecurityGroupId == nil { 25718 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("InputSecurityGroupId")) 25719 } 25720 if s.InputSecurityGroupId != nil && len(*s.InputSecurityGroupId) < 1 { 25721 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("InputSecurityGroupId", 1)) 25722 } 25723 25724 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 25725 return invalidParams 25726 } 25727 return nil 25728} 25729 25730// SetInputSecurityGroupId sets the InputSecurityGroupId field's value. 25731func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetInputSecurityGroupId(v string) *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput { 25732 s.InputSecurityGroupId = &v 25733 return s 25734} 25735 25736// SetTags sets the Tags field's value. 25737func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput { 25738 s.Tags = v 25739 return s 25740} 25741 25742// SetWhitelistRules sets the WhitelistRules field's value. 25743func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput) SetWhitelistRules(v []*InputWhitelistRuleCidr) *UpdateInputSecurityGroupInput { 25744 s.WhitelistRules = v 25745 return s 25746} 25747 25748type UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput struct { 25749 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25750 25751 // An Input Security Group 25752 SecurityGroup *InputSecurityGroup `locationName:"securityGroup" type:"structure"` 25753} 25754 25755// String returns the string representation 25756func (s UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) String() string { 25757 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25758} 25759 25760// GoString returns the string representation 25761func (s UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) GoString() string { 25762 return s.String() 25763} 25764 25765// SetSecurityGroup sets the SecurityGroup field's value. 25766func (s *UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput) SetSecurityGroup(v *InputSecurityGroup) *UpdateInputSecurityGroupOutput { 25767 s.SecurityGroup = v 25768 return s 25769} 25770 25771type UpdateMultiplexInput struct { 25772 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25773 25774 // MultiplexId is a required field 25775 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 25776 25777 // Contains configuration for a Multiplex event 25778 MultiplexSettings *MultiplexSettings `locationName:"multiplexSettings" type:"structure"` 25779 25780 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 25781} 25782 25783// String returns the string representation 25784func (s UpdateMultiplexInput) String() string { 25785 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25786} 25787 25788// GoString returns the string representation 25789func (s UpdateMultiplexInput) GoString() string { 25790 return s.String() 25791} 25792 25793// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 25794func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) Validate() error { 25795 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateMultiplexInput"} 25796 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 25797 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 25798 } 25799 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 25800 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 25801 } 25802 if s.MultiplexSettings != nil { 25803 if err := s.MultiplexSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 25804 invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 25805 } 25806 } 25807 25808 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 25809 return invalidParams 25810 } 25811 return nil 25812} 25813 25814// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 25815func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *UpdateMultiplexInput { 25816 s.MultiplexId = &v 25817 return s 25818} 25819 25820// SetMultiplexSettings sets the MultiplexSettings field's value. 25821func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) SetMultiplexSettings(v *MultiplexSettings) *UpdateMultiplexInput { 25822 s.MultiplexSettings = v 25823 return s 25824} 25825 25826// SetName sets the Name field's value. 25827func (s *UpdateMultiplexInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateMultiplexInput { 25828 s.Name = &v 25829 return s 25830} 25831 25832type UpdateMultiplexOutput struct { 25833 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25834 25835 // The multiplex object. 25836 Multiplex *Multiplex `locationName:"multiplex" type:"structure"` 25837} 25838 25839// String returns the string representation 25840func (s UpdateMultiplexOutput) String() string { 25841 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25842} 25843 25844// GoString returns the string representation 25845func (s UpdateMultiplexOutput) GoString() string { 25846 return s.String() 25847} 25848 25849// SetMultiplex sets the Multiplex field's value. 25850func (s *UpdateMultiplexOutput) SetMultiplex(v *Multiplex) *UpdateMultiplexOutput { 25851 s.Multiplex = v 25852 return s 25853} 25854 25855type UpdateMultiplexProgramInput struct { 25856 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25857 25858 // MultiplexId is a required field 25859 MultiplexId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"multiplexId" type:"string" required:"true"` 25860 25861 // Multiplex Program settings configuration. 25862 MultiplexProgramSettings *MultiplexProgramSettings `locationName:"multiplexProgramSettings" type:"structure"` 25863 25864 // ProgramName is a required field 25865 ProgramName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"programName" type:"string" required:"true"` 25866} 25867 25868// String returns the string representation 25869func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) String() string { 25870 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25871} 25872 25873// GoString returns the string representation 25874func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) GoString() string { 25875 return s.String() 25876} 25877 25878// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 25879func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) Validate() error { 25880 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateMultiplexProgramInput"} 25881 if s.MultiplexId == nil { 25882 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("MultiplexId")) 25883 } 25884 if s.MultiplexId != nil && len(*s.MultiplexId) < 1 { 25885 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("MultiplexId", 1)) 25886 } 25887 if s.ProgramName == nil { 25888 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ProgramName")) 25889 } 25890 if s.ProgramName != nil && len(*s.ProgramName) < 1 { 25891 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ProgramName", 1)) 25892 } 25893 if s.MultiplexProgramSettings != nil { 25894 if err := s.MultiplexProgramSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 25895 invalidParams.AddNested("MultiplexProgramSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 25896 } 25897 } 25898 25899 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 25900 return invalidParams 25901 } 25902 return nil 25903} 25904 25905// SetMultiplexId sets the MultiplexId field's value. 25906func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexId(v string) *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput { 25907 s.MultiplexId = &v 25908 return s 25909} 25910 25911// SetMultiplexProgramSettings sets the MultiplexProgramSettings field's value. 25912func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) SetMultiplexProgramSettings(v *MultiplexProgramSettings) *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput { 25913 s.MultiplexProgramSettings = v 25914 return s 25915} 25916 25917// SetProgramName sets the ProgramName field's value. 25918func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput) SetProgramName(v string) *UpdateMultiplexProgramInput { 25919 s.ProgramName = &v 25920 return s 25921} 25922 25923type UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput struct { 25924 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25925 25926 // The multiplex program object. 25927 MultiplexProgram *MultiplexProgram `locationName:"multiplexProgram" type:"structure"` 25928} 25929 25930// String returns the string representation 25931func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) String() string { 25932 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25933} 25934 25935// GoString returns the string representation 25936func (s UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) GoString() string { 25937 return s.String() 25938} 25939 25940// SetMultiplexProgram sets the MultiplexProgram field's value. 25941func (s *UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput) SetMultiplexProgram(v *MultiplexProgram) *UpdateMultiplexProgramOutput { 25942 s.MultiplexProgram = v 25943 return s 25944} 25945 25946type UpdateReservationInput struct { 25947 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25948 25949 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string"` 25950 25951 // ReservationId is a required field 25952 ReservationId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"reservationId" type:"string" required:"true"` 25953} 25954 25955// String returns the string representation 25956func (s UpdateReservationInput) String() string { 25957 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 25958} 25959 25960// GoString returns the string representation 25961func (s UpdateReservationInput) GoString() string { 25962 return s.String() 25963} 25964 25965// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 25966func (s *UpdateReservationInput) Validate() error { 25967 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateReservationInput"} 25968 if s.ReservationId == nil { 25969 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ReservationId")) 25970 } 25971 if s.ReservationId != nil && len(*s.ReservationId) < 1 { 25972 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ReservationId", 1)) 25973 } 25974 25975 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 25976 return invalidParams 25977 } 25978 return nil 25979} 25980 25981// SetName sets the Name field's value. 25982func (s *UpdateReservationInput) SetName(v string) *UpdateReservationInput { 25983 s.Name = &v 25984 return s 25985} 25986 25987// SetReservationId sets the ReservationId field's value. 25988func (s *UpdateReservationInput) SetReservationId(v string) *UpdateReservationInput { 25989 s.ReservationId = &v 25990 return s 25991} 25992 25993type UpdateReservationOutput struct { 25994 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 25995 25996 // Reserved resources available to use 25997 Reservation *Reservation `locationName:"reservation" type:"structure"` 25998} 25999 26000// String returns the string representation 26001func (s UpdateReservationOutput) String() string { 26002 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26003} 26004 26005// GoString returns the string representation 26006func (s UpdateReservationOutput) GoString() string { 26007 return s.String() 26008} 26009 26010// SetReservation sets the Reservation field's value. 26011func (s *UpdateReservationOutput) SetReservation(v *Reservation) *UpdateReservationOutput { 26012 s.Reservation = v 26013 return s 26014} 26015 26016type ValidationError struct { 26017 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26018 26019 // Path to the source of the error. 26020 ElementPath *string `locationName:"elementPath" type:"string"` 26021 26022 // The error message. 26023 ErrorMessage *string `locationName:"errorMessage" type:"string"` 26024} 26025 26026// String returns the string representation 26027func (s ValidationError) String() string { 26028 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26029} 26030 26031// GoString returns the string representation 26032func (s ValidationError) GoString() string { 26033 return s.String() 26034} 26035 26036// SetElementPath sets the ElementPath field's value. 26037func (s *ValidationError) SetElementPath(v string) *ValidationError { 26038 s.ElementPath = &v 26039 return s 26040} 26041 26042// SetErrorMessage sets the ErrorMessage field's value. 26043func (s *ValidationError) SetErrorMessage(v string) *ValidationError { 26044 s.ErrorMessage = &v 26045 return s 26046} 26047 26048type VideoBlackFailoverSettings struct { 26049 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26050 26051 // A value used in calculating the threshold below which MediaLive considers 26052 // a pixel to be 'black'. For the input to be considered black, every pixel 26053 // in a frame must be below this threshold. The threshold is calculated as a 26054 // percentage (expressed as a decimal) of white. Therefore .1 means 10% white 26055 // (or 90% black). Note how the formula works for any color depth. For example, 26056 // if you set this field to 0.1 in 10-bit color depth: (1023*0.1=102.3), which 26057 // means a pixel value of 102 or less is 'black'. If you set this field to .1 26058 // in an 8-bit color depth: (255*0.1=25.5), which means a pixel value of 25 26059 // or less is 'black'. The range is 0.0 to 1.0, with any number of decimal places. 26060 BlackDetectThreshold *float64 `locationName:"blackDetectThreshold" type:"double"` 26061 26062 // The amount of time (in milliseconds) that the active input must be black 26063 // before automatic input failover occurs. 26064 VideoBlackThresholdMsec *int64 `locationName:"videoBlackThresholdMsec" min:"1000" type:"integer"` 26065} 26066 26067// String returns the string representation 26068func (s VideoBlackFailoverSettings) String() string { 26069 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26070} 26071 26072// GoString returns the string representation 26073func (s VideoBlackFailoverSettings) GoString() string { 26074 return s.String() 26075} 26076 26077// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26078func (s *VideoBlackFailoverSettings) Validate() error { 26079 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VideoBlackFailoverSettings"} 26080 if s.VideoBlackThresholdMsec != nil && *s.VideoBlackThresholdMsec < 1000 { 26081 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("VideoBlackThresholdMsec", 1000)) 26082 } 26083 26084 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 26085 return invalidParams 26086 } 26087 return nil 26088} 26089 26090// SetBlackDetectThreshold sets the BlackDetectThreshold field's value. 26091func (s *VideoBlackFailoverSettings) SetBlackDetectThreshold(v float64) *VideoBlackFailoverSettings { 26092 s.BlackDetectThreshold = &v 26093 return s 26094} 26095 26096// SetVideoBlackThresholdMsec sets the VideoBlackThresholdMsec field's value. 26097func (s *VideoBlackFailoverSettings) SetVideoBlackThresholdMsec(v int64) *VideoBlackFailoverSettings { 26098 s.VideoBlackThresholdMsec = &v 26099 return s 26100} 26101 26102// Video Codec Settings 26103type VideoCodecSettings struct { 26104 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26105 26106 // Frame Capture Settings 26107 FrameCaptureSettings *FrameCaptureSettings `locationName:"frameCaptureSettings" type:"structure"` 26108 26109 // H264 Settings 26110 H264Settings *H264Settings `locationName:"h264Settings" type:"structure"` 26111 26112 // H265 Settings 26113 H265Settings *H265Settings `locationName:"h265Settings" type:"structure"` 26114 26115 // Mpeg2 Settings 26116 Mpeg2Settings *Mpeg2Settings `locationName:"mpeg2Settings" type:"structure"` 26117} 26118 26119// String returns the string representation 26120func (s VideoCodecSettings) String() string { 26121 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26122} 26123 26124// GoString returns the string representation 26125func (s VideoCodecSettings) GoString() string { 26126 return s.String() 26127} 26128 26129// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26130func (s *VideoCodecSettings) Validate() error { 26131 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VideoCodecSettings"} 26132 if s.FrameCaptureSettings != nil { 26133 if err := s.FrameCaptureSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 26134 invalidParams.AddNested("FrameCaptureSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 26135 } 26136 } 26137 if s.H264Settings != nil { 26138 if err := s.H264Settings.Validate(); err != nil { 26139 invalidParams.AddNested("H264Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 26140 } 26141 } 26142 if s.H265Settings != nil { 26143 if err := s.H265Settings.Validate(); err != nil { 26144 invalidParams.AddNested("H265Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 26145 } 26146 } 26147 if s.Mpeg2Settings != nil { 26148 if err := s.Mpeg2Settings.Validate(); err != nil { 26149 invalidParams.AddNested("Mpeg2Settings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 26150 } 26151 } 26152 26153 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 26154 return invalidParams 26155 } 26156 return nil 26157} 26158 26159// SetFrameCaptureSettings sets the FrameCaptureSettings field's value. 26160func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetFrameCaptureSettings(v *FrameCaptureSettings) *VideoCodecSettings { 26161 s.FrameCaptureSettings = v 26162 return s 26163} 26164 26165// SetH264Settings sets the H264Settings field's value. 26166func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetH264Settings(v *H264Settings) *VideoCodecSettings { 26167 s.H264Settings = v 26168 return s 26169} 26170 26171// SetH265Settings sets the H265Settings field's value. 26172func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetH265Settings(v *H265Settings) *VideoCodecSettings { 26173 s.H265Settings = v 26174 return s 26175} 26176 26177// SetMpeg2Settings sets the Mpeg2Settings field's value. 26178func (s *VideoCodecSettings) SetMpeg2Settings(v *Mpeg2Settings) *VideoCodecSettings { 26179 s.Mpeg2Settings = v 26180 return s 26181} 26182 26183// Video settings for this stream. 26184type VideoDescription struct { 26185 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26186 26187 // Video codec settings. 26188 CodecSettings *VideoCodecSettings `locationName:"codecSettings" type:"structure"` 26189 26190 // Output video height, in pixels. Must be an even number. For most codecs, 26191 // you can leave this field and width blank in order to use the height and width 26192 // (resolution) from the source. Note, however, that leaving blank is not recommended. 26193 // For the Frame Capture codec, height and width are required. 26194 Height *int64 `locationName:"height" type:"integer"` 26195 26196 // The name of this VideoDescription. Outputs will use this name to uniquely 26197 // identify this Description. Description names should be unique within this 26198 // Live Event. 26199 // 26200 // Name is a required field 26201 Name *string `locationName:"name" type:"string" required:"true"` 26202 26203 // Indicates how MediaLive will respond to the AFD values that might be in the 26204 // input video. If you do not know what AFD signaling is, or if your downstream 26205 // system has not given you guidance, choose PASSTHROUGH.RESPOND: MediaLive 26206 // clips the input video using a formula that uses the AFD values (configured 26207 // in afdSignaling ), the input display aspect ratio, and the output display 26208 // aspect ratio. MediaLive also includes the AFD values in the output, unless 26209 // the codec for this encode is FRAME_CAPTURE.PASSTHROUGH: MediaLive ignores 26210 // the AFD values and does not clip the video. But MediaLive does include the 26211 // values in the output.NONE: MediaLive does not clip the input video and does 26212 // not include the AFD values in the output 26213 RespondToAfd *string `locationName:"respondToAfd" type:"string" enum:"VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd"` 26214 26215 // STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT configures the output position to stretch the video to 26216 // the specified output resolution (height and width). This option will override 26217 // any position value. DEFAULT may insert black boxes (pillar boxes or letter 26218 // boxes) around the video to provide the specified output resolution. 26219 ScalingBehavior *string `locationName:"scalingBehavior" type:"string" enum:"VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior"` 26220 26221 // Changes the strength of the anti-alias filter used for scaling. 0 is the 26222 // softest setting, 100 is the sharpest. A setting of 50 is recommended for 26223 // most content. 26224 Sharpness *int64 `locationName:"sharpness" type:"integer"` 26225 26226 // Output video width, in pixels. Must be an even number. For most codecs, you 26227 // can leave this field and height blank in order to use the height and width 26228 // (resolution) from the source. Note, however, that leaving blank is not recommended. 26229 // For the Frame Capture codec, height and width are required. 26230 Width *int64 `locationName:"width" type:"integer"` 26231} 26232 26233// String returns the string representation 26234func (s VideoDescription) String() string { 26235 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26236} 26237 26238// GoString returns the string representation 26239func (s VideoDescription) GoString() string { 26240 return s.String() 26241} 26242 26243// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid. 26244func (s *VideoDescription) Validate() error { 26245 invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "VideoDescription"} 26246 if s.Name == nil { 26247 invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Name")) 26248 } 26249 if s.CodecSettings != nil { 26250 if err := s.CodecSettings.Validate(); err != nil { 26251 invalidParams.AddNested("CodecSettings", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams)) 26252 } 26253 } 26254 26255 if invalidParams.Len() > 0 { 26256 return invalidParams 26257 } 26258 return nil 26259} 26260 26261// SetCodecSettings sets the CodecSettings field's value. 26262func (s *VideoDescription) SetCodecSettings(v *VideoCodecSettings) *VideoDescription { 26263 s.CodecSettings = v 26264 return s 26265} 26266 26267// SetHeight sets the Height field's value. 26268func (s *VideoDescription) SetHeight(v int64) *VideoDescription { 26269 s.Height = &v 26270 return s 26271} 26272 26273// SetName sets the Name field's value. 26274func (s *VideoDescription) SetName(v string) *VideoDescription { 26275 s.Name = &v 26276 return s 26277} 26278 26279// SetRespondToAfd sets the RespondToAfd field's value. 26280func (s *VideoDescription) SetRespondToAfd(v string) *VideoDescription { 26281 s.RespondToAfd = &v 26282 return s 26283} 26284 26285// SetScalingBehavior sets the ScalingBehavior field's value. 26286func (s *VideoDescription) SetScalingBehavior(v string) *VideoDescription { 26287 s.ScalingBehavior = &v 26288 return s 26289} 26290 26291// SetSharpness sets the Sharpness field's value. 26292func (s *VideoDescription) SetSharpness(v int64) *VideoDescription { 26293 s.Sharpness = &v 26294 return s 26295} 26296 26297// SetWidth sets the Width field's value. 26298func (s *VideoDescription) SetWidth(v int64) *VideoDescription { 26299 s.Width = &v 26300 return s 26301} 26302 26303// Specifies a particular video stream within an input source. An input may 26304// have only a single video selector. 26305type VideoSelector struct { 26306 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26307 26308 // Specifies the color space of an input. This setting works in tandem with 26309 // colorSpaceUsage and a video description's colorSpaceSettingsChoice to determine 26310 // if any conversion will be performed. 26311 ColorSpace *string `locationName:"colorSpace" type:"string" enum:"VideoSelectorColorSpace"` 26312 26313 // Applies only if colorSpace is a value other than follow. This field controls 26314 // how the value in the colorSpace field will be used. fallback means that when 26315 // the input does include color space data, that data will be used, but when 26316 // the input has no color space data, the value in colorSpace will be used. 26317 // Choose fallback if your input is sometimes missing color space data, but 26318 // when it does have color space data, that data is correct. force means to 26319 // always use the value in colorSpace. Choose force if your input usually has 26320 // no color space data or might have unreliable color space data. 26321 ColorSpaceUsage *string `locationName:"colorSpaceUsage" type:"string" enum:"VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage"` 26322 26323 // The video selector settings. 26324 SelectorSettings *VideoSelectorSettings `locationName:"selectorSettings" type:"structure"` 26325} 26326 26327// String returns the string representation 26328func (s VideoSelector) String() string { 26329 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26330} 26331 26332// GoString returns the string representation 26333func (s VideoSelector) GoString() string { 26334 return s.String() 26335} 26336 26337// SetColorSpace sets the ColorSpace field's value. 26338func (s *VideoSelector) SetColorSpace(v string) *VideoSelector { 26339 s.ColorSpace = &v 26340 return s 26341} 26342 26343// SetColorSpaceUsage sets the ColorSpaceUsage field's value. 26344func (s *VideoSelector) SetColorSpaceUsage(v string) *VideoSelector { 26345 s.ColorSpaceUsage = &v 26346 return s 26347} 26348 26349// SetSelectorSettings sets the SelectorSettings field's value. 26350func (s *VideoSelector) SetSelectorSettings(v *VideoSelectorSettings) *VideoSelector { 26351 s.SelectorSettings = v 26352 return s 26353} 26354 26355// Video Selector Pid 26356type VideoSelectorPid struct { 26357 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26358 26359 // Selects a specific PID from within a video source. 26360 Pid *int64 `locationName:"pid" type:"integer"` 26361} 26362 26363// String returns the string representation 26364func (s VideoSelectorPid) String() string { 26365 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26366} 26367 26368// GoString returns the string representation 26369func (s VideoSelectorPid) GoString() string { 26370 return s.String() 26371} 26372 26373// SetPid sets the Pid field's value. 26374func (s *VideoSelectorPid) SetPid(v int64) *VideoSelectorPid { 26375 s.Pid = &v 26376 return s 26377} 26378 26379// Video Selector Program Id 26380type VideoSelectorProgramId struct { 26381 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26382 26383 // Selects a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream. 26384 // If the program doesn't exist, the first program within the transport stream 26385 // will be selected by default. 26386 ProgramId *int64 `locationName:"programId" type:"integer"` 26387} 26388 26389// String returns the string representation 26390func (s VideoSelectorProgramId) String() string { 26391 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26392} 26393 26394// GoString returns the string representation 26395func (s VideoSelectorProgramId) GoString() string { 26396 return s.String() 26397} 26398 26399// SetProgramId sets the ProgramId field's value. 26400func (s *VideoSelectorProgramId) SetProgramId(v int64) *VideoSelectorProgramId { 26401 s.ProgramId = &v 26402 return s 26403} 26404 26405// Video Selector Settings 26406type VideoSelectorSettings struct { 26407 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26408 26409 // Video Selector Pid 26410 VideoSelectorPid *VideoSelectorPid `locationName:"videoSelectorPid" type:"structure"` 26411 26412 // Video Selector Program Id 26413 VideoSelectorProgramId *VideoSelectorProgramId `locationName:"videoSelectorProgramId" type:"structure"` 26414} 26415 26416// String returns the string representation 26417func (s VideoSelectorSettings) String() string { 26418 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26419} 26420 26421// GoString returns the string representation 26422func (s VideoSelectorSettings) GoString() string { 26423 return s.String() 26424} 26425 26426// SetVideoSelectorPid sets the VideoSelectorPid field's value. 26427func (s *VideoSelectorSettings) SetVideoSelectorPid(v *VideoSelectorPid) *VideoSelectorSettings { 26428 s.VideoSelectorPid = v 26429 return s 26430} 26431 26432// SetVideoSelectorProgramId sets the VideoSelectorProgramId field's value. 26433func (s *VideoSelectorSettings) SetVideoSelectorProgramId(v *VideoSelectorProgramId) *VideoSelectorSettings { 26434 s.VideoSelectorProgramId = v 26435 return s 26436} 26437 26438// Wav Settings 26439type WavSettings struct { 26440 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26441 26442 // Bits per sample. 26443 BitDepth *float64 `locationName:"bitDepth" type:"double"` 26444 26445 // The audio coding mode for the WAV audio. The mode determines the number of 26446 // channels in the audio. 26447 CodingMode *string `locationName:"codingMode" type:"string" enum:"WavCodingMode"` 26448 26449 // Sample rate in Hz. 26450 SampleRate *float64 `locationName:"sampleRate" type:"double"` 26451} 26452 26453// String returns the string representation 26454func (s WavSettings) String() string { 26455 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26456} 26457 26458// GoString returns the string representation 26459func (s WavSettings) GoString() string { 26460 return s.String() 26461} 26462 26463// SetBitDepth sets the BitDepth field's value. 26464func (s *WavSettings) SetBitDepth(v float64) *WavSettings { 26465 s.BitDepth = &v 26466 return s 26467} 26468 26469// SetCodingMode sets the CodingMode field's value. 26470func (s *WavSettings) SetCodingMode(v string) *WavSettings { 26471 s.CodingMode = &v 26472 return s 26473} 26474 26475// SetSampleRate sets the SampleRate field's value. 26476func (s *WavSettings) SetSampleRate(v float64) *WavSettings { 26477 s.SampleRate = &v 26478 return s 26479} 26480 26481// Webvtt Destination Settings 26482type WebvttDestinationSettings struct { 26483 _ struct{} `type:"structure"` 26484} 26485 26486// String returns the string representation 26487func (s WebvttDestinationSettings) String() string { 26488 return awsutil.Prettify(s) 26489} 26490 26491// GoString returns the string representation 26492func (s WebvttDestinationSettings) GoString() string { 26493 return s.String() 26494} 26495 26496// Aac Coding Mode 26497const ( 26498 // AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix is a AacCodingMode enum value 26499 AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix = "AD_RECEIVER_MIX" 26500 26501 // AacCodingModeCodingMode10 is a AacCodingMode enum value 26502 AacCodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" 26503 26504 // AacCodingModeCodingMode11 is a AacCodingMode enum value 26505 AacCodingModeCodingMode11 = "CODING_MODE_1_1" 26506 26507 // AacCodingModeCodingMode20 is a AacCodingMode enum value 26508 AacCodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" 26509 26510 // AacCodingModeCodingMode51 is a AacCodingMode enum value 26511 AacCodingModeCodingMode51 = "CODING_MODE_5_1" 26512) 26513 26514// AacCodingMode_Values returns all elements of the AacCodingMode enum 26515func AacCodingMode_Values() []string { 26516 return []string{ 26517 AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix, 26518 AacCodingModeCodingMode10, 26519 AacCodingModeCodingMode11, 26520 AacCodingModeCodingMode20, 26521 AacCodingModeCodingMode51, 26522 } 26523} 26524 26525// Aac Input Type 26526const ( 26527 // AacInputTypeBroadcasterMixedAd is a AacInputType enum value 26528 AacInputTypeBroadcasterMixedAd = "BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD" 26529 26530 // AacInputTypeNormal is a AacInputType enum value 26531 AacInputTypeNormal = "NORMAL" 26532) 26533 26534// AacInputType_Values returns all elements of the AacInputType enum 26535func AacInputType_Values() []string { 26536 return []string{ 26537 AacInputTypeBroadcasterMixedAd, 26538 AacInputTypeNormal, 26539 } 26540} 26541 26542// Aac Profile 26543const ( 26544 // AacProfileHev1 is a AacProfile enum value 26545 AacProfileHev1 = "HEV1" 26546 26547 // AacProfileHev2 is a AacProfile enum value 26548 AacProfileHev2 = "HEV2" 26549 26550 // AacProfileLc is a AacProfile enum value 26551 AacProfileLc = "LC" 26552) 26553 26554// AacProfile_Values returns all elements of the AacProfile enum 26555func AacProfile_Values() []string { 26556 return []string{ 26557 AacProfileHev1, 26558 AacProfileHev2, 26559 AacProfileLc, 26560 } 26561} 26562 26563// Aac Rate Control Mode 26564const ( 26565 // AacRateControlModeCbr is a AacRateControlMode enum value 26566 AacRateControlModeCbr = "CBR" 26567 26568 // AacRateControlModeVbr is a AacRateControlMode enum value 26569 AacRateControlModeVbr = "VBR" 26570) 26571 26572// AacRateControlMode_Values returns all elements of the AacRateControlMode enum 26573func AacRateControlMode_Values() []string { 26574 return []string{ 26575 AacRateControlModeCbr, 26576 AacRateControlModeVbr, 26577 } 26578} 26579 26580// Aac Raw Format 26581const ( 26582 // AacRawFormatLatmLoas is a AacRawFormat enum value 26583 AacRawFormatLatmLoas = "LATM_LOAS" 26584 26585 // AacRawFormatNone is a AacRawFormat enum value 26586 AacRawFormatNone = "NONE" 26587) 26588 26589// AacRawFormat_Values returns all elements of the AacRawFormat enum 26590func AacRawFormat_Values() []string { 26591 return []string{ 26592 AacRawFormatLatmLoas, 26593 AacRawFormatNone, 26594 } 26595} 26596 26597// Aac Spec 26598const ( 26599 // AacSpecMpeg2 is a AacSpec enum value 26600 AacSpecMpeg2 = "MPEG2" 26601 26602 // AacSpecMpeg4 is a AacSpec enum value 26603 AacSpecMpeg4 = "MPEG4" 26604) 26605 26606// AacSpec_Values returns all elements of the AacSpec enum 26607func AacSpec_Values() []string { 26608 return []string{ 26609 AacSpecMpeg2, 26610 AacSpecMpeg4, 26611 } 26612} 26613 26614// Aac Vbr Quality 26615const ( 26616 // AacVbrQualityHigh is a AacVbrQuality enum value 26617 AacVbrQualityHigh = "HIGH" 26618 26619 // AacVbrQualityLow is a AacVbrQuality enum value 26620 AacVbrQualityLow = "LOW" 26621 26622 // AacVbrQualityMediumHigh is a AacVbrQuality enum value 26623 AacVbrQualityMediumHigh = "MEDIUM_HIGH" 26624 26625 // AacVbrQualityMediumLow is a AacVbrQuality enum value 26626 AacVbrQualityMediumLow = "MEDIUM_LOW" 26627) 26628 26629// AacVbrQuality_Values returns all elements of the AacVbrQuality enum 26630func AacVbrQuality_Values() []string { 26631 return []string{ 26632 AacVbrQualityHigh, 26633 AacVbrQualityLow, 26634 AacVbrQualityMediumHigh, 26635 AacVbrQualityMediumLow, 26636 } 26637} 26638 26639// Ac3 Bitstream Mode 26640const ( 26641 // Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 26642 Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary = "COMMENTARY" 26643 26644 // Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 26645 Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN" 26646 26647 // Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 26648 Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue = "DIALOGUE" 26649 26650 // Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 26651 Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency = "EMERGENCY" 26652 26653 // Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 26654 Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" 26655 26656 // Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 26657 Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects = "MUSIC_AND_EFFECTS" 26658 26659 // Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 26660 Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED" 26661 26662 // Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver is a Ac3BitstreamMode enum value 26663 Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver = "VOICE_OVER" 26664) 26665 26666// Ac3BitstreamMode_Values returns all elements of the Ac3BitstreamMode enum 26667func Ac3BitstreamMode_Values() []string { 26668 return []string{ 26669 Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary, 26670 Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain, 26671 Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue, 26672 Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency, 26673 Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired, 26674 Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects, 26675 Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired, 26676 Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver, 26677 } 26678} 26679 26680// Ac3 Coding Mode 26681const ( 26682 // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value 26683 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" 26684 26685 // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value 26686 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11 = "CODING_MODE_1_1" 26687 26688 // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Ac3CodingMode enum value 26689 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" 26690 26691 // Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe is a Ac3CodingMode enum value 26692 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe = "CODING_MODE_3_2_LFE" 26693) 26694 26695// Ac3CodingMode_Values returns all elements of the Ac3CodingMode enum 26696func Ac3CodingMode_Values() []string { 26697 return []string{ 26698 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10, 26699 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11, 26700 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20, 26701 Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe, 26702 } 26703} 26704 26705// Ac3 Drc Profile 26706const ( 26707 // Ac3DrcProfileFilmStandard is a Ac3DrcProfile enum value 26708 Ac3DrcProfileFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD" 26709 26710 // Ac3DrcProfileNone is a Ac3DrcProfile enum value 26711 Ac3DrcProfileNone = "NONE" 26712) 26713 26714// Ac3DrcProfile_Values returns all elements of the Ac3DrcProfile enum 26715func Ac3DrcProfile_Values() []string { 26716 return []string{ 26717 Ac3DrcProfileFilmStandard, 26718 Ac3DrcProfileNone, 26719 } 26720} 26721 26722// Ac3 Lfe Filter 26723const ( 26724 // Ac3LfeFilterDisabled is a Ac3LfeFilter enum value 26725 Ac3LfeFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 26726 26727 // Ac3LfeFilterEnabled is a Ac3LfeFilter enum value 26728 Ac3LfeFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 26729) 26730 26731// Ac3LfeFilter_Values returns all elements of the Ac3LfeFilter enum 26732func Ac3LfeFilter_Values() []string { 26733 return []string{ 26734 Ac3LfeFilterDisabled, 26735 Ac3LfeFilterEnabled, 26736 } 26737} 26738 26739// Ac3 Metadata Control 26740const ( 26741 // Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput is a Ac3MetadataControl enum value 26742 Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" 26743 26744 // Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured is a Ac3MetadataControl enum value 26745 Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 26746) 26747 26748// Ac3MetadataControl_Values returns all elements of the Ac3MetadataControl enum 26749func Ac3MetadataControl_Values() []string { 26750 return []string{ 26751 Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput, 26752 Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured, 26753 } 26754} 26755 26756const ( 26757 // AcceptHeaderImageJpeg is a AcceptHeader enum value 26758 AcceptHeaderImageJpeg = "image/jpeg" 26759) 26760 26761// AcceptHeader_Values returns all elements of the AcceptHeader enum 26762func AcceptHeader_Values() []string { 26763 return []string{ 26764 AcceptHeaderImageJpeg, 26765 } 26766} 26767 26768// Afd Signaling 26769const ( 26770 // AfdSignalingAuto is a AfdSignaling enum value 26771 AfdSignalingAuto = "AUTO" 26772 26773 // AfdSignalingFixed is a AfdSignaling enum value 26774 AfdSignalingFixed = "FIXED" 26775 26776 // AfdSignalingNone is a AfdSignaling enum value 26777 AfdSignalingNone = "NONE" 26778) 26779 26780// AfdSignaling_Values returns all elements of the AfdSignaling enum 26781func AfdSignaling_Values() []string { 26782 return []string{ 26783 AfdSignalingAuto, 26784 AfdSignalingFixed, 26785 AfdSignalingNone, 26786 } 26787} 26788 26789// Audio Description Audio Type Control 26790const ( 26791 // AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlFollowInput is a AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl enum value 26792 AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" 26793 26794 // AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlUseConfigured is a AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl enum value 26795 AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 26796) 26797 26798// AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl_Values returns all elements of the AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl enum 26799func AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControl_Values() []string { 26800 return []string{ 26801 AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlFollowInput, 26802 AudioDescriptionAudioTypeControlUseConfigured, 26803 } 26804} 26805 26806// Audio Description Language Code Control 26807const ( 26808 // AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlFollowInput is a AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl enum value 26809 AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" 26810 26811 // AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured is a AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl enum value 26812 AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 26813) 26814 26815// AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl_Values returns all elements of the AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl enum 26816func AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControl_Values() []string { 26817 return []string{ 26818 AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlFollowInput, 26819 AudioDescriptionLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured, 26820 } 26821} 26822 26823// Audio Language Selection Policy 26824const ( 26825 // AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyLoose is a AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy enum value 26826 AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyLoose = "LOOSE" 26827 26828 // AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyStrict is a AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy enum value 26829 AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyStrict = "STRICT" 26830) 26831 26832// AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy_Values returns all elements of the AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy enum 26833func AudioLanguageSelectionPolicy_Values() []string { 26834 return []string{ 26835 AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyLoose, 26836 AudioLanguageSelectionPolicyStrict, 26837 } 26838} 26839 26840// Audio Normalization Algorithm 26841const ( 26842 // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17701 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value 26843 AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17701 = "ITU_1770_1" 26844 26845 // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17702 is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum value 26846 AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17702 = "ITU_1770_2" 26847) 26848 26849// AudioNormalizationAlgorithm_Values returns all elements of the AudioNormalizationAlgorithm enum 26850func AudioNormalizationAlgorithm_Values() []string { 26851 return []string{ 26852 AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17701, 26853 AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItu17702, 26854 } 26855} 26856 26857// Audio Normalization Algorithm Control 26858const ( 26859 // AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio is a AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl enum value 26860 AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio = "CORRECT_AUDIO" 26861) 26862 26863// AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl_Values returns all elements of the AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl enum 26864func AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl_Values() []string { 26865 return []string{ 26866 AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio, 26867 } 26868} 26869 26870// Audio Only Hls Segment Type 26871const ( 26872 // AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeAac is a AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType enum value 26873 AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeAac = "AAC" 26874 26875 // AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeFmp4 is a AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType enum value 26876 AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeFmp4 = "FMP4" 26877) 26878 26879// AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType_Values returns all elements of the AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType enum 26880func AudioOnlyHlsSegmentType_Values() []string { 26881 return []string{ 26882 AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeAac, 26883 AudioOnlyHlsSegmentTypeFmp4, 26884 } 26885} 26886 26887// Audio Only Hls Track Type 26888const ( 26889 // AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value 26890 AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT" 26891 26892 // AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value 26893 AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT" 26894 26895 // AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value 26896 AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT" 26897 26898 // AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream is a AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum value 26899 AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream = "AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM" 26900) 26901 26902// AudioOnlyHlsTrackType_Values returns all elements of the AudioOnlyHlsTrackType enum 26903func AudioOnlyHlsTrackType_Values() []string { 26904 return []string{ 26905 AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect, 26906 AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault, 26907 AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect, 26908 AudioOnlyHlsTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream, 26909 } 26910} 26911 26912// Audio Type 26913const ( 26914 // AudioTypeCleanEffects is a AudioType enum value 26915 AudioTypeCleanEffects = "CLEAN_EFFECTS" 26916 26917 // AudioTypeHearingImpaired is a AudioType enum value 26918 AudioTypeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" 26919 26920 // AudioTypeUndefined is a AudioType enum value 26921 AudioTypeUndefined = "UNDEFINED" 26922 26923 // AudioTypeVisualImpairedCommentary is a AudioType enum value 26924 AudioTypeVisualImpairedCommentary = "VISUAL_IMPAIRED_COMMENTARY" 26925) 26926 26927// AudioType_Values returns all elements of the AudioType enum 26928func AudioType_Values() []string { 26929 return []string{ 26930 AudioTypeCleanEffects, 26931 AudioTypeHearingImpaired, 26932 AudioTypeUndefined, 26933 AudioTypeVisualImpairedCommentary, 26934 } 26935} 26936 26937// Authentication Scheme 26938const ( 26939 // AuthenticationSchemeAkamai is a AuthenticationScheme enum value 26940 AuthenticationSchemeAkamai = "AKAMAI" 26941 26942 // AuthenticationSchemeCommon is a AuthenticationScheme enum value 26943 AuthenticationSchemeCommon = "COMMON" 26944) 26945 26946// AuthenticationScheme_Values returns all elements of the AuthenticationScheme enum 26947func AuthenticationScheme_Values() []string { 26948 return []string{ 26949 AuthenticationSchemeAkamai, 26950 AuthenticationSchemeCommon, 26951 } 26952} 26953 26954// Avail Blanking State 26955const ( 26956 // AvailBlankingStateDisabled is a AvailBlankingState enum value 26957 AvailBlankingStateDisabled = "DISABLED" 26958 26959 // AvailBlankingStateEnabled is a AvailBlankingState enum value 26960 AvailBlankingStateEnabled = "ENABLED" 26961) 26962 26963// AvailBlankingState_Values returns all elements of the AvailBlankingState enum 26964func AvailBlankingState_Values() []string { 26965 return []string{ 26966 AvailBlankingStateDisabled, 26967 AvailBlankingStateEnabled, 26968 } 26969} 26970 26971// Blackout Slate Network End Blackout 26972const ( 26973 // BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutDisabled is a BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout enum value 26974 BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutDisabled = "DISABLED" 26975 26976 // BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutEnabled is a BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout enum value 26977 BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutEnabled = "ENABLED" 26978) 26979 26980// BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout_Values returns all elements of the BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout enum 26981func BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackout_Values() []string { 26982 return []string{ 26983 BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutDisabled, 26984 BlackoutSlateNetworkEndBlackoutEnabled, 26985 } 26986} 26987 26988// Blackout Slate State 26989const ( 26990 // BlackoutSlateStateDisabled is a BlackoutSlateState enum value 26991 BlackoutSlateStateDisabled = "DISABLED" 26992 26993 // BlackoutSlateStateEnabled is a BlackoutSlateState enum value 26994 BlackoutSlateStateEnabled = "ENABLED" 26995) 26996 26997// BlackoutSlateState_Values returns all elements of the BlackoutSlateState enum 26998func BlackoutSlateState_Values() []string { 26999 return []string{ 27000 BlackoutSlateStateDisabled, 27001 BlackoutSlateStateEnabled, 27002 } 27003} 27004 27005// Burn In Alignment 27006const ( 27007 // BurnInAlignmentCentered is a BurnInAlignment enum value 27008 BurnInAlignmentCentered = "CENTERED" 27009 27010 // BurnInAlignmentLeft is a BurnInAlignment enum value 27011 BurnInAlignmentLeft = "LEFT" 27012 27013 // BurnInAlignmentSmart is a BurnInAlignment enum value 27014 BurnInAlignmentSmart = "SMART" 27015) 27016 27017// BurnInAlignment_Values returns all elements of the BurnInAlignment enum 27018func BurnInAlignment_Values() []string { 27019 return []string{ 27020 BurnInAlignmentCentered, 27021 BurnInAlignmentLeft, 27022 BurnInAlignmentSmart, 27023 } 27024} 27025 27026// Burn In Background Color 27027const ( 27028 // BurnInBackgroundColorBlack is a BurnInBackgroundColor enum value 27029 BurnInBackgroundColorBlack = "BLACK" 27030 27031 // BurnInBackgroundColorNone is a BurnInBackgroundColor enum value 27032 BurnInBackgroundColorNone = "NONE" 27033 27034 // BurnInBackgroundColorWhite is a BurnInBackgroundColor enum value 27035 BurnInBackgroundColorWhite = "WHITE" 27036) 27037 27038// BurnInBackgroundColor_Values returns all elements of the BurnInBackgroundColor enum 27039func BurnInBackgroundColor_Values() []string { 27040 return []string{ 27041 BurnInBackgroundColorBlack, 27042 BurnInBackgroundColorNone, 27043 BurnInBackgroundColorWhite, 27044 } 27045} 27046 27047// Burn In Font Color 27048const ( 27049 // BurnInFontColorBlack is a BurnInFontColor enum value 27050 BurnInFontColorBlack = "BLACK" 27051 27052 // BurnInFontColorBlue is a BurnInFontColor enum value 27053 BurnInFontColorBlue = "BLUE" 27054 27055 // BurnInFontColorGreen is a BurnInFontColor enum value 27056 BurnInFontColorGreen = "GREEN" 27057 27058 // BurnInFontColorRed is a BurnInFontColor enum value 27059 BurnInFontColorRed = "RED" 27060 27061 // BurnInFontColorWhite is a BurnInFontColor enum value 27062 BurnInFontColorWhite = "WHITE" 27063 27064 // BurnInFontColorYellow is a BurnInFontColor enum value 27065 BurnInFontColorYellow = "YELLOW" 27066) 27067 27068// BurnInFontColor_Values returns all elements of the BurnInFontColor enum 27069func BurnInFontColor_Values() []string { 27070 return []string{ 27071 BurnInFontColorBlack, 27072 BurnInFontColorBlue, 27073 BurnInFontColorGreen, 27074 BurnInFontColorRed, 27075 BurnInFontColorWhite, 27076 BurnInFontColorYellow, 27077 } 27078} 27079 27080// Burn In Outline Color 27081const ( 27082 // BurnInOutlineColorBlack is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value 27083 BurnInOutlineColorBlack = "BLACK" 27084 27085 // BurnInOutlineColorBlue is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value 27086 BurnInOutlineColorBlue = "BLUE" 27087 27088 // BurnInOutlineColorGreen is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value 27089 BurnInOutlineColorGreen = "GREEN" 27090 27091 // BurnInOutlineColorRed is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value 27092 BurnInOutlineColorRed = "RED" 27093 27094 // BurnInOutlineColorWhite is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value 27095 BurnInOutlineColorWhite = "WHITE" 27096 27097 // BurnInOutlineColorYellow is a BurnInOutlineColor enum value 27098 BurnInOutlineColorYellow = "YELLOW" 27099) 27100 27101// BurnInOutlineColor_Values returns all elements of the BurnInOutlineColor enum 27102func BurnInOutlineColor_Values() []string { 27103 return []string{ 27104 BurnInOutlineColorBlack, 27105 BurnInOutlineColorBlue, 27106 BurnInOutlineColorGreen, 27107 BurnInOutlineColorRed, 27108 BurnInOutlineColorWhite, 27109 BurnInOutlineColorYellow, 27110 } 27111} 27112 27113// Burn In Shadow Color 27114const ( 27115 // BurnInShadowColorBlack is a BurnInShadowColor enum value 27116 BurnInShadowColorBlack = "BLACK" 27117 27118 // BurnInShadowColorNone is a BurnInShadowColor enum value 27119 BurnInShadowColorNone = "NONE" 27120 27121 // BurnInShadowColorWhite is a BurnInShadowColor enum value 27122 BurnInShadowColorWhite = "WHITE" 27123) 27124 27125// BurnInShadowColor_Values returns all elements of the BurnInShadowColor enum 27126func BurnInShadowColor_Values() []string { 27127 return []string{ 27128 BurnInShadowColorBlack, 27129 BurnInShadowColorNone, 27130 BurnInShadowColorWhite, 27131 } 27132} 27133 27134// Burn In Teletext Grid Control 27135const ( 27136 // BurnInTeletextGridControlFixed is a BurnInTeletextGridControl enum value 27137 BurnInTeletextGridControlFixed = "FIXED" 27138 27139 // BurnInTeletextGridControlScaled is a BurnInTeletextGridControl enum value 27140 BurnInTeletextGridControlScaled = "SCALED" 27141) 27142 27143// BurnInTeletextGridControl_Values returns all elements of the BurnInTeletextGridControl enum 27144func BurnInTeletextGridControl_Values() []string { 27145 return []string{ 27146 BurnInTeletextGridControlFixed, 27147 BurnInTeletextGridControlScaled, 27148 } 27149} 27150 27151// Maximum CDI input resolution; SD is 480i and 576i up to 30 frames-per-second 27152// (fps), HD is 720p up to 60 fps / 1080i up to 30 fps, FHD is 1080p up to 60 27153// fps, UHD is 2160p up to 60 fps 27154const ( 27155 // CdiInputResolutionSd is a CdiInputResolution enum value 27156 CdiInputResolutionSd = "SD" 27157 27158 // CdiInputResolutionHd is a CdiInputResolution enum value 27159 CdiInputResolutionHd = "HD" 27160 27161 // CdiInputResolutionFhd is a CdiInputResolution enum value 27162 CdiInputResolutionFhd = "FHD" 27163 27164 // CdiInputResolutionUhd is a CdiInputResolution enum value 27165 CdiInputResolutionUhd = "UHD" 27166) 27167 27168// CdiInputResolution_Values returns all elements of the CdiInputResolution enum 27169func CdiInputResolution_Values() []string { 27170 return []string{ 27171 CdiInputResolutionSd, 27172 CdiInputResolutionHd, 27173 CdiInputResolutionFhd, 27174 CdiInputResolutionUhd, 27175 } 27176} 27177 27178// A standard channel has two encoding pipelines and a single pipeline channel 27179// only has one. 27180const ( 27181 // ChannelClassStandard is a ChannelClass enum value 27182 ChannelClassStandard = "STANDARD" 27183 27184 // ChannelClassSinglePipeline is a ChannelClass enum value 27185 ChannelClassSinglePipeline = "SINGLE_PIPELINE" 27186) 27187 27188// ChannelClass_Values returns all elements of the ChannelClass enum 27189func ChannelClass_Values() []string { 27190 return []string{ 27191 ChannelClassStandard, 27192 ChannelClassSinglePipeline, 27193 } 27194} 27195 27196const ( 27197 // ChannelStateCreating is a ChannelState enum value 27198 ChannelStateCreating = "CREATING" 27199 27200 // ChannelStateCreateFailed is a ChannelState enum value 27201 ChannelStateCreateFailed = "CREATE_FAILED" 27202 27203 // ChannelStateIdle is a ChannelState enum value 27204 ChannelStateIdle = "IDLE" 27205 27206 // ChannelStateStarting is a ChannelState enum value 27207 ChannelStateStarting = "STARTING" 27208 27209 // ChannelStateRunning is a ChannelState enum value 27210 ChannelStateRunning = "RUNNING" 27211 27212 // ChannelStateRecovering is a ChannelState enum value 27213 ChannelStateRecovering = "RECOVERING" 27214 27215 // ChannelStateStopping is a ChannelState enum value 27216 ChannelStateStopping = "STOPPING" 27217 27218 // ChannelStateDeleting is a ChannelState enum value 27219 ChannelStateDeleting = "DELETING" 27220 27221 // ChannelStateDeleted is a ChannelState enum value 27222 ChannelStateDeleted = "DELETED" 27223 27224 // ChannelStateUpdating is a ChannelState enum value 27225 ChannelStateUpdating = "UPDATING" 27226 27227 // ChannelStateUpdateFailed is a ChannelState enum value 27228 ChannelStateUpdateFailed = "UPDATE_FAILED" 27229) 27230 27231// ChannelState_Values returns all elements of the ChannelState enum 27232func ChannelState_Values() []string { 27233 return []string{ 27234 ChannelStateCreating, 27235 ChannelStateCreateFailed, 27236 ChannelStateIdle, 27237 ChannelStateStarting, 27238 ChannelStateRunning, 27239 ChannelStateRecovering, 27240 ChannelStateStopping, 27241 ChannelStateDeleting, 27242 ChannelStateDeleted, 27243 ChannelStateUpdating, 27244 ChannelStateUpdateFailed, 27245 } 27246} 27247 27248const ( 27249 // ContentTypeImageJpeg is a ContentType enum value 27250 ContentTypeImageJpeg = "image/jpeg" 27251) 27252 27253// ContentType_Values returns all elements of the ContentType enum 27254func ContentType_Values() []string { 27255 return []string{ 27256 ContentTypeImageJpeg, 27257 } 27258} 27259 27260// The status of the action to synchronize the device configuration. If you 27261// change the configuration of the input device (for example, the maximum bitrate), 27262// MediaLive sends the new data to the device. The device might not update itself 27263// immediately. SYNCED means the device has updated its configuration. SYNCING 27264// means that it has not updated its configuration. 27265const ( 27266 // DeviceSettingsSyncStateSynced is a DeviceSettingsSyncState enum value 27267 DeviceSettingsSyncStateSynced = "SYNCED" 27268 27269 // DeviceSettingsSyncStateSyncing is a DeviceSettingsSyncState enum value 27270 DeviceSettingsSyncStateSyncing = "SYNCING" 27271) 27272 27273// DeviceSettingsSyncState_Values returns all elements of the DeviceSettingsSyncState enum 27274func DeviceSettingsSyncState_Values() []string { 27275 return []string{ 27276 DeviceSettingsSyncStateSynced, 27277 DeviceSettingsSyncStateSyncing, 27278 } 27279} 27280 27281// The status of software on the input device. 27282const ( 27283 // DeviceUpdateStatusUpToDate is a DeviceUpdateStatus enum value 27284 DeviceUpdateStatusUpToDate = "UP_TO_DATE" 27285 27286 // DeviceUpdateStatusNotUpToDate is a DeviceUpdateStatus enum value 27287 DeviceUpdateStatusNotUpToDate = "NOT_UP_TO_DATE" 27288) 27289 27290// DeviceUpdateStatus_Values returns all elements of the DeviceUpdateStatus enum 27291func DeviceUpdateStatus_Values() []string { 27292 return []string{ 27293 DeviceUpdateStatusUpToDate, 27294 DeviceUpdateStatusNotUpToDate, 27295 } 27296} 27297 27298// Dvb Sdt Output Sdt 27299const ( 27300 // DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollow is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value 27301 DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollow = "SDT_FOLLOW" 27302 27303 // DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value 27304 DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent = "SDT_FOLLOW_IF_PRESENT" 27305 27306 // DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtManual is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value 27307 DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtManual = "SDT_MANUAL" 27308 27309 // DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtNone is a DvbSdtOutputSdt enum value 27310 DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtNone = "SDT_NONE" 27311) 27312 27313// DvbSdtOutputSdt_Values returns all elements of the DvbSdtOutputSdt enum 27314func DvbSdtOutputSdt_Values() []string { 27315 return []string{ 27316 DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollow, 27317 DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent, 27318 DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtManual, 27319 DvbSdtOutputSdtSdtNone, 27320 } 27321} 27322 27323// Dvb Sub Destination Alignment 27324const ( 27325 // DvbSubDestinationAlignmentCentered is a DvbSubDestinationAlignment enum value 27326 DvbSubDestinationAlignmentCentered = "CENTERED" 27327 27328 // DvbSubDestinationAlignmentLeft is a DvbSubDestinationAlignment enum value 27329 DvbSubDestinationAlignmentLeft = "LEFT" 27330 27331 // DvbSubDestinationAlignmentSmart is a DvbSubDestinationAlignment enum value 27332 DvbSubDestinationAlignmentSmart = "SMART" 27333) 27334 27335// DvbSubDestinationAlignment_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubDestinationAlignment enum 27336func DvbSubDestinationAlignment_Values() []string { 27337 return []string{ 27338 DvbSubDestinationAlignmentCentered, 27339 DvbSubDestinationAlignmentLeft, 27340 DvbSubDestinationAlignmentSmart, 27341 } 27342} 27343 27344// Dvb Sub Destination Background Color 27345const ( 27346 // DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor enum value 27347 DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorBlack = "BLACK" 27348 27349 // DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorNone is a DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor enum value 27350 DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorNone = "NONE" 27351 27352 // DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor enum value 27353 DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorWhite = "WHITE" 27354) 27355 27356// DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor enum 27357func DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColor_Values() []string { 27358 return []string{ 27359 DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorBlack, 27360 DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorNone, 27361 DvbSubDestinationBackgroundColorWhite, 27362 } 27363} 27364 27365// Dvb Sub Destination Font Color 27366const ( 27367 // DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value 27368 DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlack = "BLACK" 27369 27370 // DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlue is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value 27371 DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlue = "BLUE" 27372 27373 // DvbSubDestinationFontColorGreen is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value 27374 DvbSubDestinationFontColorGreen = "GREEN" 27375 27376 // DvbSubDestinationFontColorRed is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value 27377 DvbSubDestinationFontColorRed = "RED" 27378 27379 // DvbSubDestinationFontColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value 27380 DvbSubDestinationFontColorWhite = "WHITE" 27381 27382 // DvbSubDestinationFontColorYellow is a DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum value 27383 DvbSubDestinationFontColorYellow = "YELLOW" 27384) 27385 27386// DvbSubDestinationFontColor_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubDestinationFontColor enum 27387func DvbSubDestinationFontColor_Values() []string { 27388 return []string{ 27389 DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlack, 27390 DvbSubDestinationFontColorBlue, 27391 DvbSubDestinationFontColorGreen, 27392 DvbSubDestinationFontColorRed, 27393 DvbSubDestinationFontColorWhite, 27394 DvbSubDestinationFontColorYellow, 27395 } 27396} 27397 27398// Dvb Sub Destination Outline Color 27399const ( 27400 // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value 27401 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlack = "BLACK" 27402 27403 // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlue is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value 27404 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlue = "BLUE" 27405 27406 // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorGreen is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value 27407 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorGreen = "GREEN" 27408 27409 // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorRed is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value 27410 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorRed = "RED" 27411 27412 // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value 27413 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorWhite = "WHITE" 27414 27415 // DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorYellow is a DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum value 27416 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorYellow = "YELLOW" 27417) 27418 27419// DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor enum 27420func DvbSubDestinationOutlineColor_Values() []string { 27421 return []string{ 27422 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlack, 27423 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorBlue, 27424 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorGreen, 27425 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorRed, 27426 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorWhite, 27427 DvbSubDestinationOutlineColorYellow, 27428 } 27429} 27430 27431// Dvb Sub Destination Shadow Color 27432const ( 27433 // DvbSubDestinationShadowColorBlack is a DvbSubDestinationShadowColor enum value 27434 DvbSubDestinationShadowColorBlack = "BLACK" 27435 27436 // DvbSubDestinationShadowColorNone is a DvbSubDestinationShadowColor enum value 27437 DvbSubDestinationShadowColorNone = "NONE" 27438 27439 // DvbSubDestinationShadowColorWhite is a DvbSubDestinationShadowColor enum value 27440 DvbSubDestinationShadowColorWhite = "WHITE" 27441) 27442 27443// DvbSubDestinationShadowColor_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubDestinationShadowColor enum 27444func DvbSubDestinationShadowColor_Values() []string { 27445 return []string{ 27446 DvbSubDestinationShadowColorBlack, 27447 DvbSubDestinationShadowColorNone, 27448 DvbSubDestinationShadowColorWhite, 27449 } 27450} 27451 27452// Dvb Sub Destination Teletext Grid Control 27453const ( 27454 // DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlFixed is a DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl enum value 27455 DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlFixed = "FIXED" 27456 27457 // DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlScaled is a DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl enum value 27458 DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlScaled = "SCALED" 27459) 27460 27461// DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl_Values returns all elements of the DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl enum 27462func DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControl_Values() []string { 27463 return []string{ 27464 DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlFixed, 27465 DvbSubDestinationTeletextGridControlScaled, 27466 } 27467} 27468 27469// Eac3 Attenuation Control 27470const ( 27471 // Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db is a Eac3AttenuationControl enum value 27472 Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db = "ATTENUATE_3_DB" 27473 27474 // Eac3AttenuationControlNone is a Eac3AttenuationControl enum value 27475 Eac3AttenuationControlNone = "NONE" 27476) 27477 27478// Eac3AttenuationControl_Values returns all elements of the Eac3AttenuationControl enum 27479func Eac3AttenuationControl_Values() []string { 27480 return []string{ 27481 Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db, 27482 Eac3AttenuationControlNone, 27483 } 27484} 27485 27486// Eac3 Bitstream Mode 27487const ( 27488 // Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 27489 Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary = "COMMENTARY" 27490 27491 // Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 27492 Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain = "COMPLETE_MAIN" 27493 27494 // Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 27495 Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency = "EMERGENCY" 27496 27497 // Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 27498 Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired = "HEARING_IMPAIRED" 27499 27500 // Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired is a Eac3BitstreamMode enum value 27501 Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED" 27502) 27503 27504// Eac3BitstreamMode_Values returns all elements of the Eac3BitstreamMode enum 27505func Eac3BitstreamMode_Values() []string { 27506 return []string{ 27507 Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary, 27508 Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain, 27509 Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency, 27510 Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired, 27511 Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired, 27512 } 27513} 27514 27515// Eac3 Coding Mode 27516const ( 27517 // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value 27518 Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" 27519 27520 // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value 27521 Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" 27522 27523 // Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 is a Eac3CodingMode enum value 27524 Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 = "CODING_MODE_3_2" 27525) 27526 27527// Eac3CodingMode_Values returns all elements of the Eac3CodingMode enum 27528func Eac3CodingMode_Values() []string { 27529 return []string{ 27530 Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10, 27531 Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20, 27532 Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32, 27533 } 27534} 27535 27536// Eac3 Dc Filter 27537const ( 27538 // Eac3DcFilterDisabled is a Eac3DcFilter enum value 27539 Eac3DcFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 27540 27541 // Eac3DcFilterEnabled is a Eac3DcFilter enum value 27542 Eac3DcFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 27543) 27544 27545// Eac3DcFilter_Values returns all elements of the Eac3DcFilter enum 27546func Eac3DcFilter_Values() []string { 27547 return []string{ 27548 Eac3DcFilterDisabled, 27549 Eac3DcFilterEnabled, 27550 } 27551} 27552 27553// Eac3 Drc Line 27554const ( 27555 // Eac3DrcLineFilmLight is a Eac3DrcLine enum value 27556 Eac3DrcLineFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT" 27557 27558 // Eac3DrcLineFilmStandard is a Eac3DrcLine enum value 27559 Eac3DrcLineFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD" 27560 27561 // Eac3DrcLineMusicLight is a Eac3DrcLine enum value 27562 Eac3DrcLineMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT" 27563 27564 // Eac3DrcLineMusicStandard is a Eac3DrcLine enum value 27565 Eac3DrcLineMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD" 27566 27567 // Eac3DrcLineNone is a Eac3DrcLine enum value 27568 Eac3DrcLineNone = "NONE" 27569 27570 // Eac3DrcLineSpeech is a Eac3DrcLine enum value 27571 Eac3DrcLineSpeech = "SPEECH" 27572) 27573 27574// Eac3DrcLine_Values returns all elements of the Eac3DrcLine enum 27575func Eac3DrcLine_Values() []string { 27576 return []string{ 27577 Eac3DrcLineFilmLight, 27578 Eac3DrcLineFilmStandard, 27579 Eac3DrcLineMusicLight, 27580 Eac3DrcLineMusicStandard, 27581 Eac3DrcLineNone, 27582 Eac3DrcLineSpeech, 27583 } 27584} 27585 27586// Eac3 Drc Rf 27587const ( 27588 // Eac3DrcRfFilmLight is a Eac3DrcRf enum value 27589 Eac3DrcRfFilmLight = "FILM_LIGHT" 27590 27591 // Eac3DrcRfFilmStandard is a Eac3DrcRf enum value 27592 Eac3DrcRfFilmStandard = "FILM_STANDARD" 27593 27594 // Eac3DrcRfMusicLight is a Eac3DrcRf enum value 27595 Eac3DrcRfMusicLight = "MUSIC_LIGHT" 27596 27597 // Eac3DrcRfMusicStandard is a Eac3DrcRf enum value 27598 Eac3DrcRfMusicStandard = "MUSIC_STANDARD" 27599 27600 // Eac3DrcRfNone is a Eac3DrcRf enum value 27601 Eac3DrcRfNone = "NONE" 27602 27603 // Eac3DrcRfSpeech is a Eac3DrcRf enum value 27604 Eac3DrcRfSpeech = "SPEECH" 27605) 27606 27607// Eac3DrcRf_Values returns all elements of the Eac3DrcRf enum 27608func Eac3DrcRf_Values() []string { 27609 return []string{ 27610 Eac3DrcRfFilmLight, 27611 Eac3DrcRfFilmStandard, 27612 Eac3DrcRfMusicLight, 27613 Eac3DrcRfMusicStandard, 27614 Eac3DrcRfNone, 27615 Eac3DrcRfSpeech, 27616 } 27617} 27618 27619// Eac3 Lfe Control 27620const ( 27621 // Eac3LfeControlLfe is a Eac3LfeControl enum value 27622 Eac3LfeControlLfe = "LFE" 27623 27624 // Eac3LfeControlNoLfe is a Eac3LfeControl enum value 27625 Eac3LfeControlNoLfe = "NO_LFE" 27626) 27627 27628// Eac3LfeControl_Values returns all elements of the Eac3LfeControl enum 27629func Eac3LfeControl_Values() []string { 27630 return []string{ 27631 Eac3LfeControlLfe, 27632 Eac3LfeControlNoLfe, 27633 } 27634} 27635 27636// Eac3 Lfe Filter 27637const ( 27638 // Eac3LfeFilterDisabled is a Eac3LfeFilter enum value 27639 Eac3LfeFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 27640 27641 // Eac3LfeFilterEnabled is a Eac3LfeFilter enum value 27642 Eac3LfeFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 27643) 27644 27645// Eac3LfeFilter_Values returns all elements of the Eac3LfeFilter enum 27646func Eac3LfeFilter_Values() []string { 27647 return []string{ 27648 Eac3LfeFilterDisabled, 27649 Eac3LfeFilterEnabled, 27650 } 27651} 27652 27653// Eac3 Metadata Control 27654const ( 27655 // Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput is a Eac3MetadataControl enum value 27656 Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput = "FOLLOW_INPUT" 27657 27658 // Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured is a Eac3MetadataControl enum value 27659 Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 27660) 27661 27662// Eac3MetadataControl_Values returns all elements of the Eac3MetadataControl enum 27663func Eac3MetadataControl_Values() []string { 27664 return []string{ 27665 Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput, 27666 Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured, 27667 } 27668} 27669 27670// Eac3 Passthrough Control 27671const ( 27672 // Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough is a Eac3PassthroughControl enum value 27673 Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 27674 27675 // Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible is a Eac3PassthroughControl enum value 27676 Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible = "WHEN_POSSIBLE" 27677) 27678 27679// Eac3PassthroughControl_Values returns all elements of the Eac3PassthroughControl enum 27680func Eac3PassthroughControl_Values() []string { 27681 return []string{ 27682 Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough, 27683 Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible, 27684 } 27685} 27686 27687// Eac3 Phase Control 27688const ( 27689 // Eac3PhaseControlNoShift is a Eac3PhaseControl enum value 27690 Eac3PhaseControlNoShift = "NO_SHIFT" 27691 27692 // Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees is a Eac3PhaseControl enum value 27693 Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees = "SHIFT_90_DEGREES" 27694) 27695 27696// Eac3PhaseControl_Values returns all elements of the Eac3PhaseControl enum 27697func Eac3PhaseControl_Values() []string { 27698 return []string{ 27699 Eac3PhaseControlNoShift, 27700 Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees, 27701 } 27702} 27703 27704// Eac3 Stereo Downmix 27705const ( 27706 // Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value 27707 Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2 = "DPL2" 27708 27709 // Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value 27710 Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo = "LO_RO" 27711 27712 // Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value 27713 Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt = "LT_RT" 27714 27715 // Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated is a Eac3StereoDownmix enum value 27716 Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED" 27717) 27718 27719// Eac3StereoDownmix_Values returns all elements of the Eac3StereoDownmix enum 27720func Eac3StereoDownmix_Values() []string { 27721 return []string{ 27722 Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2, 27723 Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo, 27724 Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt, 27725 Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated, 27726 } 27727} 27728 27729// Eac3 Surround Ex Mode 27730const ( 27731 // Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value 27732 Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled = "DISABLED" 27733 27734 // Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value 27735 Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled = "ENABLED" 27736 27737 // Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated is a Eac3SurroundExMode enum value 27738 Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED" 27739) 27740 27741// Eac3SurroundExMode_Values returns all elements of the Eac3SurroundExMode enum 27742func Eac3SurroundExMode_Values() []string { 27743 return []string{ 27744 Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled, 27745 Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled, 27746 Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated, 27747 } 27748} 27749 27750// Eac3 Surround Mode 27751const ( 27752 // Eac3SurroundModeDisabled is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value 27753 Eac3SurroundModeDisabled = "DISABLED" 27754 27755 // Eac3SurroundModeEnabled is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value 27756 Eac3SurroundModeEnabled = "ENABLED" 27757 27758 // Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated is a Eac3SurroundMode enum value 27759 Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated = "NOT_INDICATED" 27760) 27761 27762// Eac3SurroundMode_Values returns all elements of the Eac3SurroundMode enum 27763func Eac3SurroundMode_Values() []string { 27764 return []string{ 27765 Eac3SurroundModeDisabled, 27766 Eac3SurroundModeEnabled, 27767 Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated, 27768 } 27769} 27770 27771// Ebu Tt DDestination Style Control 27772const ( 27773 // EbuTtDDestinationStyleControlExclude is a EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl enum value 27774 EbuTtDDestinationStyleControlExclude = "EXCLUDE" 27775 27776 // EbuTtDDestinationStyleControlInclude is a EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl enum value 27777 EbuTtDDestinationStyleControlInclude = "INCLUDE" 27778) 27779 27780// EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl_Values returns all elements of the EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl enum 27781func EbuTtDDestinationStyleControl_Values() []string { 27782 return []string{ 27783 EbuTtDDestinationStyleControlExclude, 27784 EbuTtDDestinationStyleControlInclude, 27785 } 27786} 27787 27788// Ebu Tt DFill Line Gap Control 27789const ( 27790 // EbuTtDFillLineGapControlDisabled is a EbuTtDFillLineGapControl enum value 27791 EbuTtDFillLineGapControlDisabled = "DISABLED" 27792 27793 // EbuTtDFillLineGapControlEnabled is a EbuTtDFillLineGapControl enum value 27794 EbuTtDFillLineGapControlEnabled = "ENABLED" 27795) 27796 27797// EbuTtDFillLineGapControl_Values returns all elements of the EbuTtDFillLineGapControl enum 27798func EbuTtDFillLineGapControl_Values() []string { 27799 return []string{ 27800 EbuTtDFillLineGapControlDisabled, 27801 EbuTtDFillLineGapControlEnabled, 27802 } 27803} 27804 27805// Embedded Convert608 To708 27806const ( 27807 // EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled is a EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum value 27808 EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED" 27809 27810 // EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert is a EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum value 27811 EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT" 27812) 27813 27814// EmbeddedConvert608To708_Values returns all elements of the EmbeddedConvert608To708 enum 27815func EmbeddedConvert608To708_Values() []string { 27816 return []string{ 27817 EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled, 27818 EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert, 27819 } 27820} 27821 27822// Embedded Scte20 Detection 27823const ( 27824 // EmbeddedScte20DetectionAuto is a EmbeddedScte20Detection enum value 27825 EmbeddedScte20DetectionAuto = "AUTO" 27826 27827 // EmbeddedScte20DetectionOff is a EmbeddedScte20Detection enum value 27828 EmbeddedScte20DetectionOff = "OFF" 27829) 27830 27831// EmbeddedScte20Detection_Values returns all elements of the EmbeddedScte20Detection enum 27832func EmbeddedScte20Detection_Values() []string { 27833 return []string{ 27834 EmbeddedScte20DetectionAuto, 27835 EmbeddedScte20DetectionOff, 27836 } 27837} 27838 27839// Feature Activations Input Prepare Schedule Actions 27840const ( 27841 // FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActionsDisabled is a FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions enum value 27842 FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActionsDisabled = "DISABLED" 27843 27844 // FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActionsEnabled is a FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions enum value 27845 FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActionsEnabled = "ENABLED" 27846) 27847 27848// FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions_Values returns all elements of the FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions enum 27849func FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActions_Values() []string { 27850 return []string{ 27851 FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActionsDisabled, 27852 FeatureActivationsInputPrepareScheduleActionsEnabled, 27853 } 27854} 27855 27856// Fec Output Include Fec 27857const ( 27858 // FecOutputIncludeFecColumn is a FecOutputIncludeFec enum value 27859 FecOutputIncludeFecColumn = "COLUMN" 27860 27861 // FecOutputIncludeFecColumnAndRow is a FecOutputIncludeFec enum value 27862 FecOutputIncludeFecColumnAndRow = "COLUMN_AND_ROW" 27863) 27864 27865// FecOutputIncludeFec_Values returns all elements of the FecOutputIncludeFec enum 27866func FecOutputIncludeFec_Values() []string { 27867 return []string{ 27868 FecOutputIncludeFecColumn, 27869 FecOutputIncludeFecColumnAndRow, 27870 } 27871} 27872 27873// Fixed Afd 27874const ( 27875 // FixedAfdAfd0000 is a FixedAfd enum value 27876 FixedAfdAfd0000 = "AFD_0000" 27877 27878 // FixedAfdAfd0010 is a FixedAfd enum value 27879 FixedAfdAfd0010 = "AFD_0010" 27880 27881 // FixedAfdAfd0011 is a FixedAfd enum value 27882 FixedAfdAfd0011 = "AFD_0011" 27883 27884 // FixedAfdAfd0100 is a FixedAfd enum value 27885 FixedAfdAfd0100 = "AFD_0100" 27886 27887 // FixedAfdAfd1000 is a FixedAfd enum value 27888 FixedAfdAfd1000 = "AFD_1000" 27889 27890 // FixedAfdAfd1001 is a FixedAfd enum value 27891 FixedAfdAfd1001 = "AFD_1001" 27892 27893 // FixedAfdAfd1010 is a FixedAfd enum value 27894 FixedAfdAfd1010 = "AFD_1010" 27895 27896 // FixedAfdAfd1011 is a FixedAfd enum value 27897 FixedAfdAfd1011 = "AFD_1011" 27898 27899 // FixedAfdAfd1101 is a FixedAfd enum value 27900 FixedAfdAfd1101 = "AFD_1101" 27901 27902 // FixedAfdAfd1110 is a FixedAfd enum value 27903 FixedAfdAfd1110 = "AFD_1110" 27904 27905 // FixedAfdAfd1111 is a FixedAfd enum value 27906 FixedAfdAfd1111 = "AFD_1111" 27907) 27908 27909// FixedAfd_Values returns all elements of the FixedAfd enum 27910func FixedAfd_Values() []string { 27911 return []string{ 27912 FixedAfdAfd0000, 27913 FixedAfdAfd0010, 27914 FixedAfdAfd0011, 27915 FixedAfdAfd0100, 27916 FixedAfdAfd1000, 27917 FixedAfdAfd1001, 27918 FixedAfdAfd1010, 27919 FixedAfdAfd1011, 27920 FixedAfdAfd1101, 27921 FixedAfdAfd1110, 27922 FixedAfdAfd1111, 27923 } 27924} 27925 27926// Fmp4 Nielsen Id3 Behavior 27927const ( 27928 // Fmp4NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough is a Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior enum value 27929 Fmp4NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 27930 27931 // Fmp4NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough is a Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior enum value 27932 Fmp4NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 27933) 27934 27935// Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior_Values returns all elements of the Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior enum 27936func Fmp4NielsenId3Behavior_Values() []string { 27937 return []string{ 27938 Fmp4NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough, 27939 Fmp4NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough, 27940 } 27941} 27942 27943// Fmp4 Timed Metadata Behavior 27944const ( 27945 // Fmp4TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough is a Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior enum value 27946 Fmp4TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 27947 27948 // Fmp4TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough is a Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior enum value 27949 Fmp4TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 27950) 27951 27952// Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior_Values returns all elements of the Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior enum 27953func Fmp4TimedMetadataBehavior_Values() []string { 27954 return []string{ 27955 Fmp4TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough, 27956 Fmp4TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough, 27957 } 27958} 27959 27960// Follow reference point. 27961const ( 27962 // FollowPointEnd is a FollowPoint enum value 27963 FollowPointEnd = "END" 27964 27965 // FollowPointStart is a FollowPoint enum value 27966 FollowPointStart = "START" 27967) 27968 27969// FollowPoint_Values returns all elements of the FollowPoint enum 27970func FollowPoint_Values() []string { 27971 return []string{ 27972 FollowPointEnd, 27973 FollowPointStart, 27974 } 27975} 27976 27977// Frame Capture Interval Unit 27978const ( 27979 // FrameCaptureIntervalUnitMilliseconds is a FrameCaptureIntervalUnit enum value 27980 FrameCaptureIntervalUnitMilliseconds = "MILLISECONDS" 27981 27982 // FrameCaptureIntervalUnitSeconds is a FrameCaptureIntervalUnit enum value 27983 FrameCaptureIntervalUnitSeconds = "SECONDS" 27984) 27985 27986// FrameCaptureIntervalUnit_Values returns all elements of the FrameCaptureIntervalUnit enum 27987func FrameCaptureIntervalUnit_Values() []string { 27988 return []string{ 27989 FrameCaptureIntervalUnitMilliseconds, 27990 FrameCaptureIntervalUnitSeconds, 27991 } 27992} 27993 27994// Global Configuration Input End Action 27995const ( 27996 // GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionNone is a GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction enum value 27997 GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionNone = "NONE" 27998 27999 // GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionSwitchAndLoopInputs is a GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction enum value 28000 GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionSwitchAndLoopInputs = "SWITCH_AND_LOOP_INPUTS" 28001) 28002 28003// GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction_Values returns all elements of the GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction enum 28004func GlobalConfigurationInputEndAction_Values() []string { 28005 return []string{ 28006 GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionNone, 28007 GlobalConfigurationInputEndActionSwitchAndLoopInputs, 28008 } 28009} 28010 28011// Global Configuration Low Framerate Inputs 28012const ( 28013 // GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsDisabled is a GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs enum value 28014 GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsDisabled = "DISABLED" 28015 28016 // GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsEnabled is a GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs enum value 28017 GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsEnabled = "ENABLED" 28018) 28019 28020// GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs_Values returns all elements of the GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs enum 28021func GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputs_Values() []string { 28022 return []string{ 28023 GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsDisabled, 28024 GlobalConfigurationLowFramerateInputsEnabled, 28025 } 28026} 28027 28028// Global Configuration Output Locking Mode 28029const ( 28030 // GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModeEpochLocking is a GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode enum value 28031 GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModeEpochLocking = "EPOCH_LOCKING" 28032 28033 // GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModePipelineLocking is a GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode enum value 28034 GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModePipelineLocking = "PIPELINE_LOCKING" 28035) 28036 28037// GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode_Values returns all elements of the GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode enum 28038func GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingMode_Values() []string { 28039 return []string{ 28040 GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModeEpochLocking, 28041 GlobalConfigurationOutputLockingModePipelineLocking, 28042 } 28043} 28044 28045// Global Configuration Output Timing Source 28046const ( 28047 // GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceInputClock is a GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource enum value 28048 GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceInputClock = "INPUT_CLOCK" 28049 28050 // GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceSystemClock is a GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource enum value 28051 GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceSystemClock = "SYSTEM_CLOCK" 28052) 28053 28054// GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource_Values returns all elements of the GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource enum 28055func GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSource_Values() []string { 28056 return []string{ 28057 GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceInputClock, 28058 GlobalConfigurationOutputTimingSourceSystemClock, 28059 } 28060} 28061 28062// H264 Adaptive Quantization 28063const ( 28064 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 28065 H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH" 28066 28067 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 28068 H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER" 28069 28070 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 28071 H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW" 28072 28073 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 28074 H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX" 28075 28076 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 28077 H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM" 28078 28079 // H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a H264AdaptiveQuantization enum value 28080 H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF" 28081) 28082 28083// H264AdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the H264AdaptiveQuantization enum 28084func H264AdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string { 28085 return []string{ 28086 H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh, 28087 H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher, 28088 H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow, 28089 H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax, 28090 H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium, 28091 H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff, 28092 } 28093} 28094 28095// H264 Color Metadata 28096const ( 28097 // H264ColorMetadataIgnore is a H264ColorMetadata enum value 28098 H264ColorMetadataIgnore = "IGNORE" 28099 28100 // H264ColorMetadataInsert is a H264ColorMetadata enum value 28101 H264ColorMetadataInsert = "INSERT" 28102) 28103 28104// H264ColorMetadata_Values returns all elements of the H264ColorMetadata enum 28105func H264ColorMetadata_Values() []string { 28106 return []string{ 28107 H264ColorMetadataIgnore, 28108 H264ColorMetadataInsert, 28109 } 28110} 28111 28112// H264 Entropy Encoding 28113const ( 28114 // H264EntropyEncodingCabac is a H264EntropyEncoding enum value 28115 H264EntropyEncodingCabac = "CABAC" 28116 28117 // H264EntropyEncodingCavlc is a H264EntropyEncoding enum value 28118 H264EntropyEncodingCavlc = "CAVLC" 28119) 28120 28121// H264EntropyEncoding_Values returns all elements of the H264EntropyEncoding enum 28122func H264EntropyEncoding_Values() []string { 28123 return []string{ 28124 H264EntropyEncodingCabac, 28125 H264EntropyEncodingCavlc, 28126 } 28127} 28128 28129// H264 Flicker Aq 28130const ( 28131 // H264FlickerAqDisabled is a H264FlickerAq enum value 28132 H264FlickerAqDisabled = "DISABLED" 28133 28134 // H264FlickerAqEnabled is a H264FlickerAq enum value 28135 H264FlickerAqEnabled = "ENABLED" 28136) 28137 28138// H264FlickerAq_Values returns all elements of the H264FlickerAq enum 28139func H264FlickerAq_Values() []string { 28140 return []string{ 28141 H264FlickerAqDisabled, 28142 H264FlickerAqEnabled, 28143 } 28144} 28145 28146// H264 Force Field Pictures 28147const ( 28148 // H264ForceFieldPicturesDisabled is a H264ForceFieldPictures enum value 28149 H264ForceFieldPicturesDisabled = "DISABLED" 28150 28151 // H264ForceFieldPicturesEnabled is a H264ForceFieldPictures enum value 28152 H264ForceFieldPicturesEnabled = "ENABLED" 28153) 28154 28155// H264ForceFieldPictures_Values returns all elements of the H264ForceFieldPictures enum 28156func H264ForceFieldPictures_Values() []string { 28157 return []string{ 28158 H264ForceFieldPicturesDisabled, 28159 H264ForceFieldPicturesEnabled, 28160 } 28161} 28162 28163// H264 Framerate Control 28164const ( 28165 // H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource is a H264FramerateControl enum value 28166 H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" 28167 28168 // H264FramerateControlSpecified is a H264FramerateControl enum value 28169 H264FramerateControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" 28170) 28171 28172// H264FramerateControl_Values returns all elements of the H264FramerateControl enum 28173func H264FramerateControl_Values() []string { 28174 return []string{ 28175 H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource, 28176 H264FramerateControlSpecified, 28177 } 28178} 28179 28180// H264 Gop BReference 28181const ( 28182 // H264GopBReferenceDisabled is a H264GopBReference enum value 28183 H264GopBReferenceDisabled = "DISABLED" 28184 28185 // H264GopBReferenceEnabled is a H264GopBReference enum value 28186 H264GopBReferenceEnabled = "ENABLED" 28187) 28188 28189// H264GopBReference_Values returns all elements of the H264GopBReference enum 28190func H264GopBReference_Values() []string { 28191 return []string{ 28192 H264GopBReferenceDisabled, 28193 H264GopBReferenceEnabled, 28194 } 28195} 28196 28197// H264 Gop Size Units 28198const ( 28199 // H264GopSizeUnitsFrames is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value 28200 H264GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES" 28201 28202 // H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a H264GopSizeUnits enum value 28203 H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS" 28204) 28205 28206// H264GopSizeUnits_Values returns all elements of the H264GopSizeUnits enum 28207func H264GopSizeUnits_Values() []string { 28208 return []string{ 28209 H264GopSizeUnitsFrames, 28210 H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds, 28211 } 28212} 28213 28214// H264 Level 28215const ( 28216 // H264LevelH264Level1 is a H264Level enum value 28217 H264LevelH264Level1 = "H264_LEVEL_1" 28218 28219 // H264LevelH264Level11 is a H264Level enum value 28220 H264LevelH264Level11 = "H264_LEVEL_1_1" 28221 28222 // H264LevelH264Level12 is a H264Level enum value 28223 H264LevelH264Level12 = "H264_LEVEL_1_2" 28224 28225 // H264LevelH264Level13 is a H264Level enum value 28226 H264LevelH264Level13 = "H264_LEVEL_1_3" 28227 28228 // H264LevelH264Level2 is a H264Level enum value 28229 H264LevelH264Level2 = "H264_LEVEL_2" 28230 28231 // H264LevelH264Level21 is a H264Level enum value 28232 H264LevelH264Level21 = "H264_LEVEL_2_1" 28233 28234 // H264LevelH264Level22 is a H264Level enum value 28235 H264LevelH264Level22 = "H264_LEVEL_2_2" 28236 28237 // H264LevelH264Level3 is a H264Level enum value 28238 H264LevelH264Level3 = "H264_LEVEL_3" 28239 28240 // H264LevelH264Level31 is a H264Level enum value 28241 H264LevelH264Level31 = "H264_LEVEL_3_1" 28242 28243 // H264LevelH264Level32 is a H264Level enum value 28244 H264LevelH264Level32 = "H264_LEVEL_3_2" 28245 28246 // H264LevelH264Level4 is a H264Level enum value 28247 H264LevelH264Level4 = "H264_LEVEL_4" 28248 28249 // H264LevelH264Level41 is a H264Level enum value 28250 H264LevelH264Level41 = "H264_LEVEL_4_1" 28251 28252 // H264LevelH264Level42 is a H264Level enum value 28253 H264LevelH264Level42 = "H264_LEVEL_4_2" 28254 28255 // H264LevelH264Level5 is a H264Level enum value 28256 H264LevelH264Level5 = "H264_LEVEL_5" 28257 28258 // H264LevelH264Level51 is a H264Level enum value 28259 H264LevelH264Level51 = "H264_LEVEL_5_1" 28260 28261 // H264LevelH264Level52 is a H264Level enum value 28262 H264LevelH264Level52 = "H264_LEVEL_5_2" 28263 28264 // H264LevelH264LevelAuto is a H264Level enum value 28265 H264LevelH264LevelAuto = "H264_LEVEL_AUTO" 28266) 28267 28268// H264Level_Values returns all elements of the H264Level enum 28269func H264Level_Values() []string { 28270 return []string{ 28271 H264LevelH264Level1, 28272 H264LevelH264Level11, 28273 H264LevelH264Level12, 28274 H264LevelH264Level13, 28275 H264LevelH264Level2, 28276 H264LevelH264Level21, 28277 H264LevelH264Level22, 28278 H264LevelH264Level3, 28279 H264LevelH264Level31, 28280 H264LevelH264Level32, 28281 H264LevelH264Level4, 28282 H264LevelH264Level41, 28283 H264LevelH264Level42, 28284 H264LevelH264Level5, 28285 H264LevelH264Level51, 28286 H264LevelH264Level52, 28287 H264LevelH264LevelAuto, 28288 } 28289} 28290 28291// H264 Look Ahead Rate Control 28292const ( 28293 // H264LookAheadRateControlHigh is a H264LookAheadRateControl enum value 28294 H264LookAheadRateControlHigh = "HIGH" 28295 28296 // H264LookAheadRateControlLow is a H264LookAheadRateControl enum value 28297 H264LookAheadRateControlLow = "LOW" 28298 28299 // H264LookAheadRateControlMedium is a H264LookAheadRateControl enum value 28300 H264LookAheadRateControlMedium = "MEDIUM" 28301) 28302 28303// H264LookAheadRateControl_Values returns all elements of the H264LookAheadRateControl enum 28304func H264LookAheadRateControl_Values() []string { 28305 return []string{ 28306 H264LookAheadRateControlHigh, 28307 H264LookAheadRateControlLow, 28308 H264LookAheadRateControlMedium, 28309 } 28310} 28311 28312// H264 Par Control 28313const ( 28314 // H264ParControlInitializeFromSource is a H264ParControl enum value 28315 H264ParControlInitializeFromSource = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE" 28316 28317 // H264ParControlSpecified is a H264ParControl enum value 28318 H264ParControlSpecified = "SPECIFIED" 28319) 28320 28321// H264ParControl_Values returns all elements of the H264ParControl enum 28322func H264ParControl_Values() []string { 28323 return []string{ 28324 H264ParControlInitializeFromSource, 28325 H264ParControlSpecified, 28326 } 28327} 28328 28329// H264 Profile 28330const ( 28331 // H264ProfileBaseline is a H264Profile enum value 28332 H264ProfileBaseline = "BASELINE" 28333 28334 // H264ProfileHigh is a H264Profile enum value 28335 H264ProfileHigh = "HIGH" 28336 28337 // H264ProfileHigh10bit is a H264Profile enum value 28338 H264ProfileHigh10bit = "HIGH_10BIT" 28339 28340 // H264ProfileHigh422 is a H264Profile enum value 28341 H264ProfileHigh422 = "HIGH_422" 28342 28343 // H264ProfileHigh42210bit is a H264Profile enum value 28344 H264ProfileHigh42210bit = "HIGH_422_10BIT" 28345 28346 // H264ProfileMain is a H264Profile enum value 28347 H264ProfileMain = "MAIN" 28348) 28349 28350// H264Profile_Values returns all elements of the H264Profile enum 28351func H264Profile_Values() []string { 28352 return []string{ 28353 H264ProfileBaseline, 28354 H264ProfileHigh, 28355 H264ProfileHigh10bit, 28356 H264ProfileHigh422, 28357 H264ProfileHigh42210bit, 28358 H264ProfileMain, 28359 } 28360} 28361 28362// H264 Quality Level 28363const ( 28364 // H264QualityLevelEnhancedQuality is a H264QualityLevel enum value 28365 H264QualityLevelEnhancedQuality = "ENHANCED_QUALITY" 28366 28367 // H264QualityLevelStandardQuality is a H264QualityLevel enum value 28368 H264QualityLevelStandardQuality = "STANDARD_QUALITY" 28369) 28370 28371// H264QualityLevel_Values returns all elements of the H264QualityLevel enum 28372func H264QualityLevel_Values() []string { 28373 return []string{ 28374 H264QualityLevelEnhancedQuality, 28375 H264QualityLevelStandardQuality, 28376 } 28377} 28378 28379// H264 Rate Control Mode 28380const ( 28381 // H264RateControlModeCbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value 28382 H264RateControlModeCbr = "CBR" 28383 28384 // H264RateControlModeMultiplex is a H264RateControlMode enum value 28385 H264RateControlModeMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX" 28386 28387 // H264RateControlModeQvbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value 28388 H264RateControlModeQvbr = "QVBR" 28389 28390 // H264RateControlModeVbr is a H264RateControlMode enum value 28391 H264RateControlModeVbr = "VBR" 28392) 28393 28394// H264RateControlMode_Values returns all elements of the H264RateControlMode enum 28395func H264RateControlMode_Values() []string { 28396 return []string{ 28397 H264RateControlModeCbr, 28398 H264RateControlModeMultiplex, 28399 H264RateControlModeQvbr, 28400 H264RateControlModeVbr, 28401 } 28402} 28403 28404// H264 Scan Type 28405const ( 28406 // H264ScanTypeInterlaced is a H264ScanType enum value 28407 H264ScanTypeInterlaced = "INTERLACED" 28408 28409 // H264ScanTypeProgressive is a H264ScanType enum value 28410 H264ScanTypeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE" 28411) 28412 28413// H264ScanType_Values returns all elements of the H264ScanType enum 28414func H264ScanType_Values() []string { 28415 return []string{ 28416 H264ScanTypeInterlaced, 28417 H264ScanTypeProgressive, 28418 } 28419} 28420 28421// H264 Scene Change Detect 28422const ( 28423 // H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value 28424 H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED" 28425 28426 // H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a H264SceneChangeDetect enum value 28427 H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED" 28428) 28429 28430// H264SceneChangeDetect_Values returns all elements of the H264SceneChangeDetect enum 28431func H264SceneChangeDetect_Values() []string { 28432 return []string{ 28433 H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled, 28434 H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled, 28435 } 28436} 28437 28438// H264 Spatial Aq 28439const ( 28440 // H264SpatialAqDisabled is a H264SpatialAq enum value 28441 H264SpatialAqDisabled = "DISABLED" 28442 28443 // H264SpatialAqEnabled is a H264SpatialAq enum value 28444 H264SpatialAqEnabled = "ENABLED" 28445) 28446 28447// H264SpatialAq_Values returns all elements of the H264SpatialAq enum 28448func H264SpatialAq_Values() []string { 28449 return []string{ 28450 H264SpatialAqDisabled, 28451 H264SpatialAqEnabled, 28452 } 28453} 28454 28455// H264 Sub Gop Length 28456const ( 28457 // H264SubGopLengthDynamic is a H264SubGopLength enum value 28458 H264SubGopLengthDynamic = "DYNAMIC" 28459 28460 // H264SubGopLengthFixed is a H264SubGopLength enum value 28461 H264SubGopLengthFixed = "FIXED" 28462) 28463 28464// H264SubGopLength_Values returns all elements of the H264SubGopLength enum 28465func H264SubGopLength_Values() []string { 28466 return []string{ 28467 H264SubGopLengthDynamic, 28468 H264SubGopLengthFixed, 28469 } 28470} 28471 28472// H264 Syntax 28473const ( 28474 // H264SyntaxDefault is a H264Syntax enum value 28475 H264SyntaxDefault = "DEFAULT" 28476 28477 // H264SyntaxRp2027 is a H264Syntax enum value 28478 H264SyntaxRp2027 = "RP2027" 28479) 28480 28481// H264Syntax_Values returns all elements of the H264Syntax enum 28482func H264Syntax_Values() []string { 28483 return []string{ 28484 H264SyntaxDefault, 28485 H264SyntaxRp2027, 28486 } 28487} 28488 28489// H264 Temporal Aq 28490const ( 28491 // H264TemporalAqDisabled is a H264TemporalAq enum value 28492 H264TemporalAqDisabled = "DISABLED" 28493 28494 // H264TemporalAqEnabled is a H264TemporalAq enum value 28495 H264TemporalAqEnabled = "ENABLED" 28496) 28497 28498// H264TemporalAq_Values returns all elements of the H264TemporalAq enum 28499func H264TemporalAq_Values() []string { 28500 return []string{ 28501 H264TemporalAqDisabled, 28502 H264TemporalAqEnabled, 28503 } 28504} 28505 28506// H264 Timecode Insertion Behavior 28507const ( 28508 // H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled is a H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value 28509 H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled = "DISABLED" 28510 28511 // H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei is a H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value 28512 H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei = "PIC_TIMING_SEI" 28513) 28514 28515// H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior_Values returns all elements of the H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum 28516func H264TimecodeInsertionBehavior_Values() []string { 28517 return []string{ 28518 H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled, 28519 H264TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei, 28520 } 28521} 28522 28523// H265 Adaptive Quantization 28524const ( 28525 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 28526 H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH" 28527 28528 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 28529 H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher = "HIGHER" 28530 28531 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 28532 H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW" 28533 28534 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 28535 H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax = "MAX" 28536 28537 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 28538 H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM" 28539 28540 // H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a H265AdaptiveQuantization enum value 28541 H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF" 28542) 28543 28544// H265AdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the H265AdaptiveQuantization enum 28545func H265AdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string { 28546 return []string{ 28547 H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh, 28548 H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher, 28549 H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow, 28550 H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax, 28551 H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium, 28552 H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff, 28553 } 28554} 28555 28556// H265 Alternative Transfer Function 28557const ( 28558 // H265AlternativeTransferFunctionInsert is a H265AlternativeTransferFunction enum value 28559 H265AlternativeTransferFunctionInsert = "INSERT" 28560 28561 // H265AlternativeTransferFunctionOmit is a H265AlternativeTransferFunction enum value 28562 H265AlternativeTransferFunctionOmit = "OMIT" 28563) 28564 28565// H265AlternativeTransferFunction_Values returns all elements of the H265AlternativeTransferFunction enum 28566func H265AlternativeTransferFunction_Values() []string { 28567 return []string{ 28568 H265AlternativeTransferFunctionInsert, 28569 H265AlternativeTransferFunctionOmit, 28570 } 28571} 28572 28573// H265 Color Metadata 28574const ( 28575 // H265ColorMetadataIgnore is a H265ColorMetadata enum value 28576 H265ColorMetadataIgnore = "IGNORE" 28577 28578 // H265ColorMetadataInsert is a H265ColorMetadata enum value 28579 H265ColorMetadataInsert = "INSERT" 28580) 28581 28582// H265ColorMetadata_Values returns all elements of the H265ColorMetadata enum 28583func H265ColorMetadata_Values() []string { 28584 return []string{ 28585 H265ColorMetadataIgnore, 28586 H265ColorMetadataInsert, 28587 } 28588} 28589 28590// H265 Flicker Aq 28591const ( 28592 // H265FlickerAqDisabled is a H265FlickerAq enum value 28593 H265FlickerAqDisabled = "DISABLED" 28594 28595 // H265FlickerAqEnabled is a H265FlickerAq enum value 28596 H265FlickerAqEnabled = "ENABLED" 28597) 28598 28599// H265FlickerAq_Values returns all elements of the H265FlickerAq enum 28600func H265FlickerAq_Values() []string { 28601 return []string{ 28602 H265FlickerAqDisabled, 28603 H265FlickerAqEnabled, 28604 } 28605} 28606 28607// H265 Gop Size Units 28608const ( 28609 // H265GopSizeUnitsFrames is a H265GopSizeUnits enum value 28610 H265GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES" 28611 28612 // H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a H265GopSizeUnits enum value 28613 H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS" 28614) 28615 28616// H265GopSizeUnits_Values returns all elements of the H265GopSizeUnits enum 28617func H265GopSizeUnits_Values() []string { 28618 return []string{ 28619 H265GopSizeUnitsFrames, 28620 H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds, 28621 } 28622} 28623 28624// H265 Level 28625const ( 28626 // H265LevelH265Level1 is a H265Level enum value 28627 H265LevelH265Level1 = "H265_LEVEL_1" 28628 28629 // H265LevelH265Level2 is a H265Level enum value 28630 H265LevelH265Level2 = "H265_LEVEL_2" 28631 28632 // H265LevelH265Level21 is a H265Level enum value 28633 H265LevelH265Level21 = "H265_LEVEL_2_1" 28634 28635 // H265LevelH265Level3 is a H265Level enum value 28636 H265LevelH265Level3 = "H265_LEVEL_3" 28637 28638 // H265LevelH265Level31 is a H265Level enum value 28639 H265LevelH265Level31 = "H265_LEVEL_3_1" 28640 28641 // H265LevelH265Level4 is a H265Level enum value 28642 H265LevelH265Level4 = "H265_LEVEL_4" 28643 28644 // H265LevelH265Level41 is a H265Level enum value 28645 H265LevelH265Level41 = "H265_LEVEL_4_1" 28646 28647 // H265LevelH265Level5 is a H265Level enum value 28648 H265LevelH265Level5 = "H265_LEVEL_5" 28649 28650 // H265LevelH265Level51 is a H265Level enum value 28651 H265LevelH265Level51 = "H265_LEVEL_5_1" 28652 28653 // H265LevelH265Level52 is a H265Level enum value 28654 H265LevelH265Level52 = "H265_LEVEL_5_2" 28655 28656 // H265LevelH265Level6 is a H265Level enum value 28657 H265LevelH265Level6 = "H265_LEVEL_6" 28658 28659 // H265LevelH265Level61 is a H265Level enum value 28660 H265LevelH265Level61 = "H265_LEVEL_6_1" 28661 28662 // H265LevelH265Level62 is a H265Level enum value 28663 H265LevelH265Level62 = "H265_LEVEL_6_2" 28664 28665 // H265LevelH265LevelAuto is a H265Level enum value 28666 H265LevelH265LevelAuto = "H265_LEVEL_AUTO" 28667) 28668 28669// H265Level_Values returns all elements of the H265Level enum 28670func H265Level_Values() []string { 28671 return []string{ 28672 H265LevelH265Level1, 28673 H265LevelH265Level2, 28674 H265LevelH265Level21, 28675 H265LevelH265Level3, 28676 H265LevelH265Level31, 28677 H265LevelH265Level4, 28678 H265LevelH265Level41, 28679 H265LevelH265Level5, 28680 H265LevelH265Level51, 28681 H265LevelH265Level52, 28682 H265LevelH265Level6, 28683 H265LevelH265Level61, 28684 H265LevelH265Level62, 28685 H265LevelH265LevelAuto, 28686 } 28687} 28688 28689// H265 Look Ahead Rate Control 28690const ( 28691 // H265LookAheadRateControlHigh is a H265LookAheadRateControl enum value 28692 H265LookAheadRateControlHigh = "HIGH" 28693 28694 // H265LookAheadRateControlLow is a H265LookAheadRateControl enum value 28695 H265LookAheadRateControlLow = "LOW" 28696 28697 // H265LookAheadRateControlMedium is a H265LookAheadRateControl enum value 28698 H265LookAheadRateControlMedium = "MEDIUM" 28699) 28700 28701// H265LookAheadRateControl_Values returns all elements of the H265LookAheadRateControl enum 28702func H265LookAheadRateControl_Values() []string { 28703 return []string{ 28704 H265LookAheadRateControlHigh, 28705 H265LookAheadRateControlLow, 28706 H265LookAheadRateControlMedium, 28707 } 28708} 28709 28710// H265 Profile 28711const ( 28712 // H265ProfileMain is a H265Profile enum value 28713 H265ProfileMain = "MAIN" 28714 28715 // H265ProfileMain10bit is a H265Profile enum value 28716 H265ProfileMain10bit = "MAIN_10BIT" 28717) 28718 28719// H265Profile_Values returns all elements of the H265Profile enum 28720func H265Profile_Values() []string { 28721 return []string{ 28722 H265ProfileMain, 28723 H265ProfileMain10bit, 28724 } 28725} 28726 28727// H265 Rate Control Mode 28728const ( 28729 // H265RateControlModeCbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value 28730 H265RateControlModeCbr = "CBR" 28731 28732 // H265RateControlModeMultiplex is a H265RateControlMode enum value 28733 H265RateControlModeMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX" 28734 28735 // H265RateControlModeQvbr is a H265RateControlMode enum value 28736 H265RateControlModeQvbr = "QVBR" 28737) 28738 28739// H265RateControlMode_Values returns all elements of the H265RateControlMode enum 28740func H265RateControlMode_Values() []string { 28741 return []string{ 28742 H265RateControlModeCbr, 28743 H265RateControlModeMultiplex, 28744 H265RateControlModeQvbr, 28745 } 28746} 28747 28748// H265 Scan Type 28749const ( 28750 // H265ScanTypeInterlaced is a H265ScanType enum value 28751 H265ScanTypeInterlaced = "INTERLACED" 28752 28753 // H265ScanTypeProgressive is a H265ScanType enum value 28754 H265ScanTypeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE" 28755) 28756 28757// H265ScanType_Values returns all elements of the H265ScanType enum 28758func H265ScanType_Values() []string { 28759 return []string{ 28760 H265ScanTypeInterlaced, 28761 H265ScanTypeProgressive, 28762 } 28763} 28764 28765// H265 Scene Change Detect 28766const ( 28767 // H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled is a H265SceneChangeDetect enum value 28768 H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled = "DISABLED" 28769 28770 // H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled is a H265SceneChangeDetect enum value 28771 H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled = "ENABLED" 28772) 28773 28774// H265SceneChangeDetect_Values returns all elements of the H265SceneChangeDetect enum 28775func H265SceneChangeDetect_Values() []string { 28776 return []string{ 28777 H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled, 28778 H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled, 28779 } 28780} 28781 28782// H265 Tier 28783const ( 28784 // H265TierHigh is a H265Tier enum value 28785 H265TierHigh = "HIGH" 28786 28787 // H265TierMain is a H265Tier enum value 28788 H265TierMain = "MAIN" 28789) 28790 28791// H265Tier_Values returns all elements of the H265Tier enum 28792func H265Tier_Values() []string { 28793 return []string{ 28794 H265TierHigh, 28795 H265TierMain, 28796 } 28797} 28798 28799// H265 Timecode Insertion Behavior 28800const ( 28801 // H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled is a H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value 28802 H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled = "DISABLED" 28803 28804 // H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei is a H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value 28805 H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei = "PIC_TIMING_SEI" 28806) 28807 28808// H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior_Values returns all elements of the H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum 28809func H265TimecodeInsertionBehavior_Values() []string { 28810 return []string{ 28811 H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled, 28812 H265TimecodeInsertionBehaviorPicTimingSei, 28813 } 28814} 28815 28816// Hls Ad Markers 28817const ( 28818 // HlsAdMarkersAdobe is a HlsAdMarkers enum value 28819 HlsAdMarkersAdobe = "ADOBE" 28820 28821 // HlsAdMarkersElemental is a HlsAdMarkers enum value 28822 HlsAdMarkersElemental = "ELEMENTAL" 28823 28824 // HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 is a HlsAdMarkers enum value 28825 HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 = "ELEMENTAL_SCTE35" 28826) 28827 28828// HlsAdMarkers_Values returns all elements of the HlsAdMarkers enum 28829func HlsAdMarkers_Values() []string { 28830 return []string{ 28831 HlsAdMarkersAdobe, 28832 HlsAdMarkersElemental, 28833 HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35, 28834 } 28835} 28836 28837// Hls Akamai Http Transfer Mode 28838const ( 28839 // HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeChunked is a HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode enum value 28840 HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeChunked = "CHUNKED" 28841 28842 // HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeNonChunked is a HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode enum value 28843 HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeNonChunked = "NON_CHUNKED" 28844) 28845 28846// HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode_Values returns all elements of the HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode enum 28847func HlsAkamaiHttpTransferMode_Values() []string { 28848 return []string{ 28849 HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeChunked, 28850 HlsAkamaiHttpTransferModeNonChunked, 28851 } 28852} 28853 28854// Hls Caption Language Setting 28855const ( 28856 // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value 28857 HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert = "INSERT" 28858 28859 // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value 28860 HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone = "NONE" 28861 28862 // HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit is a HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum value 28863 HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit = "OMIT" 28864) 28865 28866// HlsCaptionLanguageSetting_Values returns all elements of the HlsCaptionLanguageSetting enum 28867func HlsCaptionLanguageSetting_Values() []string { 28868 return []string{ 28869 HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert, 28870 HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone, 28871 HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit, 28872 } 28873} 28874 28875// Hls Client Cache 28876const ( 28877 // HlsClientCacheDisabled is a HlsClientCache enum value 28878 HlsClientCacheDisabled = "DISABLED" 28879 28880 // HlsClientCacheEnabled is a HlsClientCache enum value 28881 HlsClientCacheEnabled = "ENABLED" 28882) 28883 28884// HlsClientCache_Values returns all elements of the HlsClientCache enum 28885func HlsClientCache_Values() []string { 28886 return []string{ 28887 HlsClientCacheDisabled, 28888 HlsClientCacheEnabled, 28889 } 28890} 28891 28892// Hls Codec Specification 28893const ( 28894 // HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 is a HlsCodecSpecification enum value 28895 HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 = "RFC_4281" 28896 28897 // HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 is a HlsCodecSpecification enum value 28898 HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 = "RFC_6381" 28899) 28900 28901// HlsCodecSpecification_Values returns all elements of the HlsCodecSpecification enum 28902func HlsCodecSpecification_Values() []string { 28903 return []string{ 28904 HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281, 28905 HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381, 28906 } 28907} 28908 28909// Hls Directory Structure 28910const ( 28911 // HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory is a HlsDirectoryStructure enum value 28912 HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory = "SINGLE_DIRECTORY" 28913 28914 // HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream is a HlsDirectoryStructure enum value 28915 HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream = "SUBDIRECTORY_PER_STREAM" 28916) 28917 28918// HlsDirectoryStructure_Values returns all elements of the HlsDirectoryStructure enum 28919func HlsDirectoryStructure_Values() []string { 28920 return []string{ 28921 HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory, 28922 HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream, 28923 } 28924} 28925 28926// Hls Discontinuity Tags 28927const ( 28928 // HlsDiscontinuityTagsInsert is a HlsDiscontinuityTags enum value 28929 HlsDiscontinuityTagsInsert = "INSERT" 28930 28931 // HlsDiscontinuityTagsNeverInsert is a HlsDiscontinuityTags enum value 28932 HlsDiscontinuityTagsNeverInsert = "NEVER_INSERT" 28933) 28934 28935// HlsDiscontinuityTags_Values returns all elements of the HlsDiscontinuityTags enum 28936func HlsDiscontinuityTags_Values() []string { 28937 return []string{ 28938 HlsDiscontinuityTagsInsert, 28939 HlsDiscontinuityTagsNeverInsert, 28940 } 28941} 28942 28943// Hls Encryption Type 28944const ( 28945 // HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 is a HlsEncryptionType enum value 28946 HlsEncryptionTypeAes128 = "AES128" 28947 28948 // HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes is a HlsEncryptionType enum value 28949 HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes = "SAMPLE_AES" 28950) 28951 28952// HlsEncryptionType_Values returns all elements of the HlsEncryptionType enum 28953func HlsEncryptionType_Values() []string { 28954 return []string{ 28955 HlsEncryptionTypeAes128, 28956 HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes, 28957 } 28958} 28959 28960// Hls H265 Packaging Type 28961const ( 28962 // HlsH265PackagingTypeHev1 is a HlsH265PackagingType enum value 28963 HlsH265PackagingTypeHev1 = "HEV1" 28964 28965 // HlsH265PackagingTypeHvc1 is a HlsH265PackagingType enum value 28966 HlsH265PackagingTypeHvc1 = "HVC1" 28967) 28968 28969// HlsH265PackagingType_Values returns all elements of the HlsH265PackagingType enum 28970func HlsH265PackagingType_Values() []string { 28971 return []string{ 28972 HlsH265PackagingTypeHev1, 28973 HlsH265PackagingTypeHvc1, 28974 } 28975} 28976 28977// State of HLS ID3 Segment Tagging 28978const ( 28979 // HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateDisabled is a HlsId3SegmentTaggingState enum value 28980 HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateDisabled = "DISABLED" 28981 28982 // HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateEnabled is a HlsId3SegmentTaggingState enum value 28983 HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateEnabled = "ENABLED" 28984) 28985 28986// HlsId3SegmentTaggingState_Values returns all elements of the HlsId3SegmentTaggingState enum 28987func HlsId3SegmentTaggingState_Values() []string { 28988 return []string{ 28989 HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateDisabled, 28990 HlsId3SegmentTaggingStateEnabled, 28991 } 28992} 28993 28994// Hls Incomplete Segment Behavior 28995const ( 28996 // HlsIncompleteSegmentBehaviorAuto is a HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior enum value 28997 HlsIncompleteSegmentBehaviorAuto = "AUTO" 28998 28999 // HlsIncompleteSegmentBehaviorSuppress is a HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior enum value 29000 HlsIncompleteSegmentBehaviorSuppress = "SUPPRESS" 29001) 29002 29003// HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior_Values returns all elements of the HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior enum 29004func HlsIncompleteSegmentBehavior_Values() []string { 29005 return []string{ 29006 HlsIncompleteSegmentBehaviorAuto, 29007 HlsIncompleteSegmentBehaviorSuppress, 29008 } 29009} 29010 29011// Hls Iv In Manifest 29012const ( 29013 // HlsIvInManifestExclude is a HlsIvInManifest enum value 29014 HlsIvInManifestExclude = "EXCLUDE" 29015 29016 // HlsIvInManifestInclude is a HlsIvInManifest enum value 29017 HlsIvInManifestInclude = "INCLUDE" 29018) 29019 29020// HlsIvInManifest_Values returns all elements of the HlsIvInManifest enum 29021func HlsIvInManifest_Values() []string { 29022 return []string{ 29023 HlsIvInManifestExclude, 29024 HlsIvInManifestInclude, 29025 } 29026} 29027 29028// Hls Iv Source 29029const ( 29030 // HlsIvSourceExplicit is a HlsIvSource enum value 29031 HlsIvSourceExplicit = "EXPLICIT" 29032 29033 // HlsIvSourceFollowsSegmentNumber is a HlsIvSource enum value 29034 HlsIvSourceFollowsSegmentNumber = "FOLLOWS_SEGMENT_NUMBER" 29035) 29036 29037// HlsIvSource_Values returns all elements of the HlsIvSource enum 29038func HlsIvSource_Values() []string { 29039 return []string{ 29040 HlsIvSourceExplicit, 29041 HlsIvSourceFollowsSegmentNumber, 29042 } 29043} 29044 29045// Hls Manifest Compression 29046const ( 29047 // HlsManifestCompressionGzip is a HlsManifestCompression enum value 29048 HlsManifestCompressionGzip = "GZIP" 29049 29050 // HlsManifestCompressionNone is a HlsManifestCompression enum value 29051 HlsManifestCompressionNone = "NONE" 29052) 29053 29054// HlsManifestCompression_Values returns all elements of the HlsManifestCompression enum 29055func HlsManifestCompression_Values() []string { 29056 return []string{ 29057 HlsManifestCompressionGzip, 29058 HlsManifestCompressionNone, 29059 } 29060} 29061 29062// Hls Manifest Duration Format 29063const ( 29064 // HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint is a HlsManifestDurationFormat enum value 29065 HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint = "FLOATING_POINT" 29066 29067 // HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger is a HlsManifestDurationFormat enum value 29068 HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger = "INTEGER" 29069) 29070 29071// HlsManifestDurationFormat_Values returns all elements of the HlsManifestDurationFormat enum 29072func HlsManifestDurationFormat_Values() []string { 29073 return []string{ 29074 HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint, 29075 HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger, 29076 } 29077} 29078 29079// Hls Media Store Storage Class 29080const ( 29081 // HlsMediaStoreStorageClassTemporal is a HlsMediaStoreStorageClass enum value 29082 HlsMediaStoreStorageClassTemporal = "TEMPORAL" 29083) 29084 29085// HlsMediaStoreStorageClass_Values returns all elements of the HlsMediaStoreStorageClass enum 29086func HlsMediaStoreStorageClass_Values() []string { 29087 return []string{ 29088 HlsMediaStoreStorageClassTemporal, 29089 } 29090} 29091 29092// Hls Mode 29093const ( 29094 // HlsModeLive is a HlsMode enum value 29095 HlsModeLive = "LIVE" 29096 29097 // HlsModeVod is a HlsMode enum value 29098 HlsModeVod = "VOD" 29099) 29100 29101// HlsMode_Values returns all elements of the HlsMode enum 29102func HlsMode_Values() []string { 29103 return []string{ 29104 HlsModeLive, 29105 HlsModeVod, 29106 } 29107} 29108 29109// Hls Output Selection 29110const ( 29111 // HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments is a HlsOutputSelection enum value 29112 HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments = "MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS" 29113 29114 // HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly is a HlsOutputSelection enum value 29115 HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly = "SEGMENTS_ONLY" 29116 29117 // HlsOutputSelectionVariantManifestsAndSegments is a HlsOutputSelection enum value 29118 HlsOutputSelectionVariantManifestsAndSegments = "VARIANT_MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS" 29119) 29120 29121// HlsOutputSelection_Values returns all elements of the HlsOutputSelection enum 29122func HlsOutputSelection_Values() []string { 29123 return []string{ 29124 HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments, 29125 HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly, 29126 HlsOutputSelectionVariantManifestsAndSegments, 29127 } 29128} 29129 29130// Hls Program Date Time 29131const ( 29132 // HlsProgramDateTimeExclude is a HlsProgramDateTime enum value 29133 HlsProgramDateTimeExclude = "EXCLUDE" 29134 29135 // HlsProgramDateTimeInclude is a HlsProgramDateTime enum value 29136 HlsProgramDateTimeInclude = "INCLUDE" 29137) 29138 29139// HlsProgramDateTime_Values returns all elements of the HlsProgramDateTime enum 29140func HlsProgramDateTime_Values() []string { 29141 return []string{ 29142 HlsProgramDateTimeExclude, 29143 HlsProgramDateTimeInclude, 29144 } 29145} 29146 29147// Hls Redundant Manifest 29148const ( 29149 // HlsRedundantManifestDisabled is a HlsRedundantManifest enum value 29150 HlsRedundantManifestDisabled = "DISABLED" 29151 29152 // HlsRedundantManifestEnabled is a HlsRedundantManifest enum value 29153 HlsRedundantManifestEnabled = "ENABLED" 29154) 29155 29156// HlsRedundantManifest_Values returns all elements of the HlsRedundantManifest enum 29157func HlsRedundantManifest_Values() []string { 29158 return []string{ 29159 HlsRedundantManifestDisabled, 29160 HlsRedundantManifestEnabled, 29161 } 29162} 29163 29164// Hls Segmentation Mode 29165const ( 29166 // HlsSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation is a HlsSegmentationMode enum value 29167 HlsSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation = "USE_INPUT_SEGMENTATION" 29168 29169 // HlsSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration is a HlsSegmentationMode enum value 29170 HlsSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration = "USE_SEGMENT_DURATION" 29171) 29172 29173// HlsSegmentationMode_Values returns all elements of the HlsSegmentationMode enum 29174func HlsSegmentationMode_Values() []string { 29175 return []string{ 29176 HlsSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation, 29177 HlsSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration, 29178 } 29179} 29180 29181// Hls Stream Inf Resolution 29182const ( 29183 // HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude is a HlsStreamInfResolution enum value 29184 HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude = "EXCLUDE" 29185 29186 // HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude is a HlsStreamInfResolution enum value 29187 HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude = "INCLUDE" 29188) 29189 29190// HlsStreamInfResolution_Values returns all elements of the HlsStreamInfResolution enum 29191func HlsStreamInfResolution_Values() []string { 29192 return []string{ 29193 HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude, 29194 HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude, 29195 } 29196} 29197 29198// Hls Timed Metadata Id3 Frame 29199const ( 29200 // HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 29201 HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone = "NONE" 29202 29203 // HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 29204 HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv = "PRIV" 29205 29206 // HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl is a HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 29207 HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl = "TDRL" 29208) 29209 29210// HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame_Values returns all elements of the HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame enum 29211func HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame_Values() []string { 29212 return []string{ 29213 HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone, 29214 HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv, 29215 HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl, 29216 } 29217} 29218 29219// Hls Ts File Mode 29220const ( 29221 // HlsTsFileModeSegmentedFiles is a HlsTsFileMode enum value 29222 HlsTsFileModeSegmentedFiles = "SEGMENTED_FILES" 29223 29224 // HlsTsFileModeSingleFile is a HlsTsFileMode enum value 29225 HlsTsFileModeSingleFile = "SINGLE_FILE" 29226) 29227 29228// HlsTsFileMode_Values returns all elements of the HlsTsFileMode enum 29229func HlsTsFileMode_Values() []string { 29230 return []string{ 29231 HlsTsFileModeSegmentedFiles, 29232 HlsTsFileModeSingleFile, 29233 } 29234} 29235 29236// Hls Webdav Http Transfer Mode 29237const ( 29238 // HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeChunked is a HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode enum value 29239 HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeChunked = "CHUNKED" 29240 29241 // HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeNonChunked is a HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode enum value 29242 HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeNonChunked = "NON_CHUNKED" 29243) 29244 29245// HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode_Values returns all elements of the HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode enum 29246func HlsWebdavHttpTransferMode_Values() []string { 29247 return []string{ 29248 HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeChunked, 29249 HlsWebdavHttpTransferModeNonChunked, 29250 } 29251} 29252 29253// When set to "standard", an I-Frame only playlist will be written out for 29254// each video output in the output group. This I-Frame only playlist will contain 29255// byte range offsets pointing to the I-frame(s) in each segment. 29256const ( 29257 // IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeDisabled is a IFrameOnlyPlaylistType enum value 29258 IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeDisabled = "DISABLED" 29259 29260 // IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeStandard is a IFrameOnlyPlaylistType enum value 29261 IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeStandard = "STANDARD" 29262) 29263 29264// IFrameOnlyPlaylistType_Values returns all elements of the IFrameOnlyPlaylistType enum 29265func IFrameOnlyPlaylistType_Values() []string { 29266 return []string{ 29267 IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeDisabled, 29268 IFrameOnlyPlaylistTypeStandard, 29269 } 29270} 29271 29272// A standard input has two sources and a single pipeline input only has one. 29273const ( 29274 // InputClassStandard is a InputClass enum value 29275 InputClassStandard = "STANDARD" 29276 29277 // InputClassSinglePipeline is a InputClass enum value 29278 InputClassSinglePipeline = "SINGLE_PIPELINE" 29279) 29280 29281// InputClass_Values returns all elements of the InputClass enum 29282func InputClass_Values() []string { 29283 return []string{ 29284 InputClassStandard, 29285 InputClassSinglePipeline, 29286 } 29287} 29288 29289// codec in increasing order of complexity 29290const ( 29291 // InputCodecMpeg2 is a InputCodec enum value 29292 InputCodecMpeg2 = "MPEG2" 29293 29294 // InputCodecAvc is a InputCodec enum value 29295 InputCodecAvc = "AVC" 29296 29297 // InputCodecHevc is a InputCodec enum value 29298 InputCodecHevc = "HEVC" 29299) 29300 29301// InputCodec_Values returns all elements of the InputCodec enum 29302func InputCodec_Values() []string { 29303 return []string{ 29304 InputCodecMpeg2, 29305 InputCodecAvc, 29306 InputCodecHevc, 29307 } 29308} 29309 29310// Input Deblock Filter 29311const ( 29312 // InputDeblockFilterDisabled is a InputDeblockFilter enum value 29313 InputDeblockFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 29314 29315 // InputDeblockFilterEnabled is a InputDeblockFilter enum value 29316 InputDeblockFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 29317) 29318 29319// InputDeblockFilter_Values returns all elements of the InputDeblockFilter enum 29320func InputDeblockFilter_Values() []string { 29321 return []string{ 29322 InputDeblockFilterDisabled, 29323 InputDeblockFilterEnabled, 29324 } 29325} 29326 29327// Input Denoise Filter 29328const ( 29329 // InputDenoiseFilterDisabled is a InputDenoiseFilter enum value 29330 InputDenoiseFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 29331 29332 // InputDenoiseFilterEnabled is a InputDenoiseFilter enum value 29333 InputDenoiseFilterEnabled = "ENABLED" 29334) 29335 29336// InputDenoiseFilter_Values returns all elements of the InputDenoiseFilter enum 29337func InputDenoiseFilter_Values() []string { 29338 return []string{ 29339 InputDenoiseFilterDisabled, 29340 InputDenoiseFilterEnabled, 29341 } 29342} 29343 29344// The source at the input device that is currently active. 29345const ( 29346 // InputDeviceActiveInputHdmi is a InputDeviceActiveInput enum value 29347 InputDeviceActiveInputHdmi = "HDMI" 29348 29349 // InputDeviceActiveInputSdi is a InputDeviceActiveInput enum value 29350 InputDeviceActiveInputSdi = "SDI" 29351) 29352 29353// InputDeviceActiveInput_Values returns all elements of the InputDeviceActiveInput enum 29354func InputDeviceActiveInput_Values() []string { 29355 return []string{ 29356 InputDeviceActiveInputHdmi, 29357 InputDeviceActiveInputSdi, 29358 } 29359} 29360 29361// The source to activate (use) from the input device. 29362const ( 29363 // InputDeviceConfiguredInputAuto is a InputDeviceConfiguredInput enum value 29364 InputDeviceConfiguredInputAuto = "AUTO" 29365 29366 // InputDeviceConfiguredInputHdmi is a InputDeviceConfiguredInput enum value 29367 InputDeviceConfiguredInputHdmi = "HDMI" 29368 29369 // InputDeviceConfiguredInputSdi is a InputDeviceConfiguredInput enum value 29370 InputDeviceConfiguredInputSdi = "SDI" 29371) 29372 29373// InputDeviceConfiguredInput_Values returns all elements of the InputDeviceConfiguredInput enum 29374func InputDeviceConfiguredInput_Values() []string { 29375 return []string{ 29376 InputDeviceConfiguredInputAuto, 29377 InputDeviceConfiguredInputHdmi, 29378 InputDeviceConfiguredInputSdi, 29379 } 29380} 29381 29382// The state of the connection between the input device and AWS. 29383const ( 29384 // InputDeviceConnectionStateDisconnected is a InputDeviceConnectionState enum value 29385 InputDeviceConnectionStateDisconnected = "DISCONNECTED" 29386 29387 // InputDeviceConnectionStateConnected is a InputDeviceConnectionState enum value 29388 InputDeviceConnectionStateConnected = "CONNECTED" 29389) 29390 29391// InputDeviceConnectionState_Values returns all elements of the InputDeviceConnectionState enum 29392func InputDeviceConnectionState_Values() []string { 29393 return []string{ 29394 InputDeviceConnectionStateDisconnected, 29395 InputDeviceConnectionStateConnected, 29396 } 29397} 29398 29399// Specifies whether the input device has been configured (outside of MediaLive) 29400// to use a dynamic IP address assignment (DHCP) or a static IP address. 29401const ( 29402 // InputDeviceIpSchemeStatic is a InputDeviceIpScheme enum value 29403 InputDeviceIpSchemeStatic = "STATIC" 29404 29405 // InputDeviceIpSchemeDhcp is a InputDeviceIpScheme enum value 29406 InputDeviceIpSchemeDhcp = "DHCP" 29407) 29408 29409// InputDeviceIpScheme_Values returns all elements of the InputDeviceIpScheme enum 29410func InputDeviceIpScheme_Values() []string { 29411 return []string{ 29412 InputDeviceIpSchemeStatic, 29413 InputDeviceIpSchemeDhcp, 29414 } 29415} 29416 29417// The scan type of the video source. 29418const ( 29419 // InputDeviceScanTypeInterlaced is a InputDeviceScanType enum value 29420 InputDeviceScanTypeInterlaced = "INTERLACED" 29421 29422 // InputDeviceScanTypeProgressive is a InputDeviceScanType enum value 29423 InputDeviceScanTypeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE" 29424) 29425 29426// InputDeviceScanType_Values returns all elements of the InputDeviceScanType enum 29427func InputDeviceScanType_Values() []string { 29428 return []string{ 29429 InputDeviceScanTypeInterlaced, 29430 InputDeviceScanTypeProgressive, 29431 } 29432} 29433 29434// The state of the input device. 29435const ( 29436 // InputDeviceStateIdle is a InputDeviceState enum value 29437 InputDeviceStateIdle = "IDLE" 29438 29439 // InputDeviceStateStreaming is a InputDeviceState enum value 29440 InputDeviceStateStreaming = "STREAMING" 29441) 29442 29443// InputDeviceState_Values returns all elements of the InputDeviceState enum 29444func InputDeviceState_Values() []string { 29445 return []string{ 29446 InputDeviceStateIdle, 29447 InputDeviceStateStreaming, 29448 } 29449} 29450 29451// The type of device transfer. INCOMING for an input device that is being transferred 29452// to you, OUTGOING for an input device that you are transferring to another 29453// AWS account. 29454const ( 29455 // InputDeviceTransferTypeOutgoing is a InputDeviceTransferType enum value 29456 InputDeviceTransferTypeOutgoing = "OUTGOING" 29457 29458 // InputDeviceTransferTypeIncoming is a InputDeviceTransferType enum value 29459 InputDeviceTransferTypeIncoming = "INCOMING" 29460) 29461 29462// InputDeviceTransferType_Values returns all elements of the InputDeviceTransferType enum 29463func InputDeviceTransferType_Values() []string { 29464 return []string{ 29465 InputDeviceTransferTypeOutgoing, 29466 InputDeviceTransferTypeIncoming, 29467 } 29468} 29469 29470// The type of the input device. For an AWS Elemental Link device that outputs 29471// resolutions up to 1080, choose "HD". 29472const ( 29473 // InputDeviceTypeHd is a InputDeviceType enum value 29474 InputDeviceTypeHd = "HD" 29475) 29476 29477// InputDeviceType_Values returns all elements of the InputDeviceType enum 29478func InputDeviceType_Values() []string { 29479 return []string{ 29480 InputDeviceTypeHd, 29481 } 29482} 29483 29484// Input Filter 29485const ( 29486 // InputFilterAuto is a InputFilter enum value 29487 InputFilterAuto = "AUTO" 29488 29489 // InputFilterDisabled is a InputFilter enum value 29490 InputFilterDisabled = "DISABLED" 29491 29492 // InputFilterForced is a InputFilter enum value 29493 InputFilterForced = "FORCED" 29494) 29495 29496// InputFilter_Values returns all elements of the InputFilter enum 29497func InputFilter_Values() []string { 29498 return []string{ 29499 InputFilterAuto, 29500 InputFilterDisabled, 29501 InputFilterForced, 29502 } 29503} 29504 29505// Input Loss Action For Hls Out 29506const ( 29507 // InputLossActionForHlsOutEmitOutput is a InputLossActionForHlsOut enum value 29508 InputLossActionForHlsOutEmitOutput = "EMIT_OUTPUT" 29509 29510 // InputLossActionForHlsOutPauseOutput is a InputLossActionForHlsOut enum value 29511 InputLossActionForHlsOutPauseOutput = "PAUSE_OUTPUT" 29512) 29513 29514// InputLossActionForHlsOut_Values returns all elements of the InputLossActionForHlsOut enum 29515func InputLossActionForHlsOut_Values() []string { 29516 return []string{ 29517 InputLossActionForHlsOutEmitOutput, 29518 InputLossActionForHlsOutPauseOutput, 29519 } 29520} 29521 29522// Input Loss Action For Ms Smooth Out 29523const ( 29524 // InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutEmitOutput is a InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut enum value 29525 InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutEmitOutput = "EMIT_OUTPUT" 29526 29527 // InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutPauseOutput is a InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut enum value 29528 InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutPauseOutput = "PAUSE_OUTPUT" 29529) 29530 29531// InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut_Values returns all elements of the InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut enum 29532func InputLossActionForMsSmoothOut_Values() []string { 29533 return []string{ 29534 InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutEmitOutput, 29535 InputLossActionForMsSmoothOutPauseOutput, 29536 } 29537} 29538 29539// Input Loss Action For Rtmp Out 29540const ( 29541 // InputLossActionForRtmpOutEmitOutput is a InputLossActionForRtmpOut enum value 29542 InputLossActionForRtmpOutEmitOutput = "EMIT_OUTPUT" 29543 29544 // InputLossActionForRtmpOutPauseOutput is a InputLossActionForRtmpOut enum value 29545 InputLossActionForRtmpOutPauseOutput = "PAUSE_OUTPUT" 29546) 29547 29548// InputLossActionForRtmpOut_Values returns all elements of the InputLossActionForRtmpOut enum 29549func InputLossActionForRtmpOut_Values() []string { 29550 return []string{ 29551 InputLossActionForRtmpOutEmitOutput, 29552 InputLossActionForRtmpOutPauseOutput, 29553 } 29554} 29555 29556// Input Loss Action For Udp Out 29557const ( 29558 // InputLossActionForUdpOutDropProgram is a InputLossActionForUdpOut enum value 29559 InputLossActionForUdpOutDropProgram = "DROP_PROGRAM" 29560 29561 // InputLossActionForUdpOutDropTs is a InputLossActionForUdpOut enum value 29562 InputLossActionForUdpOutDropTs = "DROP_TS" 29563 29564 // InputLossActionForUdpOutEmitProgram is a InputLossActionForUdpOut enum value 29565 InputLossActionForUdpOutEmitProgram = "EMIT_PROGRAM" 29566) 29567 29568// InputLossActionForUdpOut_Values returns all elements of the InputLossActionForUdpOut enum 29569func InputLossActionForUdpOut_Values() []string { 29570 return []string{ 29571 InputLossActionForUdpOutDropProgram, 29572 InputLossActionForUdpOutDropTs, 29573 InputLossActionForUdpOutEmitProgram, 29574 } 29575} 29576 29577// Input Loss Image Type 29578const ( 29579 // InputLossImageTypeColor is a InputLossImageType enum value 29580 InputLossImageTypeColor = "COLOR" 29581 29582 // InputLossImageTypeSlate is a InputLossImageType enum value 29583 InputLossImageTypeSlate = "SLATE" 29584) 29585 29586// InputLossImageType_Values returns all elements of the InputLossImageType enum 29587func InputLossImageType_Values() []string { 29588 return []string{ 29589 InputLossImageTypeColor, 29590 InputLossImageTypeSlate, 29591 } 29592} 29593 29594// Maximum input bitrate in megabits per second. Bitrates up to 50 Mbps are 29595// supported currently. 29596const ( 29597 // InputMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps is a InputMaximumBitrate enum value 29598 InputMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps = "MAX_10_MBPS" 29599 29600 // InputMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps is a InputMaximumBitrate enum value 29601 InputMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps = "MAX_20_MBPS" 29602 29603 // InputMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps is a InputMaximumBitrate enum value 29604 InputMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps = "MAX_50_MBPS" 29605) 29606 29607// InputMaximumBitrate_Values returns all elements of the InputMaximumBitrate enum 29608func InputMaximumBitrate_Values() []string { 29609 return []string{ 29610 InputMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps, 29611 InputMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps, 29612 InputMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps, 29613 } 29614} 29615 29616// Input preference when deciding which input to make active when a previously 29617// failed input has recovered.If \"EQUAL_INPUT_PREFERENCE\", then the active 29618// input will stay active as long as it is healthy.If \"PRIMARY_INPUT_PREFERRED\", 29619// then always switch back to the primary input when it is healthy. 29620const ( 29621 // InputPreferenceEqualInputPreference is a InputPreference enum value 29622 InputPreferenceEqualInputPreference = "EQUAL_INPUT_PREFERENCE" 29623 29624 // InputPreferencePrimaryInputPreferred is a InputPreference enum value 29625 InputPreferencePrimaryInputPreferred = "PRIMARY_INPUT_PREFERRED" 29626) 29627 29628// InputPreference_Values returns all elements of the InputPreference enum 29629func InputPreference_Values() []string { 29630 return []string{ 29631 InputPreferenceEqualInputPreference, 29632 InputPreferencePrimaryInputPreferred, 29633 } 29634} 29635 29636// Input resolution based on lines of vertical resolution in the input; SD is 29637// less than 720 lines, HD is 720 to 1080 lines, UHD is greater than 1080 lines 29638const ( 29639 // InputResolutionSd is a InputResolution enum value 29640 InputResolutionSd = "SD" 29641 29642 // InputResolutionHd is a InputResolution enum value 29643 InputResolutionHd = "HD" 29644 29645 // InputResolutionUhd is a InputResolution enum value 29646 InputResolutionUhd = "UHD" 29647) 29648 29649// InputResolution_Values returns all elements of the InputResolution enum 29650func InputResolution_Values() []string { 29651 return []string{ 29652 InputResolutionSd, 29653 InputResolutionHd, 29654 InputResolutionUhd, 29655 } 29656} 29657 29658const ( 29659 // InputSecurityGroupStateIdle is a InputSecurityGroupState enum value 29660 InputSecurityGroupStateIdle = "IDLE" 29661 29662 // InputSecurityGroupStateInUse is a InputSecurityGroupState enum value 29663 InputSecurityGroupStateInUse = "IN_USE" 29664 29665 // InputSecurityGroupStateUpdating is a InputSecurityGroupState enum value 29666 InputSecurityGroupStateUpdating = "UPDATING" 29667 29668 // InputSecurityGroupStateDeleted is a InputSecurityGroupState enum value 29669 InputSecurityGroupStateDeleted = "DELETED" 29670) 29671 29672// InputSecurityGroupState_Values returns all elements of the InputSecurityGroupState enum 29673func InputSecurityGroupState_Values() []string { 29674 return []string{ 29675 InputSecurityGroupStateIdle, 29676 InputSecurityGroupStateInUse, 29677 InputSecurityGroupStateUpdating, 29678 InputSecurityGroupStateDeleted, 29679 } 29680} 29681 29682// Input Source End Behavior 29683const ( 29684 // InputSourceEndBehaviorContinue is a InputSourceEndBehavior enum value 29685 InputSourceEndBehaviorContinue = "CONTINUE" 29686 29687 // InputSourceEndBehaviorLoop is a InputSourceEndBehavior enum value 29688 InputSourceEndBehaviorLoop = "LOOP" 29689) 29690 29691// InputSourceEndBehavior_Values returns all elements of the InputSourceEndBehavior enum 29692func InputSourceEndBehavior_Values() []string { 29693 return []string{ 29694 InputSourceEndBehaviorContinue, 29695 InputSourceEndBehaviorLoop, 29696 } 29697} 29698 29699// There are two types of input sources, static and dynamic. If an input source 29700// is dynamic you canchange the source url of the input dynamically using an 29701// input switch action. However, the only input typeto support a dynamic url 29702// at this time is MP4_FILE. By default all input sources are static. 29703const ( 29704 // InputSourceTypeStatic is a InputSourceType enum value 29705 InputSourceTypeStatic = "STATIC" 29706 29707 // InputSourceTypeDynamic is a InputSourceType enum value 29708 InputSourceTypeDynamic = "DYNAMIC" 29709) 29710 29711// InputSourceType_Values returns all elements of the InputSourceType enum 29712func InputSourceType_Values() []string { 29713 return []string{ 29714 InputSourceTypeStatic, 29715 InputSourceTypeDynamic, 29716 } 29717} 29718 29719const ( 29720 // InputStateCreating is a InputState enum value 29721 InputStateCreating = "CREATING" 29722 29723 // InputStateDetached is a InputState enum value 29724 InputStateDetached = "DETACHED" 29725 29726 // InputStateAttached is a InputState enum value 29727 InputStateAttached = "ATTACHED" 29728 29729 // InputStateDeleting is a InputState enum value 29730 InputStateDeleting = "DELETING" 29731 29732 // InputStateDeleted is a InputState enum value 29733 InputStateDeleted = "DELETED" 29734) 29735 29736// InputState_Values returns all elements of the InputState enum 29737func InputState_Values() []string { 29738 return []string{ 29739 InputStateCreating, 29740 InputStateDetached, 29741 InputStateAttached, 29742 InputStateDeleting, 29743 InputStateDeleted, 29744 } 29745} 29746 29747// To clip the file, you must specify the timecode for the start and end of 29748// the clip. Specify EMBEDDED to use the timecode embedded in the source content. 29749// The embedded timecode must exist in the source content, otherwise MediaLive 29750// will output black frames until it reaches the end of the source. Specify 29751// ZEROBASED to use a timecode that assumes that the first frame in the file 29752// has the timestamp 00:00:00.00. There is no default for this field, you must 29753// specify a value. 29754const ( 29755 // InputTimecodeSourceZerobased is a InputTimecodeSource enum value 29756 InputTimecodeSourceZerobased = "ZEROBASED" 29757 29758 // InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded is a InputTimecodeSource enum value 29759 InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded = "EMBEDDED" 29760) 29761 29762// InputTimecodeSource_Values returns all elements of the InputTimecodeSource enum 29763func InputTimecodeSource_Values() []string { 29764 return []string{ 29765 InputTimecodeSourceZerobased, 29766 InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded, 29767 } 29768} 29769 29770const ( 29771 // InputTypeUdpPush is a InputType enum value 29772 InputTypeUdpPush = "UDP_PUSH" 29773 29774 // InputTypeRtpPush is a InputType enum value 29775 InputTypeRtpPush = "RTP_PUSH" 29776 29777 // InputTypeRtmpPush is a InputType enum value 29778 InputTypeRtmpPush = "RTMP_PUSH" 29779 29780 // InputTypeRtmpPull is a InputType enum value 29781 InputTypeRtmpPull = "RTMP_PULL" 29782 29783 // InputTypeUrlPull is a InputType enum value 29784 InputTypeUrlPull = "URL_PULL" 29785 29786 // InputTypeMp4File is a InputType enum value 29787 InputTypeMp4File = "MP4_FILE" 29788 29789 // InputTypeMediaconnect is a InputType enum value 29790 InputTypeMediaconnect = "MEDIACONNECT" 29791 29792 // InputTypeInputDevice is a InputType enum value 29793 InputTypeInputDevice = "INPUT_DEVICE" 29794 29795 // InputTypeAwsCdi is a InputType enum value 29796 InputTypeAwsCdi = "AWS_CDI" 29797) 29798 29799// InputType_Values returns all elements of the InputType enum 29800func InputType_Values() []string { 29801 return []string{ 29802 InputTypeUdpPush, 29803 InputTypeRtpPush, 29804 InputTypeRtmpPush, 29805 InputTypeRtmpPull, 29806 InputTypeUrlPull, 29807 InputTypeMp4File, 29808 InputTypeMediaconnect, 29809 InputTypeInputDevice, 29810 InputTypeAwsCdi, 29811 } 29812} 29813 29814// If you specify a StopTimecode in an input (in order to clip the file), you 29815// can specify if you want the clip to exclude (the default) or include the 29816// frame specified by the timecode. 29817const ( 29818 // LastFrameClippingBehaviorExcludeLastFrame is a LastFrameClippingBehavior enum value 29819 LastFrameClippingBehaviorExcludeLastFrame = "EXCLUDE_LAST_FRAME" 29820 29821 // LastFrameClippingBehaviorIncludeLastFrame is a LastFrameClippingBehavior enum value 29822 LastFrameClippingBehaviorIncludeLastFrame = "INCLUDE_LAST_FRAME" 29823) 29824 29825// LastFrameClippingBehavior_Values returns all elements of the LastFrameClippingBehavior enum 29826func LastFrameClippingBehavior_Values() []string { 29827 return []string{ 29828 LastFrameClippingBehaviorExcludeLastFrame, 29829 LastFrameClippingBehaviorIncludeLastFrame, 29830 } 29831} 29832 29833// The log level the user wants for their channel. 29834const ( 29835 // LogLevelError is a LogLevel enum value 29836 LogLevelError = "ERROR" 29837 29838 // LogLevelWarning is a LogLevel enum value 29839 LogLevelWarning = "WARNING" 29840 29841 // LogLevelInfo is a LogLevel enum value 29842 LogLevelInfo = "INFO" 29843 29844 // LogLevelDebug is a LogLevel enum value 29845 LogLevelDebug = "DEBUG" 29846 29847 // LogLevelDisabled is a LogLevel enum value 29848 LogLevelDisabled = "DISABLED" 29849) 29850 29851// LogLevel_Values returns all elements of the LogLevel enum 29852func LogLevel_Values() []string { 29853 return []string{ 29854 LogLevelError, 29855 LogLevelWarning, 29856 LogLevelInfo, 29857 LogLevelDebug, 29858 LogLevelDisabled, 29859 } 29860} 29861 29862// M2ts Absent Input Audio Behavior 29863const ( 29864 // M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorDrop is a M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior enum value 29865 M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorDrop = "DROP" 29866 29867 // M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorEncodeSilence is a M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior enum value 29868 M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorEncodeSilence = "ENCODE_SILENCE" 29869) 29870 29871// M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior_Values returns all elements of the M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior enum 29872func M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehavior_Values() []string { 29873 return []string{ 29874 M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorDrop, 29875 M2tsAbsentInputAudioBehaviorEncodeSilence, 29876 } 29877} 29878 29879// M2ts Arib 29880const ( 29881 // M2tsAribDisabled is a M2tsArib enum value 29882 M2tsAribDisabled = "DISABLED" 29883 29884 // M2tsAribEnabled is a M2tsArib enum value 29885 M2tsAribEnabled = "ENABLED" 29886) 29887 29888// M2tsArib_Values returns all elements of the M2tsArib enum 29889func M2tsArib_Values() []string { 29890 return []string{ 29891 M2tsAribDisabled, 29892 M2tsAribEnabled, 29893 } 29894} 29895 29896// M2ts Arib Captions Pid Control 29897const ( 29898 // M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlAuto is a M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl enum value 29899 M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlAuto = "AUTO" 29900 29901 // M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlUseConfigured is a M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl enum value 29902 M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 29903) 29904 29905// M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl_Values returns all elements of the M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl enum 29906func M2tsAribCaptionsPidControl_Values() []string { 29907 return []string{ 29908 M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlAuto, 29909 M2tsAribCaptionsPidControlUseConfigured, 29910 } 29911} 29912 29913// M2ts Audio Buffer Model 29914const ( 29915 // M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc is a M2tsAudioBufferModel enum value 29916 M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc = "ATSC" 29917 29918 // M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb is a M2tsAudioBufferModel enum value 29919 M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb = "DVB" 29920) 29921 29922// M2tsAudioBufferModel_Values returns all elements of the M2tsAudioBufferModel enum 29923func M2tsAudioBufferModel_Values() []string { 29924 return []string{ 29925 M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc, 29926 M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb, 29927 } 29928} 29929 29930// M2ts Audio Interval 29931const ( 29932 // M2tsAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals is a M2tsAudioInterval enum value 29933 M2tsAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals = "VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS" 29934 29935 // M2tsAudioIntervalVideoInterval is a M2tsAudioInterval enum value 29936 M2tsAudioIntervalVideoInterval = "VIDEO_INTERVAL" 29937) 29938 29939// M2tsAudioInterval_Values returns all elements of the M2tsAudioInterval enum 29940func M2tsAudioInterval_Values() []string { 29941 return []string{ 29942 M2tsAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals, 29943 M2tsAudioIntervalVideoInterval, 29944 } 29945} 29946 29947// M2ts Audio Stream Type 29948const ( 29949 // M2tsAudioStreamTypeAtsc is a M2tsAudioStreamType enum value 29950 M2tsAudioStreamTypeAtsc = "ATSC" 29951 29952 // M2tsAudioStreamTypeDvb is a M2tsAudioStreamType enum value 29953 M2tsAudioStreamTypeDvb = "DVB" 29954) 29955 29956// M2tsAudioStreamType_Values returns all elements of the M2tsAudioStreamType enum 29957func M2tsAudioStreamType_Values() []string { 29958 return []string{ 29959 M2tsAudioStreamTypeAtsc, 29960 M2tsAudioStreamTypeDvb, 29961 } 29962} 29963 29964// M2ts Buffer Model 29965const ( 29966 // M2tsBufferModelMultiplex is a M2tsBufferModel enum value 29967 M2tsBufferModelMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX" 29968 29969 // M2tsBufferModelNone is a M2tsBufferModel enum value 29970 M2tsBufferModelNone = "NONE" 29971) 29972 29973// M2tsBufferModel_Values returns all elements of the M2tsBufferModel enum 29974func M2tsBufferModel_Values() []string { 29975 return []string{ 29976 M2tsBufferModelMultiplex, 29977 M2tsBufferModelNone, 29978 } 29979} 29980 29981// M2ts Cc Descriptor 29982const ( 29983 // M2tsCcDescriptorDisabled is a M2tsCcDescriptor enum value 29984 M2tsCcDescriptorDisabled = "DISABLED" 29985 29986 // M2tsCcDescriptorEnabled is a M2tsCcDescriptor enum value 29987 M2tsCcDescriptorEnabled = "ENABLED" 29988) 29989 29990// M2tsCcDescriptor_Values returns all elements of the M2tsCcDescriptor enum 29991func M2tsCcDescriptor_Values() []string { 29992 return []string{ 29993 M2tsCcDescriptorDisabled, 29994 M2tsCcDescriptorEnabled, 29995 } 29996} 29997 29998// M2ts Ebif Control 29999const ( 30000 // M2tsEbifControlNone is a M2tsEbifControl enum value 30001 M2tsEbifControlNone = "NONE" 30002 30003 // M2tsEbifControlPassthrough is a M2tsEbifControl enum value 30004 M2tsEbifControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 30005) 30006 30007// M2tsEbifControl_Values returns all elements of the M2tsEbifControl enum 30008func M2tsEbifControl_Values() []string { 30009 return []string{ 30010 M2tsEbifControlNone, 30011 M2tsEbifControlPassthrough, 30012 } 30013} 30014 30015// M2ts Ebp Placement 30016const ( 30017 // M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids is a M2tsEbpPlacement enum value 30018 M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids = "VIDEO_AND_AUDIO_PIDS" 30019 30020 // M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid is a M2tsEbpPlacement enum value 30021 M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid = "VIDEO_PID" 30022) 30023 30024// M2tsEbpPlacement_Values returns all elements of the M2tsEbpPlacement enum 30025func M2tsEbpPlacement_Values() []string { 30026 return []string{ 30027 M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids, 30028 M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid, 30029 } 30030} 30031 30032// M2ts Es Rate In Pes 30033const ( 30034 // M2tsEsRateInPesExclude is a M2tsEsRateInPes enum value 30035 M2tsEsRateInPesExclude = "EXCLUDE" 30036 30037 // M2tsEsRateInPesInclude is a M2tsEsRateInPes enum value 30038 M2tsEsRateInPesInclude = "INCLUDE" 30039) 30040 30041// M2tsEsRateInPes_Values returns all elements of the M2tsEsRateInPes enum 30042func M2tsEsRateInPes_Values() []string { 30043 return []string{ 30044 M2tsEsRateInPesExclude, 30045 M2tsEsRateInPesInclude, 30046 } 30047} 30048 30049// M2ts Klv 30050const ( 30051 // M2tsKlvNone is a M2tsKlv enum value 30052 M2tsKlvNone = "NONE" 30053 30054 // M2tsKlvPassthrough is a M2tsKlv enum value 30055 M2tsKlvPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 30056) 30057 30058// M2tsKlv_Values returns all elements of the M2tsKlv enum 30059func M2tsKlv_Values() []string { 30060 return []string{ 30061 M2tsKlvNone, 30062 M2tsKlvPassthrough, 30063 } 30064} 30065 30066// M2ts Nielsen Id3 Behavior 30067const ( 30068 // M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough is a M2tsNielsenId3Behavior enum value 30069 M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 30070 30071 // M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough is a M2tsNielsenId3Behavior enum value 30072 M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 30073) 30074 30075// M2tsNielsenId3Behavior_Values returns all elements of the M2tsNielsenId3Behavior enum 30076func M2tsNielsenId3Behavior_Values() []string { 30077 return []string{ 30078 M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough, 30079 M2tsNielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough, 30080 } 30081} 30082 30083// M2ts Pcr Control 30084const ( 30085 // M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M2tsPcrControl enum value 30086 M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD" 30087 30088 // M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket is a M2tsPcrControl enum value 30089 M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET" 30090) 30091 30092// M2tsPcrControl_Values returns all elements of the M2tsPcrControl enum 30093func M2tsPcrControl_Values() []string { 30094 return []string{ 30095 M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod, 30096 M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket, 30097 } 30098} 30099 30100// M2ts Rate Mode 30101const ( 30102 // M2tsRateModeCbr is a M2tsRateMode enum value 30103 M2tsRateModeCbr = "CBR" 30104 30105 // M2tsRateModeVbr is a M2tsRateMode enum value 30106 M2tsRateModeVbr = "VBR" 30107) 30108 30109// M2tsRateMode_Values returns all elements of the M2tsRateMode enum 30110func M2tsRateMode_Values() []string { 30111 return []string{ 30112 M2tsRateModeCbr, 30113 M2tsRateModeVbr, 30114 } 30115} 30116 30117// M2ts Scte35 Control 30118const ( 30119 // M2tsScte35ControlNone is a M2tsScte35Control enum value 30120 M2tsScte35ControlNone = "NONE" 30121 30122 // M2tsScte35ControlPassthrough is a M2tsScte35Control enum value 30123 M2tsScte35ControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 30124) 30125 30126// M2tsScte35Control_Values returns all elements of the M2tsScte35Control enum 30127func M2tsScte35Control_Values() []string { 30128 return []string{ 30129 M2tsScte35ControlNone, 30130 M2tsScte35ControlPassthrough, 30131 } 30132} 30133 30134// M2ts Segmentation Markers 30135const ( 30136 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 30137 M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp = "EBP" 30138 30139 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 30140 M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy = "EBP_LEGACY" 30141 30142 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 30143 M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone = "NONE" 30144 30145 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 30146 M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart = "PSI_SEGSTART" 30147 30148 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 30149 M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt = "RAI_ADAPT" 30150 30151 // M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart is a M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum value 30152 M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart = "RAI_SEGSTART" 30153) 30154 30155// M2tsSegmentationMarkers_Values returns all elements of the M2tsSegmentationMarkers enum 30156func M2tsSegmentationMarkers_Values() []string { 30157 return []string{ 30158 M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp, 30159 M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy, 30160 M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone, 30161 M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart, 30162 M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt, 30163 M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart, 30164 } 30165} 30166 30167// M2ts Segmentation Style 30168const ( 30169 // M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence is a M2tsSegmentationStyle enum value 30170 M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence = "MAINTAIN_CADENCE" 30171 30172 // M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence is a M2tsSegmentationStyle enum value 30173 M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence = "RESET_CADENCE" 30174) 30175 30176// M2tsSegmentationStyle_Values returns all elements of the M2tsSegmentationStyle enum 30177func M2tsSegmentationStyle_Values() []string { 30178 return []string{ 30179 M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence, 30180 M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence, 30181 } 30182} 30183 30184// M2ts Timed Metadata Behavior 30185const ( 30186 // M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough is a M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior enum value 30187 M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 30188 30189 // M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough is a M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior enum value 30190 M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 30191) 30192 30193// M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior_Values returns all elements of the M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior enum 30194func M2tsTimedMetadataBehavior_Values() []string { 30195 return []string{ 30196 M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough, 30197 M2tsTimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough, 30198 } 30199} 30200 30201// M3u8 Nielsen Id3 Behavior 30202const ( 30203 // M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough is a M3u8NielsenId3Behavior enum value 30204 M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 30205 30206 // M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough is a M3u8NielsenId3Behavior enum value 30207 M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 30208) 30209 30210// M3u8NielsenId3Behavior_Values returns all elements of the M3u8NielsenId3Behavior enum 30211func M3u8NielsenId3Behavior_Values() []string { 30212 return []string{ 30213 M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorNoPassthrough, 30214 M3u8NielsenId3BehaviorPassthrough, 30215 } 30216} 30217 30218// M3u8 Pcr Control 30219const ( 30220 // M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod is a M3u8PcrControl enum value 30221 M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD" 30222 30223 // M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket is a M3u8PcrControl enum value 30224 M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET" 30225) 30226 30227// M3u8PcrControl_Values returns all elements of the M3u8PcrControl enum 30228func M3u8PcrControl_Values() []string { 30229 return []string{ 30230 M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod, 30231 M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket, 30232 } 30233} 30234 30235// M3u8 Scte35 Behavior 30236const ( 30237 // M3u8Scte35BehaviorNoPassthrough is a M3u8Scte35Behavior enum value 30238 M3u8Scte35BehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 30239 30240 // M3u8Scte35BehaviorPassthrough is a M3u8Scte35Behavior enum value 30241 M3u8Scte35BehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 30242) 30243 30244// M3u8Scte35Behavior_Values returns all elements of the M3u8Scte35Behavior enum 30245func M3u8Scte35Behavior_Values() []string { 30246 return []string{ 30247 M3u8Scte35BehaviorNoPassthrough, 30248 M3u8Scte35BehaviorPassthrough, 30249 } 30250} 30251 30252// M3u8 Timed Metadata Behavior 30253const ( 30254 // M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough is a M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior enum value 30255 M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough = "NO_PASSTHROUGH" 30256 30257 // M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough is a M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior enum value 30258 M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 30259) 30260 30261// M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior_Values returns all elements of the M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior enum 30262func M3u8TimedMetadataBehavior_Values() []string { 30263 return []string{ 30264 M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorNoPassthrough, 30265 M3u8TimedMetadataBehaviorPassthrough, 30266 } 30267} 30268 30269// Mp2 Coding Mode 30270const ( 30271 // Mp2CodingModeCodingMode10 is a Mp2CodingMode enum value 30272 Mp2CodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" 30273 30274 // Mp2CodingModeCodingMode20 is a Mp2CodingMode enum value 30275 Mp2CodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" 30276) 30277 30278// Mp2CodingMode_Values returns all elements of the Mp2CodingMode enum 30279func Mp2CodingMode_Values() []string { 30280 return []string{ 30281 Mp2CodingModeCodingMode10, 30282 Mp2CodingModeCodingMode20, 30283 } 30284} 30285 30286// Mpeg2 Adaptive Quantization 30287const ( 30288 // Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationAuto is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value 30289 Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationAuto = "AUTO" 30290 30291 // Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value 30292 Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh = "HIGH" 30293 30294 // Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value 30295 Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow = "LOW" 30296 30297 // Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value 30298 Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium = "MEDIUM" 30299 30300 // Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff is a Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum value 30301 Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff = "OFF" 30302) 30303 30304// Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization enum 30305func Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization_Values() []string { 30306 return []string{ 30307 Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationAuto, 30308 Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh, 30309 Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow, 30310 Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium, 30311 Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff, 30312 } 30313} 30314 30315// Mpeg2 Color Metadata 30316const ( 30317 // Mpeg2ColorMetadataIgnore is a Mpeg2ColorMetadata enum value 30318 Mpeg2ColorMetadataIgnore = "IGNORE" 30319 30320 // Mpeg2ColorMetadataInsert is a Mpeg2ColorMetadata enum value 30321 Mpeg2ColorMetadataInsert = "INSERT" 30322) 30323 30324// Mpeg2ColorMetadata_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2ColorMetadata enum 30325func Mpeg2ColorMetadata_Values() []string { 30326 return []string{ 30327 Mpeg2ColorMetadataIgnore, 30328 Mpeg2ColorMetadataInsert, 30329 } 30330} 30331 30332// Mpeg2 Color Space 30333const ( 30334 // Mpeg2ColorSpaceAuto is a Mpeg2ColorSpace enum value 30335 Mpeg2ColorSpaceAuto = "AUTO" 30336 30337 // Mpeg2ColorSpacePassthrough is a Mpeg2ColorSpace enum value 30338 Mpeg2ColorSpacePassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 30339) 30340 30341// Mpeg2ColorSpace_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2ColorSpace enum 30342func Mpeg2ColorSpace_Values() []string { 30343 return []string{ 30344 Mpeg2ColorSpaceAuto, 30345 Mpeg2ColorSpacePassthrough, 30346 } 30347} 30348 30349// Mpeg2 Display Ratio 30350const ( 30351 // Mpeg2DisplayRatioDisplayratio16x9 is a Mpeg2DisplayRatio enum value 30352 Mpeg2DisplayRatioDisplayratio16x9 = "DISPLAYRATIO16X9" 30353 30354 // Mpeg2DisplayRatioDisplayratio4x3 is a Mpeg2DisplayRatio enum value 30355 Mpeg2DisplayRatioDisplayratio4x3 = "DISPLAYRATIO4X3" 30356) 30357 30358// Mpeg2DisplayRatio_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2DisplayRatio enum 30359func Mpeg2DisplayRatio_Values() []string { 30360 return []string{ 30361 Mpeg2DisplayRatioDisplayratio16x9, 30362 Mpeg2DisplayRatioDisplayratio4x3, 30363 } 30364} 30365 30366// Mpeg2 Gop Size Units 30367const ( 30368 // Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames is a Mpeg2GopSizeUnits enum value 30369 Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames = "FRAMES" 30370 30371 // Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds is a Mpeg2GopSizeUnits enum value 30372 Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds = "SECONDS" 30373) 30374 30375// Mpeg2GopSizeUnits_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2GopSizeUnits enum 30376func Mpeg2GopSizeUnits_Values() []string { 30377 return []string{ 30378 Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames, 30379 Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds, 30380 } 30381} 30382 30383// Mpeg2 Scan Type 30384const ( 30385 // Mpeg2ScanTypeInterlaced is a Mpeg2ScanType enum value 30386 Mpeg2ScanTypeInterlaced = "INTERLACED" 30387 30388 // Mpeg2ScanTypeProgressive is a Mpeg2ScanType enum value 30389 Mpeg2ScanTypeProgressive = "PROGRESSIVE" 30390) 30391 30392// Mpeg2ScanType_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2ScanType enum 30393func Mpeg2ScanType_Values() []string { 30394 return []string{ 30395 Mpeg2ScanTypeInterlaced, 30396 Mpeg2ScanTypeProgressive, 30397 } 30398} 30399 30400// Mpeg2 Sub Gop Length 30401const ( 30402 // Mpeg2SubGopLengthDynamic is a Mpeg2SubGopLength enum value 30403 Mpeg2SubGopLengthDynamic = "DYNAMIC" 30404 30405 // Mpeg2SubGopLengthFixed is a Mpeg2SubGopLength enum value 30406 Mpeg2SubGopLengthFixed = "FIXED" 30407) 30408 30409// Mpeg2SubGopLength_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2SubGopLength enum 30410func Mpeg2SubGopLength_Values() []string { 30411 return []string{ 30412 Mpeg2SubGopLengthDynamic, 30413 Mpeg2SubGopLengthFixed, 30414 } 30415} 30416 30417// Mpeg2 Timecode Insertion Behavior 30418const ( 30419 // Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled is a Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value 30420 Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled = "DISABLED" 30421 30422 // Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehaviorGopTimecode is a Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum value 30423 Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehaviorGopTimecode = "GOP_TIMECODE" 30424) 30425 30426// Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior_Values returns all elements of the Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior enum 30427func Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehavior_Values() []string { 30428 return []string{ 30429 Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehaviorDisabled, 30430 Mpeg2TimecodeInsertionBehaviorGopTimecode, 30431 } 30432} 30433 30434// Ms Smooth H265 Packaging Type 30435const ( 30436 // MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHev1 is a MsSmoothH265PackagingType enum value 30437 MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHev1 = "HEV1" 30438 30439 // MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHvc1 is a MsSmoothH265PackagingType enum value 30440 MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHvc1 = "HVC1" 30441) 30442 30443// MsSmoothH265PackagingType_Values returns all elements of the MsSmoothH265PackagingType enum 30444func MsSmoothH265PackagingType_Values() []string { 30445 return []string{ 30446 MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHev1, 30447 MsSmoothH265PackagingTypeHvc1, 30448 } 30449} 30450 30451// The current state of the multiplex. 30452const ( 30453 // MultiplexStateCreating is a MultiplexState enum value 30454 MultiplexStateCreating = "CREATING" 30455 30456 // MultiplexStateCreateFailed is a MultiplexState enum value 30457 MultiplexStateCreateFailed = "CREATE_FAILED" 30458 30459 // MultiplexStateIdle is a MultiplexState enum value 30460 MultiplexStateIdle = "IDLE" 30461 30462 // MultiplexStateStarting is a MultiplexState enum value 30463 MultiplexStateStarting = "STARTING" 30464 30465 // MultiplexStateRunning is a MultiplexState enum value 30466 MultiplexStateRunning = "RUNNING" 30467 30468 // MultiplexStateRecovering is a MultiplexState enum value 30469 MultiplexStateRecovering = "RECOVERING" 30470 30471 // MultiplexStateStopping is a MultiplexState enum value 30472 MultiplexStateStopping = "STOPPING" 30473 30474 // MultiplexStateDeleting is a MultiplexState enum value 30475 MultiplexStateDeleting = "DELETING" 30476 30477 // MultiplexStateDeleted is a MultiplexState enum value 30478 MultiplexStateDeleted = "DELETED" 30479) 30480 30481// MultiplexState_Values returns all elements of the MultiplexState enum 30482func MultiplexState_Values() []string { 30483 return []string{ 30484 MultiplexStateCreating, 30485 MultiplexStateCreateFailed, 30486 MultiplexStateIdle, 30487 MultiplexStateStarting, 30488 MultiplexStateRunning, 30489 MultiplexStateRecovering, 30490 MultiplexStateStopping, 30491 MultiplexStateDeleting, 30492 MultiplexStateDeleted, 30493 } 30494} 30495 30496// Network Input Server Validation 30497const ( 30498 // NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyAndValidateName is a NetworkInputServerValidation enum value 30499 NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyAndValidateName = "CHECK_CRYPTOGRAPHY_AND_VALIDATE_NAME" 30500 30501 // NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyOnly is a NetworkInputServerValidation enum value 30502 NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyOnly = "CHECK_CRYPTOGRAPHY_ONLY" 30503) 30504 30505// NetworkInputServerValidation_Values returns all elements of the NetworkInputServerValidation enum 30506func NetworkInputServerValidation_Values() []string { 30507 return []string{ 30508 NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyAndValidateName, 30509 NetworkInputServerValidationCheckCryptographyOnly, 30510 } 30511} 30512 30513// State of Nielsen PCM to ID3 tagging 30514const ( 30515 // NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateDisabled is a NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState enum value 30516 NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateDisabled = "DISABLED" 30517 30518 // NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateEnabled is a NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState enum value 30519 NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateEnabled = "ENABLED" 30520) 30521 30522// NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState_Values returns all elements of the NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState enum 30523func NielsenPcmToId3TaggingState_Values() []string { 30524 return []string{ 30525 NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateDisabled, 30526 NielsenPcmToId3TaggingStateEnabled, 30527 } 30528} 30529 30530// Units for duration, e.g. 'MONTHS' 30531const ( 30532 // OfferingDurationUnitsMonths is a OfferingDurationUnits enum value 30533 OfferingDurationUnitsMonths = "MONTHS" 30534) 30535 30536// OfferingDurationUnits_Values returns all elements of the OfferingDurationUnits enum 30537func OfferingDurationUnits_Values() []string { 30538 return []string{ 30539 OfferingDurationUnitsMonths, 30540 } 30541} 30542 30543// Offering type, e.g. 'NO_UPFRONT' 30544const ( 30545 // OfferingTypeNoUpfront is a OfferingType enum value 30546 OfferingTypeNoUpfront = "NO_UPFRONT" 30547) 30548 30549// OfferingType_Values returns all elements of the OfferingType enum 30550func OfferingType_Values() []string { 30551 return []string{ 30552 OfferingTypeNoUpfront, 30553 } 30554} 30555 30556// Pipeline ID 30557const ( 30558 // PipelineIdPipeline0 is a PipelineId enum value 30559 PipelineIdPipeline0 = "PIPELINE_0" 30560 30561 // PipelineIdPipeline1 is a PipelineId enum value 30562 PipelineIdPipeline1 = "PIPELINE_1" 30563) 30564 30565// PipelineId_Values returns all elements of the PipelineId enum 30566func PipelineId_Values() []string { 30567 return []string{ 30568 PipelineIdPipeline0, 30569 PipelineIdPipeline1, 30570 } 30571} 30572 30573// Indicates which pipeline is preferred by the multiplex for program ingest.If 30574// set to \"PIPELINE_0\" or \"PIPELINE_1\" and an unhealthy ingest causes the 30575// multiplex to switch to the non-preferred pipeline,it will switch back once 30576// that ingest is healthy again. If set to \"CURRENTLY_ACTIVE\",it will not 30577// switch back to the other pipeline based on it recovering to a healthy state,it 30578// will only switch if the active pipeline becomes unhealthy. 30579const ( 30580 // PreferredChannelPipelineCurrentlyActive is a PreferredChannelPipeline enum value 30581 PreferredChannelPipelineCurrentlyActive = "CURRENTLY_ACTIVE" 30582 30583 // PreferredChannelPipelinePipeline0 is a PreferredChannelPipeline enum value 30584 PreferredChannelPipelinePipeline0 = "PIPELINE_0" 30585 30586 // PreferredChannelPipelinePipeline1 is a PreferredChannelPipeline enum value 30587 PreferredChannelPipelinePipeline1 = "PIPELINE_1" 30588) 30589 30590// PreferredChannelPipeline_Values returns all elements of the PreferredChannelPipeline enum 30591func PreferredChannelPipeline_Values() []string { 30592 return []string{ 30593 PreferredChannelPipelineCurrentlyActive, 30594 PreferredChannelPipelinePipeline0, 30595 PreferredChannelPipelinePipeline1, 30596 } 30597} 30598 30599// Codec, 'MPEG2', 'AVC', 'HEVC', or 'AUDIO' 30600const ( 30601 // ReservationCodecMpeg2 is a ReservationCodec enum value 30602 ReservationCodecMpeg2 = "MPEG2" 30603 30604 // ReservationCodecAvc is a ReservationCodec enum value 30605 ReservationCodecAvc = "AVC" 30606 30607 // ReservationCodecHevc is a ReservationCodec enum value 30608 ReservationCodecHevc = "HEVC" 30609 30610 // ReservationCodecAudio is a ReservationCodec enum value 30611 ReservationCodecAudio = "AUDIO" 30612 30613 // ReservationCodecLink is a ReservationCodec enum value 30614 ReservationCodecLink = "LINK" 30615) 30616 30617// ReservationCodec_Values returns all elements of the ReservationCodec enum 30618func ReservationCodec_Values() []string { 30619 return []string{ 30620 ReservationCodecMpeg2, 30621 ReservationCodecAvc, 30622 ReservationCodecHevc, 30623 ReservationCodecAudio, 30624 ReservationCodecLink, 30625 } 30626} 30627 30628// Maximum bitrate in megabits per second 30629const ( 30630 // ReservationMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps is a ReservationMaximumBitrate enum value 30631 ReservationMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps = "MAX_10_MBPS" 30632 30633 // ReservationMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps is a ReservationMaximumBitrate enum value 30634 ReservationMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps = "MAX_20_MBPS" 30635 30636 // ReservationMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps is a ReservationMaximumBitrate enum value 30637 ReservationMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps = "MAX_50_MBPS" 30638) 30639 30640// ReservationMaximumBitrate_Values returns all elements of the ReservationMaximumBitrate enum 30641func ReservationMaximumBitrate_Values() []string { 30642 return []string{ 30643 ReservationMaximumBitrateMax10Mbps, 30644 ReservationMaximumBitrateMax20Mbps, 30645 ReservationMaximumBitrateMax50Mbps, 30646 } 30647} 30648 30649// Maximum framerate in frames per second (Outputs only) 30650const ( 30651 // ReservationMaximumFramerateMax30Fps is a ReservationMaximumFramerate enum value 30652 ReservationMaximumFramerateMax30Fps = "MAX_30_FPS" 30653 30654 // ReservationMaximumFramerateMax60Fps is a ReservationMaximumFramerate enum value 30655 ReservationMaximumFramerateMax60Fps = "MAX_60_FPS" 30656) 30657 30658// ReservationMaximumFramerate_Values returns all elements of the ReservationMaximumFramerate enum 30659func ReservationMaximumFramerate_Values() []string { 30660 return []string{ 30661 ReservationMaximumFramerateMax30Fps, 30662 ReservationMaximumFramerateMax60Fps, 30663 } 30664} 30665 30666// Resolution based on lines of vertical resolution; SD is less than 720 lines, 30667// HD is 720 to 1080 lines, FHD is 1080 lines, UHD is greater than 1080 lines 30668const ( 30669 // ReservationResolutionSd is a ReservationResolution enum value 30670 ReservationResolutionSd = "SD" 30671 30672 // ReservationResolutionHd is a ReservationResolution enum value 30673 ReservationResolutionHd = "HD" 30674 30675 // ReservationResolutionFhd is a ReservationResolution enum value 30676 ReservationResolutionFhd = "FHD" 30677 30678 // ReservationResolutionUhd is a ReservationResolution enum value 30679 ReservationResolutionUhd = "UHD" 30680) 30681 30682// ReservationResolution_Values returns all elements of the ReservationResolution enum 30683func ReservationResolution_Values() []string { 30684 return []string{ 30685 ReservationResolutionSd, 30686 ReservationResolutionHd, 30687 ReservationResolutionFhd, 30688 ReservationResolutionUhd, 30689 } 30690} 30691 30692// Resource type, 'INPUT', 'OUTPUT', 'MULTIPLEX', or 'CHANNEL' 30693const ( 30694 // ReservationResourceTypeInput is a ReservationResourceType enum value 30695 ReservationResourceTypeInput = "INPUT" 30696 30697 // ReservationResourceTypeOutput is a ReservationResourceType enum value 30698 ReservationResourceTypeOutput = "OUTPUT" 30699 30700 // ReservationResourceTypeMultiplex is a ReservationResourceType enum value 30701 ReservationResourceTypeMultiplex = "MULTIPLEX" 30702 30703 // ReservationResourceTypeChannel is a ReservationResourceType enum value 30704 ReservationResourceTypeChannel = "CHANNEL" 30705) 30706 30707// ReservationResourceType_Values returns all elements of the ReservationResourceType enum 30708func ReservationResourceType_Values() []string { 30709 return []string{ 30710 ReservationResourceTypeInput, 30711 ReservationResourceTypeOutput, 30712 ReservationResourceTypeMultiplex, 30713 ReservationResourceTypeChannel, 30714 } 30715} 30716 30717// Special features, 'ADVANCED_AUDIO' or 'AUDIO_NORMALIZATION' 30718const ( 30719 // ReservationSpecialFeatureAdvancedAudio is a ReservationSpecialFeature enum value 30720 ReservationSpecialFeatureAdvancedAudio = "ADVANCED_AUDIO" 30721 30722 // ReservationSpecialFeatureAudioNormalization is a ReservationSpecialFeature enum value 30723 ReservationSpecialFeatureAudioNormalization = "AUDIO_NORMALIZATION" 30724) 30725 30726// ReservationSpecialFeature_Values returns all elements of the ReservationSpecialFeature enum 30727func ReservationSpecialFeature_Values() []string { 30728 return []string{ 30729 ReservationSpecialFeatureAdvancedAudio, 30730 ReservationSpecialFeatureAudioNormalization, 30731 } 30732} 30733 30734// Current reservation state 30735const ( 30736 // ReservationStateActive is a ReservationState enum value 30737 ReservationStateActive = "ACTIVE" 30738 30739 // ReservationStateExpired is a ReservationState enum value 30740 ReservationStateExpired = "EXPIRED" 30741 30742 // ReservationStateCanceled is a ReservationState enum value 30743 ReservationStateCanceled = "CANCELED" 30744 30745 // ReservationStateDeleted is a ReservationState enum value 30746 ReservationStateDeleted = "DELETED" 30747) 30748 30749// ReservationState_Values returns all elements of the ReservationState enum 30750func ReservationState_Values() []string { 30751 return []string{ 30752 ReservationStateActive, 30753 ReservationStateExpired, 30754 ReservationStateCanceled, 30755 ReservationStateDeleted, 30756 } 30757} 30758 30759// Video quality, e.g. 'STANDARD' (Outputs only) 30760const ( 30761 // ReservationVideoQualityStandard is a ReservationVideoQuality enum value 30762 ReservationVideoQualityStandard = "STANDARD" 30763 30764 // ReservationVideoQualityEnhanced is a ReservationVideoQuality enum value 30765 ReservationVideoQualityEnhanced = "ENHANCED" 30766 30767 // ReservationVideoQualityPremium is a ReservationVideoQuality enum value 30768 ReservationVideoQualityPremium = "PREMIUM" 30769) 30770 30771// ReservationVideoQuality_Values returns all elements of the ReservationVideoQuality enum 30772func ReservationVideoQuality_Values() []string { 30773 return []string{ 30774 ReservationVideoQualityStandard, 30775 ReservationVideoQualityEnhanced, 30776 ReservationVideoQualityPremium, 30777 } 30778} 30779 30780// Rtmp Ad Markers 30781const ( 30782 // RtmpAdMarkersOnCuePointScte35 is a RtmpAdMarkers enum value 30783 RtmpAdMarkersOnCuePointScte35 = "ON_CUE_POINT_SCTE35" 30784) 30785 30786// RtmpAdMarkers_Values returns all elements of the RtmpAdMarkers enum 30787func RtmpAdMarkers_Values() []string { 30788 return []string{ 30789 RtmpAdMarkersOnCuePointScte35, 30790 } 30791} 30792 30793// Rtmp Cache Full Behavior 30794const ( 30795 // RtmpCacheFullBehaviorDisconnectImmediately is a RtmpCacheFullBehavior enum value 30796 RtmpCacheFullBehaviorDisconnectImmediately = "DISCONNECT_IMMEDIATELY" 30797 30798 // RtmpCacheFullBehaviorWaitForServer is a RtmpCacheFullBehavior enum value 30799 RtmpCacheFullBehaviorWaitForServer = "WAIT_FOR_SERVER" 30800) 30801 30802// RtmpCacheFullBehavior_Values returns all elements of the RtmpCacheFullBehavior enum 30803func RtmpCacheFullBehavior_Values() []string { 30804 return []string{ 30805 RtmpCacheFullBehaviorDisconnectImmediately, 30806 RtmpCacheFullBehaviorWaitForServer, 30807 } 30808} 30809 30810// Rtmp Caption Data 30811const ( 30812 // RtmpCaptionDataAll is a RtmpCaptionData enum value 30813 RtmpCaptionDataAll = "ALL" 30814 30815 // RtmpCaptionDataField1608 is a RtmpCaptionData enum value 30816 RtmpCaptionDataField1608 = "FIELD1_608" 30817 30818 // RtmpCaptionDataField1AndField2608 is a RtmpCaptionData enum value 30819 RtmpCaptionDataField1AndField2608 = "FIELD1_AND_FIELD2_608" 30820) 30821 30822// RtmpCaptionData_Values returns all elements of the RtmpCaptionData enum 30823func RtmpCaptionData_Values() []string { 30824 return []string{ 30825 RtmpCaptionDataAll, 30826 RtmpCaptionDataField1608, 30827 RtmpCaptionDataField1AndField2608, 30828 } 30829} 30830 30831// Rtmp Output Certificate Mode 30832const ( 30833 // RtmpOutputCertificateModeSelfSigned is a RtmpOutputCertificateMode enum value 30834 RtmpOutputCertificateModeSelfSigned = "SELF_SIGNED" 30835 30836 // RtmpOutputCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity is a RtmpOutputCertificateMode enum value 30837 RtmpOutputCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity = "VERIFY_AUTHENTICITY" 30838) 30839 30840// RtmpOutputCertificateMode_Values returns all elements of the RtmpOutputCertificateMode enum 30841func RtmpOutputCertificateMode_Values() []string { 30842 return []string{ 30843 RtmpOutputCertificateModeSelfSigned, 30844 RtmpOutputCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity, 30845 } 30846} 30847 30848// Scte20 Convert608 To708 30849const ( 30850 // Scte20Convert608To708Disabled is a Scte20Convert608To708 enum value 30851 Scte20Convert608To708Disabled = "DISABLED" 30852 30853 // Scte20Convert608To708Upconvert is a Scte20Convert608To708 enum value 30854 Scte20Convert608To708Upconvert = "UPCONVERT" 30855) 30856 30857// Scte20Convert608To708_Values returns all elements of the Scte20Convert608To708 enum 30858func Scte20Convert608To708_Values() []string { 30859 return []string{ 30860 Scte20Convert608To708Disabled, 30861 Scte20Convert608To708Upconvert, 30862 } 30863} 30864 30865// Scte35 Apos No Regional Blackout Behavior 30866const ( 30867 // Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow is a Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value 30868 Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW" 30869 30870 // Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value 30871 Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE" 30872) 30873 30874// Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior_Values returns all elements of the Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum 30875func Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior_Values() []string { 30876 return []string{ 30877 Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow, 30878 Scte35AposNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore, 30879 } 30880} 30881 30882// Scte35 Apos Web Delivery Allowed Behavior 30883const ( 30884 // Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow is a Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value 30885 Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW" 30886 30887 // Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value 30888 Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE" 30889) 30890 30891// Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior_Values returns all elements of the Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum 30892func Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior_Values() []string { 30893 return []string{ 30894 Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow, 30895 Scte35AposWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore, 30896 } 30897} 30898 30899// Corresponds to the archive_allowed parameter. A value of ARCHIVE_NOT_ALLOWED 30900// corresponds to 0 (false) in the SCTE-35 specification. If you include one 30901// of the "restriction" flags then you must include all four of them. 30902const ( 30903 // Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveNotAllowed is a Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag enum value 30904 Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveNotAllowed = "ARCHIVE_NOT_ALLOWED" 30905 30906 // Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveAllowed is a Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag enum value 30907 Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveAllowed = "ARCHIVE_ALLOWED" 30908) 30909 30910// Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag_Values returns all elements of the Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag enum 30911func Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlag_Values() []string { 30912 return []string{ 30913 Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveNotAllowed, 30914 Scte35ArchiveAllowedFlagArchiveAllowed, 30915 } 30916} 30917 30918// Corresponds to the device_restrictions parameter in a segmentation_descriptor. 30919// If you include one of the "restriction" flags then you must include all four 30920// of them. 30921const ( 30922 // Scte35DeviceRestrictionsNone is a Scte35DeviceRestrictions enum value 30923 Scte35DeviceRestrictionsNone = "NONE" 30924 30925 // Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup0 is a Scte35DeviceRestrictions enum value 30926 Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup0 = "RESTRICT_GROUP0" 30927 30928 // Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup1 is a Scte35DeviceRestrictions enum value 30929 Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup1 = "RESTRICT_GROUP1" 30930 30931 // Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup2 is a Scte35DeviceRestrictions enum value 30932 Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup2 = "RESTRICT_GROUP2" 30933) 30934 30935// Scte35DeviceRestrictions_Values returns all elements of the Scte35DeviceRestrictions enum 30936func Scte35DeviceRestrictions_Values() []string { 30937 return []string{ 30938 Scte35DeviceRestrictionsNone, 30939 Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup0, 30940 Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup1, 30941 Scte35DeviceRestrictionsRestrictGroup2, 30942 } 30943} 30944 30945// Corresponds to the no_regional_blackout_flag parameter. A value of REGIONAL_BLACKOUT 30946// corresponds to 0 (false) in the SCTE-35 specification. If you include one 30947// of the "restriction" flags then you must include all four of them. 30948const ( 30949 // Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagRegionalBlackout is a Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag enum value 30950 Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagRegionalBlackout = "REGIONAL_BLACKOUT" 30951 30952 // Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagNoRegionalBlackout is a Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag enum value 30953 Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagNoRegionalBlackout = "NO_REGIONAL_BLACKOUT" 30954) 30955 30956// Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag_Values returns all elements of the Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag enum 30957func Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlag_Values() []string { 30958 return []string{ 30959 Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagRegionalBlackout, 30960 Scte35NoRegionalBlackoutFlagNoRegionalBlackout, 30961 } 30962} 30963 30964// Corresponds to SCTE-35 segmentation_event_cancel_indicator. SEGMENTATION_EVENT_NOT_CANCELED 30965// corresponds to 0 in the SCTE-35 specification and indicates that this is 30966// an insertion request. SEGMENTATION_EVENT_CANCELED corresponds to 1 in the 30967// SCTE-35 specification and indicates that this is a cancelation request, in 30968// which case complete this field and the existing event ID to cancel. 30969const ( 30970 // Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventNotCanceled is a Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator enum value 30971 Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventNotCanceled = "SEGMENTATION_EVENT_NOT_CANCELED" 30972 30973 // Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventCanceled is a Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator enum value 30974 Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventCanceled = "SEGMENTATION_EVENT_CANCELED" 30975) 30976 30977// Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator_Values returns all elements of the Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator enum 30978func Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicator_Values() []string { 30979 return []string{ 30980 Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventNotCanceled, 30981 Scte35SegmentationCancelIndicatorSegmentationEventCanceled, 30982 } 30983} 30984 30985// Scte35 Splice Insert No Regional Blackout Behavior 30986const ( 30987 // Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow is a Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value 30988 Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW" 30989 30990 // Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum value 30991 Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE" 30992) 30993 30994// Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior_Values returns all elements of the Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior enum 30995func Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehavior_Values() []string { 30996 return []string{ 30997 Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorFollow, 30998 Scte35SpliceInsertNoRegionalBlackoutBehaviorIgnore, 30999 } 31000} 31001 31002// Scte35 Splice Insert Web Delivery Allowed Behavior 31003const ( 31004 // Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow is a Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value 31005 Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow = "FOLLOW" 31006 31007 // Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore is a Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum value 31008 Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore = "IGNORE" 31009) 31010 31011// Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior_Values returns all elements of the Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior enum 31012func Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehavior_Values() []string { 31013 return []string{ 31014 Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorFollow, 31015 Scte35SpliceInsertWebDeliveryAllowedBehaviorIgnore, 31016 } 31017} 31018 31019// Corresponds to the web_delivery_allowed_flag parameter. A value of WEB_DELIVERY_NOT_ALLOWED 31020// corresponds to 0 (false) in the SCTE-35 specification. If you include one 31021// of the "restriction" flags then you must include all four of them. 31022const ( 31023 // Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryNotAllowed is a Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag enum value 31024 Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryNotAllowed = "WEB_DELIVERY_NOT_ALLOWED" 31025 31026 // Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryAllowed is a Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag enum value 31027 Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryAllowed = "WEB_DELIVERY_ALLOWED" 31028) 31029 31030// Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag_Values returns all elements of the Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag enum 31031func Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlag_Values() []string { 31032 return []string{ 31033 Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryNotAllowed, 31034 Scte35WebDeliveryAllowedFlagWebDeliveryAllowed, 31035 } 31036} 31037 31038// Smooth Group Audio Only Timecode Control 31039const ( 31040 // SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlPassthrough is a SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl enum value 31041 SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 31042 31043 // SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlUseConfiguredClock is a SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl enum value 31044 SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlUseConfiguredClock = "USE_CONFIGURED_CLOCK" 31045) 31046 31047// SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl_Values returns all elements of the SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl enum 31048func SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControl_Values() []string { 31049 return []string{ 31050 SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlPassthrough, 31051 SmoothGroupAudioOnlyTimecodeControlUseConfiguredClock, 31052 } 31053} 31054 31055// Smooth Group Certificate Mode 31056const ( 31057 // SmoothGroupCertificateModeSelfSigned is a SmoothGroupCertificateMode enum value 31058 SmoothGroupCertificateModeSelfSigned = "SELF_SIGNED" 31059 31060 // SmoothGroupCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity is a SmoothGroupCertificateMode enum value 31061 SmoothGroupCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity = "VERIFY_AUTHENTICITY" 31062) 31063 31064// SmoothGroupCertificateMode_Values returns all elements of the SmoothGroupCertificateMode enum 31065func SmoothGroupCertificateMode_Values() []string { 31066 return []string{ 31067 SmoothGroupCertificateModeSelfSigned, 31068 SmoothGroupCertificateModeVerifyAuthenticity, 31069 } 31070} 31071 31072// Smooth Group Event Id Mode 31073const ( 31074 // SmoothGroupEventIdModeNoEventId is a SmoothGroupEventIdMode enum value 31075 SmoothGroupEventIdModeNoEventId = "NO_EVENT_ID" 31076 31077 // SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseConfigured is a SmoothGroupEventIdMode enum value 31078 SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 31079 31080 // SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseTimestamp is a SmoothGroupEventIdMode enum value 31081 SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseTimestamp = "USE_TIMESTAMP" 31082) 31083 31084// SmoothGroupEventIdMode_Values returns all elements of the SmoothGroupEventIdMode enum 31085func SmoothGroupEventIdMode_Values() []string { 31086 return []string{ 31087 SmoothGroupEventIdModeNoEventId, 31088 SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseConfigured, 31089 SmoothGroupEventIdModeUseTimestamp, 31090 } 31091} 31092 31093// Smooth Group Event Stop Behavior 31094const ( 31095 // SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorNone is a SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior enum value 31096 SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorNone = "NONE" 31097 31098 // SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorSendEos is a SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior enum value 31099 SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorSendEos = "SEND_EOS" 31100) 31101 31102// SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior_Values returns all elements of the SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior enum 31103func SmoothGroupEventStopBehavior_Values() []string { 31104 return []string{ 31105 SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorNone, 31106 SmoothGroupEventStopBehaviorSendEos, 31107 } 31108} 31109 31110// Smooth Group Segmentation Mode 31111const ( 31112 // SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation is a SmoothGroupSegmentationMode enum value 31113 SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation = "USE_INPUT_SEGMENTATION" 31114 31115 // SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration is a SmoothGroupSegmentationMode enum value 31116 SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration = "USE_SEGMENT_DURATION" 31117) 31118 31119// SmoothGroupSegmentationMode_Values returns all elements of the SmoothGroupSegmentationMode enum 31120func SmoothGroupSegmentationMode_Values() []string { 31121 return []string{ 31122 SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseInputSegmentation, 31123 SmoothGroupSegmentationModeUseSegmentDuration, 31124 } 31125} 31126 31127// Smooth Group Sparse Track Type 31128const ( 31129 // SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeNone is a SmoothGroupSparseTrackType enum value 31130 SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeNone = "NONE" 31131 31132 // SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35 is a SmoothGroupSparseTrackType enum value 31133 SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35 = "SCTE_35" 31134 31135 // SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35WithoutSegmentation is a SmoothGroupSparseTrackType enum value 31136 SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35WithoutSegmentation = "SCTE_35_WITHOUT_SEGMENTATION" 31137) 31138 31139// SmoothGroupSparseTrackType_Values returns all elements of the SmoothGroupSparseTrackType enum 31140func SmoothGroupSparseTrackType_Values() []string { 31141 return []string{ 31142 SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeNone, 31143 SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35, 31144 SmoothGroupSparseTrackTypeScte35WithoutSegmentation, 31145 } 31146} 31147 31148// Smooth Group Stream Manifest Behavior 31149const ( 31150 // SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorDoNotSend is a SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior enum value 31151 SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorDoNotSend = "DO_NOT_SEND" 31152 31153 // SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorSend is a SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior enum value 31154 SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorSend = "SEND" 31155) 31156 31157// SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior_Values returns all elements of the SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior enum 31158func SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehavior_Values() []string { 31159 return []string{ 31160 SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorDoNotSend, 31161 SmoothGroupStreamManifestBehaviorSend, 31162 } 31163} 31164 31165// Smooth Group Timestamp Offset Mode 31166const ( 31167 // SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseConfiguredOffset is a SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode enum value 31168 SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseConfiguredOffset = "USE_CONFIGURED_OFFSET" 31169 31170 // SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseEventStartDate is a SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode enum value 31171 SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseEventStartDate = "USE_EVENT_START_DATE" 31172) 31173 31174// SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode_Values returns all elements of the SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode enum 31175func SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetMode_Values() []string { 31176 return []string{ 31177 SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseConfiguredOffset, 31178 SmoothGroupTimestampOffsetModeUseEventStartDate, 31179 } 31180} 31181 31182// Smpte2038 Data Preference 31183const ( 31184 // Smpte2038DataPreferenceIgnore is a Smpte2038DataPreference enum value 31185 Smpte2038DataPreferenceIgnore = "IGNORE" 31186 31187 // Smpte2038DataPreferencePrefer is a Smpte2038DataPreference enum value 31188 Smpte2038DataPreferencePrefer = "PREFER" 31189) 31190 31191// Smpte2038DataPreference_Values returns all elements of the Smpte2038DataPreference enum 31192func Smpte2038DataPreference_Values() []string { 31193 return []string{ 31194 Smpte2038DataPreferenceIgnore, 31195 Smpte2038DataPreferencePrefer, 31196 } 31197} 31198 31199// Temporal Filter Post Filter Sharpening 31200const ( 31201 // TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningAuto is a TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening enum value 31202 TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningAuto = "AUTO" 31203 31204 // TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningDisabled is a TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening enum value 31205 TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningDisabled = "DISABLED" 31206 31207 // TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningEnabled is a TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening enum value 31208 TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningEnabled = "ENABLED" 31209) 31210 31211// TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening_Values returns all elements of the TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening enum 31212func TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpening_Values() []string { 31213 return []string{ 31214 TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningAuto, 31215 TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningDisabled, 31216 TemporalFilterPostFilterSharpeningEnabled, 31217 } 31218} 31219 31220// Temporal Filter Strength 31221const ( 31222 // TemporalFilterStrengthAuto is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 31223 TemporalFilterStrengthAuto = "AUTO" 31224 31225 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength1 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 31226 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength1 = "STRENGTH_1" 31227 31228 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength2 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 31229 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength2 = "STRENGTH_2" 31230 31231 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength3 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 31232 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength3 = "STRENGTH_3" 31233 31234 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength4 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 31235 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength4 = "STRENGTH_4" 31236 31237 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength5 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 31238 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength5 = "STRENGTH_5" 31239 31240 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength6 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 31241 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength6 = "STRENGTH_6" 31242 31243 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength7 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 31244 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength7 = "STRENGTH_7" 31245 31246 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength8 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 31247 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength8 = "STRENGTH_8" 31248 31249 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength9 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 31250 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength9 = "STRENGTH_9" 31251 31252 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength10 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 31253 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength10 = "STRENGTH_10" 31254 31255 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength11 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 31256 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength11 = "STRENGTH_11" 31257 31258 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength12 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 31259 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength12 = "STRENGTH_12" 31260 31261 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength13 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 31262 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength13 = "STRENGTH_13" 31263 31264 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength14 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 31265 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength14 = "STRENGTH_14" 31266 31267 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength15 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 31268 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength15 = "STRENGTH_15" 31269 31270 // TemporalFilterStrengthStrength16 is a TemporalFilterStrength enum value 31271 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength16 = "STRENGTH_16" 31272) 31273 31274// TemporalFilterStrength_Values returns all elements of the TemporalFilterStrength enum 31275func TemporalFilterStrength_Values() []string { 31276 return []string{ 31277 TemporalFilterStrengthAuto, 31278 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength1, 31279 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength2, 31280 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength3, 31281 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength4, 31282 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength5, 31283 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength6, 31284 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength7, 31285 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength8, 31286 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength9, 31287 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength10, 31288 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength11, 31289 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength12, 31290 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength13, 31291 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength14, 31292 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength15, 31293 TemporalFilterStrengthStrength16, 31294 } 31295} 31296 31297// Timecode Config Source 31298const ( 31299 // TimecodeConfigSourceEmbedded is a TimecodeConfigSource enum value 31300 TimecodeConfigSourceEmbedded = "EMBEDDED" 31301 31302 // TimecodeConfigSourceSystemclock is a TimecodeConfigSource enum value 31303 TimecodeConfigSourceSystemclock = "SYSTEMCLOCK" 31304 31305 // TimecodeConfigSourceZerobased is a TimecodeConfigSource enum value 31306 TimecodeConfigSourceZerobased = "ZEROBASED" 31307) 31308 31309// TimecodeConfigSource_Values returns all elements of the TimecodeConfigSource enum 31310func TimecodeConfigSource_Values() []string { 31311 return []string{ 31312 TimecodeConfigSourceEmbedded, 31313 TimecodeConfigSourceSystemclock, 31314 TimecodeConfigSourceZerobased, 31315 } 31316} 31317 31318// Ttml Destination Style Control 31319const ( 31320 // TtmlDestinationStyleControlPassthrough is a TtmlDestinationStyleControl enum value 31321 TtmlDestinationStyleControlPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 31322 31323 // TtmlDestinationStyleControlUseConfigured is a TtmlDestinationStyleControl enum value 31324 TtmlDestinationStyleControlUseConfigured = "USE_CONFIGURED" 31325) 31326 31327// TtmlDestinationStyleControl_Values returns all elements of the TtmlDestinationStyleControl enum 31328func TtmlDestinationStyleControl_Values() []string { 31329 return []string{ 31330 TtmlDestinationStyleControlPassthrough, 31331 TtmlDestinationStyleControlUseConfigured, 31332 } 31333} 31334 31335// Udp Timed Metadata Id3 Frame 31336const ( 31337 // UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameNone is a UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 31338 UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameNone = "NONE" 31339 31340 // UdpTimedMetadataId3FramePriv is a UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 31341 UdpTimedMetadataId3FramePriv = "PRIV" 31342 31343 // UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl is a UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame enum value 31344 UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl = "TDRL" 31345) 31346 31347// UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame_Values returns all elements of the UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame enum 31348func UdpTimedMetadataId3Frame_Values() []string { 31349 return []string{ 31350 UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameNone, 31351 UdpTimedMetadataId3FramePriv, 31352 UdpTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl, 31353 } 31354} 31355 31356// Video Description Respond To Afd 31357const ( 31358 // VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdNone is a VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd enum value 31359 VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdNone = "NONE" 31360 31361 // VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdPassthrough is a VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd enum value 31362 VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdPassthrough = "PASSTHROUGH" 31363 31364 // VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdRespond is a VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd enum value 31365 VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdRespond = "RESPOND" 31366) 31367 31368// VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd_Values returns all elements of the VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd enum 31369func VideoDescriptionRespondToAfd_Values() []string { 31370 return []string{ 31371 VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdNone, 31372 VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdPassthrough, 31373 VideoDescriptionRespondToAfdRespond, 31374 } 31375} 31376 31377// Video Description Scaling Behavior 31378const ( 31379 // VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorDefault is a VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior enum value 31380 VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorDefault = "DEFAULT" 31381 31382 // VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput is a VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior enum value 31383 VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput = "STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT" 31384) 31385 31386// VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior_Values returns all elements of the VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior enum 31387func VideoDescriptionScalingBehavior_Values() []string { 31388 return []string{ 31389 VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorDefault, 31390 VideoDescriptionScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput, 31391 } 31392} 31393 31394// Video Selector Color Space 31395const ( 31396 // VideoSelectorColorSpaceFollow is a VideoSelectorColorSpace enum value 31397 VideoSelectorColorSpaceFollow = "FOLLOW" 31398 31399 // VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec601 is a VideoSelectorColorSpace enum value 31400 VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec601 = "REC_601" 31401 31402 // VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec709 is a VideoSelectorColorSpace enum value 31403 VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec709 = "REC_709" 31404) 31405 31406// VideoSelectorColorSpace_Values returns all elements of the VideoSelectorColorSpace enum 31407func VideoSelectorColorSpace_Values() []string { 31408 return []string{ 31409 VideoSelectorColorSpaceFollow, 31410 VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec601, 31411 VideoSelectorColorSpaceRec709, 31412 } 31413} 31414 31415// Video Selector Color Space Usage 31416const ( 31417 // VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageFallback is a VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage enum value 31418 VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageFallback = "FALLBACK" 31419 31420 // VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageForce is a VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage enum value 31421 VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageForce = "FORCE" 31422) 31423 31424// VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage_Values returns all elements of the VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage enum 31425func VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsage_Values() []string { 31426 return []string{ 31427 VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageFallback, 31428 VideoSelectorColorSpaceUsageForce, 31429 } 31430} 31431 31432// Wav Coding Mode 31433const ( 31434 // WavCodingModeCodingMode10 is a WavCodingMode enum value 31435 WavCodingModeCodingMode10 = "CODING_MODE_1_0" 31436 31437 // WavCodingModeCodingMode20 is a WavCodingMode enum value 31438 WavCodingModeCodingMode20 = "CODING_MODE_2_0" 31439 31440 // WavCodingModeCodingMode40 is a WavCodingMode enum value 31441 WavCodingModeCodingMode40 = "CODING_MODE_4_0" 31442 31443 // WavCodingModeCodingMode80 is a WavCodingMode enum value 31444 WavCodingModeCodingMode80 = "CODING_MODE_8_0" 31445) 31446 31447// WavCodingMode_Values returns all elements of the WavCodingMode enum 31448func WavCodingMode_Values() []string { 31449 return []string{ 31450 WavCodingModeCodingMode10, 31451 WavCodingModeCodingMode20, 31452 WavCodingModeCodingMode40, 31453 WavCodingModeCodingMode80, 31454 } 31455} 31456